Skip to main content

Full text of "The fitness of Holy Scripture for unfolding the spiritual life of men (1845). Christ the desire of all nations (1846)"

See other formats


^.^  ^  4i-^g::r^^-y-'^ 


THE  FITNESS  OF  HOLY  SCRIPTURE 
FOR  UNFOLDING  THE  SPIRITUAL  LIFE  OF  MEN 


BEING 

THE  HULSEAN  LECTURES 

FOR   THE   YEAR   M.DCCC.XLV. 


^' 


v> 


THE    HULSEAN    LECTURES 


FOR  M.DCCCXLV  AND   M.DCCC.XLVI. 


the     Ctn-a^.:  sf'yr^-^" 


BY  RICHARD  OHENEYIX  TRENCH,  M.A., 

VICAR   OF    ITCHEN-STOKE,    HANTS  ;    PROFESSOR    OF    DIVINITY, 

king's    college,    LONDON  ;    EXAMINING    CHAPLAIN    TO 

THE    LORD    BISHOP    OF    OXFORD  ;    AND    LATE 

HULSEAN    LECTURER. 


SECOND    EDITION,    REVISED. 


CAMBRIDGE : 

MACMILLAN,   BARCLAY,  AND   MACMILLAN. 

LONDON:     JOHN    W.    PARKER. 

•   1847. 


^^^StL 


Cambrttige : 

PnnttO  at  t^e  Qntbetsitp  5t£ss. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 

f 

I  HAVE  not  felt  myself  at  liberty  to  make  more 

than  a  few  verbal  alterations,  or  here  and  there  to 
recast  a  sentence,  or  add  a  clause,  in  these  Lec- 
tures, on  the  occasion  of  their  second  appearance. 
I  have  inserted  indeed  a  few  brief  passages,  which 
originally  belonging  to  the  Discourses,  had  been 
omitted  in  the  delivery,  and  have  to  the  Second 
Series  appended  a  considerable  number  of  Notes  in 
confirmation  or  illustration  of  statements  made  in 
the  text.  These  having  been  asked  for  in  more 
quarters  than  one,  I  trust  may  not  be  found  unac- 
ceptable to  some  readers. 

Itchen-stoke,  Nov.  1.0,   1847. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/fitnessofholyscOOtren 


Substance  of  certain  Clauses  in  the  Will 
OF  The  Rev.  J.  Hulse,  M.A. 

(Dated  July  21,   1777.)  ^ 

He  founds  a  Lectureship  in  the  University  of  Cam- 
bridge. 

The  Lecturer  to  be  a  "  Clergyman  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Cambridge,  of  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts, 
and  under  the  age  of  forty  years."  He  is  to  be 
elected  annually,  "  on  Christmas-Day,  or  within  seven 
days  after,  by  the  Vice-Chancellor  for  the  time  being, 
and  by  the  Master  of  Trinity  College,  and  the  Master 
of  St  John's  College,  or  any  two  of  them."  In  case 
the  Master  of  Trinity  or  the  Master  of  St  John"'s 
be  the  Vice-Chancellor,  the  Greek  Professor  is  to  be 
the  third   Trustee. 

The  duty  of  the  said  Lecturer  is,  by  the  Will, 
"  to  preach  twenty  Sermons  in  the  whole  year,"  at 
"  St  Mary  Great  Church  in  Cambridge ; "  but  the 
number  having  been  found  inconvenient,  application 
was  made  to  the  Court  of  Chancery  for  leave  to 
reduce  it,  and  eight  Sermons  only  are  now  required. 
These  are  to  be  printed  at  the  Preacher's  expense, 
within  twelve  months  after  the  delivery  of  the  last 
Sermon. 


VI 


The  subject  of  the  Lectures  is  to  be  "  the  Evidence 
for  Revealed  Religion ;  the  Truth  and  Excellence 
of  Christianity ;  Prophecies  and  Miracles ;  direct  or 
collateral  proofs  of  the  Christian  Religion,  especially 
the  collateral  arguments  ;  the  more  difficult  texts, 
or  obscure  parts  of  the  Holy  Scriptures ; "  or  any 
one  or  more  of  these  topics,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Preacher. 


CONTENTS 

FOR    THE    YEAR    1845. 

LECTURE  I. 

INTRODUCTORY     LECTURE. 
PSALM  CXIX.  18. 

PAGE 

Open  thou  mine  eyes,  that  I  may  behold  wondrous  things  out  of 

thy  law 1 


LECTURE  II. 

THE     UNITY    OF    SCRIPTURE. 

EPHESIANS  L  9,  10. 

Having  made  known  unto  us  the  mystery  of  his  will,  according 
to  his  good  pleasure,  which  he  hath  purposed  in  himself; 
that  in  the  dispensation  of  the  fulness  of  times  he  might 
gather  together  in  one  all  things  in  Christ,  both  which  are 
in  heaven  and  which  are  on  earth ;  even  in  him 19 


LECTURE   III. 

THE    MANIFOLDNESS    OF    SCRIPTURE. 

MATTHEW  XIV.  20. 

They  did  all  eat,  and  were  filled 37 

LECTURE  IV. 

THE    ADVANCE    OF    SCRIPTURE. 

HEBREWS  L   1,  2. 

God,  who  at  sundry  times  and  in  divers  manners  spake  in  time 
past  unto  the  fathers  by  the  prophets,  hath  in  tJiese  last  days 
spoken  unto  tis  by  his  Son 57 


viu  CONTENTS. 

LECTURE  V. 

THE    PAST    DEVELOPMENT    OF    SCRIPTURE. 
JOHN  XII.  G. 

PAGE 

These  tilings  understood  not  his  disciples  at  tlie first;  hut  when 
Jesus  was  glorified,  then  remembered  tliey  that  these  things 
were  written  of  him 74 

LECTURE  VL 

THE    INEXHAUSTIBILITY    OF    SCRIPTURE. 

ISAIAH  XII.  3. 

With  joy  shall  ye.  draw  water  out  of  the  wells  of  salvation  .      90 

LECTURE  VII. 

THE     FRUITFULNESS    OF    SCRIPTURE. 

EZEKIEL  XLVII.  9. 

And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  every  thing  that  liveth,  which 

tnoveth,  whithersoever  the  rivers  shall  come,  shall  live 107 

LECTURE  VIII. 

THE    FUTURE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    SCRIPTURE. 

'             REVELATION  VL  2. 
Conqiwri/ng  and  to  conquer 123 


PAGE 


CONTENTS 

FOR   THE   YEAR   1846. 

LECTURE  I. 

INTRODUCTORY    LECTURE. 

HAGGAI  II.  7. 

The  Desire  of  all  nations  shall  come 143 

LECTURE  II. 

THE    VANQUISHER    OF     HADES. 
MARK  XVI.  3. 

Who  shall  roll  us  away  the  stone  from  the  door  of  the  sepulchre?     162 

LECTURE  III. 

THE    SON    OF     GOD. 
ACTS  XIV.  II. 

And  when  the  people  saw  what  Paul  had  done,  they  lifted  up 
their  voices,  saying  in  the  speech  of  Lycaonia,  The  gods 
are  come  down  to  us  in  the  likeness  of  men 179 

LECTURE  IV. 

THE    PERFECT    SACBIFICE. 

MICAH  VI.  6,  7. 

Wherewith  shall  I  come  before  the  Lord,  and  bow  myself 
before  the  high  Ood?  shall  I  come  before  him  with  burnt- 
offerings  ;  with  calves  of  a  year  old?  Will  the  Lord  be 
pleased  with  thousands  of  rams,  or  with  ten  thousands 
of  rivers  of  oil  ?  shall  I  give  my  firstborn  for  my  trans- 
gression, the  fruit  of  my  body  for  the  sin  of  my  soid?  ...  195 
T.  H.   L.  •  b 


X  CONTENTS. 

LECTURE  V. 

THE    RESTORER    OF     PARADISE. 
GENESIS  V.  29. 

PAGE 

And  he  called  his  name  Noah,  saying.  This  same  shall  com- 
fort us  concerning  our  work  and  toil  of  our  hands,  because 
of  the  ground  which  the  Lord  hath  cursed 212 

LECTURE  VL 

THE    REDEEMER    FROM    SIN. 
ROMANS  VII,  21,  23. 

I  find  then  a  law,  that,  when  I  would  do  good,  evil  is  present 
with  )ne.  For  I  delight  in  the  law  of  God  after  the 
inward  man:  but  I  see  another  law  in  my  members, 
warring  against  the  law  of  my  mind,  and  bringing  me 
into  captivity  to  the  law  of  sin  which  is  in  my  menthers  .  .  .    227 

LECTURE  VIL 

THE     FOUNDER     OF    A     KINGDOM. 

HEBREWS  XI.   10. 

A  city  which  hath  foundations,  ivhose  builder  and  maker  is  God.    246 

LECTURE  VIII. 

CONCLUDING    LECTURE. 

1   THESSALONIANS  V.  21. 

Prove  all  things ;    hold  fast  that  which  is  good 264 


LECTURE    I. 

INTRODUCTORY   LECTURE. 

Psalm   CXIX.  18. 

Open  thou  inine  eyes,  that  I  may  behold  wondrous  things 
out  of  thy  law. 

It  was  with  a  true  insight  into  the  sad  yet  needful  con- 
ditions of  the  Truth  militant  in  a  world  of  error,  that 
he  who  has  of  such  just  title  given  his  name  to  these 
Lectures,  which  I  am  now  permitted  to  deliver  in  this 
place,  devoted  so  largely  of  his  temporal  means  to 
the  securing  among  us  a  succession  of  discourses, 
having  more  or  less  nearly  to  do  with  the  establishing 
and  vindicating  of  that  Truth  against  all  gainsayers 
and  opposers.  For  such  apologies  of  our  holy  Faith 
as  he  desired  by  this  and  other  kindred  foundations 
of  which  he  was  the  author,  to  promote  and  set  for- 
ward, are  deeply  grounded  in  the  very  nature  of  that 
Faith  itself — and  this,  whether  they  be  defensive  or 
aggressive,  whether  they  be  of  the  Truth  clearing 
itself  from  unjust  aspersions,  or  carrying  the  war,  as 
it  must  often  do,  into  the  quarters  of  error,  and  prov- 
ing itself  not  merely  to  be  true,  but  to  be  Truth  abso- 
lute, to  the  exclusion  of  all  rival  claims.  We  know, 
as  a  matter  of  history,  that  Christian  literature  did 
begin,  as  far  back  as  we  can  trace  it,  with  works  of 
this  character ;  they  are  among  the  earliest  which 
have  reached  us ;  probably  among  the  earliest  which 
existed.  Nor  do  they  belong  merely  to  the  first  ages 
of  the  Church's  being,    however  in   them  they   may 

T.  H.  L,  1 


2  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

naturally  have  had  a  special  importance.  The  Truth, 
like  Him  who  gave  it,  will  always  be  a  sign  Avhich 
shall  be  spoken  against.  The  forms  of  the  enmity 
may  change ;  the  coarser  and  more  brutal  accusations 
of  one  age  may  give  place  to  subtler  charges  of 
another ;  but  so  long  as  an  ungodly  world  exists,  the 
enmity  itself  will  remain,  and  will  find  utterance.  The 
Truth,  therefore,  must  ever  be  succinct,  and  prompt 
to  give  an  answer  for  itself;  and  this  it  does  the  more 
readily,  as  knowing  that  not  man's  glory,  but  God's 
glory,  is  at  hazard,  when  it  is  assailed ;  as  being  in- 
finitely removed  from  that  pride  which  might  tempt 
to  the  keeping  silence,  because  it  knows  that  the 
accusations  made  against  it  are  unjust ;  being  rather 
full  of  that  humility  and  love,  which  make  it  willingly 
condescend  to  the  most  wayward,  if  hapl}'  it  may  win 
them  to  the  service  of  its  King. 

Ajid  this  is  not  all :  the  Truth  cannot  pause  when 
it  has  thus  refuted  and  thrown  back  the  things  that  it 
knew  not,  which  yet  were  laid  to  its  charge.  In  its 
very  nature  it  is  aggressive  also.  How  should  it  not 
be  so  ?  how  should  it  not  make  war  on  the  strong- 
holds of  falsehood  and  error,  when  its  very  task  in  the 
world  is  to  deliver  them  that  were  prisoners  there  ? 
how  should  it  not  seek  to  gather  men  under  its  ban- 
ner,— being  moved,  as  it  ever  is,  with  an  inward 
bleeding  compassion  for  all  them  that  are  aliens  from 
the  faith  of  Christ,  as  knowing  that  every  man,  till  he 
has  found  himself  in  Him,  is  estranged  from  the  true 
home  of  his  spirit,  the  right  centre  of  his  being  ? 
How  shoidd  it  not  press  its  treasures  upon  each,  com- 
mend its  medicines  to  all,  when  they  are  medicines 
for   everv   man's  hurt,    treasures  Avhich  would  make 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  S 

every  man  rich?  when  it  knows  that  it  has  the  reality, 
of  which  every  lie  is  the  counterfeit ;  that  when  men 
are  the  fiercest  set  against  it,  then  are  they  the  most 
madly  at  strife  with  their  own  blessedness  ? 

But  this,  it  might  be  said,  would  sufficiently  ex- 
plain the  uses  of  Christian  apology  before  a  world 
which  resfsts,  or  puts  by,  the  Faith  ;  it  Avould  explain 
why  the  Truth  should  count  itself  happy  to  stand,  as 
it  did  once  in  the  person  of  Paul,  before  Festus  and 
Agrippa,  and  in  presence  of  Gentile  and  Jew,  to 
make  answer  for  itself.  But,  allowing  this,  what 
means  it  w^hen  before  a  congregation  of  faithful  men, 
when  at  one  of  the  great  centres  of  Christian  light 
and  knowledge  in  our  own  land,  a  preacher  under- 
takes, and  that  at  large  and  from  year  to  year,  the 
handling  some  point  of  the  evidences  of  our  Religion? 
Might  not  this  seem  at  first  as  superfluous  a  form,  as 
when,  upon  a  day  of  coronation,  a  champion  rides 
forth,  and  with  none  but  loyal  hearts  beating  in  unison 
with  the  multitudinous  voices  which  have  hailed  his 
king  and  theirs,  flings  doAvn  his  glove,  and  challenges 
any  that  will  gainsay  the  monarch's  right  to  the 
crown  which  hast  just  been  set  upon  his  brows  ?  Our 
task  might  indeed  be  superfluous  as  this,  were  its  only 
purpose  to  convince  opposers.  There  is,  blessed  be 
God,  a  foregone  conclusion  in  the  minds  of  the  faith- 
ful, drawn  from  all  which  they  have  known  themselves 
of  the  life  and  power  of  the  Truth,  which  suffers 
them  not  for  an  instant  to  regard  it  as  something  yet 
in  debate,  and  still  to  be  proved ;  since  it  has  already 
approved  itself  in  power  and  blessing  unto  them. 

And  yet  even  for  them  a  work  of  Christian  apo- 
logy may  be  so  constructed  as  to  have  its  worth  and 

1—2 


4  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

meaning.      If  it  widen  the  basis  on  which  their  Faith 
reposes,   if  it   help  them  to   take  count  of  and   use 
treasui-es,  which  before  they  had,  but  Avhich  they  knew 
not  before  save  in  part ;  if  it  cause  them  to  pass  from 
belief  to  insight ;  if  it  bring  out  for  them  the  perfect 
proportions  of  the  Truth,  its  singular  adaptations  to 
the  pre-established  harmonies  of  the  world,  as  they 
had  not  perceived  these   before ;  if  it  furnish  them 
w  ith  a  clue  for  guiding  some  perplexed  and  wander- 
ing brother  from  his  dreary  labyrinth  of  doubt  and 
error, — if  in  any  of  these   ways  it  effectually  serve, 
surely  it  has  not  been  in  vain.     Such  uses  we  acknow- 
ledere  in  Evidences  of  our  Faith,  when  we  constitute 
them  a  part  of  our  discipline  in  this  University ;  which 
assuredly  we  do,  not  as  presuming  that  we   have  to 
deal  with  any  who  are  yet  aliens  from  that  Faith,  who 
have  yet  need  to  be  brought  to  the  acknowledging  of 
the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus ;  but  rather  as  desiring  to 
put  them  who  already  have  drawn  in  their  faith,  and 
that  from  better  sources,  from  the  lips  of  their  mothers, 
from  the  catechisms  of  their  childhood,  from  among 
the  sanctities  of  their  home,  in  possession  of  the  sci- 
entific   grounds   of  that  belief,    which  already,   by  a 
better  and  more  immediate  tenure,  is  theirs. 

Nor  may  we  leave  wholly  out  of  sight  that  in  a 
time  like  our  own,  of  great  spiritual  agitations,  at  a 
place  like  this,  of  signal  intellectual  activity,  where 
oftentimes  the  low  mutterings  of  distant  controversies, 
scarcely  heard  elsewhere,  are  distinctly  audible, — there 
can  hardly  fail  to  be  some  perplexed  with  difficulties, 
harassed,  it  may  be,  with  doubts  which  they  do  not 
welcome,  but  would  give  worlds  to  be  rid  of  for  ever 
— doubts  which,  perhaps,  the  very  preciousness  of  the 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  5 

Truth  in  their  sight  alone  magnifies  into  importance; 
for  they  feel  that  they  are  going  to  hang  upon  that 
Truth  all  that  is  dear  to  them  for  life  and  for  eter- 
nit}'^ ;  that  it  must  be  to  them  as  their  spirits'  bride ; 
and  therefore  they  cannot  endure  upon  it  the  faintest 
breath  of  suspicion,  I  say,  brethren,  that  we  may 
not  leave  wholly  out  of  mind  that  one  and  another 
in  such  perplexity  of  spirit  may  be  among  us  here. 
Hapjjy  above  measure  he,  who  has  "a  mouth  and  wis- 
dom" given  him  to  meet  the  necessities  of  such  an 
one  among  his  brethren ;  who  shall  help  to  bring  him 
into  the  secure  haven  of  belief,  into  the  confession 
that  in  Christ  Jesus  are  indeed  laid  up  "  all,"  and 
those  infinite,  "  treasures  of  wisdom  and  knowledge." 

But  if  discourses  of  the  kind  which  I  am  com- 
mencing to-day,  are  indeed  to  be  of  profit  to  any, 
there  appear  to  be  one  or  two  preliminary  conditions 
in  the  choice  of  a  subject,  most  needful  to  be  ob- 
served; which  failing  to  observe,  we  shall,  of  sure  con- 
sequence, fall  wholly  short  of  those  ends  of  usefulness 
which  we  desire. 

And  first,  a  work  of  Christian  defence  will  be 
marred,  if  the  subject  which  we  select  be  one  upon 
which  none  of  the  great  and  decisive  issues  of  the 
mighty  conflict  between  Truth  and  error  depend ; 
as  when  in  jousts  and  tournaments  a  knight  touches 
the  shield  of  some  feeble  adversary,  passing  by  and 
leaving  the  stronger  and  more  accomplished  unchal- 
lenged. For  thus  it  is  with  us,  when  we  go  off"  upon 
some  minor  point,  which,  even  were  it  plainly  won, 
would  leave  us  in  no  essential  degree  the  better,  nor 
an  adversary  the  worse  ;  which  he  might  yield  without 


6  LECTURE  I.  [1845 

being  dislodged  from  his  strongholds  of  unbelief,  with- 
out even  feeling  them  less  tenable  than  before. 

Or  again,  it  will  be  to  little  profit  that  we  deal 
with  hinderances  to  men's  belief,  which  once  indeed 
were  real  and  urgent,  but  of  Avhich  the  urgency  and 
reality  have  long  since  departed;  if  we  take  our  stand 
in  some  part  of  the  battle-field  from  which  the  great 
turmoil  of  the  conflict  has  now  ebbed  and  shifted 
away ;  or  conjure  up  phantom  forms  of  opposition, 
Avhich  once  indeed  Avere  living  and  strong,  but  now 
survive  only  in  the  tradition  of  books,  and  at  this  day 
practically  weaken  no  man's  faith,  disturb  no  man's 
inner  peace.  This,  too,  were  a  fatal  error,  to  have 
failed  to  take  note  of  that  great  stream  of  tendency, 
which  has  borne  us  amid  other  shoals,  and  near  other 
rocks,  from  those  among  which  our  forefathers  steered 
Avith  manful  hearts  the  bark  of  their  faith,  and  of 
God's  great  mercy  made  not  shipwreck  of  that  faith 
amidst  them  all. 

Or,  once  more.  Christian  apology  fails  in  its  lofti- 
est aim,  when  it  addresses  not  the  Avhole  man,  but 
the  man  only  upon  one  side,  and  that  not  the  highest, 
of  his  being :  when  it  addresses  not  the  conscience, 
the  affections,  the  will,  but  the  understanding  faculties 
alone.  How  often  do  Ave  meet  in  books  of  Christian 
evidence  the  attempt  made  to  substitute  a  logical  or 
mathematical  proof  of  our  most  holy  Faith  for  a 
moral  one ;  to  ascend  to  that  proof  by  steps  which 
can  no  more  be  denied  than  the  successive  steps  of  a 
problem  in  geometry,  and  so  to  drive  an  adversary 
into  a  corner  from  whence  there  shall  be  no  escape. 
But  there  is  always  an  escape  for  those  that  in  heart 
and  Avill  are  alienated  from  the  truth.     At  some  stage 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  7 

or  other  of  the  process  they  will  successfully  break 
away,  or  even  if  they  are  brought  to  the  end,  they 
remain  not  with  us  long.  And  we  may  thank  God 
that  it  is  so  ;  for  it  is  part  of  the  glory  of  the  Truth 
that  it  leads  in  procession  no  chained,  no  unwilling 
captives — none  that  do  not  rejoice  in  their  captivity, 
and  share  in  the  triumph  which  they  adorn.  It  is  not 
therefore  that  arguments  which  address  themselves  to 
lower  parts  of  man's  being  than  the  highest  are  to  be 
rejected — but  only  their  insufficiency  acknowledged  ; 
that  they  of  themselves  will  never  introduce  any  to 
the  inner  sanctuary  of  the  Faith ;  but  can  only  lead 
him  up  to  the  doors.  Most  needful  are  they  in  their 
place ;  most  needful  that  Christianity  should  approve 
itself  to  have  a  true  historic  foundation ;  that  as  a 
fact  in  history  it  should  stand  as  rigid  a  criticism  as 
any  other  fact ;  that  the  books  which  profess  to  tell 
its  story  should  vindicate  for  themselves  an  authentic 
character;  that  the  men  wli^  wrote  those  books  should 
be  shoAvn  capable  and  credible  witnesses  of  the  things 
which  they  deliver ;  that  the  outworks  of  our  Faith 
should  be  seen  to  be  no  less  defensible  than  its 
citadel.  But  after  all,  the  heart  of  the  matter  is  not 
there ;  when  all  is  done,  men  will  feel  in  the  deepest 
centre  of  their  being  that  it  is  the  moral  wliich  must 
prove  the  historic,  and  not  the  historic  which  can  ever 
prove  the  moral ;  that  evidences  drawn  from  Avithout 
may  be  accepted  as  the  welcome  buttresses,  but  that 
we  can  know  no  other  foundations,  of  our  Faith  than 
those  which  itself  supplies.  Revelation,  like  the  sun, 
must  be  seen  by  its  own  light ;  being  itself  the  highest, 
the  ultimate  appeal  with  regard  to  it  cannot  lie  with 
anv  lower  than  itself.     There  was  indeed  a  sense  in 


8  LECTURE    I.  [1845. 

which  Christ  received  the  witness  of  John,  but  there 
was  another  in  which  He  received  not  witness  of  any 
man,  only  his  own  witness  and  his  Father's.  Even  so 
is  it  Avith  his  Word  and  his  doctrine.  There  is  a 
witness  which  they  can  receive  of  men ;  there  is  also 
a  witness  which  no  other  can  yield  them  than  them- 
selves. 

I  trust,  then,  that  taking  for  my  argument  The 
fitness  of  Holy  Scripture  for  unfolding  the  spiritual  life 
of  men,  and  finding  in  its  adaptations  for  this  a  proof 
of  its  divine  origin,  I  shall  not  fail  in  these  primary 
conditions,  however  immeasurably  I  shall  of  necessity 
fall  below  the  greatness  and  grandeur  of  my  theme. 

For  first  this  question.  Whether  Scripture  be  not 
a  book  capable  of  doing,  and  appointed  to  do,  an 
higher  work  than  every  other  book,  cannot  be  re- 
garded as  one  which  is  not  vital.  It  is  felt  to  be  vital 
by  all  those  whose  aim  and  purpose  is  to  prove  that 
it  is  but  a  book  as  other  books,  and  therefore  under- 
lying the  same  weakness  and  incompletenesses  as 
every  other  work  of  men's  hands.  And  these  are 
many ;  since  for  one  direct  assault  on  Christianity  as 
a  delivered  fact,  there  are  twenty  on  the  records  of 
Christianity,  or  the  manner  of  its  delivery.  Many  a 
one  who  would  not  venture  boldly  to  enter  on  the 
central  question,  whether  the  Christ  whom  the  Church 
believes,  Avhom  not  any  one  passage  alone,  but  the 
collective  sum  of  the  Scriptures  has  delivered  to  us, 
be  not  the  highest  conceivable  revelation  of  the  In- 
visible God,  and  his  Incarnation  the  necessary  out- 
coming  of  the  perfections  of  the  Godhead,  will  yet 
hover  on  the  outskirts  of  the  conflict,  and  set  himself 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURFl  9 

to  the  detecting,  as  he  hopes,  a  flaw  in  this  narration, 
or  to  the  proving  the  historic  evidence  for  that  book 
insufficient.  They  who  pass  by  the  consideration  as 
one  which  never  rose  up  before  their  minds,  whether 
there  has  not  been  a  great  education  of  our  race, 
reaching  through  all  ages,  going  forward  from  the 
day  that  God  called  Abraham  from  among  his  fathers' 
idols ;  and  whether  this  great  idea  be  not  as  a  golden 
thread,  running  through  the  whole  woof  and  tissue  of 
Scripture — they  who  shun  altogether  considerations 
such  as  these,  will  yet  set  themselves  diligently  to 
look  for  petty  discrepancies  between  one  historic 
book  and  another,  or  for  proofs  which  shall  not  be 
put  by,  of  some  later  hand  than  that  of  Moses  in 
some  notice  in  the  book  of  Genesis.  And  however 
paltry  and  petty  this  warfare  may  be,  it  is  no  doubt 
a  true  instinct  of  hate  which  makes  them  hope  to  dis- 
cover vulnerable  points  in  Scripture,  as  knowing  that 
could  they  really  find  such,  through  them  they  might 
effectually  wound  Him,  of  whom  the  Scripture  is  the 
outcoming  and  the  Word. 

Nor,  again,  can  it  be  said  that  this  is  a  matter, 
which,  though  once  brought  into  earnest  debate,  is 
now  so  no  more  ;  or  that  the  earnestness  of  the  struggle 
has  been  now  transferred  to  other  parts  of  the  great 
controversy  between  the  kingdoms  of  light  and  of 
darkness.  It  is  not  so :  the  Porphyrys,  the  Celsuses, 
and  the  Julians  of  an  earlier  age,  have  never  wanted 
their  apt  scholars,  their  worthy  successors.  The 
mantle  of  the  false  prophet  is  as  surely  dropped  and 
bequeathed,  as  the  mantle  of  the  true.  Who  that 
knows  ought  of  what  is  going  forward  among  a  peo- 
ple, who  not  in  blood  only,  but  in  much  besides,  are 


10  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

most  akin  to  us  of  all  the  nations  of  Europe,  will 
deny  that  even  now  God's  Word  is  tried  to  the  utter- 
most ;  that  it  still  has  need  to  make  good  its  claims ; 
or  knowing  this,  will  presume  to  say  how  soon  we 
may  not  find  ourselves  in  the  midst  of  controversies, 
which  assuredly  have  not  yet  run  themselves  out,  nor 
by  the  complete  victory  of  the  Truth  brought  them- 
selves to  a  quiet  end  ? 

JSTor  shall  we  with  this  theme  be  lingering  about 
the  outer  precincts  of  our  Faith.  Xot  the  external 
authority  with  Avhich  these  books  come  to  us,  but  the 
inner  seal  Avith  Avhich  they  are  sealed,  the  way  in 
which,  like  Him  of  whom  they  testify,  they  receive 
not  witness  of  men,  but  by  all  which  they  are,  by 
all  which  they  have  wrought,  bear  witness  of  them- 
selves that  they  are  of  God,  even  the  witness  of 
powder,   this  is   our   high   argument. 

And  to  it  perhaps  there  Avill  be  no  fitter  intro- 
duction than  a  few  general  remarks  on  the  connexion 
in  which  a  book  may  stand  to  the  intellectual  and 
spiritual  life  of  men.  And  woiild  we  appreciate  the 
importance  of  a  book  received  as  absolute  law,  for 
the  mental  and  moral  culture  of  those  who  in  such 
wise  receive  it,  the  influences  which  it  will  exert  in 
moulding  them,  if  only  that  book  contain  any  ele- 
ments of  truth ;  let  us  consider  for  an  instant  what 
the  Koran  has  been  and  is  to  the  whole  Mohamme- 
dan world ;  how  it  is  practically  the  great  bond  and 
band  of  the  nations  professing  that  spurious  faith, 
holding  fast  in  a  community,  which  is  a  counteriiart, 
however  feeble,  of  a  Christendom,  nations  Avhom 
everything  else  would  have  tended  to  separate ;  how 
it  has  stamped  on   them  the  features  of  a  common 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  11 

life,  and  set  them,  however  immeasurably  below  the 
Christian  nations,  yet  well  nigh  as  greatly  above  all 
other  nations  of  the  world  ; — let  us  consider  this,  and 
then  what  the  book  is  that  has  wrought  these  mighty 
effects — the  many  elements  of  fraud  and  folly  which 
are  mixed  up  with,  and  which  weaken,  the  truth  which 
it  possesses ;  and  then  let  us  ask  ourselves  what  by 
comparison  must  be  a  Bible,  or  Scripture  of  absolute 
truth,  to  the  Christian  w  orld  ? 

Or  to  estimate  the  shaping  moulding  power  which 
may  lie  in  books,  even  when  they  come  not  as  revela- 
tions, real  or  pretended,  of  the  will  of  God,  let  us 
attempt  to  measure  the  influence  which  a  few  Greek 
and  Latin  books,  (for  the  real  effective  books  are  but 
few,)  exert  and  have  exerted  on  the  minds  of  men, 
since  the  time  that  they  have  been  familiarly  known 
and  studied ;  the  manner  in  which  they  have  modified 
the  habits  of  thought,  coloured  the  language,  and 
affected  the  whole  institutions  of  the  world  in  which 
we  live ;  how  they  have  given  to  those  who  have  sedu- 
lously occupied  themselves  in  their  study  and  drunk 
in  their  spirit,  a  culture  and  tone  of  mind  recogniz- 
ably different  from  that  of  any  other  men ;  and  this, 
although  they  come  with  the  seal  of  no  absolute 
authority ;  although,  on  the  contrary,  we  feel  that  on 
many  points  (and  some  of  these  the  very  chiefest)  we 
stand  greatly  above  them.  Let  us  take  this  into 
account,  and  we  shall  allow  that  it  is  scarcely  j)ossible 
to  overrate  the  influence  of  a  Book  which  does  come 
with  highest  sanction,  to  which  men  bow  as  contain- 
ing the  express  image  of  the  Truth,  and  which  is,  as 
those  are,  only  for  a  longer  period  and  in  a  higher 


12  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

region  of  the  spiritual  life,  the  appointed  instrument 
for  calling  out  the  true  humanity  in  every  man. 

At  first,  indeed,  it  seems  hard  to  understand  hoAv 
any  written  "vvord  should  possess  such  influence  as  that 
■which  Ave  attribute  to  this ;  difficult  to  set  a  dispen- 
sation of  the  Truth  in  that  form  at  all  upon  a  level 
in  force  and  influence  with  the  same  Truth,  when  it  is 
the  living  utterance  of  living  men,  or  to  ascribe  to  it 
powers  at  all  equal  to  theirs.  But  Mhen  we  consider 
more  closely,  the  wonder  disappears ;  we  soon  per- 
ceive how,  by  the  Providence  of  God,  a  written  word, 
be  it  of  man's  truth  or  of  God's  Truth,  should  have 
been  charged  with  such  important  functions  to  fulfil. 
For  first,  it  is  plain  that  the  existence  of  a  ^ATitten 
word  is  the  necessary  condition  of  any  historic  life  or 
progress  whatsoever  in  the  world.  If  succeeding 
generations  are  to  inherit  ought  from  those  that  went 
before,  and  not  each  to  begin  anew  from  first  rudi- 
ments,— if  all  is  not  to  be  always  childhood, — if  there 
is  to  be  any  manhood  of  our  race, — it  is  plain  that 
only  thus,  only  through  such  an  instrument  could  this 
be  brought  about. 

And  most  of  all  it  is  CAident  that  through  a  Scrip- 
ture alone,  that  is,  through  a  Avritten  record,  could 
any  great  epoch,  and  least  of  all  an  epoch  in  which 
great  spiritual  truths  were  revealed  or  reasserted, 
transmit  itself  unimpaired  to  the  after  world.  For 
every  new  has  for  a  long^  while  an  old  to  contend 
with,  every  higher  a  lower,  which  is  continually  seek- 
ing to  draw  it  down  to  itself.  The  most  earnest 
oral  tradition  will  in  a  little  while  lose  its  distinct- 
ness,   undergo    essential  though   insensible   modifica- 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  13 

tions.  Apart  from  all  desire  to  vitiate  the  committed 
word,  yet,  little  by  little,  the  subjective  condition  of 
those  to  Avhom  it  is  entrusted,  throvigh  whom  it  passes, 
will  infallibly  make  itself  felt ;  and  in  such  treache- 
rous keeping-  is  all  which  remains  merely  in  the  memo- 
ries of  men,  that  after  a  very  little  while,  rival  schools 
of  disciples  Avill  begin  to  contend  not  merely  how 
their  master's  words  were  to  be  accepted,  but  what 
those  very  words  were  themselves. 

Moreover,  it  is  only  by  recurrence   to  such   wit- 
nesses as  are  thus  secured  for  the  form  in  which  the 
Truth  was  at  the  first  delivered,  that  any  great  resto- 
ration or  reformation  can  proceed ;  only  so  can  that 
which  is  grown  old  renew  its  youth,  and  cast  off  the 
slough  of  age.     Without  this,  all  that  is  once  let  go 
would  be  irrecoverably  gone — all  once  lost  would  be 
lost  for  ever.      Without  this,  all  that  did  not  interest 
at  the  moment,  all  Avhich  was  laid  deep  for  the  uses 
of  a    remote  posterity,    of  which  they  were  first  to 
discover  the   price   and  value,   would  long  before  it 
reached  them  have  inevitably  perished.     And  when 
the  Church  of  the  Apostolic  age,  with  that  directly 
following,  is  pointed  to  as  an  exception  to  this  general 
rule, — as   a   Church  existing  without   a  Scripture, — 
even  as  no  doubt  for  some  Avhile  the  Church  did  exist 
with  a  canon  not  full  formed,  but  forming,  and  for  a 
little  while  without  any  Scriptures  peculiarly  its  own, 
it  is  left  out  of  sight  that  the  question  is  not,  whether 
a  Church  could  so  exist,  but  whether  it  could  subsist — 
not  whether  it  could  be,  but  whether  it  could  continue 
to  be.      That  for  a  while,  under  rare  combinations  of 
favourable   circumstances,  with  living  witnesses   and 
fresh  memories  of  the  Lord's  life  and  death  in  the 


14  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

midst  of  it,  a  Christian  Church  ^vithout  any  actual 
writings  of  its  new  Covenant  could  have  existed,  is 
one  thing  ;  and  another,  whether  it  could  so  have  sur- 
vived through  long  ages :  wliether  without  them  it 
could  have  kept  ever  before  its  eyes  any  clear  and 
distinct  image  of  Him  that  was  its  founder,  or  stamped 
any  lively  impress  of  Him  on  the  hearts  of  its  chil- 
dren. Xo ;  it  is  assuredly  no  happy  accident  of  the 
Church  that  it  possesses  a  Scripture ;  but  if  the  won- 
ders of  the  Church's  first  becoming  were  not  to  repeat 
themselves  continually,  if  it  was  at  all  to  know  a  na- 
tural evolution  in  the  world ;  then,  as  far  as  we  can 
see,  this  was  a  necessary  condition  of  its  very  sub- 
sistence. 

This  then,  brethren,  will  be  the  aim  of  these  lec- 
tures which  I  am  allowed  to  deliver  in  your  hearing. 
I  shall  desire  reverently,  and  with  God's  grace  assist- 
ing, to  discover  Avhat  I  ma} ,  of  the  inner  structure  of 
this  Book  which  is  so  essential  a  factor  in  the  spiritual 
life  of  men — humbly  to  trace  where  I  can,  the  wisdom 
with  which  it  is  laid  out  to  be  the  nourisher  and 
teacher  of  all  men,  and  of  all  men  in  all  ages  and  in 
all  parts  of  their  complex  being ;  also  to  show,  Avhere 
I  am  able,  how  it  has  effectually  approved  itself  as 
such. 

And  yet,  brethren,  such  considerations  may  not 
be  entered  on  without  one  or  two  needful  cautions, 
which  I  should  msh  to  keep  ever  before  myself,  which 
I  should  wish  to  commend  also  to  you.  And  first, 
let  us  beware  lest  contemplating  this  goodly  fabric, 
we  be  contemplators  only ;  as  though  we  were  to 
stand  without  Scripture  and  admire  it,   and  not   to 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  15 

stand  within  it  and  obey  it.  That  were  a  mournful 
self-deceit — to  see  and  marvel  at  its  fitness  for  every 
man,  and  never  to  have  made  proof  of  that  fitness 
for  the  needs  of  one  heart,  for  the  healing  the  deep 
Avound  of  one  spirit,  even  of  our  own.  And,  indeed, 
only  in  this  way  of  love  and  of  obedience  shall  we 
enter  truly  into  any  of  the  hidden  riches  which  it 
contains ;  for  that  only  which  Ave  love,  we  know.  No 
book,  much  less  the  highest,  yields  its  secrets,  reveals 
its  Avonders,  to  any  but  the  reverent,  the  loving,  and 
the  humble.  To  other  than  these,  the  door  of  higher 
understanding  is  ever  closed.  We  must  pass  into 
and  unite  ourselves  with  that  Avhich  Ave  Avould  know, 
ere  Ave  can  knoAv  it  more  than  in  name. 

And  then,  brethren,  again,  Avhen  Ave  propose  to 
consider  the  structure  of  Scripture,  it  is  not  as  though 
this  Avere  needed  before  men  could  enter  into  its  full- 
est and  freest  enjoyment.  It  is  far  from  being  thus ; 
for  as  a  man  may  live  in  an  house  Avithout  being  an 
architect,  so  may  Ave  habitually  live  and  move  in  Holy 
Scripture,  Avithout  consciously,  by  any  reflex  act,  being 
aware  of  any  one  of  the  wonders  of  its  construction, 
the  secret  sources  of  its  strength  and  poAver.  To 
knoAv  simply  that  it  is  the  Word  of  God  has  sufficed 
thousands  and  tens  of  thousands  of  our  brethren  ; 
even  as,  no  doubt,  in  this  one  affirmation  is  gathered 
up  and  anticipated  all  that  the  most  earnest  and 
devout  search  may  unfold.  We  may  say  this,  that 
it  is  God's  Word,  in  other  language,  Ave  may  say  this 
more  at  large,  yet  more  than  this  Ave  cannot  say ; 
after  the  Avidest  range  Ave  shall  only  return  to  this  at 
the  last. 

But  Avhile  this  is  true,  it  remains  true  also  that 


16  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

"  the  works  of  the  Lord  are  great,  sought  out  of  all 
them  that  have  pleasure  therein,"  if  only  leisure  and 
opportunities  are  theirs — that  if  love  is  the  way  of 
knowledge,    knowledge  also  is  the  food  of  love,  the 
appointed  fuel  of  the  sacred  fire ;  that,  if  the  affec- 
tions are  to  be  kept  lastingly  true  to  an  object,  the 
reasonable    faculties,    supposing   them  to  have  been 
actively  called  out,  must  find  also  in  that  object  their 
satisfjdng  employment.      Many  among  us  here  have, 
or  will  have,  not  merely  to  live  on  God's  Word  our- 
selves, but,  as  our  peculiar  task,  to  unfold  its  secrets 
and  bring  forth  its  treasures  for  others.     We  there- 
fore cannot  draw  from  it  that  unconscious  nutriment 
which  do   many.     Whatever  may  be  the  danger   of 
losing  the  simplicity  of  our  love  for  it,  and  coming  to 
set  that  love  upon  other  gromids  than  those  on  which 
the  love  of  the  humblest  and  simplest  of  our  brethren 
reposes,  and  so  of  separating  ourselves  in  spirit  from 
him ;  this,  like  any  other  danger  of  our  spiritual  life, 
must  not  be  shrunk  from,  by  shrinking  from  the  duty 
to  which,  like  its  dark  shadow,  it  cleaves  ;  but  in  other 
and  more  manful  ways  must  be  met  and  overcome. 
We  all  of  us  have  need,  if  not  all  from  our  peculiar 
functions,   yet  all   from  our  position  as  the  highest 
educated   of   our  age  and  nation,   as  therefore    the 
appointed  leaders  of  its  thoughts  and  feelings,   not 
merely  to  prize  and  honour  this  Book,  but  to  justify 
the  price  and  honour,  in  which  we  hold  it  ourselves, 
in  which  we  bid  others  to  hold  it. 

May  some  of  us  be  led  by  what  shall  be  here 
spoken  to  a  fidler  recognition  of  those  treasures  of 
wisdom  and  knowledge  which  are  or  may  be,  day  by 
day,  in  our  hands.      May  we  be  reminded  of  the  high 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  17 

privilege  which  it  is  to  have  a  book  which  is  also,  as 
its  name  declares,  the  Book ;  which  stands  up  in  the 
midst  of  its  brethren,  the  kingly  sheaf,  to  which  all 
the  others  do  obeisance  (Gen.  xxxvii.  7;) — not  casting 
a  slight  upon  them,  but  lending  to  them  some  of  its 
own  dignity  and  honour.  May  we  in  a  troubled  time 
be  heljoed  to  feel  something  of  the  grandeur  of  the 
Scripture,  and  so  of  the  manifold  wisdom  of  that 
Eternal  Spirit  by  whom  it  came — and  then  petty 
objections  and  isolated  difficulties,  though  they  were 
multiplied  as  the  sands  of  the  sea,  will  not  harass  us. 
For  what  are  they  all  to  the  fact,  (I  am  here  using 
and  concluding  with  words  far  better  than  my  own,) 
that  ''  for  more  than  a  thousand  years  the  Bible  col- 
lectively taken  has  gone  hand  in  hand  with  civiliza- 
tion, science,  law, — in  short,  with  the  moral  and 
intellectual  cultivation  of  the  species,  always  support- 
ing, and  often  leading  the  way?  Its  very  presence 
as  a  believed  book,  has  rendered  the  nations  emphati- 
cally a  chosen  race,  and  this  too  in  exact  proportion 
as  it  is  more  or  less  generally  studied.  Of  those 
nations  which  in  the  highest  degree  enjoy  its  influ- 
ences, it  is  not  too  much  to  affirm  that  the  differences, 
public  and  private,  physical,  moral  and  intellectual, 
are  only  less  than  what  might  be  expected  from  a 
diversity  in  species.  Good  and  holy  men,  and  the 
best  and  wisest  of  mankind,  the  kingly  spirits  of  his- 
tory enthroned  in  the  hearts  of  mighty  nations,  have 
borne  witness  to  its  influences,  have  declared  it  to 
be  beyond  compare  the  most  perfect  instrument,  the 
only  adequate  organ,  of  humanity ;  the  organ  and 
instrument  of  all  the  gifts,  powers,  and  tendencies, 
by  which  the   individual  is  privileged  to  rise  above 

T.  H.  L.  2 


18  LECTURE  I.  [1845. 

himself,  to  leave  behind  and  lose  his  dividual  phan- 
tom self,  in  order  to  find  his  true  self  in  that  distinct- 
ness where  no  division  can  be, — in  the  Eternal  I  AM, 
the  ever-living  Word,  of  whom  all  the  elect,  from  the 
archangel  before  the  throne  to  the  poor  wTestler 
with  the  Spirit  until  the  breaking  of  day,  are  but  the 
fainter  and  still  fainter  echoes." 


LECTURE    IL 

THE   UNITY   OF  SCRIPTURE. 

Ephesians  I.   9,  10, 

Having  made  Jcnown  unto  us  the  mystery  of  his  zvill,  accord- 
ing to  his  good  pleasure,  which  he  hath  purposed  in  him- 
self; that  in  the  dispensation  of  the  fulness  of  times  he 
might  gather  together  in  one  all  things  in  Christ,  both 
which  are  in  heaven  and  which  are  on  earth;  even  in 
him. 

It  is  the  necessary  condition  of  a  book  which  shall 
exert  any  great  and  effectual  influence,  which  shall 
stamp  itself  with  a  deep  impression  upon  the  minds 
and  hearts  of  men,  that  it  must  have  a  unity  of  pur- 
pose :  one  great  idea  must  run  through  it  all.  There 
must  be  some  single  point  in  which  all  its  different 
rays  converge  and  meet.  The  common  eye  may  fail 
to  detect  the  unity,  even  while  it  unconsciously  owns 
its  power :  yet  this  is  necessary  still ;  this  growing 
out  of  a  single  root,  this  subordination  of  all  the  parts 
to  a  single  aim,  this  returning  of  the  end  upon  the 
beginning.  We  feel  this  in  a  lower  sphere ;  nothing 
pleases  much  or  long,  nothing  takes  greatly  hold,  no 
Avork  of  human  genius  or  art,  which  is  not  at  one  Avith 
itself,  which  has  wot  form,  in  the  highest  sense  of  that 
word ;  which  does  not  exclude  and  include.  And  it 
is  hardly  necessary  to  add,  that  if  the  effects  are  to 
be  deep  and  strong,  this  idea  must  be  a  great  one  : 
it  must  not  be  one  which  shall  play  lightly  upon  the 
surface  of  their  minds  that  apprehend  it,  but  rather 

2—2 


20  LECTURE    II.  [1845. 

one  which  shall  reach  far  down  to  the  dark  founda- 
tions out  of  sight  upon  which  reposes  this  awful  being 
of  ours. 

Now  what  I  should  desire  to  make  the  subject  of 
my  lecture  to-day  is  exactly  this,  that  there  is  one 
idea  in  Holy  Scripture,  and  this  idea  the  very  high- 
est ;  that  aU  in  it  is  referable  to  this ;  that  it  has  the 
unity  of  which  I  spake ;  that  a  guiding  hand  and 
spirit  is  traceable  throughout,  including  in  it  all  Avhich 
bears  upon  one  mighty  purpose,  excluding  all  which 
has  no  connexion  with  that, — ^however,  from  faulty  or 
insufficient  views,  ive  might  have  expected  it  there ; 
however  certainly  it  would  have  intruded  itself  there, 
had  this  been  a  work  of  no  higher  than  human  skill. 
I  would  desire  to  shew  that  it  fulfils  this  condition, 
the  necessary  condition  of  a  book  which  shall  be 
mighty  in  operation ;  that  it  is  this  organic  whole, 
informed  by  this  one  idea ; — how  this  one  explains 
what  it  has  and  what  it  has  not  ;  much  in  its  form, 
and  yet  more  in  its  substance  ;  why  it  should  be  brief 
here,  and  large  there ;  why  it  omits  wholly  this,  and 
only  touches  slightly  upon  that ;  why  vast  gaps,  as  at 
first  sight  might  seem  to  us,  occur  in  some  portions 
of  it ;  infinite  minuteness  of  detail  in  others ;  how 
things  which  at  first  we  looked  to  find  in  it,  we  do 
not  find,  and  others,  which  we  were  not  prepared  for, 
are  there. 

And  this  unity  if  it  can  be  shown  to  exist,  none 
can  reply  that  it  was  involved  and  implied  in  the  ex- 
ternal accidents  of  the  Book,  and  that  we  have  mis- 
taken the  outward  aggregation  of  things  similar  for 
the  inward  coherence  of  an  organic  body :  since  these 
accidents,  if  the  word  may  be  permitted,  are  all  such 


THE  UNITY  or  SCRIPTURE.  21 

as  would  have  created  a  sense  of  diversity ;  and  it  is 
only  by  penetrating-  through  them,  and  not  suffering 
them  to  mislead  us,  that  Ave  do  attain  to  the  deeper 
and  pervading  unity  of  Scripture.     Its  unity  is  not, 
for  instance,  that  apparent  one  which  might  be  pro- 
duced by  a  language  common  to  all  its  parts.      For  it 
is  scarcely  possible,  I  suppose,  for  a  deeper  gulf  to 
divide  two  languages  than  divides  the  two  in  which 
severally  the  Old  and  the  New  Testament  are  written. 
Nor  can  it  be  likeness  of  form  which  has  deceived  us 
into  believing  that  unity  of  spirit  exists  ;  for  the  forms 
are  various  and  diverse  as  can  be  conceived ;  it  is  now 
song,  now  history  ;  now  dialogue,  now  narration ;  now 
familiar  letter,  now  prophetic  vision.    There  is  scarcely 
a  form  of  composition  in  which  men  have  clothed  their 
thoughts  and  embodied  their  emotions  which  does  not 
find  its  archetype  here.     Nor  yet  is  the  unity  of  this 
volume  brought  about  through  all  the  parts  of  it  being 
the  upgrowth  of  a  single  age,  and  so  all  breathing 
alike  the  spirit  of  that  age ;  for  no  single  age  beheld 
the  birth  of  this  Book,  which  was  well  nigh  two  thou- 
sand years  ere  it  was  fully  formed  and  had  reached 
its  final  comijletion.      Nor  can  its  unity,  if  it  exists, 
be  accounted  for  from  its  having  had  but  one  class  of 
men   for   its  human   authors  :  since  men  not  of  one 
class  alone,  but  of  many,  and  those  the  widest  apart, 
kings  and  herdsmen,  warriors  and  fishermen,  w  ise  men 
and  simple,  have  alike  brought  their   one    stone    or 
more,  and  been  permitted  to  build  them  in  to  this 
august  dome  and  temple  which  God  through  so  many 
ages  was  rearing  to  its  glorious  height.     Deeper  than 
all  its  outward  circumstances,   since  these  all  would 
have  tended   to   an    opposite   result,  this  unity  must 


22  LECTUBE  II.  [1845. 

lie — in  the  all-enfolding  seed  out  of  Avhicli  the  Avhole 
book  is  evolved. 

But  this  unity  of  Scripture,  where  is  it?  from 
what  point  shall  we  behold  and  recognize  it  ?  Surely 
from  that  in  which  those  verses  which  I  have  taken 
from  the  Epistle  to  the  Ephesians  will  place  us ;  when 
we  regard  it  as  the  story  of  the  knitting  anew  the 
broken  relations  between  the  Lord  God  and  the  race 
of  man ;  of  the  bringing  the  First-begotten  into  the 
world,  for  the  gathering  together  all  the  scattered 
and  the  sundered  in  Him ;  when  we  regard  it  as  the 
true  Paradise  Regained — the  true  De  Civitate  Dei, — 
even  by  a  better  title  than  those  noble  books  which 
bear  these  names — the  record  of  that  mystery  of 
God's  will  which  was  working  from  the  first,  to  the 
end  "  that  in  the  dispensation  of  the  fulness  of 
times  He  might  gather  together  in  one  all  things  in 
Christ." 

And  all  nearer  examination  will  shew  how  true  it 
is  to  this  idea,  which  we  affirm  to  lie  at  its  ground. 
It  is  the  story  of  the  divine  relations  of  men,  of  the 
divine  life  which,  in  consequence  of  those  still  sub- 
sisting relations,  was  struggling  to  the  birth  with 
more  or  less  successful  issues  in  every  faithful  man ; 
which  came  perfectly  to  the  birth  in  the  One,  even 
in  Him  in  whom  those  relations  were  constituted  at 
the  first,  and  perfectly  sealed  at  the  last.  It  is  the 
story  of  this,  and  of  nothing  else  ;  the  record  of  the 
men  who  were  conscious  of  a  bond  between  earth  and 
heaven,  and  not  only  dimly  conscious,  for  that  all 
people  who  have  not  sunk  into  savage  hordes  have 
been,  but  who  recognized  these  relations,  this  fellow- 
ship, as  the  great  undoubted  fact  with   which    God 


THE  UNITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.  23 

had  underlaid  their  life — the  support  not  merely  of 
their  personal  being-,  but  as  that  which  must  sustain 
the  whole  society  of  earth — Avhether  the  narrower 
society  of  the  Family,  or  the  wider  of  the  State,  or 
the  all-embracing'  one  of  the  Church. 

How  many  temptations  there  were  to  wander  out 
of  and  beyond  this  region,  which  yet  every  one  of  us 
must  recognize  at  once  to  be  the  true  region  in  which 
only  an  Holy  Scripture  should  move ;  how  many  other 
regions  in  which,  had  it  been  other  than  what  it  is,  it 
might  have  lost  itself!  For  instance,  other  so  called 
sacred  books  almost  invariably  miss  the  distinction 
between  ethics  and  physics,  lose  themselves  in  theories 
of  creation,  endless  cosmogonies,  subtle  speculations 
about  the  origin  of  the  material  universe.  Such  a 
deep  ground  has  this  error,  so  willing  are  men  to  sub- 
stitute the  speculative  for  the  practical,  and  to  lose 
the  last  in  the  first,  that  we  find  even  after  the  Chris- 
tian Faith  had  been  given,  a  vast  attempt  to  turn  even 
that  into  a  philosophy  of  nature.  What,  for  example, 
was  Manicheism,  but  the  attempt  to  array  a  philo- 
sophy of  nature  in  a  Christian  language,  to  emjaty 
Christian  truths  of  all  their  ethical  worth,  and  then  to 
use  them  as  a  gorgeous  symbolic  garb  for  clothing  a 
system  different  to  its  very  core  ?  But  Scripture  is 
no  story  of  the  material  universe  *.  A  single  chapter 
is  sufficient  to  tell  us  that  "  God  made  the  heavens 

*  Compare  the  remarkable  words  of  Felix  the  Manichsean,  and 
the  fault  which  he  finds  with  it  on  this  very  ground  (Augustine,  Acta 
c.  Felice  Manicliceo,  1.  1,  c.  9):  Et  quia  venit  Manichaeus  et  per  suam 
prsedicationem  docuit  nos  initium  medium  et  finem ;  docuit  nos  de 
fabrica  mundi,  quare  facta  est  et  unde  facta  et  qui  fecerunt ;  docuit 
nos  quare  dies  et  quare  nox  :  docuit  nos  de  cursu  solis  et  lunae ;  qui;i 
hoc  in  Paulo  non  audivimus,  nee  in  cfeterorum  apostolorum  scripturis, 
hoc  credimus,  quia  ipse  est  Paraclitus. 


24?  LECTURE  II.  [1845. 

and  the  earth."  Man  is  the  central  figure  there,  or, 
to  speak  more  truly,  the  only  figure ;  all  which  is  there 
besides  serves  but  as  a  background  for  him ;  he  is 
not  one  part  of  the  furniture  of  this  planet,  not  the 
highest  merely  in  the  scale  of  its  creatures,  but  the 
lord  of  all — sun  and  moon  and  stars,  and  all  the 
visible  creation,  borrowing  all  their  worth  and  their 
significance  from  the  relations  wherein  they  stand  to 
him.  Such  he  appears  there  in  the  ideal  worth  of  his 
unfallen  condition  ;  and  even  now,  when  only  a  broken 
fragment  of  the  sceptre  with  which  once  he  ruled  the 
world,  remains  in  his  hand,  such  he  is  commanded  to 
regard  himself  still. 

It  is  one  of  Spinoza's  charges  against  Scripture, 
that  it  does  erect  and  recognize  this  lordship  of  man, 
that  it  does  lift  him  out  of  his  subordinate  place,  and 
ever  speak  in  a  language  which  takes  for  granted  that 
nature  is  to  serve  him,  and  not  he  to  acquiesce  in 
nature,  that  the  Bible  everywhere  speaks  rather  of  a 
God  of  men  than  a  Creator  of  the  universe.  We 
accept  A\'illingly  the  reproach ;  we  acknowledge  and 
we  glory  in  its  entire  truth, — that  the  eighth  Psalm  is 
but  a  single  distinct  utterance  of  that  which  all  Scrip- 
ture proclaims ;  for  that  everyAvhere  sets  forth  man 
as  the  crown  of  things,  the  last  and  the  highest,  the 
king  to  rule  over  the  world,  the  priest  to  offer  up  its 
praises — and  deals  with  nature  not  as  co-ordinated 
with  him,  much  less  as  superior ;  but  in  entire  sub- 
ordination ;  "  Thou  makest  him  to  have  dominion  of 
the  works  of  thy  hands,  and  thou  hast  put  all  things 
in  subjection  under  his  feet."  And  herein  Holy 
Scripture  is  one,  tliat  it  is  throughout  the  history  of 
man  as  distinct  from   nature,  as  immeasurably  above 


THE  UNITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.  25 

nature — that  it  is  throughout  ethical,  and  does  never, 
as  so  many  of  the  mythic  accounts  of  heathen  reli- 
gions, resolve  itself  on  nearer  inspection  into  the  mere 
setting  forth  of  physical  appearances. 

It  is  then  the  history  of  man  ;  yet  not  of  all  men, 
only  of  a  chosen  portion  of  our  race  ;  and  such,  if  we 
have  rightly  seized  the  purpose  and  meaning  of  a 
Scripture  and  what  it  is  intended  to  tell,  it  must  needs 
be.  It  is  true  that  this  too  is  often  brought  against 
it  as  a  short-coming.  It  is  a  frequent  sneer  on  the 
part  of  the  master-mocker  of  France,  that  the  Bible 
dedicates  its  largest  spaces,  by  far  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  its  pages,  to  the  annals  of  a  little  tribe,  which 
occupied,  to  use  his  very  words,  a  narrow  strip  of 
mountainous  territory,  scarcely  broader  than  Wales, 
leaving  almost  unnoticed  the  mighty  empires  of  Egypt 
and  Assyria ;  and  he  goes  on  to  observe,  that  from  a 
book  which  professes  to  go  back,  as  this  does,  to  the 
very  beginning,  and  to  be  in  possession  of  all  authen- 
tic history  from  the  first,  to  have  in  its  keeping  the 
archives  of  our  race,  we  should  gladly  have  received, 
even  as  we  might  have  reasonably  expected,  a  few 
notices  of  these  vast  empires  ;  which  had  been  cheaply 
purchased  by  the  omission  or  abridgement  of  lives 
and  incidents  now  written  with  such  a  special  minute- 
ness. 

Now  it  is  no  doubt  remarkable,  and  a  fact  to 
awaken  our  earnest  attention,  that  in  a  Book,  wherein, 
if  in  an}' ,  all  waste  of  room  w  ould  have  been  spared, 
the  lives  of  an  Abraham,  a  Joseph,  a  David,  fill  singly 
spaces  so  large  ;  while  huge  empires  rise  and  fall,  and 
all  their  multitudes  pass  to  their  graves  almost  with- 
out a  word.     These  vast  empires  are  left  in  their  utter 


26  LECTURE  II.  [1845. 

darkness,  or  if  a  glimpse  of  light  fall  upon  them  for  a 
moment,  it  is  only  because  of  the  relations  in  which 
they  are  brought  to  this  little  tribe ;  since  no  sooner 
do  these  relations  cease,  than  they  fall  back  into  the 
obscurity  out  of  which  they  emerged  for  a  moment. 

But  strange  as  this  may  at  first  sight  ajDpear,  it 
belongs  to  the  very  essence  of  Scripture  that  it  should 
be  thus  and  no  otherwise.  For  that  is  not  a  world- 
history,  but  a  history  of  the  kingdom  of  God  ;  and  He 
who  ever  chooses  "  the  weak  things  of  the  earth  to 
confound  the  things  which  are  might}',"  had  willed 
that  in  the  line  of  this  family,  this  tribe,  this  little 
people,  the  restoration  of  the  true  humanity  should  be 
effected :  and  each  man  who  at  all  realized  the  com- 
ing Restorer,  each  in  whom  that  image  of  God,  which 
was  one  day  to  be  perfectly  revealed  in  his  Son,  ap- 
peared with  a  more  than  usual  distinctness,  however 
indistinctly  still, — every  such  man  Avas  singly  a  greater 
link  in  the  world's  history  than  all  those  blind  mil- 
lions of  whom  these  records  have  refused  to  take 
knowledge.  Those  mountains  of  Israel,  that  little 
corner  of  the  Avorld,  so  often  despised,  so  often 
wholly  past  over,  was  yet  the  citadel  of  the  world's 
hope,  the  hearth  on  which  the  sparks  that  were  yet  to 
kindle  the  earth  w^ere  kept  alive.  There  the  great 
reaction  which  was  one  day  to  find  place  against  the 
world's  sin  was  preparing  :  and  just  as,  were  Ave  tracing 
the  course  of  a  stream,  not  the  huge  morasses,  not 
the  vast  stagnant  pools  on  either  side,  would  delay 
us ;  we  should  not,  because  of  their  extent,  count 
them  the  river :  but  tliat  we  should  recognize  as  the 
stream,  though  it  were  the  slenderest  thread,  in  which 
an  onward  movement  and  current  might  be  discerned ; 


THE  UNITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.  27 

so  it  is  here.  Egypt  and  Assyria  and  Babylon  were 
but  the  vast  stagnant  morasses  on  either  side ;  the 
man  in  whose  seed  the  whole  earth  should  be  blest, 
he  and  his  family  were  the  Kttle  stream  in  which  the 
life  and  onward  motion  of  the  world  were  to  be 
traced. 

For  indeed,  properly  speaking,  where  there    are 
no  workings,  conscious  or  unconscious,  to  the  great 
end  of  the  manifestation  of  the   Son  of  God  in  the 
flesh, — conscious,    as   in    Israel,   unconscious,    as    in 
Greece, — where   neither   those  nor  these  are  found, 
there  history  does  not  and  cannot  exist.    For  history, 
if  it  be  not  the  merest  toy,  the  idlest  pastime  of  our 
vacant  hours,  is  the  record  of  the  onward  march  of 
humanity  towards  an  end.      Where  there  is  no  belief 
in  svich  an  end,  and  therefore  no  advance  toward  it, 
no  stirrings  of  a  divine  Word  in   a  people's  bosom, 
where  not  as  yet  the  beast's  heart  has   been  taken 
away,  and  a  man's  heart  given,  there  history  cannot 
be  said  to  be.     They  belong  not  therefore  to  history, 
least  of  all  to  sacred  history,  those  Babels,  those  cities 
of  confusion,  those  huge  pens  into  which  by  force  and 
fraud  the    early  hunters   of  men,  the   Nimrods   and 
Sesostrises,   drave  and  compelled  their  fellows :  and 
Scripture  is  only  most  true  to  its  idea,  while  it  passes 
them  almost  or  wholly  in  silence  by,  while  it  lingers 
rather  on  the  plains   of  Mamre  with   the   man   that 
"  believed  God,  and  it  was  counted  to  him  for  right- 
eousness," than  by  "populous  No,"  or  great  Babylon, 
where  no   faith  existed   but  in  the  blind  powers  of 
nature,  and  the  brute  forces  of  the  natural  man. 

And  yet,  that  there  were  stirrings  of  a  divine  life, 
longings  after  and  hopes  of  a  Deliverer,  at  work  in 


28  LECTURE  II.  [1845. 

Israel,  had  not  been,  of  itself,  sufficient  to  exalt  and 
consecrate  its  history  into  a  Scripture.  These  such 
an  history  must  contain,  but  also  something  more  and 
deeper  than  these  ;  else  all  in  Greece  and  elsewhere 
that  was  struggling  after  moral  freedom,  that  was 
craving  after  light,  all  that  bore  "witness  to  man's 
higher  origin  and  nobler  destinies,  might  have  claimed 
by  an  equal  right  to  be  there.  But  Holy  Scripture, 
according  to  the  idea  from  which  we  started,  is  the 
history  of  men  in  a  constitution — of  men,  not  seeking 
relations  with  God,  but  having  them,  and  whose  task 
is  now  to  believe  in  them,  and  to  maintain  them. 
Its  mournful  reminiscences  of  a  broken  communion 
with  heaven  are  evermore  swallowed  up  in  the  firm 
and  glorious  assurances  of  a  restored.  The  noblest 
efforts  of  heathenism  were  seekings  after  these  rela- 
tions with  God,  if  haply  man  might  connect  himself 
anew  with  an  higher  world,  from  which  he  had  cut 
himself  loose.  But  here  man  does  not  appear  as 
seeking  God,  and  therefore  at  best  only  dimly  and 
uncertainly  apprehending  him ;  but  rather  God  ap- 
pears as  seeking  man,  and  therefore  not  seeking  in 
vain,  but  ever  finding — and  man  only  as  seeking  God, 
on  the  ground  that  God  has  already  sought  and 
found  1dm,  and  has  said  to  him,  "  Seek  my  face,"  and 
in  that  saying  has  pledged  Himself  that  the  seeking 
shall  not  be  in  vain.  With  this,  Scripture  excludes 
all  mere  feelings  after  God,  not  as  counting  them 
worthless, — for  precious  and  significant  in  the  eyes  of 
a  Paid  was  the  altar  •'  To  the  unknown  God"  reared 
at  Athens, — but  excludes  them,  in  that  they  belong 
to  a  lower  stage  of  religious  life  than  that  to  which  it 
ministers,  and  in  which  it  moves.      It  has  no  mytho- 


THE  UNITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.  29 

logy ;  no  ideal  which  is  not  also  real ;  no  dreams  and 
anticipations  of  higher  things  than  it  is  itself  destined 
to  record  as  actually  brought  to  pass.  These  may  be 
deep  out-speakings  of  the  spiritual  needs  of  man, 
precious  recollections  of  a  state  which  once  was  his, 
but  which  now  he  has  forfeited ;  yet  being  only  utter- 
ances of  his  want,  cries  of  his  need,  confessions  of  his 
loss,  sharing  too,  as  they  must  ever,  in  the  imperfec- 
tions of  which  they  testify,  therefore  they  can  find  no 
place  in  a  Bible.  For  that  is  in  no  way  a  record  of 
man's  various  attempts  to  cure  himself  of  the  deej) 
wound  of  his  soul ;  it  is  no  history  of  the  experiments 
which  he  makes,  as  he  looks  round  him  to  see  if  he 
may  find  on  earth  medicinal  herbs  that  will  meet 
his  need ;  but  it  presents  him  already  in  an  hospital 
of  souls,  and  under  a  divine  treatment.  Heathen  phi- 
losophy might  indeed  be  a  preparation  for  Christian- 
ity— heathen  mythology,  upon  its  better  side,  an 
unconscious  prophecy  of  Christ ;  yet  were  they  only 
the  negative  preparation  and  witness ;  Jewish  religion 
was  the  positive ;  and  it  is  with  the  positive  alone 
that  a  Scripture  can  have  to  do. 

Thus  w^e  have  seen  what,  under  some  aspects, 
such  a  book  must  be  :  we  have  seen  why  it  is  not 
that,  which  men  superficially  looking  at  it,  or  in  whom 
the  speculative  tendencies  are  stronger  than  the  moral 
needs,  might  have  desired  it  to  be.  In  the  first  place, 
that  it  is  not  the  history  of  nature,  but  of  man  ;  nor 
yet  of  all  men,  but  only  of  those  who  are  more 
or  less  conscious  of  their  divine  original,  and  have 
not,  amid  all  their  sins,  forgotten  that  great  word, 
"We  are  God's  offspring;" — nor  yet  even  of  all 
these,  but  of  those  alone  who  had  been  brought  by 


30  LECTURE   II.  [1845. 

the  word  of  the  promise  into  immediate  covenant 
relations  with  the  Father  of  their  sjDirits.  We  have 
seen  it  the  history  of  an  election, — of  men  under  the 
direct  and  immediate  education  of  God — not  indeed 
for  their  own  sakes  only,  as  too  many  among  them 
thought,  turning  their  election  into  a  selfish  thing, 
but  that  through  them  he  might  educate  and  bless 
the  world.  That  it  does  not  tell  the  story  of  other 
men — that  it  does  not  give  a  philosophy  of  nature,  is 
not  a  deficiency,  but  is  rather  its  strength  and  glory  ; 
witnessing  for  the  Spirit  which  has  presided  over  its 
growth  and  formation,  and  never  suffered  ought 
which  was  alien  to  its  great  plan  and  purpose  to  find 
admission  into  it — any  foreign  elements  to  weaken 
its  strength  or  trouble  its  clearness. 

Nor  less  does  Holy  Scripture  give  testimony  for 
a  pervading  unity,  an  inner  law  according  to  which  it 
unfolds  itself  as  a  perfect  and  organic  whole,  in  the 
epoch  at  which  growth  in  it  ceases,  and  it  appears 
henceforth  as  a  finished  book.  So  long  as  humanity 
was  growing,  it  grew.  But  when  the  manhood  of  our 
race  was  reached,  when  man  had  attained  his  highest 
point,  even  union  with  God  in  his  Son,  then  it  comes 
to  a  close.  It  carries  him  up  to  this,  to  his  glorious 
goal,  to  the  perfect  knitting  again  of  those  broken 
relations,  through  the  life  and  death  and  resurrec- 
tion of  Him  in  whom  God  and  man  were  perfectly 
atoned.  So  long  as  there  was  anything  more  to  tell, 
any  new  revelation  of  the  Name  of  God,  any  new 
relations  of  grace  and  nearness  into  which  he  was 
bringing  his  creatures, — so  long  the  Bible  Avas  a  grow- 
ing, expanding  Book.  But  when  all  is  given,  when 
God,   who    at   divers   times  spake  to   the    world    by 


THE  UNITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.  'M 

his  servants,  had  now  spoken  his  last  and  fullest 
Word  by  his  Son,  then  to  this  Book,  the  record  of 
that  Word  of  his,  there  is  added  no  more,  even  while 
there  is  nothing  more  to  add  ; — though  it  cannot  end 
till  it  has  shewn  in  prophetic  vision  how  this  latest 
and  highest  which  now  has  been  given  to  man,  shall 
unfold  itself  into  the  glory  and  blessedness  of  a  per- 
fected kingdom  of  heaven. 

For  thus,  too,  it  will  mark  itself  as  one,  by  return- 
ing visibly  in  its  end  upon  its  beginning.  Vast  as  the 
course  which  it  has  traced,  it  has  been  a  circle  still, 
and  in  that  most  perfect  form  comes  back  to  the 
point  from  whence  it  started.  The  heaven,  which 
had  disappeared  from  the  earth  since  the  third  chap- 
ter of  Genesis,  reappears  again  in  visible  manifesta- 
tion, in  the  latest  chapters  of  the  Revelation.  The 
tree  of  life,  whereof  there  were  but  faint  remini- 
scences in  all  the  intermediate  time,  again  stands  by 
the  river  of  the  water  of  life,  and  again  there  is  no 
more  curse.  Even  the  very  differences  of  the  forms 
under  which  the  heavenly  kingdom  reappears  are 
deeply  characteristic,  marking  as  they  do,  not  merely 
that  all  is  won  back,  but  won  back  in  a  more  glorious 
shape  than  that  in  which  it  was  lost,  because  won 
back  in  the  Son.  It  is  no  longer  Paradise,  but  the 
New  Jerusalem — no  longer  the  garden,  but  now  the 
city,  of  God,  which  is  on  earth.  The  change  is  full 
of  meaning ;  no  longer  the  garden,  free,  spontaneous, 
and  unlaboured,  even  as  man's  blessedness  in  the 
state  of  a  first  innocence  would  have  been  ;  but  the 
city,  costlier  indeed,  more  stately,  more  glorious,  but, 
at  the  same  time,  the  result  of  toil,  of  labour,  of 
pains — reared  into  a  nobler  and  more  abiding  habita- 


32  LECTURE  II.  [1845. 

tion,  yet  with  stones  which,  after  the  pattern  of  the 
"  elect  corner-stone,"  were  each  in  its  time  laboriously 
hewn  and  painfully  squared  for  the  places  Avhich  they 
fill. 

And  surely  we  may  be  permitted  to  observe  by 
the  way,  that  this  idea,  which  we  plainly  trace  and 
recognize,  of  Scripture  as  a  Avhole,  this  its  architect- 
onic character,  cannot  be  without  its  weight  in  help- 
ing to  determine  the  Canonical  place  and  worth  of 
the  Apocalypse,  which,  as  is  familiar  to  many  among 
us,  has  been  sometimes  called  in  question.  Apart 
from  all  outward  evidences  in  its  favour,  do  we  not 
feel  that  this  wondrous  book  is  needed  where  it  is  ? — 
that  it  is  the  key-stone  of  the  arch,  the  capital  of  the 
pillar — that  Holj  Scripture  had  seemed  maimed  and 
imperfect  without  it, — that  a  winding  up  with  the 
Epistles  Avould  have  been  no  true  winding  up ;  for  in 
them  the  Church  appears  as  still  warring  and  strug- 
gling, still  compast  about  with  the  weaknesses  and 
infirmities  of  its  mortal  existence — not  triumphing 
yet,  nor  yet  having  entered  into  its  glory.  Such  a 
termination  had  been  as  abrupt,  as  little  satisfying  as 
if,  in  the  lower  sphere  of  the  Pentateuch,  we  had 
accompanied  the  children  of  Israel  to  the  moment 
when  they  were  just  entering  on  the  wars  of  Canaan ; 
and  no  book  of  Joshua  had  followed  to  record  their 
battles  and  their  victories,  and  how  these  did  not 
cease  till  they  rode  on  the  high  places  of  the  earth, 
and  rested  each  man  quietly  in  the  lot  of  his  con- 
quered inheritance. 

And  again,  this  oneness  of  Holy  Scripture,  when 
we  feel  it,  is  a  sufficient,  even  as  it  is  a  complete, 
answer  to  a  very  favourite  topic  of  Romish  contro- 


THE   UNITY   OF    SCRIPTURE.  33 

versialists.  They  are  fond  of  bringing  out  how  much 
there  is  of  accident  in  the  structure,  nay,  even  in  the 
existence,  of  Scripture, — that  we  have  one  Gospel  (the 
third)  written  at  a  private  man's  request, — another, 
(the  fourth)  because  heresies  had  risen  up  which 
needed  to  be  checked — epistles  owing  their  origin 
to  causes  equally  fortuitous — one,  because  temjiorary 
disorders  had  manifested  themselves  at  Corinth, — 
another,  because  an  Apostle,  having  promised  to  visit 
a  city,  from  some  unexpected  cause  was  hindered — 
a  third,  to  secure  the  favourable  reception  of  a  fugi- 
tive slave  by  his  master — that  of  the  New  Testament 
at  least,  the  chiefest  part  is  thus  made  up  of  occa- 
sional documents  called  forth  by  emergent  needs. 
And  the  purpose  of  this  slight  on  Scripture  is  evident, 
the  conclusion  near  at  hand — which  is  this.  How  little 
likely  it  is  that  a  book  so  formed,  so  groAving,  should 
contain  an  absolute  and  sufficient  guide  of  life  and 
rule  of  doctrine — hoAV  needful  some  supplementary 
teaching. 

But  Avhen  once  this  inner  unity  of  God's  Word 
has  been  revealed  to  us,  when  our  eye  has  learned  to 
recognize  not  merely  the  marks  and  signs  of  an  higher 
wisdom,  guiding  and  inspiring  each  several  part,  but 
also  the  relations  of  each  part  to  the  whole ;  when 
it  has  risen  up  before  us,  not  as  aggregated  from 
without,  but  as  unfolded  from  within,  and  in  obe- 
dience to  an  inner  law,  then  we  shall  feel  that,  how- 
ever accidental  may  appear  the  circumstances  of  its 
growth,  yet  this  accident  which  seemed  to  accom- 
pany its  production,  and  to  preside  in  the  calling 
out  of  the  especial  books  which  Ave  possess,  and  no 
other,  Avas  no  more  than  the  accident  which  God  is 

T.  H.  L.  3 


34  LECTURE  II.  [1845. 

ever  weaving  into  the  Avoof  of  his  providence,  and 
not  merely  weaving  into  it,  but  which  is  the  staple 
out  of  which  its  whole  web  is  woven. 

Thus,  brethren,  we  have  been  led  to  contemplate 
these  oracles  of  God  in  their  deep  inner  unity ;  we 
have  seen,  not  merely  how  they  possess,  but  how  we 
can  reverently  trace  them  in  the  possession  of,  that 
oneness  of  plan  and  purpose,  which  should  make  them 
effectual  for  the  unfolding  the  spiritual  life  of  men. 
We  have  seen  how  men's  expectations  of  finding 
something  there  which  they  did  not  find,  with  their 
disappointments  at  its  absence,  have  ever  grown  out 
of  a  mistaken  apprehension  of  what  a  Scripture  ought 
to  be ;  how  the  presence  of  that  which  they  miss 
would  indeed  have  marred  it,  would  have  contra- 
dicted its  fundamental  idea,  would  have  been  a  dis- 
cord amid  its  deep  harmonies,  even  as  the  discords 
which  men  find  in  it  come  oftentimes  as  its  highest 
harmonies  to  the  purged  ear. 

Nor  is  it  without  its  warning  to  ourselves,  that 
these  murmurings  and  complaints  do  most  often  evi- 
dently grow  out  of  a  moral  fault  in  them  that  make 
them.  Men  have  lost  the  key  of  knowledge — the 
master-key  which  would  have  opened  to  them  every 
door ;  and  then  they  wander  with  perplexed  hearts  up 
and  down  this  stately  palace  which  the  Eternal  Wis- 
dom has  builded,  but  of  which  every  goodlier  room 
is  closed  against  them,  till,  in  the  end,  they  complain 
that  it  is  no  such  peerless  palace  after  all,  but  only 
as  other  Avorks  which  man's  art  has  reared.  Nor  is 
this  conclusion  strange ;  for  unless  they  bring  to  it  a 
moral  need,  unless  that  moral  need  be  to  them  the 


THE    UNITY  OF   SCRIPTURE.  36 

interpreter  of  every  part,  and  gather  all  that  is  ap- 
parently abnormal  in  it  under  an  higher  and  recon- 
ciling law,  the  Book,  in  its  deepest  meaning  and 
worth,  will  remain  a  riddle  to  them  still. 

But  this  moral  need,  what  is  it  ?  It  is  the  sense 
that  we  are  sundered  and  scattered  each  from  God, 
each  from  his  fellow-man,  each  from  himself — with  a 
belief  deep  as  the  foundations  of  our  life,  that  it  is 
the  will  of  God  to  gather  all  these  scattered  and 
these  sundered  together  anew — this,  Avith  the  convic- 
tion which  will  rise  out  of  this,  that  all  which  bears 
on  the  circumstances  of  this  recovering  and  regather- 
ing  is  precious ;  that  nothing  is  of  highest  worth 
which  does  not  bear  upon  this.  Then  we  shall  see  in 
this  Word  that  it  is  the  very  history  which  we  require 
— that  altogether,  nothing  but  that — the  history  of 
the  restoring  the  defaced  image  of  God,  the  re-con- 
stitution of  a  ruined  but  godlike  race,  in  the  image 
of  God's  own  Son — the  deliverance  of  all  in  that 
race,  who  were  willing  to  be  delivered,  from  the  idols 
of  sense,  from  the  false  gods  who  would  hold  them  in 
bondage,  and  would  fain  make  them  their  drudges 
and  their  slaves. 

And,  brethren,  what  is  it  that  shall  give  unity  to 
our  lives,  but  the  recognition  of  the  same  great  idea 
which  gives  unity  to  this  Book  ?  Those  lives,  they 
seem  often  broken  into  parts,  with  no  visible  connexion 
between  one  part  and  another  ;  our  boyhood,  we  know 
not  how  to  connect  it  with  our  youth,  our  youth  with 
our  manhood  :  the  different  tasks  of  our  life,  we  want 
to  bind  them  up  into  a  single  sheaf,  to  feel  that, 
however  manifold  and  apparently  disconnected  they 
are,  there  is  yet  a  bond  that  binds  them  into  one. 

3—2 


36  LECTURE  II. 

Our  hearts,  we  want  a  central  point  for  them,  as  it 
were  a  heart  within  the  heart,  and  we  oftentimes 
seek  this  in  vain.  Oh,  Avhat  a  cry  has  gone  up  from 
thousands  and  ten  thousands  of  souls !  and  this  the 
burden  of  the  cry,  I  desire  to  be  one  in  the  deep 
centre  of  my  being-,  to  be  one  and  not  many — to  be 
able  to  reduce  my  life  to  one  law — to  be  able  to 
explain  it  to  myself  in  the  master-light  of  one  idea, 
to  be  no  longer  rent,  torn,  and  distracted,  as  I  am 
now. 

And  whence  shall  this  oneness  come  ?  where  shall 
we  find,  amid  all  the  chances  and  changes  of  the 
world,  this  law  of  our  life,  this  centre  of  our  being, 
this  key-note  to  which  setting  our  lives,  their  seeming- 
discords  shall  reveal  themselves  as  their  deepest  har- 
monies ?  Only  in  God,  only  in  the  Son  of  God — only 
in  the  faith  that  what  Scripture  makes  the  end  and 
purpose  of  God's  dealing  with  our  race,  is  also  the 
end  and  purpose  of  his  dealing  with  each  one  of  us, 
namely,  that  his  Son  may  be  manifested  in  us — that 
we,  with  all  things  which  are  in  heaven  and  all  things 
which  are  in  earth,  may  be  gathered  together  in 
Christ,  even  in  Him. 


LECTURE    III. 

THE   MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE. 

Matthew  XIV.   20. 
They  did  all  eat^   and  were  filled. 

It  was  the  aim  of  my  preceding  Lecture  to  trace  the 
unity  which  reigns  in  Scripture,  that  it  has  a  law  to 
which  each  part  of  it  may  be  referred,  a  root  out  of 
which  it  all  grows.  It  will  be  my  purpose  in  the  pre- 
sent to  bring  out  before  you  how  this  Book,  which  is 
one,  is  also  manifold ;  a  fact  which  we  may  not  be  so 
ready  to  recognize  the  instant  that  it  is  presented  to 
us,  as  the  other.  For  the  truth  which  occupied  us 
last  Sunday,  of  the  Bible  as  one  Book,  not  merely  one 
because  bound  together  in  the  covers  of  a  single  volume, 
but  as  being  truly  one,  while  it  testifies  in  every  part 
of  one  and  the  same  Lord,  while  it  is  everywhere  the 
utterance  of  one  Spirit ;  this,  whether  consciously  or 
unconsciously,  has  strong  possession  of  men's  minds 
in  this  our  land.  We  feel,  and  rightly,  that  every  at- 
tempt to  consider  any  of  its  parts  in  absolute  isolation 
from  the  other,  rent  away  from  the  connexion  in  which 
it  stands,  is  false,  and  can  lead  to  no  j)rofitable  result; 
and  it  is  hardly  possible  to  estimate  too  highly  the 
blessing  of  this,  that  the  band  which  binds  for  us  the 
parts  of  this  volume  together  is  unbroken  even  in 
thought ;  that  we  still  feel  ourselves  to  have,  not  a 
number  of  sacred  books,  but  one  sacred  Book,  which 
not  merely  for  convenience  sake,  but  out  of  a  far 
deeper  feeling,  we  comprehend  under  one  name. 


38  LECTURE  III.  [1845. 

Yet,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  other  truths 
which,  if  we  mean  to  enter  into  full  possession  of  our 
treasures,  we  need  also  to  make  thoroughly  our  own. 
This  idea  of  the  oneness  of  Holy  Scripture  is  incom- 
plete and  imperfect,  till  it  pass  into  the  higher  idea  of 
its  unity ;  till  we  acknowledge  that  it  is  not  sameness 
Avhich  reigns  there ;  that,  besides  being  one,  it  is  also 
many ;  that  as  in  the  human  body  we,  having  many 
members,  are  one  body,  and  the  perfection  of  the 
body  is  not  the  repetition  of  the  same  member  over 
and  over  again,  but  the  harmonious  tempering  of  dif- 
ferent members,  all  being  instinct  with  one  life — not 
otherwise  is  it  vdih  Scripture.  For  in  that,  whether 
we  look  at  the  Old  or  New  Testament,  the  same  rich- 
ness and  variety  of  form  reveal  themselves,  so  that  it 
may  truly  be  said,  that  out  of  the  ground  of  this 
Paradise,  the  Lord  God  has  made  "  to  grow  every 
tree  that  is  pleasant  to  the  sight  and  good  for  food ;" 
all  that  the  earth  has  fairest  appearing  here  in  fairer 
and  more  perfect  form — the  fable,  only  here  trans- 
formed into  the  parable — the  ode  transfigured  into 
the  psalm — oracles  into  prophecies— histories  of  the 
world  into  histories  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  Xor 
is  tragedy  wanting,  though  for  Qildipus,  we  have  the 
man  of  Uz ;  nor  epos,  though  for  "  the  tale  of  Troy 
divine,"  ours  is  the  story  of  the  New  Jerusalem,  "com- 
ing down  out  of  heaven  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her 
husband."  And  it  will  be  my  desire  to  shew  how  this 
also  was  needful,  if  it  was  to  be  the  Book  which  should 
indeed  leaven  the  world,  which  should  offer  nutriment, 
not  merely  for  some  men,  but  for  all  men ;  which 
should  not  tyrannically  lop  men  tiU  they  were  all  of 
one  length,  but  should  encourage  in  every  man  the 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  39 

free  development  of  all  which  God  had  given  him. 
Thus  it  must  needs  have  been,  if  the  Spirit  by  this 
Word  was  to  sanctify  all  in  every  man  which  was 
capable  of  being  sanctified ;  which,  coming  originally 
from  God,  could  be  redeemed  from  the  defilements  of 
this  world,  and  in  purer  shape  be  again  restored  unto 
Him. 

It  will  be  my  task  then  to  consider  to-day  the 
relations  of  likeness  and  difference  in  which  various 
parts  of  Scripture  stand  to  one  another  ;  to  shew  how 
the  differences  are  not  accidental,  but  do  plainly  cor- 
respond to  certain  fixed  differences  in  the  mental  and 
moral  constitutions  of  men  ;  how  there  is  evidently  a 
gracious  purpose  of  attracting  all  men  by  the  attrac- 
tions which  shall  be  most  potent  upon  them  ;  of  spread- 
ing a  table  at  which  all  may  sit  down  and  find  that 
wherein  their  soul  delights,  till  those  words  of  our 
text,  "They  did  all  eat  and  were  filled,"  shall  not  be 
less  true  in  regard  of  all  the  faithful  noAV, — true  rather 
in  an  higher  sense, — than  they  were  in  regard  of  those 
comparatively  fcAV,  whom  the  Lord  nourished  with 
that  bread  of  wonder  in  the  wilderness.  And  truly 
this  Book,  in  the  plainness  and  simplicity  of  many, 
and  those  most  important,  parts  of  it,  might  be  likened 
well  to  the  five  barley-loaves  of  the  Lord's  miracle. 
Seeing  them  about  to  be  set  before  the  great  spiritual 
hunger  of  the  world,  seeing  the  multitudes  waiting  to 
be  fed,  even  disciples  might  have  been  tempted  to 
exclaim,  "  What  are  they  among  so  many?"  But  the 
great  Giver  of  the  feast  confidently  replies,  "  Make 
the  men  sit  down;"  and  they  have  sat  down — wise  men 
and  simple,  philosophers  and  peasants,  "besides  women 
and  children," — and  there  has  been  enough  and  to 


40  LECTURE  III.  [1845. 

spare  ;  all  have  been  nourished,  all  have  been  quick- 
ened ;  none  have  been  sent  empty  away. 

And  first,  let  us  take  those  books  which  must  ever 
be  regarded  as  the  central  books,  relating  as  they  do 
to  the  central  fact,  to  the  life  of  our  blessed  Lord,  and 
which  will  afford  the  fullest  illustration  of  my  mean- 
ing. It  is  a  fact  Avhieh  would  at  once  excite  every 
man's  most  thoughtful  attention,  were  it  not  that 
familiarity  had  blunted  us  to  its  significance,  that  we 
should  have,  not  one  history  only,  but  four  parallel 
histories,  of  the  life  of  Christ — a  fact  which  indeed 
finds  a  slight  anticipation  in  the  parallel  records  which 
the  Old  Testament  has  preserved  of  some  portions  of 
Jewish  history.  Xone  will  call  this  an  accident,  or 
count  that  the  Providence  which  Avatches  over  the  fall 
of  a  sparrow,  or  any  slightest  incident  of  the  world, 
was  not  itself  the  bringer  about  of  a  circumstance 
which  should  have  so  mighty  an  influence  on  all  the 
future  unfolding  of  the  Church.  It  is  part,  no  doubt, 
of  this  spreading  of  a  table  for  the  spiritual  needs  of 
all,  that  we  have  thus  not  one  Gospel,  but  four ;  which 
yet  in  their  higher  unity,  may  be  styled,  according  to 
that  word  of  Origen's,  rather  a  four-sided  Gospel* 
than  four  Gospels,  even  as  out  of  the  same  instinctive 
sense  of  its  unity,  the  whole  Instrument,  which  con- 
tained the  four,  Avas  entitled  Evangelium  in  the  early 
Church. 

And  if  Ave  folloAv  this  more  closely  up,  Ave  can 
trace,  I  think,  a  peculiar  vocation  in  each  of  the  Evan- 
gelists for  catching  some  distinct  rays  of  the  glory  of 

•  EiiayyeXtov  TeTpdywvov.   Thus  too  Augustine  {In  Ev,  Joh.,  Tract. 
26) :  Quatuor  Evangel ia,  vel  potiiis  quatuor  libri  unius  Evangelii. 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  41 

Christ,  Avliich  the  others  would  not  catch,  and  for  re- 
flecting them  to  the  world — so  that  the  terms,  Gospel 
according  to  St.  Matthew,  according  to  St.  Mark,  and 
so  on,  are  singularly  happy,  and  imply  much  more 
than  we,  for  whom  the  words  are  little  more  than  a 
technical  designation  of  the  different  gospels,  are  wont 
to  find  in  them.  The  first  is  the  Gospel  according  to 
St.  Matthew — the  Gospel  as  it  appeared  to  him.  This 
which  he  has  pourtrayed  is  his  Christ :  under  this 
aspect  the  Deliverer  of  men  appeared  to  him,  and  in 
this  he  has  presented  Him  to  the  world ;  and  so  also 
with  the  others.  For  Christ,  ever  one  and  the  same, 
does  yet  appear  with  different  sides  of  his  glory  re- 
flected by  the  different  Evangelists.  They  were  them- 
selves men  of  various  temperaments ;  they  had  each 
the  special  needs  of  some  different  classes  of  men  in 
their  eye  when  they  wrote  their  Gospels  ;  and  as  these 
classes,  though  under  altered  names,  still  subsist,  they 
have  in  this  respect  also,  as  ministering  to  these  various 
needs^  an  everlasting  value. 

Thus  the  first  Gospel,  that  of  St.  Matthew,  was 
evidently  a  Gospel  designed  for  the  pious  Israelite, 
for  him  who  was  waiting  the  theocratic  King,  the  Son 
of  Abraham,  the  Son  of  David ;  who  desired  to  find 
in  the  Ncav  Testament  the  fulfilment  of  the  prophecies 
of  the  Old,  and  in  Christianity  the  perfect  flower,  of 
which  Judaism  was  the  root  and  stem.  And  as  anion o- 
the  Epistles  that  of  St.  James,  so  among  the  Gospels, 
this  of  St.  Matthew  was  to  serve  as  the  gentle  and 
almost  imperceptible  transition  for  so  many  as  clung 
to  the  forms  of  Old  Testament  piety ;  and  desired  to 
hold  fast  the  historic  connexion  of  all  God's  dealings 
from  the  first. 


42  LECTURE  III.  [1845 

But  the  second  Gospel,  written,  as  all  Church  tra- 
dition testifies,  under  the  influence  of  St.  Peter  and 
at  Rome,  bear  marks  of  an  evident  fitness  for  the 
practical  Eoman  world — for  the  men  who,  while  others 
talked,  had  done ;  and  who  would  not  at  first  crave 
to  hear  what  Christ  had  spoken,  but  what  He  had 
•wrought.  It  is  eminently  the  Gospel  of  action.  It 
is  brief;  it  records  comparatively  few  of  our  Lord's 
sayings,  almost  none  of  his  longer  discourses;  it  occu- 
pies itself  mainly  with  his  works,  with  the  mighty 
power  of  his  ministry,  into  which  ministry  it  rushes 
almost  Avithout  a  preparatory  note.  Some  deeper 
things  it  has  not,  but  presents  a  soul-stirring  picture 
of  the  conquering  might  and  energy  of  Christ  and  of 
his  AVord. 

But  the  third  Gospel,  that  of  St.  Luke,  composed 
by  the  trusted  companion  of  St.  Paul,  and  itself  the 
correlative  of  his  Epistles,  while  it  sets  forth  one  and 
the  same  Christ  as  the  two  which  went  before,  yet  in 
some  respects  sets  Him  forth  in  another  light.  Not 
so  much,  ^yiih  St.  Matthew,  "  Jesus  Christ,  a  minister 
of  the  circumcision  for  the  truth  of  God,  to  confirm 
the  promises  made  unto  the  fathers" — not  so  much, 
with  St.  Mark,  Jesus  Christ  "  the  Lion  of  the  tribe  of 
Judah,"  rushing  as  with  lion-springs  from  victory  to 
victory ;  but  Jesus  Christ,  the  Saviour  of  all  men,  is 
the  object  of  his  portraiture.  This  is  what  he  loves 
to  dwell  on, — the  manner  in  which  not  Israel  alone, 
but  the  whole  heathen  world,  was  destined  to  glorify 
God  for  his  mercy  in  Christ  Jesus ;  he  describes  Him 
as  the  loving  physician,  the  gracious  healer  of  all,  the 
good  Samaritan  that  bound  up  the  wounds  of  every 
stricken  heart ;  in  whom  all   the  small  and  despised 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  43 

and  crushed  and  down-trodden  of  the  earth  should 
find  a  gracious  and  ready  helper.  Therefore,  and  in 
accordance  with  this  his  plan,  has  he  gathered  up  for 
us  much  which  no  other  has  done  ;  he  sets  the  seventy 
disciples  for  the  world  over  against  St.  Matthew's 
twelve  Apostles  for  Israel ;  he  breaks  through  narrow 
national  distinctions — tells  of  that  Samaritan,  that 
alone  shewed  kindness — of  that  other,  who,  of  ten, 
alone  remembered  to  be  thankful ;  and  his  too,  and 
his  only  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  itself  a 
gospel  within  the   Gospel. 

But  to  hasten  on  from  these  characteristics  of  the 
earlier  three,  which  might  well  detain  us  much  longer, 
something  was  yet  wanting ; — a  Gospel  in  which  the 
higher  speculative  tendencies,  which  were  given  to 
men  not  to  be  crushed  or  crippled,  should  find  their 
adequate  satisfaction — a  Gospel  which  should  link 
itself  on  with  whatever  had  occupied  the  philosophic 
mind  of  heathen  or  of  Jew — the  correction  of  all  which 
in  this  was  false — the  complement  of  all  which  was 
deficient.  And  such  he  gave  us,  for  whom  the  Church 
has  ever  found  the  soaring  eagle  as  the  fittest  em- 
blem'"— he  who  begins  with  declaring  that  the  Word 
of  God,  whereof  men  had  already  learned  to  speak  so 
much,  was  also  the  Son  of  God,  and  had  been  made 
flesh,  and  had  dwelt  among  us  full  of  grace  and  truth 
— who,   too,   has  brought  out   the  inner,   and,   so  to 


*  Thus  the  Christian  poet : 

Coelum  transit,  veri  rotam 
Solis  ibi  vidit,  totam 
Mentis  figens  aciem  : 
Speculator  spiritalis 
Quasi  Seraphim  sub  alis 
Dei  videt  faciem. 


Volat  avis  sine  met^ 

Quo  nee  vates,  nee  propheta 

Evolavit  altius  ; 

Tarn  implenda  quam  impleta 

Nunquam  vidit  tot  secreta 

Purus  homo  purius. 


44  LECTURE  III.  [1845. 

speak,  the  mystical  relations  of  the  faithful  with  their 
Lord,  as  none  other  before  him  had  done"". 

It  is  true  that  this  fulness  under  which  the  life  of 
our  Lord  has  been  set  forth  to  us,  being,  as  it  is,  one 
of  the  gracious  designs  of  God  for  our  good,  has  been 
laid  hold  of  by  adversaries  of  the  Faith,  who  would 
fain  wrest  it  to  their  ends.  Taking  the  difference, 
where  it  is  the  most  striking,  they  have  bidden  us  to 
note  how  unlike  the  Christ  of  the  first  three  Gospels 
and  of  the  fourth  ;  and  what  a  different  colouring  is 
spread  over  this  Gospel  and  over  those ;  and  they 
would  draw  their  conclusion,  that  either  here  or  there 
historic  accuracy  must  be  wanting,  that  both  portraits 
cannot  be  faithful.  We  allow  the  charge,  so  far  as 
the  difference,  and  only  reject  it  when  it  assumes  a 
diversity,  of  setting  forth.  There  are  features  of  our 
Lord  which  we  should  have  missed  but  for  his  por- 
traiture who  lay  upon  the  Lord's  bosom ;  deep  words 
which  he  has  caught  up,  for  which  no  other  words 
that  any  other  has  recorded  would  have  been  ade- 
quate substitutes.  But  what  then '?  This  is  not  a 
weak  point  with  us,  but  a  strong.  We  rejoice  and 
glory  in  this,  rather  than  seek  to  gloss  it  over  or  con- 
ceal it.  So  far  from  being  first  detected  by  an  hostile 
criticism,  an  early  Father  of  the  Church  had  expressed 
this  very  distinction  in  words  which  in  sound  perhaps 
are  almost  overbold,  styling  the  first  three  Gospels, 
evayyeXia  (TcouaTiKci,  and  the  fourth  an  evayyeXiov 
TTvev/xaTiKov.   Yet  it  is  needless  to  observe,  that  herein 

•  See  Origen's  interesting  discussion  {Comm.  in.  Joan.,  Tom.  i.) 
on  the  relation  of  the  Gospels  to  the  other  Scriptures,  and  their  relation 
wthin  themselves,  one  to  another.   On  this  latter  subject  he  expresses 

himself  thus :   ToX^ij-reov  toIvw  elirelv  aTrapyriv  /xev  iraawv  ypa(piJov  eivai 
Tfi  eiiayyeXia,  T&ii/  oe  evayyeXiow  d-Trapxijir  to  Kari  'Jwivvriv. 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  45 

he  meant  not  to  cast  the  faintest  shght  on  those  by  com- 
parison with  this,  but  would  only  imply  that  those  set 
forth  more  the  outer,  and  this  the  inner,  life  of  Christ. 
And  for  the  fiict  itself,  do  we  not  find  analogies 
to  it,  however  weak  ones  they  may  be,  in  lower 
regions  of  the  spiritual  life  ?  To  take  an  example 
which  must  be  familiar  to  every  scholar, — hoAV  dif- 
ferent the  Socrates  of  Xenophon,  and  the  Socrates 
of  Plato.  Yet  shall  we  therefore  leap  to  the  con- 
clusion, that  if  the  one  has  painted  the  master  truly, 
then  the  other  has  pourtrayed  him  falsely  ?  Such 
a  conclusion  may  lie  upon  the  surface ;  it  might  ap- 
pear to  us  an  easy  solution  of  the  difficulty  ;  yet  Avere 
it  a  very  different  solution  from  that  to  which  all  the 
profoundest  enquirers  into  the  matter  have  arrived. 
Were  it  not  wiser  to  suppose  with  them,  that  each  of 
the  great  scholars  of  the  Sage  appropriated  and  carried 
away,  as  from  a  rich  and  varied  treasure-house,  that 
which  he  prized  the  most,  that  which  was  most  akin 
to  himself  and  his  own  genius,  that  Avhich  by  the 
natural  process  of  assimilation  he  had  made  most  truly 
and  entirely  his  own ; — the  practical  soldier,  the  man 
of  strong  common  sense,  appropriating  and  carrying 
away  his  world-wisdom,  his  popular  philosophy ;  the 
more  meditative  disciple  taking  as  his  portion  the 
deeper  speculations  of  their  common  master  concern- 
ing the  Good  and  the  True  ?  And  if  thus  it  prove 
with  eminent  servants  of  the  Truth — if  they  are  so 
rich  and  manifold  that  they  present  themselves  under 
divers  aspects  to  divers  men,  it  being  appointed  them 
in  their  lower  sphere  to  feed  many, — if,  like  some  rich 
composite  Corinthian  metal,  they  yield  iron  for  this 
man's  spade,  and  gold  for  the  other's  crown,  how  much 


46  LECTURE  III.  [184.,. 

more  was  this  to  be  looked  for  from  Him,  who  was  the 
King  of  Truth,  who  was  to  feed  and  enrieh  not  some, 
but  all  ;  and  this,  not  in  some  small  and  scanty  mea- 
sure, but  who  was  to  satisfy  all  in  all  ages  with  good- 
ness and  truth  ?  How  inevitable  was  it  that  He,  the 
Sun  of  the  spiritual  heaven,  should  find  no  single  mirror 
large  enough  to  take  in  all  his  beams — should  only  be 
adequately  presented  to  the  world,  when  many  from 
many  sides  did,  under  the  direct  teaching  of  God's 
Spirit,  undertake  to  set  him  forth. 

Doubtless  the  pregnant  symbol  of  the  early  Church, 
according  to  which  the  four  Gospels  found  their  type 
and  projihecy  in  the  four  rivers  of  Paradise,  that  toge- 
ther watered  the  whole  earth,  going  each  a  different 
way,  and  yet  issuing  all  from  a  single  head ; — a  sym- 
bol, which  we  find  evermore  repeated  in  the  works  of 
early  Christian  art,  wherein,  from  a  single  cross-sur- 
mounted hill,  four  streams  are  seen  welling  out ; — this 
symbol  was  so  great  and  general  a  favourite,  because 
it  did  embody  under  a  beautiful  image,  this  fact, 
namely,  how  the  Gospels  were  indeed  four,  and  yet 
in  their  higher  unity  but  one'".  And  so  not  less,  when 
the  Evangelists  Avere  found,  as  they  often  were,  in  the 

*  Allusions  to  it  are  frequent  in  the  early  hymnologists.     Thus, 
one  of  them  in  an  hymn,  De  SS.  Evangelistis : 

Paradisus  his  rigatur,  Horum  rivo  ebretatis 

Viret,  floret,  fcPcundatur,  Sitis  crescat  caritatis. 

His  abundat,  his  lastatur  Ut  de  fonte  Deitatis 

Quatuor  fluminibus.  Satiemur  plenius. 

Fons  est  Chiistus,  hi  sunt  rivi,  Horum  trahat  nos  doctrina 

Fens  est  altus,  hi  proclivi,  Vitiorum  de  sentiiia, 

Ut  saporem  fontis  vivi  Sicque  ducat  ad  divina 

Ministrent  fidelibus.  Ah  imo  superius. 

Another  too  in  an  hymn,  De  S.  Joanne  Evangelktd : 
Inter  illos  primitivos  Toti  muiido  propinare 

Veros  veri  fontis  rivos  Nectar  illud  salutare 

Joannes  exiliit,  Quod  de  throno  prodiit. 


THE   MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  47 

four  living  creatures  of  Ezekiel's  vision,  of  w^hom  each 
with  a  different  countenance  looked  a  different  way, 
and  yet  all  of  them  together  upheld  the  throne  and 
chariot  of  God,  and  ever  moved  as  being-  informed  by 
one  and  the  selfsame  Spii-it ;  this  too  was  something 
more  and  better  than  a  mere  fanciful  playing  with 
Scripture  ;  there  was  a  deep  truth  lying  at  the  root  of 
this  application,  and  abundantly  justifying  its  use*. 

And  as  we  have  a  Gospel  which  stands  thus  four- 
square, with  a  side  facing  each  side  of  the  spiritual 

*  The  first  that  we  know  of  who  connected  these  with  the  four 
Evangelists  was  Ireneeus.      He  says   {Con.   Hcer.,  1.   3,  c.   2    §  8,) 

T€Tpdfj.op<f)a  yap  rrd  ^ma,  Terpap-opfpou  Kal  to  evayyeXiov^  and   draws  OUt 

at  length  the  fitness  of  each  to  represent  each ;  on  which  see  Suicer's 
Thes.,  s.  V.  ebayyeX.KjTn';.  It  was  taken  up  by  many  after  him ;  thus 
by  Jerome,  Comm.  in  Esek.  c.  i. ;  Prol.  in  Comm.  super  Matth. ;  and 
Ej).  50  :  Matthseus,  Marcus,  Lucas,  et  Johannes,  quadriga  Domini,  et 
verum  Cherubim,  per  totum  corpus  oculati  sunt,  scintillae  emicant, 
discurrunt  fulgura,  pedes  habent  rectos  et  in  sublime  tendentes,  terga 
pennata  et  ubique  volitantia.  Tenent  se  mutuo,  sibique  perplexi 
sunt,  et  quasi  rota  in  rota  volvuntur,  et  pergunt  quoquumque  eos 
flatus  Sancti  Spiritus  perduxerit.  Cf.  Augustine,  De  Cons.  Evang. 
1. 1.,  c.  6;  and  the  Christian  poet  sings  thus  : 

Circa  thronum  majestatis  Formae  formant  figurarum 

Cum  spiritibus   beatis  j  Formas  Evangelistarum, 

Quatuor  diversitatis  !  Quorum  iraber  doctrinarmn 

Astant  animalia.  Stillat  in  Ecclesia. 

Formam  primum  aquilinam,  |  Hi  sunt  Marcus,  et  Matthaaus, 

Et  secundum  leoninam ;  ;  Lucas,  et  quera  Zebedsus 

Sed  humanam  et  bovinam  ;  Pater  misit  tibi,  Deus, 

Duo  gerunt  alia.  |  Dum  laxaret  retia. 

And  another: 


Curam  agens  sui  gregis 
Pastor  bonus,  auctor  legis 
Quatuor  instituit : 
Quadri  orbis  ad  medelam, 
Formam  juris  et  cautelam 
Per  quos  scribi  voluit. 

Circa  thema  generale 
Habet  quisque  speciale 


Quos  designat  in  propheta 
Forma  pictus  sub   discreta 
Vultus  animalium. 

His  quadrigis  deportatur 
Mundo  Deus,  sublimatur 
Istis  area  vectibus  : 
Paradisi  htcc  fluenta 
Nova  fluunt  sacramenta. 


Sibi  privilegium  ;  Quae  irrorant  gentibus. 


48  LECTURE  III.  [1845. 

Avorld,  so  have  we  a  two-fold  development  of  the  more 
dogmatic  element  of  the  New  Testament.  For  like 
as  the  seed,  one  in  itself,  yet  falls  into  two  halves  in 
the  process  of  its  fructifying,  or  as  the  one  force  of 
the  magnet  manifests  itself  at  two  opposing  poles, 
exactly  according  to  the  same  law,  re-appearing  in  the 
spiritual  world,  we  have  two  developments  of  the  same 
Chi-istian  theology,  which  make  themselves  felt  from 
the  very  first,  whereof  St.  Paul  may  be  taken  as  chief 
representative  of  the  one,  and  St.  John  of  the  other. 
We  cannot  do  more  than  trace  the  distinction  in  some 
of  its  broadest  features.  We  see  then  St.  Paul  making 
man  the  starting  point  of  his  theology.  The  diAdne 
image  in  man,  that  image  lost,  the  impossibility  of  its 
restoration  by  any  powers  of  his  own  ;  the  ever  deeper 
errors  of  the  sin-darkened  intellect ;  the  ever  vainer 
struggles  of  the  sin-enslaved  will  : — it  is  from  this 
human  side  of  the  truth  that  he  starts ;  these  are  the 
grounds  which  he  first  lays, — as  eminently  in  his 
great  dogmatic  Epistle  to  the  Romans.  And  only 
when  he  has  brought  out  this  confession  of  a  fall,  of 
an  infinite  short-coming  from  the  true  ideal  of  huma- 
nity, and  from  the  glory  of  God,  only  when  the  cry, 
"  Oh  wretched  man  that  I  am,  who  shall  deliver  me?" 
has  been  wrung  out  from  the  bond-slaves  of  evil,  does 
he  bring  in  the  mighty  Redeemer,  and  the  hymn  of 
praise,  the  "  I  thank  God  through  Jesus  Christ"  of 
the  redeemed.  But  St.  John,  upon  the  other  hand, 
starts  from  the  opposite  point,  from  the  theology  in 
the  more  restricted  sense  of  the  word  ;  in  this  justify- 
ing the  title  6  QeoXoyo^,  which  he  bears.  His  centre 
and  starting-point  is  the  Divine  Love,  and  out  of  that 
he  unfolds  all  :  not  delineating,  as  his  brother  Apostle, 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  49 

any  mighty  birth-pangs,  in  which  the  new  creature  is 
born ;  since  rather  in  that  passing  from  death  unto 
life,  and  in  that  abiding  in  the  Father  and  in  the  Son 
which  follows  therefrom .  the  discovery  of  sin  does  not 
run  long  before,  but  rather  goes  hand  in  hand  with, 
the  discovery  of  the  grace  of  God  for  forgiving,  and 
the  power  of  God  for  overcoming,  that  sin  which  by 
the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  gradually  revealed.  Thus  we 
have  man  delivered  in  St.  Paul,  God  delivering  in 
St.  John ;  man  rising  in  the  one,  God  stooping  in 
the  other ;  and  thus  each  travels  over  an  hemisphere 
in  the  great  orb  of  Christian  Truth,  and  they,  not 
each  singly,  but  between  them,  embrace  and  encircle 
it  all. 

For  this  is  part  of  the  glory  of  Christ  as  compared 
with  his  servants,  as  compared  with  the  chiefest  of  his 
servants,  that  He  alone  stands  at  the  absolute  centre 
of  humanity,  the  one  completely  harmonious  man,  un- 
folding all  which  was  in  that  humanity  equally  upon  all 
sides,  y?<Z/?/  upon  all  sides — the  only  one  in  whom  the 
real  and  ideal  met,  and  were  absolutely  at  one.  Every 
other  man  has  idiosyncrasies,  characteristics — some 
features,  that  is,  of  his  character  marked  more  strongly 
than  others,  fitnesses  for  one  task  rather  than  for  an- 
other, more  genial  powers  in  one  direction  than  in 
others.  Nor  even  are  the  greatest,  a  St.  Paul  or  a 
St.  John,  exempted  from  this  law ;  but,  according  to 
this  law,  are  made  to  serve  for  the  kingdom  of  God ; 
and  the  regeneration,  even  that  mighty  transformation 
itself,  does  not  dissolve  these  characteristics,  but 
rather  hallows  and  glorifies  them,  using  them  for  the 
work  of  God.  And  thus,  in  the  power  of  these  special 
gifts,  that  which  lay  as  a  fruitful  germ  in  the  doctrine, 
T.  H.  L.  4 


50  LECTURE  III.  [1845. 

or,  more  truly,  in  the  facts  of  our  Lord's  life,  was  by 
his  two  Apostles  developed  upon  this  side  and  upon 
that. 

And  as  it  was  meant  that  the  Gospel  of  Christ 
should  embrace  all  lands,  should  fix,  at  its  first  en- 
trance into  the  world,  a  firm  foot  upon  either  of  its 
two  great  cultivated  portions,  so  in  these  two,  in 
St.  Paul  and  in  St.  John,  we  recognize  wondrous 
preparations  in  the  pro%ddence  of  God  for  the  winning 
to  the  obedience  of  the  cross  both  the  western  and 
the  eastern  world.  Who  can  fail  to  see  in  the  great 
Apostle  of  Tarsus,  in  his  discursive  intellect,  in  his 
keen  dialectics,  in  his  philosophic  training,  the  man 
armed  to  dispute  with  Stoic  and  Epicurean  at  Athens; 
who  should  teach  the  Church  how  she  should  take  the 
West  for  her  inheritance  ? — nor  less  was  he  the  man 
who,  by  the  past  struggles  of  his  inner  life  and  the 
consequent  fulness  and  power  \s'iih  which  he  brought 
out  the  scheme  of  our  justification,  should  become 
the  spiritual  forefather  of  the  Augustines  and  Luthers, 
of  all  them  who  have  brought  out  for  us,  with  the 
sense  of  personal  guilt,  the  sense  also  of  personal 
deliverance,  the  consciousness  of  a  personal  standing 
of  each  one  of  us  before  God.  And  in  St.  John,  the 
full  significance  of  whose  wTitings  for  the  Church  is 
probably  yet  to  be  revealed,  and,  it  may  be,  will  not 
appear  till  the  coming  in  of  the  nations  of  the  east 
into  the  fold,  we  have  the  progenitor  of  every  mystic, 
in  the  nobler  sense  of  that  word — of  every  contem- 
plative spirit  that  has  delighted  to  sink  and  to  lose 
itself,  and  the  sense  of  its  o\\ni  littleness,  in  the  bright- 
ness and  in  the  glory  of  God.  Shall  we  not  thank 
God,    shall  we   not   recognize   as  part   of  his  loving 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  51 

wisdom,  that  thus  none  are  left  out ;  that  while  there 
are  evidently  among  men  two  leading  types  of  mind, 
he  has  made  provision  for  them  both — for  the  dis- 
cursive and  the  intuitive, — for  the  schoolman  and  the 
mystic, — for  them  who  trust  through  knowing  to  see, 
and  for  them  also  who  believe  that  only  through 
seeing  they  can  know ; — that,  whatever  in  their  intel- 
lectual condition  men  may  be,  the  net  is  laid  out  to 
catch  them  ?  For  then,  when  once  they  are  taken, 
all  that  might  have  been  in  them  of  overbalance  in 
one  direction,  all  of  faulty  excess,  is  gradually  done 
away,  and  redressed,  till  they  and  those  that  have 
been  brought  in  by  an  ojDposite  method,  are  more 
and  more  led  to  a  mutual  recognition  and  honouring 
of  the  gifts  each  of  the  other,  and  to  the  unity  of  a 
perfect  man  in  Christ  Jesus. 

Nor  is  it  only  that  there  is  different  nourishment 
for  different  souls,  but  the  same  nourishment  is  also 
so  curiously  mixed  and  tempered,  that  it  is  felt  to  be 
for  all.  As,  perhaps,  the  most  signal  example  of  this, 
let  us  only  seek  to  realize  to  ourselves  what  the  Book 
of  Psalms,  itself,  according  to  that  beautiful  expres- 
sion of  Luther's,  '  a  Bible  in  little,'  has  been,  and  for 
whom — how  men  of  all  conditions,  all  habits  of  thought, 
have  here  met,  vying  with  one  another  in  expres- 
sions of  affection  and  gratitude  to  this  book,  in  telling 
what  they  owed  to  it,  and  what  it  had  proved  to 
them.  Men  seemingly  the  most  unlikely  to  express 
enthusiasm  about  any  such  matter  —  lawyers  and 
statists  immersed  deeply  in  this  world's  business,  clas- 
sical scholars  familiar  with  other  models  of  beauty, 
other  standards  of  art — these  have  been  forward  as 
the  forwardest  to  set   their  seal  to  this  book,  have 

4 2 


52  LECTURE  III. 

left  their  confession  that  it  Avas  the  voice  of  their 
inmost  heart,  that  the  spirit  of  it  past  into  their 
spirits  as  did  the  spirit  of  no  other  book,  that  it 
found  them  more  often  and  at  greater  depths  of  their 
being,  lifted  them  to  higher  heights  than  did  any 
other — or,  as  one  greatly-suffering  man,  telling  of  the 
solace  which  he  found  from  this  book  of  Psalms  in 
the  hours  of  a  long  imj^risonment,  has  expressed  it, — 
that  it  bore  him  up,  as  a  lark  perched  between  an 
eagle's  wings  is  borne  up  into  the  everlasting  sunlight, 
till  he  saw  the  world  and  all  its  trouble  for  ever 
underneath  him.  I  can  imagine  no  fairer  volume 
than  one  of  such  thankful  acknowledgements  as  I 
have  described,  and  it  is  a  volume  which  might  easily 
be  gathered,  for  such  on  all  sides  abound ;  not  a  few 
of  them  as  large,  as  free,  as  rapturous  as  that  of  oui' 
own  Hooker,  which  must  be  present  to  the  minds  of 
many  of  us  here.  Nor  is  it  wonderful  that  there 
should  be  such ;  for,  to  quote  but  one  noble  utter- 
ance* in  relation  of  this  book,  '•  the  conflict  of  naked 
power  with  righteousness,  of  the  visible  with  the  invi- 
sible, of  confusion  with  order,  of  the  devilish  with  the 
divine,  of  death  with  life,  this  is  its  subject.  And 
because  this  is  the  subject  of  all  human  anxieties, 
this  book  has  been  that  in  which  living  and  suffering 
men  in  all  ages  have  found  a  language,  which  they 
have  felt  to  be  a  mysterious  anticipation  of,  and  pro- 
vision for,  their  own  especial  wants,  and  in  which 
they  have  gradually  understood  that  the  Divine  voice 
is   never   so   truly  and  distinctly  heard,   as  when   it 


•  Maurice's  Moral  and  Metaphysical  Philosophy  in  the  Encyclop. 
Mdropolituna. 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  53 

speaks  through  human  experience  and  sympa- 
thies'"'." 

*  The  reader  may  be  well  pleased  to  see  a  few  more  of  these 
brought  at  a  single  glance  under  his  eye.  St.  Basil  may  fitly  lead. 
In  a  passage  Horn.  I.  in  Psalmos,  quoted  at  much  greater  length 

in  Suicer  S  Tlies.  S.  v.  ^aA/uos,  ■^aX^ds  Sainouwv  (pvyaoeuTt'ipioV  T)/s  Twv 
dyyiXwu  ^oiitieiiis  tTraywyi)  "  uttXov  kv  (po^oLi  vVKTepivoi^,  dvd-rravcn^  koitwv 
■)]fxepLvvov'  v^^Trioi^  d<T<pd\eia'  dK/xd'^ovaiv  eyKa\\coTrt(r/ia'  TrpecrflvrcpoLi  irapr]- 
yopia'  ywai^l  KOdfios  dpfxo&iioTaTo^'  Tas  tpi]p.iai  oiKi^et  *  t«'s uyo/oa's  (rcoippo- 
vl'^ei  ■  eiaayo/xevuLi  <7T0i)(6ia)(ris,  irpoKOirTovTwv  av^iiai'S.  TsXeiovfjLevwv  crTtj- 
piy/xa,  eKK\ii<TLai  (fxavij  .  oi/Tos  Tas  kop'rd'S  (paiOpuveL,  oi/tos  t>)J/  Ka-rd  Qeov 
\vTrriv,SiifiiovpyeL.  '^aX/UOS  ydp  Kal  eK  Xi6jVi)S  KapStai  SaKpvov  eK/taXel-rat. 
■^^aX/^os -TO  -oov  dyyeXwv  epyov,Td  ovpdviov  irdKiTevfjLa,  to  irvevfiaTLKO''  Qvfxi- 

afia,  K.  T,  X.  St.  Ambrose,  as  it  was  often  his  manner  to  reproduce  what 
he  found  in  the  Greek  Fathers  to  his  ijurjjose,  would  seem  to  have  had 
this  passage  of  his  great  eastern  contemporary  in  his  mind  when 
he  composed  his  not  less  beautiful  laud  of  the  Psalms,  Enarr.  in  Ps.  i. 
Here  too  it  is  but  a  fragment  which  can  be  quoted :  Historia  instruit. 
Lex  docet,  prophetia  annunciat,  correptio  castigat,  moralitas  suadet  : 
in  libro  Psalmorum  profectus  est  omnium,  et  medicinaqufedam  salutis 
humaniE.  Quicunque  legerit,  habet  quo  propriie  vulnera  passionis 
special!  possit  curare  remedio.  .Quantum  laboratur  in  Ecclesia  ut  fiat 
silentium,  cum  lectiones  leguntur !  Si  unus  loquatur,  obstrepunt  uni- 
versi:  cum  psalmus  legitur,  ipse  sibi  est  effector  silentii.  Omnes 
loquuntur,  et  nullus  obstrepit.  Psalmum  reges  sine  potestatis  super- 
cilio  resultant.  In  hoc  se  ministerio  David  gaudebat  videri.  Psalmus 
cantatur  ab  imperatoribus,  jubilatur  a  populis.  Certant  clamare  sin- 
guli  quod  omnibus  proficit.  Domi  i^salmus  canitur,  foris  recensetur. 
Sine  labore  percipitur,  cum  voluptate  servatuv :  psalmus  dissidentes 
copulat,  discordes  sociat,  offensos  reconciliat..,Certat  in  Psahno  doc- 
trina  cum  gratia  simul.  Cantatur  ad  delectationem,  discitur  ad  erudi- 
tionem.  Nam  violentiora  prsecepta  non  permanent :  quod  autem  cum 
suavitate  perceperis,  id  infusum  semel  praecordiis,  non  consuevit  elabi. 
And  Augustine  {Confess.,  1.  9,  c.  4,)  speaks  of  the  manner  in  which  he 
exulted  in  the  Psalms  at  the  time  of  his  first  conversion :  Quas  tibi, 
Deus  meus,  voces  dedi  cum  legerem  psalmos  David. ..et  quomodo  in  te 
inflammabar  ex  eis,  et  accendebar  eos  recitare  si  possem  toto  orbe 
terrarum  adversum  typhum  humani  generis... Quam  vehementi  et 
acri  dolore  indignabar  Manichaeis,  et  miserabar  eos  rursus,  quod  ilia 
sacramenta,  ilia  medicamcnta  nescircnt,  et  insani  essent  ad  versus 
antidotum  quo  sani  esse  potuissent. 

Jeremy  Taylor  in  his  Preface  to  the  Psalter  of  David,  speaking  of 
the  manner  in  which,  by  the  troubles  of  the  civil  wars,  he  was  de- 
prived of  his  books  and  his  retirements,  and  how  in  his  deprivation  he 

found 


54  LECTURE  IH. 

Indeed,  in  the  fact  of  such  a  book  as  the  Psalter 
forming  part  of  our  sacred  Instrument,  we  trace  a 
most  gracious  purpose  of  God.  For  in  the  very  idea 
of  a  Revelation  is  implied  rather  a  speaking  of  God 
to  men  than  of  men  to  God:  and  such  a  speaking 
from  heaven  predominantly  finds  place  in  all  other 
books  of  Holy  Scripture.  Yet  how  greatly  had  we 
been  losers,  had  there  been  no  corresponding  record 
of  the  answering  voices  that  go  up  from  earth  unto 
heaven.  How  earnestly  should  we  have  craved  a 
standard  by  v.hich  to  try  the  feelings,  the  utterances 
of  our  spirits, — a  rule  Avhereby  to  know  whether  they 
were  healthy  and  true,  the   same   voices,  the   same 

found  comfort  here,  thus  goes  on :  "  Indeed,  when  I  came  to  look  upon 
the  Psalter  with  a  nearer  observation,  and  an  eye  diligent  to  espy  any 
advantages  and  remedies  there  deposited...!  found  so  many  admirable 
promises,  so  rare  variety  of  the  expres.sions  of  the  mercies  of  God, 
so  many  consolatory  hymns,  the  commemoration  of  so  many  deliver- 
ances from  dangers  and  deaths  and  enemies,  so  many  miracles  of 
mercy  and  salvation,  that  I  began  to  be  so  confident  as  to  believe  there 
could  come  no  affliction  gi-eat  enough  to  spend  so  great  a  stock  of 
comfort  as  was  laid  up  in  the  treasure  of  the  Psalter ;  the  saying  of 
St.  Paul  was  here  verified,  '  If  sin '  and  miseiy  '  did  abound,  then  did 
grace  superabound ;'  and  as  we  believe  of  the  passion  of  Christ,  it  was 
so  great  as  to  be  able  to  satisfy  for  a  thousand  worlds ;  so  is  it  of  the 
comforts  of  David's  Psalms,  they  are  more  than  sufficient  to  repair 
all  the  breaches  of  mankind."     And  Donne,  {Sermon  06),  taking  his 
text  from  Ps.  Ixiii.  7,  proceeds  :  "  The  Psalms  are  the  manna  of  the 
Church.     As  manna  tasted  to  every  man  hke  that  that  he  liked  best, 
so  do  the  Psalms  minister  instruction  and  satisfaction  to  every  man  in 
every  emergency  and  occasion.     David  was  not  only  a  clear  prophet 
of  Christ  himself,  but  a  prophet  of  every  particular  Christian;  he 
foretells  what  I,  what  any,  shall  do  and  suffer  and  say.     And  as  the 
whole  book  of  Psalms  is  oleu?n  effusiim,  an  ointment  poured  out  upon 
all  sorts  of  sores,  a  searcloth  that  supples  all   bruises,  a  balm  that 
searches  all  wounds,  so  are  there  some  certain  psalms  that  are  imperial 
psalms,  that  command  over  all  affections,  and  spread  themselves  over 
aU  occasions ;  cathoUc  universal  psalms,  that  apply  themselves  to  all 
necessities." 


THE  MANIFOLDNESS   OF  SCRIPTURE.  55 

cries,  as  those  of  each  other  regenerate  man.  Such 
a  rule,  such  a  standard  we  have  here ;  man  is  speak- 
ing unto  God;  that  which  came  from  heaven  is  return- 
ing to  heaven  once  more.  Here  we  have  insight  into 
the  mystery  of  prayer  ;  streams  of  Hfe  are  rising  up  as 
high  as  the  heights  from  which  first  they  came  down ; 
the  mountain-tops  of  man's  spirit  are  smoking,  but 
smoking  because  God  has  descended  upon  and  touched 
them. 

These  are  but  a  few  examples,  brethren, — time 
will  allow  us  to  adduce  no  more, — of  that  which  all 
Scripture    Avill    abundantly    supply,  —  the    evidences, 
namely,  of  its  own  adaptation  for  the  needs  of  all, 
for  all  the  needs  of  each.     And  these  things  being  so, 
let    us   for    ourselves    gladly    enter   into   this   many- 
chambered  palace  of  the  Truth,  whereof  the    doors 
stand  open  to  us   evermore.      Let   us  thankfully  sit 
down  at  this  feast  of  many  spiritual  dainties,  which  is 
spread  for  us  and  for  all.      And  if  not  every  one  of 
them  at  once  delights  us ;   if  of  some  we  have  rather 
to  take  the  word  of  others  that  they  are  good  than 
as  yet  proved  it  so  ourselves,   let  u^  believe  that  the 
cause  of  this  lies  rather  in  the  sickness  of  our  palate, 
than  in  the  faulty  preparation  of  that  which  the'  great 
Master  of  the  feast  has  set  before  us ; — and   let  us 
ask,   not  that  these  be   removed,  but  that  our  true 
taste   be  restored;  and   this   the    more,    seeing   that 
unnumbered  guests,  who  in  time  past  have  sat  down, 
or  are  now  sitting  down,  at  this  heavenly  banquet, 
have  borne  witness  that  these  meats  which   may  be 
dull  and  tasteless   to   us,  were   life   and   strength  to 
them,  "  yea,  sweeter  than  honey  and  the  honeycomb." 
We   are   sick,   and   these   are  medicines  no  less  than 


56  LECTURE  lU.  [1845 

food ;  and  for  us  that  word  must  stand  fast,  Noa  cor- 
rUjat  (Bger  medicamenta  sua.  Let  us  thus  bear  ourselves 
towards  Holy  Scripture,  and  then  presently,  in  that 
which  seemed  a  stranger  face  Ave  shall  recognize  the 
countenance  of  a  gracious,  a  familiar  friend.  We  shall 
more  and  more  see  how  this  Scripture  was  laid  out  by 
One  who  knew  what  was  in  man,  One  who  desired  also 
to  unfold  us  on  all  sides  of  our  moral  and  spiritual 
being ;  who,  too,  in  the  largeness  of  his  love  would 
send  none  empty  away  ;  but  who  does  herein  open  his 
hand,  that  He  may  fill  all  things  living  Avith  plenteous- 
ness. 


LECTURE    IV. 

THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE 

Hebrews   I.   1,  2. 

God^  ivho  at  sundry  times  and  in  divers  manners  spake  in 
time  past  unto  the  fathers  hy  the  prophets^  hath  in  these 
last  days  spoken  unto  us  by  his  Son. 

We  have  seen  how  in  Holy  Scripture  one  idea  is 
dominant,  the  idea  of  a  lost,  defaced,  and  yet  not 
wholly  effaced,  image  of  God  in  man,  with  God's 
scheme  for  its  restoration  and  renewal :  we  have  seen 
how  that,  which  is  one  in  having  this  for  its  subject, 
and  in  knoAving  no  other  subject,  has  yet  a  manifold 
development,  marvellously  corresponding  to  the  mani- 
fold necessities  of  his  nature  to  whom  it  is  addressed, 
and  who  by  its  help  should  be  renewed.  But  the 
progressive  unfolding  of  God's  plan  in  Scripture,  may 
well  afford  matter  for  another  discourse,  and  will  sup- 
ply our  theme  for  this  day. 

Nor  shall  I  herein  be  wandering  from  my  argument, 
since  this  progressiveness  of  Scripture  is  an  important 
element  in  its  fitness  for  the  education  of  man.  For 
this  we  claim  of  a  teacher  to  whom  we  yield  ourselves 
with  an  entire  confidence,  that  there  be  advance  and 
progress  in  his  teaching ;  not  indeed  that  this  should 
be  at  every  moment  distinctly  perceptible,  but  that  it 
should  be  so  when  long  periods  and  courses  of  his 
teaching  are  contemplated  together.  The  advance 
may  sometimes  be  rather  in  a  spiral  than  in  a  straight 
line,  yet  still  on  the  whole  there  must  be  advance;  he 


58  LECTURE  IV.  [1845. 

must  not  eddy  round  in  ceaseless  circles,  leaving  off 
where  he  began,  but  evidently  have  a  scheme  before 
him,  according  to  which  he  is  seeking  to  lead  on  unto 
perfection  those  that  have  committed  themselves  to 
his  teaching.      It  is  of  the  essence  of  a  true  teacher, 
be  that  teacher  book  or  person,  thus  to  carry  forward. 
If  it  be  a  book  claiming  to  educate,  it  must  be  itself 
the  history  of  an  education,  the  record  of  an  intensive, 
as  well  as  extensive,  development.     "We  look  for  this, 
and  we  rest  our  expectation  on  a  yet  deeper  feeling. 
We  feel  that  as  each  individual  man  was  meant  to  go 
on  from  lower  to  higher,  and  in  the  end  to  have  Christ 
fuUy  formed  in  him,  so  the   Church  as  a  living  body 
could  not  have  been  intended  to  be  a  stationary  thing, 
always  conning  over  the  same  lessons,  but  rather  ad- 
vancing in  a  like  manner  to  perfection ; — not  in  this 
advance  leaving  ought  behind  which  God  has  taught 
it ;  but  ever  carrying  Avith  it  into  its  higher  state,  as 
part  of  its  realized  possession,  all  which  it  has  gotten 
in  a  lower.    And  if  so,  that  Book  which  was  to  be  the 
record  and  interpreter  of  these  dealings  of  God,  ever 
running  parallel  A^ith  them,  growing  Avith  their  groAvth, 
explaining  them  as    they  unfolded   themselves,   that 
must  bear  the  stamp  and  impress  of  the  same  pro- 
gress. 

Does  a  nearer  examination  of  Holy  Scripture  bear 
out  this  our  expectation  ?  Does  it  speak  of  itself  as  a 
progressive  revelation  of  the  Xame  of  God  ?  And  if 
so,  can  we  discern  it  to  be  such,  to  be  the  gradual 
unfolding  of  the  ideas  of  the  kingdom,  and  of  men's 
relations  to  it,  to  be  a  continual  calling  out  in  them 
the  sense  of  ncAv  relations  and  ncAv  faculties  and 
poAvers  ?  I  think,  both.      And,  first,  Revelation  speaks 


THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE.  59 

of  itself  in  such  language.  "  I  have  many  things  to 
say  unto  you,  but  ye  cannot  bear  them  now,"  surely 
this  was  what  God  had  been  saying  to  his  elect  from 
the  first,  till  that  crowning  day  of  Pentecost,  when 
they  were  made  capable  of  all  mysteries,  and  had  the 
unction  of  the  Holy  One,  and  knew  all  things ; — and 
with  much  before  us,  it  needs  not  to  tarry  with  the 
proofs  of  this. 

And  as  regards  ourselves,  we  can  trace,  I  think, 
the  Scripture  to  be  this  which  it  affirms  itself  to  be. 
Who,  for  instance,  can  help  feeling  that  in  the  three 
memorable  epochs  by  which  it  marks  the  greatest  un- 
unfoldings  of  the  kingdom  of  God, — I  mean,  in  the 
calling  of  Abraham,  the  giving  of  the  Law  by  Moses, 
the    Incarnation  of  the    Son   of  God, — we   have  the 
childhood,  the  youth,  the  manhood  of  our  race,  of  that 
elect  portion  of  it,  at  least,  which  God  had  gathered 
into  a  Church  and  constituted  for  the  while  the  repre- 
sentative of  all ;   and  that  we  have  this  with  marvellous 
correspondencies  of  these  epochs  to  similar  periods  in 
the  lives  which  we  ourselves  are  living  ? 

In  Abraham  and  the  Church  of  the  patriarchal  we 
have  that  which  exactly  answers  to  childhood.     Their 
relations  to   God  were  as  a  child's  to  a  father, — the 
same  undoubting,  unquestioning  affiance  ;   with  as  yet 
no  fixed  code  of  law ;  the  deeper  evils  of  the   heart 
not  as  yet  stirring,  the  awful  consciousness  of  those 
evils  as  yet  un awakened.     So  Abraham  and  the  patri- 
archs walked  before  God,  in  the  beauty  and  the  sim- 
plicity of  a  childlike  faith — love  seeming  as  yet  the 
only  law,   and  no  other  law  being  needed,  since  not 
yet   the  whole   might  of  the  rebellious  will  had  been 
aroused,  since  a  sheltering  Providence  had  hitherto 


60  LECTURE  IV.  [1845. 

kept  aloof  many  temptations  which  should  afterwards 
arrive. 

But  a  very  different  stage  of  man's  history  begins 
with  Moses.     The  father  is  thrown  for  awhile  into  the 
back  ground  by  the  lawgiver ;   God  appears  the  giver 
of  a  "  fiery  law : "  and  the  race  having  outgrown  its 
childlike  estate,  with  all  the  blessed  privileges  of  that 
time,  appears  now  as  the  youth,  aware  of  this  terrible 
law,  and  struggling  against  it ;  and  in  this  struggle 
brought  to  a  consciousness  of  that  which  before  was 
hidden  from  it,  namely,  the  deep  alienation  of  its  will 
from  the  perfect  will  of  God.      This   seems,    at   first 
sight,  as  though  it  were  a  retrograde  step  in   man's 
progress,  and  regarded  apart  from  the  final  issues  it 
were  ;  as  the  Apostle  himself  confesses,  when  he  says, 
"  I  was  alive  without  the  law  once,  but  when  the  com- 
mandment came,  sin  revived,  and  I  died."      Yet  nor 
he,  nor  any,  could  have  done  without  this  coming  in 
of  the  law.     The  opposition  of  his  will  to  God's  will 
being  in  man,  most  needful  was  it  that  it  should  not 
remain  latent,  but  be  brought  out,  yea,  brought  out 
in  all  its  strength,  as  an  holy  law  could  alone  bring  it 
out ;  for  thus  only  was  it  in  the  way  of  being  subdued. 
God  having  made  Himself  known  as  a  God  of  love, 
most  needful  Avas  it  that  men  should  know  Him  also 
the  God  of  an  absolute  righteousness ;  since  without 
this  that  love  itself  had  shewn  in  men's  eyes  as  a  poor 
thing,   as  a  weak  toleration  of  their  evil,  instead  of 
being,  as  it  is,  that  which  more   than  all  else  makes 
Him  a  consuming  fire  for  all  impurity  and  evil. 

But  Avith  the  entering  of  the  Son  of  God  into  our 
nature,  the  manhood  of  the  race  begins — that  which 
it  was  meant  in  its  final  perfection  to  be — that,  for 


THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE.  61 

the  sake  of  which  it  passed  through  those  lower  stages. 
The  consciousness  of  the  fihal  relation  has  again  re- 
vived in  its  full  strength,  and  the  suspended  privileges 
are  restored.  "Abba,  Father!"  is  once  more  on  the 
lips  of  the  Church,  only  with  deeper  accents  and  a 
fuller  sense  than  at  that  earlier  day  of  all  which  in 
these  words  is  included.  The  sense  of  God's  love 
which  belonged  to  its  childhood,  of  God's  righteous- 
ness which  predominated  in  its  youth,  are  reconciled ; 
they  have  met  and  kissed  each  other.  His  love  is  seen 
to  be  righteous,  and  his  righteousness  to  be  loving.  His 
law  is  no  longer  struggled  against,  for  it  is  written  in 
the  heart,  and  it  reveals  itself  as  that  which  to  keep  is 
the  truest  blessedness. 

And  how  mysteriously,  brethren,  does  this  teach- 
ing of  our  race,  which  was  thus  written  large,  and 
acted  out  upon  a  great  scale  in  the  history  of  God's 
chosen  people,  repeat  itself  evermore  in  the  smaller 
world,  in  the  microcosm  of  elect  souls,  which  are  under 
the  same  divine  education.  Is  there  not  many  a  one 
who  can  trace  in  himself  the  same  process  and  pro- 
gress as  we  have  been  following  here  ?  First  was  our 
childhood,  corresponding  to  Abraham's  state — the 
undeveloped,  yet  true  affiance  on  an  heavenly  Father, 
— when  we  needed  no  more  than  this  ;  when  as  yet 
we  had  not  looked  down  into  the  abysmal  deeps  of 
evil  in  our  hearts,  when  we  too  were  alive  without  the 
law,  and  dreamt  not  of  the  rebel,  Avho  was  ready, 
when  occasion  came,  to  take  arms  against  his  Lord, 
though  that  rebel  was  no  other  than  ourselves. 

But  the  years  went  on,  with  all  which  they  brought, 
with  their  good  and  with  their  evil :  and  childhood 
was  left  behind ;  and  to  us  too  the  time  arrived  for 


62  LECTURE    IV.  [1845. 

the  giving  of  the  law ;  and  then  us  too  God  led  apart 
into  the  Avilderness,  separated  us  from  every  other 
living  soul,  made  us  feel  the  mystery  of  our  a^^^ul 
personality,  and  spoke  to  us  as  He  had  never  spoken 
before,  even  face  to  face, — revealing  Himself  to  us  no 
longer  merely  as  the  God  of  our  fathers,  but  with  an 
higher  revelation,  as  the  I  AM,  the  Holy  One.  For 
us,  too,  was  that  terrible  giving  of  the  law  in  the  deep 
of  our  souls,  Avhich  he  who  has  known  vnU  say  boldly, 
that  Sinai  with  its  thunders  and  lightnings,  its  black- 
ness and  its  darkness,  its  unendurable  voice  which  he 
who  heard  craved  that  he  might  hear  no  more,  was 
not  more  terrible ; — and  sin  is  no  longer  a  word  but  a 
reality,  is  no  longer  felt  as  the  transient  grieving  of  a 
parent's  heart,  but  as  the  violation  of  an  eternal  order, 
a  violation  which  cannot  remain  unavenged  or  unre- 
drest.  But  di-eadful  as  this  laAV  is,  terrible  and  threat- 
ening shape  as  it  rises  over  the  soul,  does  not  each 
man  make  the  same  experience  as  did  Israel  of  old, 
and  find  out  its  helplessness  for  the  true  ends  of  his 
life  ?  It  can  kill  the  sinner,  but  it  cannot  kill  the 
sin  :  that  only  shrinks  deeper  into  its  hiding-places  in 
the  soul,  and  needs  another  charmer  to  lure  it  out. 
This  is  our  state  of  condemnation,  which  is  yet  "most 
needful  for  a  right  entering  into  the  state  of  life  and 
freedom :  this  is  the  law  preparing  for,  and  handing 
over  unto,  Christ. 

And  as  there  was  the  manhood  of  the  race,  as  the 
Church  which  God  had  been  training  and  disciplining 
so  long,  was  introduced  into  the  fulness  of  its  inherit- 
ance, when  Christ,  who  had  upheld  it  always,  came 
visibly  into  the  midst  of  it ;  so  is  it  in  like  manner 
when  God   brings  his  First-begotten   into  the   inner 


THE  ADVANCE   OF  SCRIPTURE.  63 

world  of  any  single  heart.  Then  that  heart  under- 
stands all  the  way  by  which  it  had  been  led,  and  sees 
how  all  things  have  worked  for  the  bringing  it  into 
that  grace  in  which  now  it  stands.  Then  the  child's 
faith  returns ;  only  is  it  now  a  mightier  faith,  a  more 
heroic  act  of  affiance,  for  it  is  a  faith  in  God  despite  of 
and  in  full  knoAvledge  of  our  evil,  instead  of  a  faith  in 
God  in  ignorance  of  our  evil. 

Marvellously  does  He  thus  run  oftentimes  the  lives 
of  his  children  parallel  with  the  life  of  the  Church  at 
large,  as  that  life  is  unfolded  in  Sacred  Writ,  bringing 
each  in  particular  under  the  same  teaching  as  the 
whole.  Yet  this  is  not  all :  we  have  not  merely  in 
Scripture  God  carrying  Israel  his  Son  through  succes- 
sive stages,  which  may  serve  to  explain  to  us  the  stages 
of  our  own  innermost  spiritual  life  ;  but  we  may  trace 
there  another  sequence,  another  progress — that  by 
which  He  is  training  his  people  into  a  sense  of  ever- 
widening  relationships,  and  this  also  making  answer  to 
the  sequence  in  which  He  trains  each  one  in  particular 
of  his  children  into  the  same,  and  serving  as  a  pattern 
thereto.  For  what  are  the  great  fellowshiijs  of  men, 
which  rest  not  upon  man's  choice,  but  upon  God's 
will,  which  are  not  self-willed  associations  into  which 
men  gather  of  themselves,  but  societies  wherein  they 
are  set  by  the  act  of  God  ?  Each  will  at  once  reply. 
The  Family,  The  State,  The  Church.  And  this  too  is 
their  order ;  the  Family  must  go  before  the  State, 
being  itself  the  corner-stone  on  which  the  State  is 
built ;  and  the  State,  which  is  the  felloAvship  of  certain 
men  to  the  exclusion  of  others,  waits  to  be  taken  uji 
into  the  Church,  Avhich  is  the  fellowship  of  all  men 
who  believe  in  the  risen  Head  of  their  race. 


64  LECTURE  IV.  [1845. 

And  this  sequence  is  that  maintained  in  the  Bible ; 
for  what  is  the  early  history  of  the  Bible,  but  pre- 
dominantly the  history  of  the  Family  ?  of  the  blessing 
Avhich  aAvaits  reverence  for  the  family  order,  of  the 
sure  curse  which  avenges  its  violation.  On  the  one 
side,  we  have  the  men  who  were  true  to  this  divine 
institute :  who,  amid  many  weaknesses,  recognized  and 
honoured  it — the  Seths  and  Enochs  before  the  flood, 
the  Abrahams  and  Isaacs,  the  Jacobs  and  Josephs 
after.  On  the  other  side  Ave  have  the  Lamechs  and 
Tubal  Cains,  and  at  a  later  day,  the  builders  of  Babel, 
the  men  who  thought  to  associate  themselves,  to  say, 
A  confederacy,  where  God  had  not  said  it,  to  knit 
themselves  into  a  body  by  bands  of  their  own,  instead 
of  owning  that  God  had  knit  them  already — skilled 
masters,  as  we  learn,  in  the  arts  of  life,  starting  up,  as 
we  are  told,  into  a  premature  civilization ;  yet  having 
in  themselves,  through  violations,  which  we  can  plainly 
trace,  of  that  family  order,  of  the  primal  institutes  of 
humanity,  the  seeds  of  a  sure  and  swift  decay;  so 
that  presently  they  are  lost  to  our  sight  altogether ; 
while  the  Patriarchs,  the  honourers  and  sanctifiers  of 
these  relations,  walk  before  us  heads  of  a  nation,  of 
that  kingly  and  priestly  nation  in  which  all  other 
nations  should  be  blest. 

But  Holy  Scripture  does  not  linger  here.  It 
passes  on.  and  its  middle  history  is  the  history  of  this 
nation,  of  national  life  ;  shewing  us  by  liveliest  ex- 
ample, all  that  can  exalt,  all  that  can  degrade,  a  peo- 
ple :  how  Israel,  so  long  as  it  believed  in  its  in^dsible 
Lord  and  King,  its  righteous  Lawgiver,  was  great  and 
prosperous — how,  when  it  lost  that  faith  and  bowed  to 
idols  of  sense,  it  became  of  a  surety  inwardly  distracted, 


THE  ADVANCE   OF  SCRIPTURE.  65 

externally  enslaved — forfeiting  those  very  outward 
gifts  for  the  sake  of  which  it  had  turned  its  back  upon 
the  Giver — righteousness  and  truth  and  justice  perish- 
ing between  man  and  man,  while  He  in  whom  alone 
these  have  any  substantial  existence  was  no  longer 
held  fast  to  and  believed. 

And  then  in  the  New  Testament,  not  the  conditions 
under  which  the  Family  can  exist,  not  the  conditions 
under  which  the  State,  but  the  idea  of  the  Church,  of 
that  fellowship  which,  including  all,  may  itself  be  in- 
cluded by  none,  is  unfolded  to  us.  There  we  behold 
the  laws  of  the  universal  kingdom,  and  Christ,  not  the 
King  of  a  single  nation,  but  the  Head  of  humanity, 
the  Saviour  of  all. 

And  this  order  of  Sacred  Scripture,  is  also  the 
order  of  our  lives.  I  mean  not  that  we  first  become 
members  of  a  family,  and  then  of  a  State,  and  lastly 
of  a  Church  ;  but  this  is  the  order  in  which  we  become 
conscious  of  relations.  For  what  is  it  that  a  child 
first  discovers?  that  it  is  the  member  of  a  family — 
that  it  has  kindred.  What  are  its  earliest  duties  ?  a 
faithful  entering  into  these  relations  ;  its  earliest  sins? 
a  refusal  to  enter  into  them.  And  what  next  ?  that 
there  is  a  wider  fellowship  than  this  of  home-love 
and  home-aftections,  to  which  it  belongs ;  that  there 
are  other  men  to  whom  it  owes  other  duties ;  that  it 
is  the  member  of  a  State  no  less  than  a  family,  that  it 
must  be  just  as  well  as  loving.  And  last  of  all  is  per- 
ceived that  there  is  yet  another  fellowship  at  the  root 
of  both  these  fellowships,  which  gives  them  their  mean- 
ing, which  alone  upholds  and  sustains  them  against  all 
the  sin  and  selfishness  which  are  continually  threaten- 
ing their  dissolution — a  fellowship  with  the  Lord  of 

T.  H.  L.  5 


66  LECTURE  IV.  [1845. 

men,  and  in  Him  with  every  man  of  that  race  ^vhieh 
He  has  redeemed,  of  that  nature  Avhich  He  has  taken. 
And  so  the  cycle  of  God's  teaching  is  complete,  and 
that  cycle  in  which  the  Scripture  shews  us  that  He 
taught  the  Avorld  is  found  here  also  again  to  be  the 
cycle  in  which  He  teaches  the  individual  soul. 

But  to  pass  to  quite  another  province  of  our  sub- 
ject : — we  must  not  leave  unobserved  the  manner  in 
which  prophecy  bears  witness  to  this  progressive  un- 
folding of  God's  purpose  with  our  race.  Often  we 
dishonour  prophecy,  when  the  chief  value  which  it  has 
in  our  eyes  is  the  use  to  which  it  may  be  turned  as 
evidence  ;  when  we  regard  it  as  serving  no  nobler 
ends,  as  having  no  deeper  root  in  the  economy  of 
God  than  in  this  are  presumed ;  when  it  is  for  us 
merely  a  miraculum  scientice,  which,  with  the  miracles 
properly  so  called,  the  miracula  j)otentice,  may  do  duty 
in  proving  against  cavillers  the  divine  origin  of  our 
Faith ;  when  all  that  we  can  find  is  that  the  doers  of 
the  works  and  the  utterers  of  the  words  did  and  said 
what  was  beyond  the  reach  and  scope  of  common 
men.  But  the  fact  that  prophecy  should  constitute 
so  large  an  element  in  Scripture  finds  its  explanation 
rather  in  that  laAv  which  we  have  been  tracing  through- 
out all  Scripture — the  law,  I  mean,  of  an  orderly 
development,  according  to  which  there  is  nothing 
sudden,  nothing  abrupt  or  unprepared  in  his  counsels, 
all  whose  works  were  known  to  Him  from  the  begin- 
ning. It  is  part  of  this  law  that  there  should  ever  be 
prefigurations  of  the  ooming,  that  truths  so  vast  and 
so  mighty  as  those  of  the  New  Covenant,  so  difficult 
for  man's  heart  to   conceive,  should  have  their  way 


THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE.  67 

prepared,  should,  ere  they  arrive  in  their  highest 
shape,  give  pledge  and  promise  of  themselves  in  lower 
forms  and  in  weaker  rudiments. 

Thus  Avas  it  good  that  before  the  appearing  of  the 
Son  of  God  in  the  flesh,  there  should  be,  in  the  lan- 
guage of  Bishop  Bull,  "■  preludings  of  the  Incarnation," 
transient  apjjaritions  of  Him  in  a  human  form,  though 
not  in  the  verity  of  our  human  nature.  Thus  was  it 
ordered  that  each  one  of  the  mighty  acts  of  our 
Lord's  life  should  not  stand  wholly  apart,  and  without 
analogy  in  any  thing  Avhich  had  gone  before,  but  ever 
find  in  something  earlier  its  lineaments  and  its  out- 
lines. Weak  and  faint  these  lineaments  may  have  been, 
weak  and  faint  they  must  have  been,  when  compared 
with  the  glory  that  excelleth ;  yet  sketches  and  out- 
lines and  foreshadowings  still  of  the  glory  to  be  re- 
vealed. Thus,  more  than  one  was  wonderfully  born, 
with  many  circumstances  of  a  strange  solemnity,  with 
heavenly  announcements,  with  much  that  Avent  beyond 
human  expectation,  ere  He  Avas  born,  by  the  annun- 
ciation of  an  Angel,  through  the  overshadoAving  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  aaIiosc  name  should  be  called  Wonderful, 
The  Mighty  God.  So  Ave  may  say  that  in  the  shining 
of  Moses'  face,  as  he  came  doAvn  from  the  mount  of 
God,  Ave  have  already  a  Aveaker  Transfiguration,  a 
feeble  fore-announcement  of  that  brightness,  Avhich, 
not  from  without,  but  breaking  forth  from  Avithin, 
should  clothe  Avith  a  light  Avhich  no  Avords  could  ade- 
quately utter,  not  the  face  only,  but  the  Avhole  person, 
of  the  Son  of  God.  So  again,  in  the  translation  of 
Elijah  the  lineaments  of  Ms  Ascension  appear,  Avho, 
not  rapt  in  a  chariot  of  fire,  not  needing  the  cleansing 
of  that  fiery  baptism,  nor  requiring  that  commissioned 

5 — 2 


68  LECTURE   IV.  [1845. 

chariot  to  bear  him  up,  did  in  the  far  subHmer  calm- 
ness of  his  own  indwelling  power  arise  from  the  earth, 
and  with  his  human  body  pass  into  the  heavenly 
places*.  And  once  more,  in  the  dividing  of  the  Spirit 
which  Moses  had,  upon  the  seventy  elders  of  Israel,  so 
that  they  all  did  prophesy,  we  recognize  an  earlier 
though  a  weaker  Pentecost ;  in  which  however  the 
later  was  surely  implied  :  for  if  from  the  servant  could 
be  imparted  of  his  spirit,  how  much  more  and  in  Avhat 
larger  measure  from  the  Son  ?  All  these  should  be 
contemplated  as  preparatory  workings  in  a  lower  sphere 
of  the  same  Spirit,  which  afterwards  A^TOUght  more 
gloriously  in  the  later  and  crowning  acts ;  as  knit  to 
those  later  by  an  inner  law,  as  sharers  of  the  same 
organic  life  with  them. 

The  rending  away  of  isolated  passages,  and  then 
saying.  This  Psalm,  or  That  chapter  of  Isaiah,  is  pro- 
phetic and  has  to  do  with  Christ  and  his  kingdom, — 
and  this  without  explaining  how  it  comes  that  these 
have  to  do,  and  those  nearest  them  have  not,  can 
never  truly  satisfy ;  men's  minds  resist  this  fragmen- 
tary capricious  exposition.  The  portions  of  Scripture 
thus  adduced  very  likely  are  those  in  which  prophecy 
concentrates  itself  more  than  in  any  other :  they  may 
be  the  strongest  expressions  of  that  Spirit  which 
quickens  the  whole  mass  ;  but  it  has  not  forsaken  the 
other  portions  to  gather  itself  up  exclusively  in  these. 

•  Gregory  the  Great  {Horn,  in  Evang.)  :  Elias  in  curru  legitur 
ascendisse,  ut  videlicet  aperte  demonstraretur,  quia  homo  purus  adju- 
torio  indigebat  alieno.  Per  angelos  quippe  facta  et  ostensa  sunt  adju- 
menta ;  quia  nee  in  coelum  quidem  aerium  per  se  ascendere  poterat 
quem  naturae  suae  infirmitas  gravabat.  Redemtor  autem  noster  non 
curru,  non  angelis  sublevatus  legitur,  quia  is  qui  fecerat  omnia,  nimi- 
rum  super  omnia  sua  virtute  ferebatur. 


THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE.  69 

Rather  the  subtle  threads  of  prophecy  are  woven 
through  every  part  of  the  woof  and  texture,  not 
separable  from  thence  without  rending  and  destroy- 
ing the  whole.  All  the  Old  Testament,  as  the  record 
of  a  divine  constitution  pointing  to  something  higher 
than  itself,  administered  by  men  who  were  ever  look- 
ing beyond  themselves  to  a  Greater  that  should  come, 
who  were  uttering,  as  the  Spirit  stirred  them,  the 
deepest  longings  of  their  souls  after  his  appearing, 
is  prophetic ;  and  this,  not  by  an  arbitrary  appoint- 
ment, which  meant  thus  to  supply  evidences  ready 
to  hand  for  the  truth  of  Revelation,  in  the  curious 
tallying  of  the  Old  with  the  New,  in  the  remarkable 
fulfilments  of  the  foretold,  but  prophetic  according  to 
the  inmost  necessities  of  the  case,  which  would  not 
suffer  it  to  be  otherwise. 

For  how  could  God,  bringing  to  pass  what  was 
good  and  true,  do  other  than  make  it  resemble  what 
was  best  and  truest,  which  he  should  one  day  bring  to 
pass?  Raising  up  holy  men,  how  could  he  avoid 
giving  them  features  of  likeness  to  the  Holiest  of  all? 
appointing  them  functions  and  offices  in  which  to  bless 
their  brethren,  how  could  these  otherwise  than  an- 
ticipate his  functions  and  his  office,  who  should  come 
in  the  fulness  of  blessing  to  his  people  ?  Inspiring 
them  to  speak,  stirring  by  the  breath  of  his  Spirit  the 
deepest  chords  of  their  hearts,  how  could  He  bring 
forth  from  them  any  other  notes  but  those  which  made 
the  deepest  music  of  their  lives ;  their  longings,  namely, 
after  the  promised  Redeemer,  their  yearnings  after 
the  kingdom  of  his  righteousness, — mere  longings  and 
yearnings  no  longer  now,  since  the  Spirit  that  inspired 
such  utterances,  being  the  very  Spirit  of  Truth,  gave 


70  LECTURE   IV.  [1845. 

pledge,  in  sanctioning  and  working  the  desire,  that 
the  fiilfihnent  of  that  desire  in  due  time  should  not  be 
wanting  ?  If  the  poet  had  right  when  he  spake  of 

"the  prophetic  soul 
Of  the  gi-eat  world,  dreaming  of  things  to  come  ;" 

by  how  much  higher  reason  must   a   prophetic   soul 

have  dwelt  in  Israel,  by  which  it  not  vaguely  dreamed, 

but  in  some  sort  felt  itself  already  in  possession,  of 

the  great  things  to  come,   whereof  it  knew  that  the 

seeds  and  germs  were  laid  so  deeply  in  its  own  bosom? 

We  may  say  of  Judaism,  that  it  bore  in  its  womb  the 

Messiah,  as  the  man-child   whom  it  should  one  day 

give  birth  to,  and  only  in  the  forming  and  bearing  of 

Avhom  it  found  its  true  meaning.  This  was  its  function, 

and  according  to  the  counsel  of  God  it  shoidd  have 

been  saved  through  this  child-bearing ;  though  by  its 

OAvn  sin  it   did  itself  expire  in  giving  birth  to  Him 

who  was  intended  to  have  been  not  its  death  but  its 

life. 

This,    then,   is  another  remarkable  aspect  under 

which  the  progressiveness  of  God's  dealings,  and  of 

that  Book  which  is  their  record,  presents  itself  to  us, — 

this  long  and  patient  training  of  his  people  through 

many  a  preceding   word  and   institution  and  person 

into  the  capacity  of  recognizing  his  glory,  of  whom 

all    that    went    before  was  but  the  shadow  and  the 

symbol.      In    aU    this  was  a  prelude   to  prepare  the 

spiritual  ear  for  the  full  burst  of  a  later,  and  but  for 

that,  an  overwhelming  harmony ; — a  purpling  of  the 

east,   which  might  tell  in  what   quarter  the   Sun  of 

Righteousness  would  appear,  and  w  hither  the  straining 

eyes  must  turn,  that  would  catch  the  first  brightness 

of  his  rising. 


THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE.  71 

Nor  is  it  unworthy  of  observation,  that  pro^jhecy 
did  never  run  before  that  actual  development,  which 
alone  would  enable  it  to  speak  a  language  which  men 
should  understand.  It  did  not  paint  upon  air;  but 
ever  claimed  forms  of  the  present  in  which  to  array 
its  promises  of  the  future.  Thus  we  have  no  mention 
of  Christ  the  Prophet  till  a  great  prophet  had  actually 
arisen,  till  Moses  could  say,  "  The  Lord  thy  God  will 
raise  up  unto  thee  a  Prophet  like  unto  me."  We  hear 
nothing-  of  Christ  the  King,  till  there  were  kings  in 
Israel — theocratic  kings — who  should  give  the  pro- 
phecy a  substance  and  a  meaning ;  who  should  make 
men  know,  though  with  many  imperfections,  what  a 
sceptre  of  righteousness  was,  and  a  king  ruling  in 
judgment.  And  thus  (did  time  allow)  we  might  trace 
in  much  more  detail  how  not  only  in  the  idea  of  type 
and  prophecy  there  is  obedience  to  that  law  of  advance 
and  progress,  which  we  have  everywhere  been  finding, 
but  in  the  very  order  and  sequence  of  the  prophecies 
themselves.  Yet  this  matter  we  must  leave.  Sufficient 
for  us  to  have  seen  how  in  prophecy  are  the  outlines 
and  lineaments  which  shall  indicate,  and  fit  men  to 
know  the  very  body  of  the  Truth,  when  that  at  length 
shall  come  ; — to  have  considered  under  another  aspect 
to-day,  how  Scripture  is  its  own  witness,  gives  proof 
that  it  is  what  it  affirms  itself  to  be,  a  Book  for  the 
education  of  men, — in  that  it  plainly  contains  the 
gradual  unfolding  of  a  great  idea,  such  a  thought  as 
only  could  have  entered  into  the  mind  of  God  to  con- 
ceive, such  a  thought  as  He  only  who  is  the  King  of 
ages  could  have  carried  out. 

And  without  question,  for  ourselves,  brethren,  the 
lessons  which  the  Scripture  contemplated  as  this  Book 


72  LECTURE  IV.  [1845. 

of  an  ever-advancing  education  may  suggest,  are  not 
very  far  to  seek.  And  this  first.  God  has  taken  our 
whole  race  by  the  hand  that  He  may  lead  it  on  toge- 
ther ;  even  so  will  He  lead  every  single  soul  that  will 
trust  itself  to  Him.  He  will  speak  to  us  first  as  "little 
children,"  then  as  "  young  men,"  and  then  as  "fathers." 
His  Word  in  our  hearts  shall  be  as  the  blade,  and  the 
ear,  and  the  full  corn  in  the  ear.  He  Avill  give  us,  as 
we  are  faithful,  an  ever  larger  horizon,  a  mdening 
horizon  of  duty,  with  an  increasing  consciousness  of 
powers  and  faculties  for  fulfilling  that  duty. 

And  our  second  lesson  lies  also  at  the  door, — that 
seeing,  as  we  do  in  Scripture,  what  the  school  has 
been  in  which  all  God's  saints  have  been  trained,  we 
be  well  content  to  learn  in  the  same,  nor  count  that 
we  can  learn  better  in  any  other.  The  study  of  this 
Scripture  shews  us  how  through  the  everlasting  ordi- 
nances of  the  Family,  the  State,  the  Church,  God 
trains  into  nobleness  and  freedom  the  souls  and  spirits 
of  men ;  how  he  calls  out  in  their  strength,  first  the 
affections,  then  the  conscience,  and  last  of  all,  the 
reason  and  the  will  of  men.  It  teaches  us  that,  not 
in  self-willed  separation  from  common  duties,  but  in  a 
lowly  and  earnest  fulfilling  of  them,  men  have  grown 
up  to  their  full  stature  as  men.  Often  in  that  evil 
pride  which  makes  us  rather  to  follow  after  that  which 
will  divide  us  from  our  brethren,  than  that  which  will 
unite  us  to  them,  we  have  counted,  it  may  be,  that 
we  could  discipline  ourselves  better,  that  we  could 
train  ourselves  higher,  than  by  those  common  ways  in 
which  all  our  fellows  are  being  trained, — better  than 
through  the  ordinances  of  the  family,  better  than 
through  the   duties  which  devolve  on  us  as  citizens. 


THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCRIPTURE.  73 

better  than  by  the  teaching  and  Sacraments  of  Christ's 
Church.  It  has  seemed  to  us  a  poor  thing  to  walk  in 
those  trite  and  common  paths  Avherein  all  are  walking. 
Yet  these  common  paths  are  the  paths  in  which  bless- 
ing travels,  are  the  ways  in  which  God  is  met.  Wel- 
coming and  fulfilling  the  lowliest  duties  which  meet 
us  there,  we  shall  often  be  surprized  to  find  that  we 
have  unawares  been  welcoming  and  entertaining  An- 
gels ;  and  nurturing  ourselves  upon  these,  it  shall  be 
with  us  in  our  sovils  and  spirits  as  it  was  with  Daniel 
and  his  young  companions,  when  they  shewed  fairer 
and  better  liking,  and  had  more  evidently  thriven 
upon  their  common  food,  their  ordinary  pulse,  than 
had  all  their  compeers  upon  their  royal  dainties, 
their  profane  meats,  brought  from  the  table  of  the 
Babylonian  king. 


LECTURE    V. 

THE   PAST   DEVELOPxMENT   OF    SCRIPTURE. 

John  XII.   16. 

These  tilings  understood  not  his  disciples  at  the  first ;  hut 
when  Jesus  teas  glorified,  then  remembered  they,  that  these 
things  were  written  of  him. 

The  subject  of  the  Lectures  which  I  am  now  permitted 
to  resume,  is  the  fitness  of  Holy  Scripture  for  unfold- 
ing the  spiritual  life  of  men,  and  the  arguments  which 
we  may  from  this  fitness  derive  for  its  being  the  gift 
of  God  to  his  reasonable  creatures,  whom  He  has 
called  to  a  spiritual  fellowship  with  Himself.  So  many 
who  are  now  present  cannot  have  heard  the  earlier 
discourses,  so  little  have  I  a  right  to  expect  that  those 
who  did,  should  vividly  retain  them  in  their  memories, 
that  I  shall  just  mention  at  this  resumption  of  the 
course  the  point  at  which  I  have  arrived,  not  attempt- 
ing to  retrace  even  with  hastiest  steps,  but  indicating 
merely  by  lightest  hints,  the  Avay  by  which  we  hitherto 
have  gone.  Passing  by,  then,  the  external  arguments, 
not  as  comparatively  unimportant,  but  as  not  belong- 
ing to  the  domain  of  my  peculiar  subject,  I  have 
sought,  after  some  preliminary  observations  which 
filled  the  chief  part  of  my  first  Lecture,  in  the  second 
to  trace  the  oneness  of  Scripture ;  how  there  runs 
through  it  one  idea,  that  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  and 
how  by  that  one  are  knit  into  unity  its  most  diverse 
parts  and  elements ;  in  the  third,  how  this  Scripture 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.         75 

which  is  one,  is  also  manifold,  so  laid  out  that  it  shall 
nourish  all  souls,  and  make  wonderful  answer  to  the 
moral  and  intellectual  needs  of  all  men ;  and  then  in 
the  fourth,  the  latest  of  that  series,  I  endeavoured  to 
shew  how  Scripture  is  fitted  to  be  the  Book  of  our 
education,  the  furthererof  our  spiritual  growth,  through 
itself  being  the  history  of  the  progressive  education  of 
our  race  into  the  fulness  of  the  knowledge  of  God. 

An  ample  task  remains  for  us  still :  this  day's 
portion  of  that  task  will  consist  in  an  attempt,  it 
must  be  indeed  a  most  imperfect  one,  to  shew  how 
this  treasure  of  divine  Truth,  once  given,  has  only 
gradually  revealed  itself;  how  the  history  of  the 
Church,  the  difficulties,  the  trials,  the  struggles,  the 
temptations  in  which  it  has  been  involved,  have  inter- 
preted to  it  its  own  records,  brought  out  their  latent 
significance,  and  caused  it  to  discover  all  which  in 
them  it  had ;  how  there  was  much  written  for  it  there 
as  in  sympathetic  ink,  invisible  for  a  season,  yet  ready 
to  flash  out  in  lines  and  characters  of  light,  whenever 
the  appointed  day  and  hour  had  arrived.  So  that  in 
this  way  the  Scripture  has  been  to  the  Church  as 
their  garments  to  the  children  of  Israel,  which  during 
all  the  years  of  their  jailgrimage  in  the  desert  waxed 
not  old,  yea,  according  to  rabbinical  tradition,  kept 
pace  and  measure  with  their  bodies,  growing  with 
their  growth,  fitting  the  man  as  they  had  fitted  the 
child,  and  this,  until  the  forty  years  of  their  sojourn 
in  the  wilderness  had  expired.  Or,  to  use  another 
comparison  which  may  help  to  illustrate  our  meaning, 
Holy  Scripture  thus  progressively  unfolding  what  it 
contains,  might  be  likened  fitly  to  some  magnificent 
landscape  on  which  the  sun  is  gradually  rising,  and 


76  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

ever  as  it  rises,  is  bringing  out  one  headland  into 
light  and  prominence,  and  then  another ;  anon  kin- 
dling the  glory-smitten  summit  of  some  far  mountain, 
and  presently  lighting  up  the  recesses  of  some  near 
valley  which  had  hitherto  abided  in  gloom,  and  so 
traveUing  on  till  nothing  remains  in  shadow,  no  nook 
nor  corner  hid  from  the  light  and  heat  of  it,  but  the 
whole  prospect  stands  out  in  the  clearness  and  splen- 
dour of  the  brightest  noon. 

And  we  can  discern,  I  think,  in  some  measure, 
causes  which  in  the  wisdom  and  providence  of  God 
worked  together  to  constitute  Scripture  as  this  glorious 
landscape  which  should  ever  reveal  new  features  of 
wonder  and  beauty,  this  boundless  treasure  with  riches 
laid  up  for  all  future  times  and  all  future  needs.  The 
apostolic  Church — that  of  which  the  sacred  WTitings 
of  the  New  Covenant  are  a  living  transcript — was  not 
merely  one  age  and  one  aspect  of  the  Church,  but  we 
have  in  it  the  picture  and  prophecy  of  the  Church's 
history  in  every  future  age.  All  which  in  those  after 
ages  should  only  slowly  declare  itself,  is  there  presented 
in  one  great  image, — the  most  amazing  contrasts,  the 
best  and  the  worst,  the  highest  and  the  lowest,  the 
noblest  assertions,  and  the  deadliest  perversions,  of  the 
Truth.  It  is,  if  we  may  so  speak,  a  rapid  rehearsal  of 
the  great  drama  of  God's  providence  with  his  Church, 
which  should  afterwards  be  played  out  at  leisure  on 
the  world's  stage.  Nothing,  which  was  after  to  be, 
was  not  there  ;  although  by  the  necessities  of  the  case, 
all  comprest  and  brought  into  narrowest  compass,  and 
so  to  speak,  all  foreshortened,  and,  as  a  picture  of  the 
future,  w'anting  in  perspective  and  in  distance.  But 
this  glimpse  once  vouchsafed  to  us  of  all,  the  wondrous 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.         77 

picture  dislimns  and  dissolves  again  ;  that  aera  in  which 
were  all  other  seras  wrapped  up,  closes,  and  the  period 
of  gradual  development  begins ;  but  yet  not  this,  be- 
fore every  error  and  the  antidote  of  every  error  had 
been  set  down,  every  heresy  which  should  afterwards 
display  itself  full-blown,  had  budded,  and  the  witness 
against  it  had  been  clearly  borne  ;  not  till  it  had  been 
seen  how  Jewish  legality  and  heathen  false  liberty 
would  equally  seek  to  corrupt  the  Truth,  and  with 
what  Aveapons  both  were  to  be  encountered ;  not  till 
missions  to  the  Jew  and  missions  to  the  heathen  had 
alike  been  founded,  and  the  manner  of  conducting 
them  been  shewn ;  not  till  many  Antichrists  had  re- 
hearsed and  prefigured  the  final  one,  and  tried  the 
faith  of  God's  elect.  And  thus  it  was  ordained  that 
the  canonical  Scriptures,  which  seem  to  belong  only 
to  one  age,  should  indeed  belong  to  all  ages ;  inas- 
much as  that  age,  that  fruitful  time,  that  middle  point 
of  the  world's  history,  in  which  an  old  world  died  and 
a  new  Avorld  sprang  to  life,  had  the  germs  and  rudi- 
ments of  all  other  times  within  its  bosom. 

It  is  this  fact, — that  the  Holy  Scripture  contains 
within  itself  all  treasures  of  wisdom  and  knowledge, 
but  only  renders  up  those  treasures  little  by  little, 
and  as  they  are  needed  or  asked  for, — which  justifies 
us  in  speaking  of  a  development  of  doctrine  in  the 
Church,  and  explains  much  in  her  inner  history  that 
might  else  startle  or  perplex.  But  about  this  matter 
so  much  has  lately  been  spoken,  and  another  theory 
of  the  manner  in  which  the  Church  unfolds  her  doc- 
trine, looking  at  first  sight  the  same  as  this,  but  at 
hearty  entirely  diiferent,  has  so  diligently  been  put 
forth, — and  that  with  purposes  hostile  to  that  sound 


78  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

form  of  faith  and  doctrine,  Avhich  it  is  given  us  to 
maintain  and  defend, — that  it  might  be  worth  our 
while  to  linger  here  for  a  little,  and  consider  wherein 
the  essential  difference  between  the  false  theory  and 
the  true  is  to  be  found,  and  in  what  sense,  and  in  what 
only,  the  Church  may  be  said  to  develop  her  doctrine. 
It  is  familiar  to  many  who  have  watched  with  interest 
the  course  of  the  controversies  of  our  day,  that  those 
who  have  given  up  as  hopeless  the  endeavour  to  find 
in  Scripture,  or  in  the  practices  or  creeds  of  the  early 
Church,  evidence  for  the  accretions  with  which  they 
have  overlaid  the  Truth,  have  shifted  their  ground, 
and  taken  up  a  position  entirely  new.  True,  they 
have  said,  these  additions  are  not  there,  but  they  are 
the  unfolding  of  the  Truth  which  is  there ;  they  are 
but  the  producing  of  the  line  of  Truth,  the  later  num- 
bers of  a  series,  whereof  the  earlier  in  Scripture  are 
given ;  they  are  necessary  developments  of  doctrine, 
such  as  the  Church  has  ever  allowed  to  herself,  and 
which  will  alone  explain  many  of  the  appearances 
which  she  presents. 

Now  doubtless  there  is  a  true  idea  of  Scriptural 
developments,  which  has  always  been  recognized,  to 
which  the  great  Fathers  of  the  Church  have  set  their 
seal*;  and  it  is  this,  that  the  Church,  informed  and 
quickened  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  more  and  more  dis- 

*  Thus  Augustine  {Enarr.  in  Ps.  lIv.  22.)  :  Multa  enim  latebant 
in  Scripturis,  et  quum  praecisi  essent  hseretici,  qusestionibus  agitaverunt 
Ecclesiam  Dei ;  aperta  sunt  qua  latebant,  et  intellecta  est  voluntas 
Dei....Numquid  enim  perfecte  de  Trinitate  tractatum  est  antequam 
oblatrarent  Ariani  1  numquid  perfecte  de  poenitentibus  tractatum  est 
antequam  obsisterent  Novatiani?  Sic  non  perfecte  de  baptismate 
tractatum  est  antequam  contradicerent  foris  positi  rebaptizatores.  Cf. 
Enarr.  in  Ps.  Lxvii.  31 ;  and  Conf&ss.,  1.  7,  c.  19.  Improbatio  hfereti- 
coruni  facit  eminere  quid  Ecclesia  sentiat,  et  quid  habeat  sana  doctrina. 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF   SCRIPTURE..       79 

covers  Avhat  in  Holy  Scripture  is  given  her ;  but  it  is 
not  this,  that  she  unfolds  by  an  independent  power 
anything"  further  therefrom.  She  has  always  possessed 
what  she  now  possesses  of  doctrine  and  truth,  only 
not  always  with  the  same  distinctness  of  consciousness. 
She  has  not  added  to  her  wealth,  but  she  has  become 
more  and  more  aware  of  that  wealth  ;  her  dowry  has 
remained  always  the  same,  but  that  doAvry  was  so  rich 
and  so  rare,  that  only  little  by  little  she  has  counted 
over  and  taken  stock  and  inventory  of  her  jewels.  She 
has  consolidated  her  doctrine,  compelled  thereto  by 
the  provocation  of  enemies,  or  induced  to  it  by  the 
growing  sense  of  her  own  needs.  She  has  brought 
together  utterances  in  Holy  Writ,  and  those  which 
apart  were  comparatively  barren,  when  thus  married, 
when  each  had  thus  found  its  complement  in  the  other, 
have  been  fruitful  to  her.  Those  Avhich  apart  meant 
little  to  her,  have  been  seen  to  mean  much,  when  thus 
brought  together  and  read  each  by  the  light  of  the 
other.  In  these  senses  she  has  enlarged  her  dominion, 
her  dominion  having  become  larger  to  her. 

And  yet  all  this  which  she  has  laboriously  won, 
she  possessed  before,  implicitly  though  not  explicitly, 
— even  as  the  shut  hand  is  as  perfect  an  hand  as  the 
open ;  or  as  our  dominion  in  that  huge  island  of  the 
Pacific  is  as  truly  ours,  and  that  region  as  vast  in  ex- 
tent now,  as  it  will  be  when  every  mountain  and  valley, 
every  rivulet  and  bay,  have  been  explored  and  laid 
down  in  our  maps,  and  the  flag  of  England  has  waved 
over  them  all.  All,  for  example,  which  the  later 
Church  slowly  and  through  centuries  defined  upon 
this  side  and  that,  of  the  person  of  the  Son  of  God — 
of  the  relation  of  his  natures  and  the  communication 


80  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

of  their  properties — of  his  divine  will  and  his  human, 
— all  this  the  earliest  had,  yea  and  enjoyed,  not  hav- 
ing arrived  at  it  by  analytic  process,  not  able  perhaps, 
as  not  needing,  to  lay  it  out  with  dialectic  accuracy, 
but  in  total  impression,  in  synthetic  unity.  She  pos- 
sessed it  all,  she  lived  in  the  might  and  in  the  glory 
of  it;  as  is  notably  witnessed  by  the  prophetic  tact, 
if  one  may  venture  so  to  call  that  divine  instinct,  by 
which  she  rejected  all  which  Avas  alien  to  and  would 
have  distm'bed  the  true  evolution  of  her  doctrine, 
even  before  she  had  fully  elaborated  that  doctrine; 
by  which  she  refused  to  shut  the  door  against  her- 
self; and  even  in  matters  which  had  not  yet  come 
before  her  for  decision  and  definition,  preserved  the 
ground  clear  and  open  from  all  that  would  have  em- 
barrassed and  obstructed  in  the  future. 

We  do  not  object  to,  rather  we  fully  acknowledge, 
the  theory  of  the  development  of  religious  Truth  so 
stated.  We  no  more  object,  than  we  do  to  a  Nicene 
Creed  following  up  and  enlarging  an  Apostolic,  which 
rather  we  gladly  and  thankfully  receive  as  a  rich 
addition  to  our  heritage.  But  that  Nicene  Creed  in 
the  same  manner  contains  no  new  truths  which  the 
Church  has  added  to  her  stock  since  the  earlier  was 
composed,  though  it  may  be  some  which  she  has 
brought  out  with  more  distinctness  to  herself  and 
to  her  children, — as  it  contains  broader  and  more 
accurately  guarded  statements  of  the  old.  But  the 
essential  in  this  progress  of  Truth  is,  that  the  later 
is  always  as  truly  found  in  Scripture  as  the  earlier — 
not  as  easy  to  discover,  but  when  discovered,  as 
much  carrying  with  it  its  own  evidence ; — and  there, 
not  in  some  obscure  hint  and  germ,  putting  one  in 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.         81 

mind  of  an  inverted  pyramid,  so  small  the  founda- 
tion, so  vast  and  overshadowing  the  superstructure — 
as  for  instance,  the  whole  Papal  system,  which  rests, 
as  far  as  Scripture  is  adduced  in  proof,  on  a  single 
text — nor  yet  there  in  some  passage  which  is  equally 
capable  of  a  thousand  other  turns  as  that  given ;  as, 
for  example,  when  the  worship  of  the  Blessed  Virgin 
is  found  prophesied  and  authorized  in  the  Lord's 
answer  to  her  at  the  marriage  in  Cana  of  Galilee. 

But  with  these  limitations  the  scheme  is  altogether 
different  from  that  which  some  of  late  have  put  for- 
ward,— different  not  in  degree  only,  but  in  kind ;  and 
it  is  that  mere  confusion  of  unlike  things  under  like 
terms,  which  is  so  fruitful  a  source  of  errors  in  the 
world,  to  call  by  this  same  name  that  theory  which, 
refusing  the  Scriptures  as,  first  and  last,  authoritative 
in  and  limitary  of  the  Truth,  assumes  that  in  the 
course  of  ages  there  was  intended  to  be,  not  only  the 
discovery  of  the  Truth  which  is  there,  but  also,  by 
independent  accretion  and  addition,  the  further  growth 
of  doctrine,  besides  what  is  there ;  which  recognizes 
such  accretions,  when  they  fall  in  with  its  own  notions, 
for  legitimate  outgrowths,  and  not,  as  indeed  they 
are,  for  noxious  misgrowths,  of  doctrine  ;  and  which 
thus  makes  the  Church  from  time  to  time  the  creator 
of  new  Truth,  and  not  merely  the  guardian  and  definer 
and  drawer  out  of  the  old.  This  is  all  that  she  assumes 
to  be ;  whatever  she  proclaims,  she  has  ever  the  con- 
sciousness that  she  is  proclaiming  it  as  the  ancient 
Truth,  as  that  which  she  has  always  borne  in  her 
bosom,  however  she  may  not  have  distinctly  outspoken 
it  till  now ;   as  part  of  the  Truth   once  delivered  to 

T.  H.  L.  6 


82  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

her,  though,  it  may  be,  not  all  at  once  apprehended 
by  her. 

Thus  was  it  felt  in  the  ages  long  past  of  the 
Church ;  thus  also  was  it  at  the  Reformation  ;  for 
that  too  was  an  entering  of  the  Church  on  a  portion 
of  the  fulness  of  her  heritage,  on  which  she  had  not 
adequately  entered  before.  It  is  hardly  too  much  to 
say,  that  the  Reformation  called  out  from  their  hiding- 
places  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  the  Epistle  to  the 
Galatians,  and  generally  the  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  which 
then  became  to  the  faithful  all  which  they  were  in- 
tended to  be.  It  is  not,  of  course,  implied  that  these 
were  not  read  and  studied  and  commented  on  before, 
or  that  much  and  varied  profit  was  not  drawn  from 
them  in  every  age,  or  that  they  had  not  been  full  of 
blessing  for  unnumbered  souls.  But  with  all  this, 
men's  eyes  were  holden,  and  had  been  for  long,  so 
that  the  innermost  heart  of  them,  the  deepest  signifi- 
cance was  not  seen.  For  they  were  the  needs  of  souls, 
the  mighty  anguish  of  men's  spirits,  which  were  the 
true  interpreters  of  these  portions  of  God's  Word. 
When  that  vast  and  gorgeous  fabric,  the  Papal  Chris- 
tendom of  the  middle  ages,  dissolved  and  went  to 
pieces, — that  which,  as  one  contemplates  it  on  its 
bright  side  or  its  dark,  one  is  inclined  to  regard  as  a 
glorious  realization,  or  an  impious  caricature,  of  the 
promised  kingdom  of  Christ  upon  the  earth ; — when 
the  time  arrived  that  men  could  no  longer  live  by 
faith  that  they  were  members  of  that  great  spiritual 
fellowship,  (for  it  was  felt  now  to  be  only  the  mockery 
of  such  ;)  when  each  man  said,  "  I  too  am  a  man,  my- 
self and  no  other,  one  by  myself,  with  my  ovn\  burden, 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.         83 

my  oAvn  sin,  the  inalienable  mystery  of  my  own  being 
which  I  cannot  put  off  on  another,  and  as  such,  I  must 
stand  or  fall ;  it  helps  me  nothing  to  tell  me  that  I 
belong  to  a  glorious  community,  in  which  saints  have 
lived  and  doctors  taught,  wherein  I  am  bound  in  closest 
fellowship  with  all  the  ages  that  are  past ;  this  helps 
me  nothing,  unless  I  too,  by  myself,  am  a  healed  man, 
with  the  deep  wound  of  my  own  spirit  healed,  unless 
you  shew  me  how  my  own  personal  relations  to  God, 
which  sin  has  utterly  disturbed,  may  be  made  firm  and 
strong  again;" — then,  when  men  thus  felt,  where 
should  they  so  naturally  turn  as  to  those  portions  of 
Scripture  especially  designed  to  furnish  a  response  to 
this  deep  cry  of  the  human  heart,  and  which  are  occu- 
pied with  setting  forth  a  personal  Deliverer  from  this 
personal  sense  of  guilt  and  condemnation  ?  And  not 
anything  else  but  this  mighty  agony  of  souls  would 
have  supplied  the  key  of  knowledge  to  the  Epistles  of 
St.  Paul,  which  had  remained  otherwise  to  the  faithful 
as  written  in  a  strange  language,  to  be  admired  at  a 
distance,  but  dealing  with  matters  in  which  they  had 
no  very  close  concern.  But  with  this  preparation,  and 
thus  initiated  by  suffering,  men  came  to  them  with 
ineffable  joy,  as  to  springs  in  the  desert,  and  found  in 
them  all  after  which  their  inmost  spirits  had  yearned 
and  thirsted  the  most. 

Thus  at  the  Reformation  the  relations  of  every 
man  to  God,  consequent  on  the  Incarnation  and  death 
and  resurrection  of  the  Son  of  God,  were  those  for 
which  the  Church  mainly  contended ; — that  those  re- 
lations were  perfect, — that  by  one  oblation  Christ  had 
perfected  for  ever  them  that  were  sanctified,  that 
nothing  might  come  between  God  and  the  cleansed 

6—2 


84  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

conscience  of  his  children,  to  bring  them  nearer  than 
they  were  brought  ah'cady, — no  pope,  no  work,  no 
jjenance, — that  all  which  pretended  to  intrude  and 
come  between  was  a  lie.  And  by  consequence  those 
records  of  Scripture  which  were  occupied  Avith  declar- 
ing the  perfectness  of  these  relations,  were  those  most 
sedulously  and  most  earnestly  handled ;  bright  beams 
of  light  flashed  out  from  them,  at  once  enlightening 
and  gladdening  and  kindling,  as  there  had  never  done 
until  now. 

But  in  our  own  day,  as  we  see  in  that  country 
where  alone  a  speculative  philosophy,  with  which  theo- 
logy has  to  put  itself  in  relation,  exists,  the  controversy 
has  drawn,  as  was  to  be  looked  for,  even  nearer  yet 
to  the  very  heart  of  the  matter.  For  now  it  is  not, 
AVhat  is  the  meaning  for  us  of  this  constitution  in  the 
Son  ?  but  whether  there  is  such  a  constitution  at  all? 
it  is  not  what  follows  on  the  relations  which  the  In- 
carnate Word  established  between  God  and  men,  but 
whether  there  have  been  any  such  relations  at  all 
established — any  meeting  of  heaven  and  earth  in  the 
person  of  Jesus  of  Xazareth, — Avhether  all  which  has 
been  spoken  of  such  has  not  been  merely  dreams  of 
men,  and  not,  as  the  Church  affirms,  facts  of  God? 
And  therefore  the  Gospels,  as  we  see,  come  mainly 
into  consideration  now ;  round  them  the  combatants 
gather,  the  battle  rages  :  they  are  felt  to  be  the  key 
of  the  position,  which,  as  it  is  won  or  lost,  will  carry 
with  it  the  issues  of  the  day.  Every  one  that  would 
strike  a  blow  at  Christianity,  strikes  at  them ;  criticises 
the  record,  or  the  fact  recorded ; — the  record,  that  it 
is  a  loose  and  accidental  aggregation  of  floating  ma- 
terials, of  insecure  traditions,  which  crumbles  to  pieces 


THE   PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.         85 

at  any  accurate  handling- — or  the  fact  recorded,  that 
a  man  who  was  God,  and  God  who  was  man,  is  in- 
conceivable, and  carries  its  own  contradiction  on  its 
front. 

And  as  the  Gospels  are  the  point  mainly  assailed, 
so  are  they  the  citadel  in  which  they  must  make  them- 
selves strong,  from  which  they  must  issue,  who  would 
win  in  our  day  any  signal  victory  for  the  Truth.  First, 
the  record  itself  must  be  vindicated,  the  glory  and 
perfectness  of  its  form,  the  mystery  of  those  four 
Gospels  in  their  subtle  harmonies,  in  the  manner 
wherein  they  complete  one  another,  handing  us  on, 
the  first  to  the  second,  and  the  second  to  the  third, 
and  the  third  to  the  last : — the  wondrous  laws  of 
selection,  and  laws  of  rejection,  which  evidently  pre- 
sided at  their  construction,  and  do  continually  reveal 
themselves  to  the  deeper  enquirer,  however  the  shallow 
may  miss  or  deny  them.  And  then,  secondly,  the  facts, 
or,  to  speak  more  truly,  the  fact  must  be  justified, 
which  in  those  Gospels  is  recorded, — that  it  is  the 
highest  wisdom, — that  a  Son  of  God,  who  is  also  the 
Son  of  man,  is  the  one,  the  divine  fact,  which  alone 
explains  either  God  or  man, — is  that  which  philosophy 
must  end  by  accepting  at  the  hands  of  Theology  as 
the  crowning  Truth,  and  only  in  accepting  which  it 
will  find  its  own  completion,  and  the  long  and  weary 
strife  between  the  two  obtain  an  end. 

And  as  it  was  at  the  Reformation  with  the  Pauline 
Epistles, — as  it  is  now  with  the  Gospels, — so,  I  can- 
not doubt,  a  day  will  come  when  all  the  significance 
of  the  Apocalypse  for  the  Church  of  God  will  be  ap- 
parent, which  hitherto  it  can  scarcely  be  said  to  have 
been  ; — that  a  time  will  arrive  when  it  will  be  plainly 


86  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

shewn  how  costly  a  gift,  yea  rather,  how  necessary  an 
armour  was  this  for  the  Church  of  the  redeemed. 
Then,  when  the  last  things  are  about  to  be,  and  the 
trumpet  of  the  last  Angel  to  sound,  when  the  great 
drama  is  hastening  vnth.  ever  briefer  pauses  to  its 
catastrophe, — then,  in  one  unlocked  for  way  or  an- 
other, the  veil  will  be  lifted  up  from  this  Avondrous 
Book,  and  it  A^-ill  be  to  the  Church  collectively,  what, 
even  partially  understood,  it  has  been  already  to  tens 
of  thousands  of  her  children — strength  in  the  fires, 
giving  her  "  songs  in  the  night,"  songs  of  joy  and 
deliverance  in  that  darkest  night  of  her  trial,  which 
shall  precede  the  break  of  her  everlasting  day ;  and 
enabling  her,  even  when  the  triumph  of  Antichrist  is 
at  the  highest,  to  look  securely  on  to  his  near  doom 
and  her  own  perfect  victory. 

But  we  are  dealing  to-day  ^dth  the  past  develop- 
ment of  Scripture,  not  AAith  the  future  —  with  what  it 
has  already  unfolded,  not  with  what  it  may  have  still 
in  reserve.  That  may  well  occupy  us  hereafter ;  for 
the  present,  let  us  ask  ourselves  what  is  the  great 
lesson  which  we  should  draw  from  this  aspect  of  the 
subject  which  we  have  been  this  day  contemplating. 
A  lesson  surely  of  the  very  deepest  significance.  For 
if  other  generations  before  us  have  had  their  especial 
task  and  work,  so  also  must  we ;  a  work  which  none 
other  have  done  for  us,  even  as  none  other  could ; 
for  just  as  each  individual  has  some  task  which  none 
other  can  fulfil  so  well  as  he,  for  it  is  his  task,  so 
every  generation  has  its  own  appointed  labour,  and 
only  can  be  at  harmony  Avith  itself,  when  it  has  faith- 
fully girded  itself  to  that.  Let  us  not  then,  under 
shew  of  humility,  flatter  our  indolence,  and  say  that 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.         87 

in  this  matter  of  the  treasures  of  the  knowledge  of 
God  all  is  searched  out ;  that  for  us  it  remains  only 
to  live  on  the  handed  down,  on  that  which  others 
have  already  won  from  his  Word.  Let  us  not,  in  this 
manner,  turn  that  into  a  standing  pool  or  reservoir, 
which  might  be  a  spring  of  water  springing  up  as 
freshly  and  newly  to  our  lips  as  to  the  lips  of  any  who 
have  gone  before  us. 

Shall  Ave  determine,  for  instance,  to  know  no  other 
Theology,  no  other  results  of  Scripture,  save  those  of 
the  Church  of  the  first  ages  ?  Are  we  thus  honouring 
Christ's  promise  to  His  Church,  when  we  imply,  as  so 
we  do,  that  the  Spirit  of  wisdom  and  understanding 
was  given  to  her  once,  but  is  not  given  to  her  always? 
Shall  all  history,  as  an  interpreter  of  God's  Word,  go 
for  nothing  with  us — be  assumed  to  stand  in  no  rela- 
tion to  that  Book,  of  which  surely  the  very  idea  is, 
that  as  it  casts  light  upon  all,  so  it  receives  light  from 
all  ?  Or  do  we  presume  too  far  in  believing  that  there 
are  portions  of  its  vast  and  goodly  field,  which  we  can 
cultivate  with  larger  success  than  those  who  preceded 
us,  to  which  we  shall  bring  experience  which  they  did 
not  and  could  not  bring,  which  will  yield  therefore  to 
us  ampler  returns  than  they  yielded  to  them  ? 

Or,  again,  were  it  not  as  great  a  mistake,  as  partial 
a  view  upon  another  side,  to  require  that  the  Theology 
of  the  Eeformation  should  be  the  ultimate  term  and 
law  to  us, — to  say  that  we  would  know  nothing  fur- 
ther, and  to  look,  respectfully  it  may  be,  but  still 
coldly,  on  any  truths  which  were  not  at  that  day 
counted  vital  ?  Surely  our  loss  were  most  real,  re- 
fusing to  take  our  part  in  cultivating  this  field  which 
the  Lord  has  blest,  and  which  He  has  now  delivered 


88  ■  LECTURE  V.  [1845. 

to  US,  that  we  in  our  turn  might  dress  and  keep,  and 
enrich  ourselves  from  it ; — a  loss  we  know  not  how 
great !  for  we  too,  had  we  been  faithful  and  earnest, 
might  have  found  hid  in  that  field  some  treasure,  for 
joy  whereof  we  should  have  been  ready  to  renounce 
all  that  we  had,  all  our  barren  theories,  and  hungry 
speculations,  and  mutual  suspicions,  if  only  we  might 
have  made  that  treasure  our  o^vn ;  so  reconciling,  so 
evidently  fitted  would  it  have  she\vn  itself  for  all  our 
actual  needs. 

AVe  may  purpose  indeed  to  live  on  what  others 
have  done,  the  mighty  men  of  the  days  which  are 
past,  the  fathers  or  revivers  of  our  faith ;  and  we 
may  count  that  their  gains  mil  as  much  enrich  us  as 
they  enriched  them.  But  this  vn\\  not  prove  so  indeed; 
for  it  is  a  just  law  of  our  being,  one  of  the  righteous 
compensations  of  toil,  that  what  a  man  Avins  by  his 
labour,  be  it  inward  truth,  or  only  some  outward  sup- 
pliance  of  his  need,  is  ever  far  more  reaUy  his  own, 
makes  him  far  more  truly  rich,  than  ought  which  he 
receives  or  inherits  ready  made  at  the  hands  and  from 
the  toils  of  others.  And  they  of  whom  we  speak 
earned  their  truths,  by  toil  and  by  struggle,  by  mighty 
Avrestlings  till  the  day  broke  ;  Avatering  with  the  sweat 
of  their  brow,  oftentimes  Avith  tears  as  of  blood — yea, 
Avith  the  life-blood  of  their  OAvn  hearts,  the  soO  AAhich 
yielded  them  in  return  an  harvest  so  large.  So  Avas 
it,  and  so  only,  that  they  came  again  Avith  joy,  bearing 
their  sheaves  with  them.  And  would  avc  do  the  same, 
let  us  first  indeed  see  that  Ave  let  nothing  go — that 
Ave  forfeit  no  part  of  that  which  Ave  inherit  at  their 
hands.  But  also  AAith  a  just  confidence  in  that  blessed 
Spirit,  Avho  is  ever  Avith  His  Church,  Avho  is  ever  lead- 


THE  PAST  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.  89 

ing  it  into  the  Truth  which  it  needs, — let  us  labour, 
that  through  prayer  and  through  study,  through  earnest 
knocking,  through  holy  living,  that  inexhausted  and 
inexhaustible  Word  may  render  up  unto  us  our  truth, 
— the  truth  by  which  we  must  live, — the  truth,  Avhat- 
soever  that  be,  which,  more  than  any  other,  will  deliver 
us  from  the  lies  with  which  we  in  our  time  are  beset, 
which  will  make  us  strong  where  we  are  weak,  and 
heal  us  where  Ave  are  divided,  and  enable  us  most 
effectually  to  do  that  work  which  our  God  would  have 
done  by  us  in  this  the  day  of  our  toil. 


LECTURE   VI. 

THE  INEXHAUSTIBILITY   OF  SCRIPTURE. 

Isaiah  XII.  3. 
With  joy  shall  ye  draw  water  out  of  the  wells  of  salvation. 

It  was  my  endeavour  in  my  last  Lecture  to  bring  be- 
fore you  the  progressive  unfolding  of  the  Scripture 
for  the  Church — the  manner  in  which  for  the  company 
of  faithful  men  in  all  ages,  considered  as  one  great 
organic  body  with  one  common  life,  there  has  been 
such  a  lifting  up  of  veil  after  veil  from  the  Word 
of  God ;  they  only  gradually  coming  into  the  know- 
ledge of  all  the  riches  which  in  that  Word  were  their 
owTi.  It  were  a  worthy  task  for  us  to-day  to  consider, 
what  no  doubt  all  of  us  must  often  have  felt,  the  way 
in  which  it  has  been  ordained  that  the  treasures  of 
Holy  Scripture  should  for  the  individual  believer  be 
inexhaustible  also, — should  be  quarries  in  which  he 
may  always  dig,  yet  which  he  never  can  dig  out, — a 
world  of  ^^dsdom  in  which  the  most  zealous  and  suc- 
cessful searcher  shaU  ever  be  the  readiest  to  acknow- 
ledge that  what  remains  to  know  is  far  more  than 
what  yet  he  has  known. 

For  this  is  a  most  important  need  for  a  Book  such 
as  we  affirm  the  Bible  to  be,  a  Book  for  the  cultivat- 
ing of  humanity,  for  the  developing,  by  the  ministry 
of  the  Church,  through  the  teaching  of  the  Spirit,  the 
higher  life  of  every  man  in  the  world.     It  belongs  to 


THE  INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF  SCRIPTUKE.  91 

the    very   primal   necessities  of  a  Scripture  which  is 
ordained  for  such  ends  as  these,  that  it  should  be  thus 
inexhaustible ; — that  no  man  should  ever  come  to  its 
end,  himself  containing  it,  instead  of  being  contained 
by  it,  as  by  something  far  larger  than  himself      The 
very  idea   of  such  a  Book,  which  is  for  all  men  and 
for  all  the  life  of  every  man,  is  that  it  should  have 
treasures  which  it  does  not  give  up  at  once,  secrets 
which  it  yields  slowly  and  only  to  those  that  are  its 
intimates;  with  rich  waving  harvests  on  its  surface, 
but  with  precious  veins  of  metal  hidden  far  below,  and 
to  be  reached  only  by  search  and  by  labour.  Nothing 
were  so  fatal  to  its  lasting  influence,  to  the  high  pur- 
poses which  it  is  meant  to  serve,  as  for  any  with  justice 
to  feel  that  he  had  used  it  up,  that  he  had  worked  it 
through,   that  henceforward  it  had  no  "fresh  fields" 
nor  "pastures  new"  in  which  to  invite  him   for   to- 
morrow.    Even  where  this  did  not  utterly  repel  him, 
Avhere  he  maintained  the  study  of  this  Book  as  a  com- 
manded duty,  his  chiefest  delight  and  satisfaction  in 
the  handling  of  it  would  have  departed ;  he  no  longer 
would  draw  water  with  joy  from  these  wells  of  salva- 
tion, for  they  would  be  to  him  fresh  springing  wells 

no  more. 

It  will  be  my  purpose  on  the  present  occasion  to 
trace,  as  far  as  I  may,  what  there  is  in  the  structure 
and  conformation  of  Scripture  to  constitute  it  this 
Book  of  unsearchable  riches  for  each  :  and  in  so  doing 
I  shall  not,  as  might  perhaps  at  first  sight  appear,  be 
going  over  again  the  subject  which  was  treated  last ; 
for  that  was  the  organic  unfolding  of  the  Word  for  the 
Church  considered  as  an  whole  ;  this  the  wealth  which 
there  is  stored  for  each  one  of  the  faithful  in  partieu- 


92  LECTURE    VI.  [1845. 

lar,  and  ^vliich  all,  given  to  him  in  his  Baptism,  he  yet 
only  little  by  little  can  make  his  own,  appropriating 
and  transmuting  it  into  the  substance  of  his  own  life. 
Now  the  first  provision  made  for  this  by  the  grace 
and  wisdom  of  God, — the  first  at  least  which  I  would 
note, — is  one  which  by  shallow  or  malignant  objectors 
has  been  often  turned  into  a  charge  against  it,  I  mean 
the  absence  of  a  systematic  arrangement ;  for  such  is 
the  shape  which  the  complaint  generally  assumes. 
But  this  complaint  of  the  Avant  of  method  in  Scrip- 
ture, what  is  it  in  fact  but  this,  that  it  is  not  dead, 
but  li\dng  ?  that  it  is  no  herbarium,  no  hortus  siccus,  but 
a  garden  ?  a  wilderness,  if  men  choose  to  call  it  so, 
but  a  AA-ilderness  of  sweets,  with  its  flowers  upon  their 
stalks — its  plants  freshly  growing,  the  dew  upon  their 
leaves,  the  mould  about  their  roots — \y\ih.  its  lowly 
hyssops  and  its  cedars  of  God.  And  when  men  say 
that  there  is  want  of  method  in  it,  they  would  speak 
more  accurately  if  they  said  that  there  was  want  of 
system;  for  the  highest  method,  even  the  method  of 
the  Spirit,  may  reign  where  system  there  is  none. 
Method  is  divine,  is  inseparable  from  the  ideas  of  God 
and  of  order  :  but  system  is  of  man,  is  an  help  to  the 
weakness  of  his  faculties,  is  the  artificial  arrangement 
by  which  he  brings  within  his  limited  ken  that  which 
in  no  other  way  he  would  be  able  to  grasp  as  an 
whole.  That  there  should  be  books  of  systematic 
Theology, — books  Avith  their  plan  and  scheme  thus 
lying  on  their  very  surface,  and  meeting  us  at  once, — 
this  is  most  needful;  but  most  needful  alio  that  Scrip- 
ture should  not  be  such  a  book.  The  dearest  interests 
of  all,  of  wise  men  equally  as  of  women  and  children, 
demand  this. 


THE   INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF   SCRIPTURE.  93 

It  is  true  that  one  of  the  latest  assaults  on  Scrip- 
ture by  a  living  adversary  of  the  faith,  by  one  who,  at 
first  attacking*  only  the  historical  accuracy  of  the 
Gospels,  has  since  gone  rapidly  the  doAvnward  way, 
till  he  has  sunk  at  last,  as  his  latest  writings  testify, 
into  the  bottomless  pit  of  sheerest  atheism*, — it  is  true 
that  his  assault  is  mainly  directed  against  this  very 
point.  He  demands  of  a  book,  which  claims  to  be  the 
appointed  book  for  the  guidance  and  teaching  of  hu- 
manity, that  he  should  be  able  to  lay  his  finger  there 
upon  a  precept  or  a  doctrine  for  each  occurring  need, 
— that  he  should  be  able  to  find  in  one  place  and 
under  one  head  all  which  relates  to  one  matter ;  and 
because  he  cannot  find  this  in  the  Bible,  he  opens  his 
mouth  against  it,  and  proclaims  it  insufficient  for  the 
ends  which  it  professes  to  fulfil.  But  Holy  Scripture 
is  not  this  book  for  the  slothful — is  not  this  book 
Avhich  can  be  interpreted  without,  and  apart  from,  and 
by  the  deniers  of,  that  Holy  Spirit  by  whom  it  came. 
Bather  is  it  a  field,  upon  the  surface  of  which  if  some- 
times we  gather  manna  easily  and  without  labour,  and 
given,  as  it  were,  freely  to  our  hands,  yet  of  which 
also  many  portions  are  to  be  cultivated  with  pains  and 
toil,  ere  they  will  yield  food  for  the  use  of  man.  This 
bread  of  life  also  is  to  be  often  eaten  in  the  whole- 
some sweat  of  our  brow. 

It  is  not  a  defect  in  Scripture,  it  is  not  something 
which  is  to  be  excused  and  exj^lained  away,  but  rather 
a  glory  and  a  prerogative,  that  there  reigns  in  it  the 
freedom  and  fulness  of  nature,  and  not  the  narrow- 
ness and  strictness  of  art ; — as  one  said  of  old  who 

Strauss.    Compare  his  Leben  Jesu  with  his  ChristUche  Glau- 
benslehre. 


94  LECTURE   VI.  [1845. 

adorned  this  University,  and  is  yet  numbered  among 
the  honoured  band  of  the  Cambridge  Platonists,  Avhen 
speaking  of  the  dehghtful  exercise  of  the  highest 
faculties  of  the  soul,  which  is  thus  secured:  "All 
Avhich  gratidations  of  the  soul  in  her  successful  pur- 
suits of  divine  Truth  would  be  utterly  lost  or  prevented, 
if  the  Holy  Scripture  set  down  all  things  so  fviUy  and 
methodically  that  our  reading  and  understanding  would 
everywhere  keep  pace  together.  Wherefore  that  the 
mind  of  man  may  be  worthily  employed,  and  taken 
up  with  a  kind  of  spiritual  husbandry,  God  has  not 
made  the  Scriptures  like  an  artificial  garden,  wherein 
the  walks  are  plain  and  regular,  the  plants  sorted  and 
set  in  order,  the  fruits  ripe  and  the  flowers  blown, 
and  all  things  fully  exposed  to  our  view ;  but  rather 
like  an  uncultivated  field,  Avhere  indeed  we  have  the 
ground  and  hidden  seeds  of  all  precious  things,  but 
nothing  can  be  brought  to  any  great  beauty,  order, 
fulness,  or  maturity,  without  our  industry, — nor  indeed 
with  it,  unless  the  dew  of  his  grace  descend  upon  it, 
without  whose  blessing  this  spiritual  culture  will  thrive 
as  little  as  the  labour  of  the  husbandman  without 
showers  of  rain*." 

But  to  pass  to  another  branch  of  the  subject ; — it 
is  part  of  this  absence  of  system,  with  the  presence  in 
its  stead  of  an  higher  method,  of  this  constitution  of 
Scripture  as  a  Book  which  no  man  should  ever  search 

•  Henry  More,  in  his  Mystery  of  Godliness,  B.  i.,  c.  2.  Another  in 
our  ov^Ti  day  has  expressed  himself  in  like  manner :  "  Scripture  cannot, 
as  it  were,  be  mapped,  or  its  contents  catalogued  ;  but  after  all  our 
diligence  to  the  end  of  our  lives  and  to  the  end  of  the  Church,  it  must 
be  an  unexplored  and  unsubdued  land,  with  heights  and  valleys, 
forests  and  streams,  on  the  right  and  left  of  our  path  and  close  about 
us,  full  of  concealed  wonders  and  choice  treasures." 


THE   INEXHAUSTIBILITY   OF  SCRIPTURE.  95 

to  the  end,  and  then  be  tempted  to  lay  aside  as  known 
and  finished,  that  so  much  of  it  should  be  occupied 
"vvith  the  history  of  lives.  That  which  is  to  teach  us 
to  live,  is  itself  life — not  precepts,  not  rules  alone, 
but  these  clothing  themselves  in  the  flesh  and  blood 
of  action  and  of  suffering.  A  system  of  faith  and 
duty,  however  intricate,  one  might  come  to  the  end 
of  at  last.  One  might  possess  thoroughly  a  Summa 
Theologioi,  however  massive  and  piled  up ;  for  after 
all,  however  vast,  it  yet  has  its  defined  bounds  and 
limits.  But  life  stretches  out  on  every  side,  and  on 
every  side  loses  itself  in  the  infinite.  An  Abraham,  a 
David,  a  Paul, — there  is  always  something  incomplete 
in  the  way  in  which  we  have  hitherto  realized  their 
characters ;  they  always  abide  greater  than  our  con- 
ception of  them,  and  at  the  same  time  always  ready 
to  reveal  themselves  in  some  new  features  to  the  lov- 
ing and  studious  eye.  Beheld  in  some  new  combination, 
in  some  new  grouping  with  those  by  whom  they  are 
surrounded,  they  will  yield  some  lesson  of  instruction 
which  they  have  never  yielded  before.  And  if  they, 
how  much  more  He,  whom  we  are  bidden  above  all  to 
consider,  looking  unto  whom  we  are  to  run  our  course, 
and  whose  every  turn  and  gesture  and  tone  and  word 
are  significant  for  us.  We  might  study  out  a  system; 
but  how  can  we  ever  study  out  a  person  ?  And  our 
blessedness  is,  that  Christ  does  not  declare  to  us  a 
system,  and  say,  '  This  is  the  truth ; '  so  doing  he 
might  have  established  a  school :  but  he  points  to  a 
person,  even  to  himself,  and  says,  '  I  am  the  Truth,' 
and  thus  he  founded,  not  a  school,  but  a  Church,  a 
fellowship  which  stands  in  its  faith  upon  a  person,  not 


96  LECTURE  VI.  [1845. 

in  its  tenure  of  a  doctrine,  or,  at  least,  only  mediately 
and  in  a  secondary  sense  upon  this. 

But  another  reason  why  the  Word  of  God  should 
be  for  us  this  mine  which  shall  never  be  worked  out, 
is,  no  doubt,  the  foUoA^-ing- : — that  our  oa\ti  life  brings 
out  in  it  such  new  and  undreamt-of  treasures.  T\Tiat 
an  interpreter  of  Scripture  is  affliction !  how  many 
stars  in  its  heaven  shine  out  brightly  in  the  night  of 
sorrow  or  of  pain,  which  were  unperceived  or  over- 
looked in  the  garish  day  of  our  prosperity.  What  an 
enlarger  of  Scripture  is  any  other  outer  or  inner  event, 
which  stirs  the  deeps  of  our  hearts,  which  touches 
us  near  to  the  core  and  centre  of  our  lives.  Trouble 
of  spirit,  condemnation  of  conscience,  pain  of  body, 
sudden  danger,  strong  temptation — when  any  of  these 
overtake  us,  what  veils  do  they  take  away,  that  we 
may  see  what  hitherto  we  saw  not ;  what  new  domains 
of  God's  word  do  they  bring  within  our  spiritual  ken ! 
How  do  promises,  which  once  fell  flat  upon  our  ears, 
become  precious  now;  psalms  become  our  own,  our 
heritage  for  ever,  which  before  were  aloof  from  us ! 
How  do  we  see  things  now  with  the  eye,  Avhich  before 
we  knew  only  by  the  hearing  of  the  ear  ;  which,  before, 
men  had  told  us,  but  now  we  ourselves  have  found ! 
How  much,  again,  do  we  see  in  our  riper  age,  which 
in  youth  we  missed  or  passed  over  !  And  thus,  on  these 
accounts  also,  the  Scripture  is  well  fitted  to  be  our 
companion,  and  to  do  us  good,  all  the  years  of  our 
life*. 

•  Fuller.  "  The  same  man  at  several  times  may  in  his  apprehen- 
sion prefer  several  Scriptures  as  best,  formerly  most  affected  with  one 
place,  for  the  present  more  delighted  with  another ;  and  afterwards 


THE   INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF   SCRIPTURE.  97 

Another  provision  which  in  it  is  made  for  awaken- 
ing- attention,  and  for  summoning  men  to  penetrate 
more  deeply  into  its  meaning,  is  to  be  found  in  its 
apparent,  I  need  not  say  only  aiyimrent,  contradictions. 
But  it  is  not  at  pains  to  avoid  the  semblance  of  these. 
It  is  not  careful  to  remove  every  handle  of  objection 
which  any  might  take  hold  of  On  the  contrary,  that 
saying",  "  Blessed  is  he  whosoever  shall  not  be  offended 
in  me,"  finds  as  true  an  application  to  Christ's  Word 
as  to  his  person.  For  that  Word  goes  on  its  way,  not 
obviating  every  possible  misconception,  not  giving 
anxious  pains  to  shcAV  how  this  statement  which  it 
makes  and  that  agree.  It  is  satisfied  that  they  do 
agree,  and  lets  those  that  are  watching  for  an  offence 
take  it.  They  whose  hearts  were  already  alienated 
from  the  Truth  are  suffered  to  stumble  at  this  stone, 
which  was  set  for  this  very  fall  and  rise  of  many, 
that  the  thoughts  of  many  hearts  might  be  revealed, 
and  that  they  who  were  longing  for  an  excuse  for  un- 
belief might  find  one. 

And  with  the  same  challenge  to  the  false-hearted, 
the  same  fruitful  supply  of  suggestive  thought  for  the 
devout  enquirer,  these  matters  claiming  reconciliation 
will  meet  us,  not  in  the  history  only,  but  also  in  the 
doctrine.  For  it  is  ever  the  manner  of  that  Word 
with  which  we  have  to  do,  now  boldly  to  declare  its 
truth  upon  this  side,  and  then  presently  to  declare  it 
as  boldly  and  fearlessly  on  the  other — not  painfully 
and  nicely  balancing,  limiting,  qualifying,  till  the  Avhole 

conceiving  comfort  therein  not  so  clear,  choose  other  places  as  more 
pregnant  and  pertinent  to  his  purpose.  Thus  God  orders  it  that 
divers  men,  (and  perhaps  the  same  man  at  divers  time)  make  use  of 
all  his  gifts,  gleaning  and  gathering  comfort,  as  it  is  scattered  through 
the  whole  field  of  the  Scripture." 

T.  H.  L.  7 


98  LECTURE  VI.  [1845. 

strength  of  its  statements  had  evaporated,  not  caring 
even  though  its  truths  should  seem  to  jostle  one  an- 
other.    Enough  that  they  do  not  do  so  indeed.     It  is 
content  to  leave  them  to  the  Spirit  to  adjust  and  re- 
concile, and  to  shew  how  the  rights  of  each  are  com- 
patible ^\'ith  the  rights  of  the  other — and  not  compatible 
only,  but  how  most  often  the   one  requu^es  that  the 
other  have  its  rights,  before  it  can  have  truly  its  own. 
Thus  how  profitable  for  us  that  we  have  the  divers 
statements  of  St.  Paul  and  St.  James — divers,  but  not 
diverse — each,  in  the  words  of  St.  Chrysostom,  declar- 
ing the  same  truth,   ^ia(pop(Dq,  but  not  evavriw^ — how 
do  they  summon  us  to   a  deeper   entering  into  the 
doctrine  than  might  otherwise  have  been  ours,  bidding 
us  not  to  be  satisfied  till  we  reach  that  central  point 
where  we  can  evidently  see  how  the  two  are  at  one, 
and  do  but  present,  from  different  points  of  view,  the 
same  truth.    How  useful  to  find  in  one  place  that  God 
tempted  Abraham,  and  in  another,  that  God  tempteth 
not  any'"'.    Should  we  have  learned  so  well  the  signifi- 
cance of  temptation,  should  we  have  been  set  to  think 
about  it  so  effectually,  by  any  other  process  ?  Or  when 
the  Lord  sets  before  the  pure-hearted,  that  they  shall 
see  God,  that  God  whom  his  Apostle  declares  that  no 
man  hath  seen  nor  can  seef,  how  does  this  set  us  to 
meditate    on   that  awfvd  yet  blessed  vision  of  God, 
which  in  some  sense  shall  be  vouchsafed  to  his  servants, 
even  as  in  some  it  shall  remain  incommunicable  even 
unto  them. 

If  indeed   these   difficulties   had   been   artificially 
contrived,  if  they  had  been  puzzles  and  perplexities 

•  Compare  Gen.  xxii.  1,  with  Jam.  i.  13. 
t  Compare  Matt.  v.  8,  with  1  Tim.  %n.  16. 


THE  INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.  99 

with  which  the  Bible  had  been  sown,  that  it  might  last 
us  the  longer,  that  in  the  explaining  and  reconciling 
of  them  we  might  find  pleasant  exercise  for  our  facul- 
ties, they  would  be  but  of  slightest  value.  But  they 
grow  out  of  a  far  deeper  root  than  this ;  they  have 
nothing  thus  forced  and  unnatural  about  them.  Rather 
is  it  here  as  in  the  kingdom  of  nature.  How  often 
does  nature  seem  to  contradict  herself,  so  beckoning 
us  onward  to  deeper  investigations,  till  we  shall  have 
reached  some  higher  and  more  comprehensive  law,  in 
which  her  seeming  contradictions,  those  which  lie  upon 
her  surface,  are  atoned.  And  this  because  she  is  in- 
finite :  for  it  is  of  the  essence  of  manifold  and  endless 
life  that  it  should  at  times  thus  present  itself  as  at 
variance  with  its  own  self.  It  is  the  glory  of  Scripture 
that  its  harmonies  lie  deep,  so  deep,  that  to  the  care- 
less or  perverse  ear  they  may  be  sometimes  mistaken 
for  discords.  There  might  have  been  a  consistency  of 
its  different  parts — a  poor  and  shallow  thing — lying 
on  the  outside,  traced  easily  and  at  once,  which  none 
could  miss ;  but  such  had  been  of  no  value,  had  been 
charged  Avith  no  deeper  instruction  for  us. 

To  look,  on  another  side,  at  the  manner  in  which 
Holy  Scripture  presents  itself  as  this  inexhaustible 
treasure, — what  riches  are  contained  in  its  minutest 
portions !  As  it  can  bear  to  be  looked  at  in  its  largest 
aspect,  so  it  challenges  the  contemplation  of  its 
smallest  details — in  this  again  like  nature,  which  shews 
more  wonderful,  the  more  microscopic  the  investiga- 
tion to  which  it  is  submitted.  Here  truly  are  maxima 
in  minimis — the  sun  reflecting  itself  as  faithfully  in 
the  tiny  dewdrop,  as  in  the  great  mirror  of  the  ocean. 
The  most  eminent  illustrations  of  this  widest  wealth 

7—2 


100  LECTURE  VI.  [1845. 

laid  up  in  narrowest  compass  must  naturally  be  found  in 
single  sayings  of  our  Lord's.  How  do  they  shine,  like 
finely  polished  diamonds,  upon  every  face  !  how  simple 
and  yet  how  deep !  apparent  paradoxes,  and  yet  pro- 
foundest  truths !  Every  one  can  get  something  from 
them,  and  no  one  can  get  all.  He  that  gathers  little 
has  enough,  and  he  that  gathers  much  has  nothing 
over :  every  one  gathers  there  according  to  his  eating  *. 
For  example,  "Whosoever  vnll  save  his  life  shall  lose 
it,  and  whosoever  Avill  lose  his  life  for  my  sake  shall 
find  it;" — Avho  sees  not  that  in  these  words  the  keys 
of  heaven  and  of  hell  are  put  into  his  hands  ?  and  yet 
who  will  venture  to  affirm  that  he  has  come  to  their 
end?  that  he  has  dived  down  into  all  their  deeps,  or 
that  he  ever  expects  to  do  so  ?  that  he  has  made  alto- 
gether his  own  the  mysteries  of  life  and  of  death  which 
are  here?  Or  again,  "Every  one  that  exalteth  himself 
shall  be  abased,  and  he  that  humbleth  himself  shall  be 
exalted;" — what  is  all  the  history  of  the  world,  if  read 
aright,  but  a  comment  on,  and  a  confirmation  of,  these 
words  ?  In  the  light  of  them  what  vast  pages  of  men's 

*  Augustine  {Enarr.  in  Ps.  ciii.)  making  spiritual  application  of 
the  words,  "  All  beasts  of  the  field  diink  thereof,"  (Ps.  civ.  11.)  to  the 
streams  of  Holy  Scripture,  beautifully  saj's  :  Inde  bibit  lepus,  inde 
onager:  lepus  parvus  et  onager  magnus;  lepus  timidus,  et  onager 
ferus,  uterque  inde  bibit,  sed  quisque  in  sitim  suam  Non  dicit  aqua, 
Lepori  sufficio  et  repellit  onagrum  ;  ncque  hoc  dicit.  Onager  accedat, 
lepus  si  accesserit,  rapietur.  Tarn  fideliter  et  temperate  fluit,  ut  sic 
onagrum  satiet  ne  leporem  terreat.  Sonat  strepitus  vocis  TulUanae, 
Cicero  legitur,  aUquis  liber  est,  dialogus  ejus  est,  sive  ipsius  sive 
Platonis,  seu  cujuscumque  talium :  audiunt  imperiti,  infirmi  minoris 
cordis,  quis  audet  illuc  aspirare  ?  Strepitus  aquae  et  forte  turbatae, 
certe  tamen  tarn  rapaciter  fluentis,  ut  animal  timid  um  non  audeat 
accedere  et  bibere  Cui  sonuit,  In  principio  fecit  Deus  coelum  et 
terram,  et  non  ausus  est  bibere  ?  Cui  sonat  Psalmus,  et  dicat,  Multum 
est  ad  me  ? 


THE   INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF   SCRIPTURE.       101 

destinies,  of  our  own  lives,  become  clear !  Even  the 
sceptic  Bayle  Avas  compelled  to  call  them  an  abridge- 
ment of  all  human  history  ;  and  such  they  are,  setting 
us  as  they  do  at  the  very  centre  of  the  moral  oscilla- 
tion of  the  world.  These  examples  of  that,  whereof 
hundreds  might  be  adduced,  must  suffice. 

Nor  is  it  only  what  Scripture  says,  but  its  very 
silence  which  is  instructive  for  us.    It  was  said  by  one 
wise  man  of  another,  that  more  might  be  learned  from 
his  questions  than  from  another  man's  answers.    With 
yet  higher  truth  might  it  be   said  that  the  silence  of 
Scripture  is  oftentimes  more  instructive  than  the  speech 
of  other  books  ;  so  that  it  has  been  likened  to  "  a  dial 
in  which  the  shadow  as  well  as  the  light  informs  us*." 
For  example  of  this,  how  full  of  meaning  to  us  that 
we  have  nothing  told  vis    of   the  life  of  our  blessed 
Lord  between  the  twelfth  and  the  thirtieth  years — 
how  significant  the  absolute  silence  which  the  Gospels 
maintain  concerning  all  that  period  ;  that  those  years 
in  fact  have  no  history,  nothing  for  the  sacred  writers 
to  record.     How  much  is  implied  herein !  the   calm 
ripening  of  his  human  powers, — the  contentedness  to 
wait, — the  long  preparation  in  secret,  before  he  began 
his  open  ministry.     What  a  testimony  is  here,  if  we 
will  note  it  aright,  against  all  our  striving  and  snatch- 
ing at  hasty  results,  our  impatience,  our   desire   to 
glitter  before  the  world ;  against  all  which  tempts  so 
many  to  pluck  the  unripe  fruits  of  their  minds,  and  to 
turn  that  into  the  season  of  a  stunted  and  premature 
harvest,  which  should  have  been  the  season  of  patient 

*  Boyle  (Style  of  Holy  Scripture) :  "  There  is  such  fulness  in  that 
book,  tliat  oftentimes  it  says  much  by  saying  nothing  ;  and  not  only 
its  expressions  but  its  silences  are  teaching,  like  a  dial  in  which  the 
shadow  as  well  as  the  light  informs  us." 


102  LECTURE  VI.  [1845. 

sowing,  of  an  earnest  culture  and  a  silent  ripening  of 
their  powers. 

How  pregnant  with  meaning  may  that  be  which  ap- 
pears at  first  sight  only  an  accidental  omission !  Such 
an  accidental  omission  it  might  at  first  sight  appear 
that  the  Prodigal,  who  while  yet  in  a  far  country  had 
determined,  among  other  things  which  he  would  say  to 
his  father,  to  say,  "  Make  me  as  one  of  thy  hired  ser- 
vants," when  he  reaches  his  father's  feet,  when  he  hangs 
on  his  father's  neck,  says  all  the  rest  which  he  had 
determined,  but  says  not  this*.  We  might  take  this,  at 
first,  for  a  fortuitous  omission ;  but  indeed  what  deep 
things  are  taught  us  here !  This  desire  to  be  made  as 
an  hired  ser^^ant,  this  msh  to  be  kept  at  a  certain  dis- 
tance, this  refusal  to  reclaim  the  fulness  of  a  child's 
privileges,  was  the  one  turbid  and  troubled  element  in 
his  repentance.  How  instructive  then  its  omission  ; — 
that,  saying  all  else  which  he  had  meditated,  he  yet 
says  not  this.  What  a  lesson  for  every  penitent, — in 
other  words,  for  every  man.  We  may  learn  from  this 
wherein  the  true  growth  in  faith  and  in  humility  con- 
sists— how  he  that  has  grown  in  these  can  endure  to 
be  fully  and  freely  blest — to  accept  all,  even  when  he 
most  strongly  feels  that  he  has  forfeited  all ;  that  only 
pride  and  the  surviving  workings  of  self-righteousness 
and  evil  stand  in  the  way  of  a  reclaiming  of  every 
blessing,  which  the  sinner  had  lost,  but  which  God  is 
waiting  and  willing  to  restore. 

Many  other  of  the  apparent  accidents  of  Scripture, 
on  what  deep  grounds  do  they  rest !  Thus,  for  example, 
in  the  history  of  Pharaoh's  trial,  that  God  should  ten 
times  be  said  to  have  hardened  his  heart,  and  he  ten 

"  Compare  in  Luke  xv.  ver.  19  and  21. 


THE   INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF   SCRIPTURE.       103 

times  to  have  hardened  his  own,  or  to  have  had  it 
hardened,  without  any  reference  to  other  than  himself. 
The  least  attentive  reader  will  scarcely  have  failed  to 
observe  this  hardening  attributed  sometimes  to  God, 
and,  sometimes,  more  or  less  directly,  traced  to  the 
king's  own  wilfulness  and  pride.      But  in  the  history 
of  that  great  strife  between  the  will  of  God  and  the 
will  of  his  creature,  in  this  the  pattern  history  of  that 
struggle,  such  exactly  equal  distribution  of  the  lan- 
guage which  assumes  the  freedom  of  man's  will,   and 
that  which  assumes  the  ultimate  lordship  of  God  over 
the  course  of  the  world — a  lordship  which  even  the 
resistance  of  the  wicked  does  not  derange  or  impugn — 
this  exactly  equal   distribution  of  either  language  is 
surely  most  remarkable.    The  great,  however  mysteri- 
ous, fact  of  the  freedom  of  man's  will  going  hand  in 
hand  with  the  sovereignty  of  God  is  not  put  in  ques- 
tion by  an  exclusive  use  of  a  language  resting  on  or 
assuming  one  of  these  truths  or  the  other — nay  rather, 
exactly  equal  rights  are  given  to  them  both  ;  for  both 
are  true,  both  of  paramount  importance  to  be  affirmed. 
The  sinner  does  harden  his  own  heart ;  his  resistance 
to  God  is  most  real :  and  yet  there  is  a  sense,  a  most 
true  sense  also,  in  which  God  hardens  it ;  for,  to  use 
the  old  distinction,  He  who  is  not  the  auctor  is  yet  the 
dispositor  malorum — determines  that  the  evil  of  the 
sinner  shall  break  out  in  this  form  or  in  that,  works 
even  the  dark  threads  of  that  resistance  into  the  woof 
of  providence  which  He  is  weaving  ;    and  as  Solomon, 
in  Jewish  legend,  compelled  the  wicked  spirits  to  assist 
in  the  temple  which  he  was  building,  so  does    God 
compel  even  his  enemies,   and  them,  when  they  are 
striving   most  fiercely  against  Him,  to  do  his  work, 


104  LECTURE  VI.  [1845. 

though  they  mean  not  so,  and  to  contribute  their 
stones  to  that  heavenly  temple  of  which  He  is  the 
builder  and  the  maker. 

Neither  let  us  leave  out  of  sight,  when  we  are 
taking  into  account  the  provision  which  Scripture 
makes  for  nourishing  the  faithful  in  all  the  stages  of 
their  spiritual  life  and  growth,  that  infinite  condescen- 
sion, according  to  which,  like  the  prophet  who  made 
himself  small,  that  he  might  stretch  himself,  limb  for 
limb,  upon  the  dead  child,  it,  in  some  sort,  contracts 
itself  to  our  littleness*,  that  we,  in  return,  may  become 
able  to  expand  ourselves  to  its  greatness.  AVe  see 
this  gracious  condescension  in  nothing  more  strongly 
than  in  that  teaching  by  parables  and  similitudes, 
which  there  occupies  so  prominent  a  place.  No  one 
turns  away  from  them  in  pride,  as  too  childish ;  none 
retreat  from  them  in  despair,  as  too  high.  In  the 
parable  the  Truth  of  God  is  not  sought  to  be  trans- 
planted, as  a  full-grown  tree,  into  our  minds ;  for,  as 
such,  it  would  never  take  root  and  flourish ;  we  never 
could  find  room  for  it  there.  But  it  comes  first  as  a 
seed,  a  germ — small  to  the  small,  but  with  capacities 
of  indefinite  expansion ;  it  grows  v\'ith  our  gro^i^h, 
enlarging  the  mind  which  receives  it  to  something  of 
its  own  dimensions.  Little  by  little  the  image  reveals 
itself  more  fully  ;  some  of  its  fitnesses  are  perceived  at 
once,  and  more  and  more,  as  spiritual  insight  advances ; 
all  of  them  perhaps  never,  lying  as  they  do  so  deep, 
and  having  their  roots  in  the  mind  of  God,  who  has 
constituted  this  outward  world  to  be  an  exponent  of 
the  inner,  a  garment  of  mysterious  texture  which  his 

»  Or  as  one  said  in  the  middle  ages :  Tota  sacra  Scriptura  loqui- 
tur nobis  tanquam  balbutiendo,  sicut  mater  balbutiens  cum  fidio  suo 
parvulo,  qui  alitcr  nun  potest  intclligere  verba  ejus. 


THE  INEXHAUSTIBILITY  OF  SCRIPTURE.        105 

creative  thoughts  have  Avoven  for  themselves.  But 
for  this  very  reason,  we  come  back  again  and  again  to 
these  divinely  chosen  similitudes  with  fresh  interest, 
with  new  delight,  being  continually  rewarded  Avith 
glimpses,  unperceived  before,  of  the  strange  and  mani- 
fold relations,  in  which  the  visible  and  the  invisible 
stand  to  one  another. 

Thus,  brethren,  have  I  endeavoured  to  present  to 
you  this  day  a  few  of  the  aspects  under  which  this 
Word  of  the  Scripture  may  be  contemplated  as  one 
fitted  evermore  to  provoke,  and  evermore  to  reward, 
our  enquiries.  As  one  said  of  old,  Hahet  Scriptura 
Sacra  haustus  primos,  hahet  secundos,  hahet  tertios. 
There  is,  indeed,  a  tone  and  temper  of  spirit,  in  which 
if  we  alloAV  ourselves,  all  its  wells  will  seem  dry,  and 
all  its  fields  barren.  The  superficial  dealer  with  this 
Word,  he  who  reads,  formally  fulfilling  an  unwelcome 
task,  he  who  feels  in  no  living  relation  with  the  things 
which  he  reads,  who  consults  the  oracle,  but  expects 
no  living  answer  from  its  lips,  who  has  never  known 
himself  a  pilgrim  of  eternity,  to  whom  life  has  never, 
like  that  fabled  Sphinx,  presented  riddles  which  either 
he  must  solve,  or,  not  solving,  must  perish, — such  an 
one  may  say,  as  in  his  heart  he  will  say.  What  is  this 
Word  more  than  another  ?  It  may  bring  to  him  no 
other  feelings  but  those  of  tedious  monotony  and  in- 
expressible weariness.  But  with  the  loving  and  earnest 
seeker  it  will  prove  far  otherwise  :  he  will  ever  be 
making  new  discoveries  in  these  spiritual  heavens; 
ever  to  him  will  what  seemed  at  first  but  a  light 
vaporous  cloud,  upon  closer  gaze,  to  his  armed  eye, 
resolve  itself  into  a  world  of  stars.      The   further  he 


lOd  LECTURE  VI.  [1846. 

advances,  the  more  will  be  aware  that  what  lies  before 
him  is  far  more  than  what  lies  behind — the  readier 
will  he  be  to  take  up  his  hymn  of  praise  and  thanks- 
giving, and  to  wonder  with  the  Apostle  at  "  the  depths 
of  the  riches  both  of  the  wisdom  and  knowledge  of 
God"  which  are  displayed  at  once  in  his  works  and  in 
his  Word. 


LECTURE    VII. 

THE   FRUITFULNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE. 
EZEKIEL    XL VII.    9. 

And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  every  thing  that  limtJi,  which 
moveth,  ivhithersoever  the  rivers  shall  come,  shall  live. 

The  aspect  of  my  subject,  which  I  desire  this  day  to 
bring"  under  your  notice  is  this,  namely  the  fruitfulness 
of  Holy  Scripture  ;  in  other  words  the  manner  in  which 
is  has  shewn  itself  a  germ  of  life  in  all  the  noblest 
regions  of  man's  activity ;  has  with  its  productive 
energy  impregnated  the  world ;  and  how,  to  use  the 
image  suggested  by  my  text,  everything  has  lived 
where  these  healing  waters  have  come  ;  so  that  in  this 
way  too  this  Word  has  attested  itself  that  which  in 
my  preceding  lectures  I  have  endeavoured  to  prove 
that  it  was  fitted  for  being,  that  which  we  might  be- 
forehand presume  it  would  be,  namely,  the  unfolder 
of  all  the  nobler  and  higher  life  of  the  world.  And 
these  are  considerations  which  will  suit  as  well  at  a 
period  of  these  discourses,  when  they  are  drawing 
nigh  to  their  conclusion.  For  it  were  to  little  profit 
to  have  shewn  how  the  Scripture  ought  to  have  been 
all  this,  how  it  was  fitted  for  being  all  this,  unless  it 
could  be  shewn  also  that  it  had  been  ;  unless  we  could 
point  to  the  world's  history  in  evidence  that  it  had 
done  that,  which  we  say  it  was  adapted  for  doing. 
"  The  blind  see,  the  lepers  are  cleansed,  the  dead  are 
raised ;" — it  was  to  these  mighty  works  that  Christ 


108  LECTURE  VII.  [1845. 

appealed  in  answer  to  the  question,  "Art  thou  He  that 
should  come,  or  look  we  for  another?"  And  this  is 
the  true  answer  to  eyer\-  misgiving  question  of  a  like 
kind.  The  real  evidence  for  ought  which  comes  claim- 
ing to  be  from  God,  is  its  power — the  power  which  it 
is  able  to  put  forth  for  blessing  and  for  healing.  If 
the  Scriptures  manifested  no  such  power,  all  other 
evidence  for  their  divine  origin,  however  convincing 
we  might  think  it  ought  to  be,  yet  practically  would 
fail  to  convince.  Men  will  not  live  on  the  report  that 
ought  is  great  or  true,  unless  they  so  see  it  and  so 
find  it  themselves.  But  if  they  do,  no  assertion  on 
the  part  of  others  that  it  is  small,  will  prevail  to  make 
them  count  light  of  it.  For  a  moment  the  confident 
assertions  of  gainsayers  may  perplex,  or  even  seriously 
injure,  their  faith:  but  presently  it  will  resume  its 
hold  and  its  empire  again. 

Thus  it  has  been  well  and  memorably  said,  that 
the  great  and  standing  evidence  for  Christianity  is 
Christendom ;  and  it  was  Avith  good  reason,  and  out 
of  a  true  feeling  of  this,  that  Origen  and  other  early 
apologists  of  the  Faith,  albeit  they  had  not  such  a 
full-formed  Christendom  as  we  have  to  appeal  to,  did 
yet,  w^hen  the  adversaries  boasted  of  their  Apollonius 
and  other  such  shadoA^y  personages,  and  sought  to  set 
them  up  as  rivals  and  competitors  with  the  Lord  of 
glory,  make  answer  by  demanding  "What  became  of 
these  men  ?  what  significance  had  they  for  the  world's 
after  development?  what  have  they  bequeathed  to  shew 
that  they  and  then'  appearance  lay  deep  in  the  mind 
and  counsel  of  God  ?  what  society  did  they  found  ? 
where  is  there  a  fellowship  of  living  men  gathered  in 
their  name  ?  or  where  any  mighty  footmarks  left  upon 


THE    FRUITFULNESS  OF   SCRIPTURE.  109 

the  earth  to  witness  that  greater  than  mortals  have 
trodden  it?"  And  the  same  answer  is  good,  when  it  is 
transferred  to  the  books  which  at  any  time  have  made 
ungrounded  claim  to  be  divine  records,  and  as  such,  to 
stand  upon  a  level  with  the  Canonical  Scriptures  ;  and 
which  sometimes  even  in  our  day  are  brought  forward 
in  the  hope  of  confounding  the  Canonical  in  a  common 
discredit  with  them.  We  in  the  same  way  may  make 
answer,  Is  there  not  a  difference  ?  besides  all  other 
condemnation  under  which  they  lie,  besides  the  absence 
of  historic  attestation,  and  the  want  of  imvard  religious 
meaning  and  aim,  are  they  not  self-condemned,  in 
their  utter  insignificance — in  their  barrenness — in  the 
entire  oblivion  into  which  they  have  fallen — in  the 
fact,  in  short,  that  nothing  has  come  of  them  ?  What 
men  have  they  moulded  ?  what  stamp  or  impress  have 
they  left  of  themselves  upon  the  world?  where  is 
there  a  society,  or  even  a  man,  that  appeals  to  them 
or  lives  by  them. 

Thus,  let  any  one  acquainted  with  the  apocryphal 
gospels,  compare  them  for  an  instant  with  the  sacred 
Four  which  we  recognize  and  receive.  It  is  not  merely 
that  there  is  an  inward  difference  between  these  and 
those,  which  Avould  be  characterized  not  too  strongly 
as  a  difference  like  that  which  finds  place  between 
stately  forest-trees  and  the  low  tangled  brushwood 
which  springs  up  under  their  shadow  ;  it  is  not  merely 
that  those  spurious  gospels  are  evermore  revolting  to 
the  religious  sense,  abandoning  earth  without  soaring 
to  heaven ;  robbing  the  person  of  Christ  of  its  human 
features,  without  lending  to  it  any  truly  divine ;  ever 
mistaking  size  for  greatness,  and  the  monstrous  for 
the  miraculous.      It  is  not  this  only,  but  the  contrast 


110  LECTURE  VII.  [1845. 

is  at  least  as  remarkable  in  this  respect,  that  while  the 
Canonical  Gospels  have  been  so  fruitful,  from  those 
other  nothing  has  sprung :  while  the  Canonical  have 
been  as  germs  unfolding  themselves  endlessly  ;  winged 
seeds  endued  with  a  vital  energy,  Avhich,  where  they 
have  lighted,  have  taken  root  downward  and  sprung 
upward ;  those  other  might  be  likened  to  the  chaff 
borne  about  by  the  Avinds  of  chance,  having  no  repro- 
ductive powers ;  owing  their  origin  to  obscure  heretical 
sects,  never  extricating  themselves  from  those  narrow 
circles  in  which  they  first  were  born  ;  and,  save  only 
as  literary  curiosities,  with  the  perishing  of  those  sects, 
themselves  perishing  for  ever.  They  have  remained 
as  dry  sticks,  as  the  barren  rods  which  refused  to 
blossom, — and  as  such  not  to  abide  in  the  sanctuary. 
(Numb,  xvii.)  But  the  Canonical  Gospels  have  wit- 
nessed for  themselves,  as  did  Aaron's  rod,  when  it . 
budded  and  clothed  itself  with  leaves  and  blossoms 
and  almonds.  They  too,  blossoming  and  budding, 
have  borne  witness  to  themselves,  and  to  their  right 
to  be  laid  up  in  the  very  Ark  of  the  Testimony  for 
ever.  For  it  is  not  the  authority  and  decision  of  the 
Church  which  has  made  the  Canonical  Gospels  potent, 
and  the  apocryphal  impotent,  those  fruitful  and  these 
sterile ;  rather  that  decision  is  the  formal  acknowledg- 
ment of  a  fact,  which  was  a  fact  before  ;  a  submission 
to  authority,  to  the  authority  of  the  Spirit  witnessing 
to  and  discerning  that  Word  which  is  the  Lord's  ;  this 
rather  than  any  exercising  of  authority.  That  decision 
Avas  the  spiritual  instinct  of  the  Church  recognizing 
and  setting  her  seal  to  a  fact  which  was  a  fact  before 
— namely  that  these  were  false  and  those  true ;  she 
distinguished  thus  the  chaff  from  the  corn,  but  it  was 


THE   FRUITFULNESS   OF   SCRIPTURE.  Ill 

not   her  decision   which   had    any  thing   to    do   with 
making-  these  to  be  chaff  and  those  wheat. 

It  is  the  task  which  I  propose  to  myself  to-day,  to 
consider  a  few  aspects  under  which  the  Scriptures 
have  thus  shewn  themselves  strong ;  have  approved 
themselves  quickeners  of  the  spiritual  and  intellectual 
life  of  men ;  although  here,  in  treating  such  a  subject 
as  this,  one  is  tempted,  as  more  than  once  has  been 
my  lot,  to  start  back  at  the  greatness  of  the  theme, 
the  vastness  of  knowledge  of  all  kinds  which  to  handle 
it  worthily  would  require,  the  fragmentary  nature  of 
ought  which,  even  were  the  knowledge  possessed,  one 
could  hope  within  the  limits  of  a  single  discourse  to 
present.  As  the  matter  however  may  not  be  past  by, 
I  will  seek  to  present  to  you  one  or  two  reflections, 
in  the  hope  that  they  may  be  only  as  the  first  thoughts 
of  a  more  fruitful  series  which  your  own  minds  will 
suggest. 

And  perhaps  one  of  the  first  which  suggests  itself 
is  this,  namely,  how  productive  the  Holy  Scriptures 
have  been,  even  in  regions  of  inward  life  and  activity, 
where  at  first  sight  one  would  least  have  expected  it, 
where  we  should  have  been  tempted  for  many  reasons 
to  anticipate  exactly  opposite  effects.  How  many 
things  Christianity  might,  at  first  sight,  have  threatened 
to  leave  out,  to  take  no  note  of,  or  indeed  utterly  to 
suppress,  which,  so  far  from  really  warring  against,  it 
has  raised  to  higher  perfection  than  ever  in  the  old 
world  they  had  attained.  With  what  despair,  for  ex- 
ample, a  lover  of  art,  one  who  at  Athens  or  at  Rome 
fondly  had  dwelt  among  the  beautiful  creations  of 
poet  and  of  painter,  would  have  contemplated  the  rise 
of  the  new  religion,  and  the  authority  which  its  doc- 


112  LECTURE  VII.  [184/5. 

trines  were  acquiring-  over  the  hearts  and  spirits  of 
men.  What  a  death-knell  must  he  have  heard  in  this 
to  all  in  which  his  soul  so  greatly  delighted.  He  might 
have  been  ready  perhaps  to  acknowledge  that  our 
human  life  under  this  new  teaching  would  be  more 
rigorously  earnest,  more  severe,  more  pure  :  but  all 
its  grace  and  its  beaut}',  all  which  it  borrowed  of  these 
from  the  outward  world,  he  would  have  concluded, 
had  been  laid  under  a  ban,  and  must  now  vanish  for 
ever.  This  was  evidently  in  great  part  the  cause  of 
the  unhappy  Julian's  mislike  of  the  rising  Faith — of 
his  alienation  from  it,  as  of  that  of  many  other  hea- 
thens Hke-minded  mth  him.  It  is  true,  their  hostility 
lay  much  deeper  than  this ;  that  it  grew  out  of  a  far 
bitterer  root.  But  this  was  evidently  one  of  their 
griefs  against  the  doctrine  of  the  Nazarene.  They 
could  not  consent  to  lose  the  grace  and  beauty  of  the 
Hellenistic  Avorship  :  all  art  seemed  inextricably  linked 
and  bound  up  with  the  forms  of  the  old  religion,  and, 
if  that  perished,  inevitably  doomed  to  perish  with  it : 
and  so  they  resisted  while  they  could ;  and  Avhen  they 
could  resist  no  longer,  they  sat  down  and  made  pas- 
sionate lamentation  at  the  grave  of  the  old  world, 
which  all  their  lamentations  could  not  call  back  to 
life ;  instead  of  rejoicing  at  the  birth  and  by  the 
cradle  of  the  new,  with  which  indeed  all  the  hopes  of 
the  future  were  bound  up. 

And  the  Christian  himself  of  those  earliest  ages 
miffht  almost  have  consented  to  take  the  same  view — 
even  as  we  do  find  a  Tertullian,  and  others  of  his 
temper,  actually  doing  :  nor  in  this  was  he  at  all  to  be 
wondered  at,  least  of  all  did  he  deserve  the  sneers 
Avith  which  the  infidel  historian  of  the  later  empire  has 


THE  FRUITFULNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  113 

on  this  account  visited  him.  His  exaggerations  were 
only  those  into  which  a  man  of  strong  moral  earnest- 
ness might  most  naturally  have  fallen.  So  had  all 
skill  and  device  of  jjoet  and  of  painter  engaged  then 
in  the  service  of  the  flesh,  so  did  they  do  exclusive 
homage  to  the  old  idolatries,  so  deeply  polluted,  for 
the  most  part,  were  they,  so  far  sunken  with  a  sunken 
moral  world,  that  the  Christian  neophyte,  when  he 
renounced  in  his  baptismal  vow  all  pomps  of  the  devil, 
might  easily  have  deemed  that  these  were  certainly 
included ;  and  that  to  forego  them  wholly  and  for 
ever  was  his  one  duty,  his  only  safety. 

How  little,  at  any  rate,  could  one  or  the  other, 
could  friend  or  foe  of  the  nascent  faith,  have  forecast 
that  out  of  it,  that  nourished  by  the  Christian  books, 
by  the  great  thoughts  which  Christ  set  stirring  in 
humanity,  and  of  which  these  books  kept  a  lasting 
record,  there  should  unfold  itself  a  poetry  infinitely 
greater,  an  art  infinitely  higher,  than  any  which  the 
old  world  had  seen ; — that  this  faith,  which  looked  so 
rigid,  so  austere,  even  so  forbidding,  should  clothe 
itself  in  forms  of  grace  and  loveliness,  such  as  men 
had  never  dreamt  of  before  ?  that  poetry  should  not 
be  henceforward  the  play  of  the  spirit,  but  its  holiest 
earnest ;  and  those  skilless  Christian  hymns,  those 
hymns  "  to  Christ  as  to  God,"  of  which  Pliny  speaks, 
so  rude  probably  in  regard  of  form,  should  yet  be  the 
preludes  of  strains  higher  than  the  world  had  listened 
to  yet.  Or  who  would  have  supposed  that  those  art- 
less paintings  of  the  catacombs  had  the  prophecy  in 
them  of  more  wondrous  compositions  than  men's  eyes 
had  ever  seen — or  that  a  day  should  arrive  when,  above 
many  a  dark  vault  and  narrow  crypt,  where  now  the 

T.  H.  L.  8 


114  LECTURE    VII.  [1845. 

Christian  worshippers  gathered  in  secret,  should  arise 
domes  and  cathedrals,  embodying  loftier  ideas,  because 
ideas  relating  to  the  eternal  and  the  infinite,  than  all 
those  Grecian  temples,  Mhich  now  stood  so  fair  and 
so  strong,  but  which  yet  aimed  not  to  lift  men's  minds 
from  the  earth  which  they  adorned. 

How  little  would  the  one  or  other,  woidd  Christian 
or  heathen,  have  presaged  such  a  future  as  this — that 
art  was  not  to  perish,  but  only  to  be  purified  and  re- 
deemed from  the  service  of  the  flesh,  and  from  what- 
ever was  clinging  to  and  hindering  it  from  realizing 
its  true  glory, — and  that  this  Book,  which  does  not 
talk  about  such  matters,  which  does  not  make  beauty, 
but  holiness,  its  end  and  aim — should  yet  be  the  truest 
nourisher  of  all  out  of  which  any  genuine  art  ever  has 
proceeded ;  the  truest  fosterer  of  beauty,  in  that  it  is 
the  nourisher  of  the  affections,  the  sustainer  of  the 
relations  between  God  and  men ;  which  affections  and 
which  relations  are  indeed  the  only  root  out  of  which 
any  poetry  or  art  worthy  of  the  name,  ever  have 
sprung.  For  these  affections  being  laid  waste,  those 
relations  being  broken,  art  is  first  stricken  with  bar- 
renness, and  then  in  a  little  while  withers  and  pines 
and  dies — as  that  ancient  art,  which  had  been  so 
fertile  while  faith  survived,  was,  when  the  Church  was 
born,  already  withering  and  dying  under  the  influence 
of  the  scepticism,  the  profligacy,  the  decay  of  family 
and  national  life,  the  extinction  of  religious  faith, 
which  so  eminently  marked  the  time :  only  having  a 
name  to  live,  resting  merely  on  the  traditions  of  an 
earlier  age,  and  on  the  eve  of  utter  dissolution.  Such 
was  its  condition  when  Christ  came,  and  cast  in  his 
AVord,   as   that   which   should   make  all   things   new. 


THE  FRUITFULNESS   OF  SCRIPTURE.  115 

into  the   midst  of  an  old  and  decrepit  and  worn-out 
world. 

Yet  here  it  may  be  as  well  to  observe,  that  when 
I  use  this  language,  it  is  not  as  assuming  that  the 
Bible,  merely  as  a  book  apart,  had  done,  or  could 
have  done,  this,  or  ought  else  whereof  presently  there 
may  be  occasion  to  speak — not  as  though  the  Book 
had  been  cast  into  the  world  and  had  leavened  it, 
itself  the  sole  and  all-sufficient  gift  which  Christ  had 
bequeathed  unto  men.  Rather,  the  Spirit,  the  Word, 
and  the  Church  are  the  three  mighty  factors  which 
have  wrought  together  for  the  great  and  glorious 
issues  of  a  Christendom  such  as  that  in  the  midst  of 
which  we  now  stand.  The  Church,  taught  and  enlight- 
ened by  the  Spirit,  unfolds  and  lays  out  the  Word, 
and  only  as  it  is  informed  and  quickened  by  that 
blessed  Spirit  of  God,  can  lay  it  out  for  the  healing 
of  the  nations.  We  cannot  think  of  this  Book  by 
itself  doing  the  work,  any  more  than  we  can  think 
of  the  Church  doing  it  without  this  Book,  or  of  the 
two  doing  it  together  wdthout  the  ever-present  breath 
of  an  Almighty  Spirit. 

But  while  this  work  is  thus  the  result  of  a  three- 
fold energy ;  while  we  can  never,  so  long  as  we  think 
correctly,  separate  one  of  its  factors,  save  for  distinc- 
tion's sake,  from  the  others  ;  while,  therefore,  speaking 
of  the  Scripture  and  Avhat  it  has  wrought,  we  must 
ever  conceive  of  it  as  in  the  possession  of  a  living 
body  of  interpreters,  the  comjDany  of  the  faithful,  and 
of  them  as  enlightened  by  the  Holy  Spirit  to  use  it 
aright ;  yet  not  the  less  may  I  ask  you  to  contemplate 
the  mighty  Avork  of  the  world's  regeneration  in  those 
features  upon  which  the  influences  of  a  Scripture  are 

8—2 


116  LECTURE  VII.  [1845. 

mainly  traceable,  to  note  the  part  which  this  Scripture 
has  borne  in  bringing  about  that  new  creation,  Avherein 
the  old  things  of  the  world  have  past  away,  and  all 
things  have  become  new. 

For  without  running  into  the  tempting  error  of 
painting  the  old  world  black,  for  the  purpose  of  bring- 
ing out,  as  by  a  dark  background,  the  brightness  and 
glory  of  the  new ;  without  denying  to  that  old  world 
what  it  had  of  noble  and  true,  or  calling,  as  some  have 
done,  its  virtues  merely  shewy  and  splendid  sins ;  yet 
it  is  not  easy  to  estimate  how  much  was  to  be  done, 
how  much  to  be  undone,  ere  a  Christendom,  even 
such  as  we  behold  it  now,  could  emerge  out  of  that 
world  which  alone  yielded  the  materials  out  of  which 
the  new  creation  should  be  composed.  The  Word  of 
the  Cross  had  need,  as  a  mighty  leaven,  to  penetrate 
through  every  interstice  of  society,  leavening  language, 
and  laws,  and  literature,  and  institutions,  and  manners. 
For  it  was  not  merely  that  at  that  change  the  world 
changed  its  religion,  but  in  that  change  was  implied 
the  transformation,  little  by  little,  of  everything  be- 
sides ;  everything  else  had  need  to  reconstruct  itself 
afresh.  And  in  this  Word  there  resided  a  power 
equal  to  this  need.  The  pattern  of  Christ,  kept  in  the 
record  of  Scripture  ever  clear  in  all  its  distinctness  of 
outline  before  men's  eyes,  his  work  thus  ever  repeat- 
ing itself  for  them  over  again,  has  given,  as  we  our- 
selves see  and  feel,  a  new,  inasmuch  as  it  is  an  infinitely 
higher,  standard  of  ideal  goodness  to  the  world — has 
cast  down  usurping  pretenders  to  the  name  of  virtues 
from  their  seats,  has  lifted  up  despised  graces  in  their 
room.  That  Word  has  everywhere  given  to  us  graces 
for  virtues,  and  martyrs  for  heroes  ;  it  has  so  reversed 


THE  FRUITFULNESS   OF  SCRIPTURE.  117 

men's  estimate  of  greatness,  that  a  wreath  of  thorns 
is  felt  to  be  a  far  worthier  ornament  for  a  brow  than 
a  diadem  of  jewels — a  Christ  upon  his  cross  to  be  a 
spectacle  more  glorious  far  than  a  Caesar  on  his  throne. 

From  that  Word  too  we  have  derived  such  a  sense 
of  the  duties  of  relation,  of  the  debt  of  love  which 
every  man  owes  to  every  other,  as  was  altogether 
strange  to  the  heathen  world.  For  when  in  that  well- 
known  story  the  poet  awoke  shouts  of  a  tumultous 
applause  by  declaring  nothing  human  alien  froin  him- 
self who  was  a  man,  deep  as  was  the  feeling  in  men's 
hearts  which  was  here  appealed  to,  yet  in  those  very 
shouts  of  applause  it  was  declared  to  be  as  new  as  it 
w^as  deep.  In  those  was  the  joyful  recognition  of  a 
truth  which  lay  deep  in  every  man's  bosom,  but  which 
had  not  taken  form  or  shape  or  found  utterance  until 
then.  Yet,  with  all  our  practical  shortcomings  in  love 
to  our  brethren,  how  different  is  the  condition  marked 
by  this  little  incident  from  ours,  in  which  this  noble 
utterance  of  the  Roman  poet  is  felt  to  be  so  true  as 
hardly  to  escape  from  being  a  truism ;  and  the  love 
which  men  owe  to  one  another  on  the  score  of  their 
common  stock,  is  so  taken  for  granted,  and  the  idea 
of  it  has  so  penetrated  even  into  our  common  speech, 
that  kind  and  kinned,  human  and  humane,  are  with  us 
but  different  pronunciations  of  the  same  words. 

And  at  least  as  wonderful,  at  least  as  fruitful,  is 
the  incoming  of  the  Word  of  Christ,  not  into  the 
midst  of  an  old  and  corrupt  civilization,  but  when  it 
kindles  for  the  first  time  a  savage  people  into  life. 
How  does  it  seem  to  brood  with  a  creative  warmth 
and  energy  over  all  the  rudiments  of  an  higher  life, 
which  lay  in  that  people's  bosom,  and  yet  but  for  this 


118  LECTURE  VII.  [1845. 

never  could  have  come  to  the  birth,  rather  were  in 
danger  of  utterly  dying  out.  How  does  it  arrest  at 
once  that  centrifugal  progress  of  sin,  Avhich  is  ever 
drawing  the  men  or  the  nations  that  have  Avandered 
out  of  the  sphere  of  the  divine  attraction,  further  and 
further  from  God,  the  true  centre  of  their  being. 
Tribes  which  were  in  danger  of  letting  go  the  last 
remnant  of  their  spiritual  heritage,  nay,  of  utterly  and 
literally  perishing  from  the  face  of  the  earth,  victims 
of  their  own  vices,  and  of  that  uttermost  degradation, 
which  had  caused  them  at  length  to  let  go  even  those 
lowest  arts  by  which  animal  existence  is  sustained, 
even  these  that  Word  finds,  even  in  these  nurses  up 
the  dying  embers  of  life ;  till  the  savage  re-awakens 
to  the  consciousness  of  a  man,  and  the  horde  begins, 
however  feebly  at  first,  to  knit  itself  into  the  promise 
of  a  nation. 

There  may  be  spectacles  which  attract  us  more, 
there  may  be  tidings  to  which  we  listen  Avith  a  keener 
interest,  but  surely  there  can  be  no  tidings  worthier 
to  be  listened  to,  no  spectacle  upon  which  Angels  look 
down  with  a  livelier  sympathy,  than  those  which  such 
a  land  and  time  will  often  present ;  when,  it  may  be, 
some  greybeard  chief,  stained  in  times  past  with  a 
thousand  crimes,  but  now  having  washed  away  them 
all  in  the  waters  of  Baptism,  hangs  upon  the  words  of 
life,  makes  himself,  perhaps,  the  humble  and  willing 
scholar  of  some  little  child,  that  he  may  learn  to  read 
with  his  OAvn  eyes  of  that  Saviour  who  has  pardoned 
even  him.  And  ever  as  he  reads  of  "  the  gentleness 
of  Christ,"  of  his  prayers  for  his  crucifiers,  of  Him 
Avho;  being  first,  made  Himself  the  last,  who,  being 
Lord  of  all,  became  servant  of  all,  there  dawns  upon 


THE  FRUITFULNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  119 

him  more  and  more  the  glory  of  meekness,  of  over- 
coming- evil  with  good,  of  serving  others  in  love,  instead 
of  being  himself  served  in  fear :  and  he  understands 
that  this  only  is  truly  to  live,  and  all  which  he  has 
lived  contrary  to  this,  has  been  not  life,  but  an  hideous 
denial  of  life.  Such  sights  other  days  have  seen  ;  such 
are  to  be  seen  in  our  own :  for,  blessed  be  God,  it  is 
not  our  fathers  only  who  have  told  us  of  such  things 
done  in  their  times  of  old,  but  our  own  report  the 
same.  We  too  "  see  our  tokens."  In  New  Zealand, 
in  far  islands  of  the  Pacific,  we  have  proof  that  this 
Word  is  yet  mighty  through  God  for  casting  down 
the  strongholds  of  Satan  and  of  sin. 

Nor  needs  it  to  look  thus  far  abroad  to  be  re- 
minded of  what  this  Word  has  done.  The  Scripture 
itself  is  full  of  remembrancers  of  its  own  power.  He 
who,  tolerably  acquainted  with  the  past  history  of  the 
Church,  with  the  struggles  which  accompanied  the 
unfolding,  fixing,  and  vindicating  of  her  dogma, — he 
who,  furnished  with  this  knowledge,  passes  over  Scrip- 
ture, may  in  some  moods  of  his  mind  pass  over  it  as 
over  a  succession  of  battle-fields.  He  may  be  likened 
to  a  traveller  journeying  through  some  land,  which, 
by  the  importance  of  its  position  or  the  greatness  of 
its  attractions,  has  draw^n  contending  hosts  to  its  soil, 
and  been  a  battle-ground  for  innumerable  generations. 
Besides  all  in  those  pages  which  speaks  more  directly 
to  himself,  they  are  eloquent  to  him  with  a  thousand 
stirring  recollections.  For  at  every  step  which  he 
advances,  he  recognizes  that  which  has  been  the  mo- 
tive of  some  mighty  and  long  drawn  conflict,  in  which 
the  keenest  and  brightest  intellects,  the  kingliest 
spirits,  the  Bernards  and  the  Abelards  of  their  day, 


120  LECTURE  VII.  [1845. 

were  engaged.  Here,  there,  and  everywhere,  be  it 
that  he  wanders  among  the  extinguished  volcanoes  of 
controversies  which  have  now  burned  themselves  out, 
or  among  those  which  are  flaming  still,  he  meets  with 
that,  to  maintain  their  conviction  about  which,  men 
have  been  content  to  spend  their  lives,  to  make  ship- 
A^TCck  of  their  worldly  hopes,  have  dwelt  in  deserts, 
in  caves,  and  in  dungeons,  yea,  gladly  have  encountered 
all  from  which  nature  most,  and  most  naturally,  shrinks. 
And  whatever  there  may  have  been  of  earthly  and  of 
carnal  mingling  in  the  motives  of  the  combatants, 
however  in  some  of  them  he  can  recognize  only  the 
champions  of  error,  yet  in  these  mighty  and  passionate 
strivings,  in  these  conflicts  which  generation  has  be- 
queathed to  generation,  he  reads  the  confession  which 
all  past  ages  have  borne,  that  this  Word  was  worth 
contending  for, — being  felt  by  those  worthiest  to 
judge,  dearer  than  life  itself,  and  such  that  things 
else  were  cheap  by  comparison  with  it. 

Strange  too,  that  even  where  there  have  not  been 
these  stirring  excitements,  where  there  has  been  no 
trumpet-peal  sounding  in  men's  ears,  and  summoning 
them  to  do  battle  for  some  perilled  truth,  that  even 
here  too,  multitudes  of  men  should  have  been  well- 
pleased  to  employ  their  lives  in  learning  themselves 
better  to  understand,  in  seeking  to  make  others  un- 
derstand better,  this  one  Book — should  have  counted 
those  lives  worthily  spent,  and  all  other  wisdom  and 
knowledge  then  only  to  have  found  their  true  meaning 
and  destination,  when  doing  service  as  of  handmaids 
unto  it.  For  vast  as  is  the  apparatus  of  helps  of  all 
kinds  which  have  accumulated  round  such  other  books 
as  are  signal  monuments  of  human  intellect  and  power; 


THE  FRUITFULNESS  OF  SCRIPTURE.  121 

many  as  we  find  well  satisfied  to  be  nothing  as  inde- 
pendent labourers  in  the  fields  of  knowledge,  content 
to  be  only  ministrant  to  the  better  understanding-  of 
this  author  or  that  book ;  yet  are  these  taken  alto- 
gether few  and  insignificant  beside  those  that  have 
thus  felt  in  regard  of  the  one  Book  with  which  we 
have  to  do.  Surely  the  spectacle  of  any  great  library, 
and  of  the  volumes  there  which  stand  in  immediate 
relation  to  this  one,  with  the  certainty,  that  so  long  as 
the  world  stands,  they  will  go  on  accumulating  and 
multiplying,  must  to  a  thoughtful  mind  suggest  many 
meditations  of  what  the  meaning  and  significance  of 
that  one  must  be,  and  the  manner  in  which  it  must 
set  in  motion  the  minds  of  men.  Nor  will  he,  in  esti- 
mating this,  fail  to  call  to  mind  that  those  which  stand 
in  direct  relation  to  that  Volume,  which  bear  upon  the 
front  that  they  are  thus  connected  with  it,  multitu- 
dinous past  all  count  as  they  seem,  are  yet  but  a  small 
fraction  of  those  which  owe  to  this  one  all  which  is 
most  characteristic  in  them — their  impulse,  their  mo- 
tive, their  form,  their  spirit ;  that  all  modern  European 
literature  is  there  as  in  its  germ ;  that  even  the  works 
which  seem  to  stand  remotest  from  it,  least  to  own  a 
fealty  to  it,  do  yet  pay  to  it  the  unconscious,  it  may 
be  the  unwilling,  homage  of  being  wholly  different 
from  what  they  would  have  been, — had  they  indeed  at 
all  existed, — without  it. 

Such,  brethren,  are  a  few  aspects  under  which  I 
would  ask  you  to  consider  how  the  Holy  Scriptures 
have  justified  themselves  by  the  effects  which  they 
have  brought  about,  by  the  mighty  deeds  which  they 
have  done  ;  shewing  themselves  seeds  of  life,  leaven 


122  LECTURE  VII. 

of  power  in  the  world.  And  I  should  be  untrue  to 
my  jDOsition  here,  did  I  conclude  without  asking  you 
to  make  personal  application  of  the  things  which  you 
have  heard  to  yourselves.  This  Word  which  has  thus 
been  fruitfid  everywhere,  AA'hich  has  supplied  what  was 
lacking,  and  healed  what  was  sick,  and  revived  what 
was  ready  to  die,  will  it  be  less  effectual  in  us,  if  only 
we  receive  it  aright  ?  This,  which  has  made  so  much 
else,  like  the  dry  rod  of  Aaron,  to  blossom  and  to  bud, 
AAill  it  not  be  as  potent  in  our  hearts,  till  they  too  are 
clothed  with  foliage  and  fruits  and  flowers  which  are 
not  naturally  their  own  ?  Shall  we  say,  "  I  am  a  dry 
tree,"  when  we  might  be  as  trees  planted  by  rivers  of 
water,  which  should  not  fear  the  drought  of  the  desert, 
nor  see  when  the  heat  cometh  ?  All  things  have  lived 
whithersoever  these  waters  which  issue  from  the  sanc- 
tuary have  come.  Shall  not  our  hearts  live  also,  until 
we  too  have  like  reason  with  the  Psalmist  for  prizing 
these  testimonies  of  God,  even  because  with  them  He 
has  quickened  us  ? 


LECTURE    VIII. 

THE    FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  SCRIPTURE. 

Eevelation  VI.  2. 
Conquering  and  to  conquer. 

An  earlier  lecture  in  this  present  course  was  dedicated 
to  the  manner  in  which  Holy  Scripture  had,  little  by 
little,  laid  bare  its  treasures  to  the  Church ;  and  in 
my  very  latest  I  had  occasion  to  speak  of  the  victories 
which  the  Truth  had  won  and  was  winning  still — the 
way  in  which  the  word  of  the  Scripture  was  vindi- 
cating itself  to  be  all  that  it  claimed  to  be,  shewing 
itself  mighty,  through  God,  for  doing  its  appointed 
work ;  how,  like  the  personal  Word,  it  had  ridden 
forth,  and  was  riding  yet,  a  victorious  conqueror  over 
the  earth.  It  remains  to  consider,  and  with  this  con- 
sideration we  shall  fitly  conclude  our  subject,  in  what 
way  it  is  likely  to  approve  itself  a  conqueror  to  the 
end ;  what  preparations  we  can  trace  in  it  for  meet- 
ing the  future  evils  of  the  world,  the  future  needs  of 
the  Church  ;  how  far  we  may  suppose  that  this  Book, 
which  has  revealed  so  much,  may  yet  have  much  more 
to  reveal. 

And  this  is  our  confidence,  that  as  the  Scripture 
has  sufficed  for  the  past,  so  also  it  Avill  suffice  for  the 
time  to  come  ;  that  it  has  resources  adequate  to  meet 
all  demands  which  may  be  made  on  it ;  that  it  has  in 
reserve  whatsoever  any  new  conditions  of  the  world, — 


124  LECTURE  VIII.  [1845. 

any  new  shapes  of  evil, — any  new,  if  they  be  righteous, 
cravings  of  the  spirits  of  men, — may  require.  We 
believe  that  as  the  Scripture  is  an  armoury  in  which 
the  Church  has  found  weapons  for  all  past  conflicts,  so 
will  it  find  them  there  for  all  which  are  yet  to  come — 
conflicts  which,  it  may  be,  we  as  little  forecast  or 
dream  of  now,  as  we  do  of  the  weapons  which  are 
ready  wrought  in  this  armoury  for  bringing  them  to 
a  glorious  termination;  and  the  weapons  too  them- 
selves being  oftentimes  such,  that  they  who  Avere  by 
God  employed  to  forge  them,  while  they  knew  that 
they  would  serve  present  needs,  yet  hardly  knew, 
perhaps  knew  not  at  all,  what  remote  purposes  they 
should  also  serve,  to  what  great  ulterior  purposes  they 
should  one  day  be  turned.  Yet  thus,  no  doubt,  it  shall 
be:  for  just  as  in  works  of  man's  mind,  talent  knows  all 
which  it  means,  but  genius,  which  is  nearer  akin  to 
inspiration,  means  much  more  than  it  consciously 
knows ;  even  so  wise  men  and  prophets  and  evan- 
gelists, who  were  used  for  the  uttering  of  this  Word, 
knowing  much  of  that  which  they  spake  and  recorded, 
yet  meant  still  more  than  they  knew — the  Holy  Ghost 
guiding  and  shaping  their  utterances,  and  causing 
them  oftentimes  to  declare  deeper  things,  and  things 
of  ^ider  reach  and  of  more  manifold  utility,  than  even 
they  themselves,  enlarged  and  enlightened  by  that 
Spirit  as  they  were,  were  conscious  of  the  AvhUe. 
That  which  they  spake  being  central  Truth,  presented 
a  front,  not  merely  to  the  lies  of  theii'  day,  not  merely 
to  the  falsehood  which  they  distinctly  had  in  their 
mind  to  encounter,  but  presents  a  front  to  every 
later  lie  as  well;  and  so  we  have  entire  confidence 
that  the  Truth  being  ever,  in  the  language  of  Bacon, 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.      125 

"  an  hill  not  to  be  commanded,"  the  same  those 
Scriptures,  which  arc  Scriptures  of  very  truth,  shall 
shew  themselves — an  hill  which  shall  never  be  com- 
manded, but  which  rather  shall  itself  command  all 
other  heights  and  eminences  of  the  spiritual  and  in- 
tellectual world.  However  high  these  tower,  this 
Word  will  always  have  heights  which  tower  above 
them  all ;  judging  all  things,  it  will  be  judged  of 
none;  itself  the  measure  of  all,  no  other  thing  will 
bring  a  measure  unto  it. 

We  can  indeed  guess  but  uncertainly  what  may 
be  the  future  unrolling  of  the  world's  history — what 
antichristian  forms  of  society  may  rise  up,  promising 
good,  for  the  moment  seeming  to  keep  their  promise, 
consecrating  the  flesh,  breaking  down  the  walls  of 
separation  between  the  holy  and  the  profane,  making 
all  profane  while  they  pretend  to  make  all  holy — 
what  master-works  of  Satan,  his  latest  and  crowning- 
forms  of  opposition  to  the  Truth.  Or,  again,  we  can 
only  uncertainly  apprehend  what  heresies  may  appear, 
subtler  and  more  attractive  even  than  any  which  the 
world  has  yet  beheld — coming  with  greater  semblance 
of  holiness,  and  well-nigh  causing  even  the  elect  to 
fail.  But  our  reliance  in  this  Word  and  the  revela- 
tion of  the  Name  of  God  which  is  there,  is  this,  that 
out  of  it  the  Church  will  be  able  to  refute  those 
heresies — by  the  help  of  its  warnings  and  intimations 
to  detect  and  to  defy  the  attractions  of  Antichrist, 
even  when  he  comes  with  all  the  lying  wonders,  and 
in  all  the  false  glory,  of  his  kingdom. 

For  while  it  is  hard  for  us  to  say  what  may  be  the 
exact  forms  of  those  future  evils,  Avhile  we  cannot 
discern    accurately    beforehand   the    lineaments    and 


126  LECTURE  VIII.  [1845. 

proportions  of  these  latest  monstrous  shapes  which 
shall  ascend  from  the  pit, — as  neither  -would  this  fore- 
knowledge profit  us  much  ; — yet  the  hints  which  in 
God's  prophetic  word  we  have,  the  course  of  the 
mystery  of  iniquity  as  it  is  already  working,  seem 
alike  to  point  to  this,  that  as  there  has  been  an  aping 
of  the  monarchy  of  the  Father,  in  the  absolute  des- 
potisms of  the  world,  an  aping  of  the  economy  of  the 
Son,  as  though  he  already  sat  visibly  on  his  throne, 
in  its  spiritual  despotisms,  and  eminently  in  that  of 
Rome  ;  so  there  remains  yet  for  the  world,  as  the 
crowning  delusion,  a  lying  imitation  of  the  kingdom 
and  dispensation  of  the  Spirit — such  as  in  the  lawless 
Communist  sects  of  the  middle  ages,  in  the  Famihsts 
of  a  later  day,  in  the  St.  Simonians  of  our  own,  has 
attempted  to  come  to  the  birth,  though  in  each  case 
the  world  Avas  not  ripe  for  it  yet,  and  the  thing 
was  withdrawn  for  a  time.  Yet  doubtless  only  for  a 
time  ;  to  reappear  in  an  after  hour — full  of  false  free- 
dom, full  of  the  promise  of  bringing  all  things  into 
one ;  making  war  on  the  family,  as  something  which 
separates  between  man  and  man,  breaking  down  and 
obliterating  all  distinctions,  the  distinctions  between 
nation  and  nation,  between  the  man  and  the  woman, 
between  the  flesh  and  the  Spirit,  between  the 
Church  and  the  world.  So  seems  it ;  and  when  we 
translate  St.  Paul's  words,  with  which  he  characterizes 
the  final  Antichrist,  as  though  he  had  simply  called 
him  "that  wicked  one'","  we  lose  a  confirmation  of 
this  view  which  his  words  more  accurately  rendered 
would  have  given  us.  He  is  not  simply  the  wicked 
one,  but  6  avofw^,  the  lawless  one  ;  and  the  mystery  is 
•  2  Thess.  ii.  8. 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.    127 

not  merely  a  mystery  of  iniquity  but  of  lawlessness 
(dvofiia^).  Law,  in  all  its  manifestations,  is  that  which 
he  shall  rage  against,  making  hideous  misapplication 
of  that  great  truth,  that  where  the  Spirit  is,  there  is 
liberty. 

Then,  when  this  shall  have  come  to  pass,  then  at 
length  the  great  anti-trinity  of  hell,  the  dragon,  the 
beast,  and  the  false  prophet,  will  have  been  fully 
revealed  in  all  deceivableness  of  unrighteousness ; — 
and  yet  not  so  mighty  to  deceive,  but  that  the  Church 
of  the  redeemed,  armed  and  forewarned  by  this 
Word  of  God,  shall  see  in  all  this,  only  what  it  looked 
to  see,  only  what  it  had  been  taught  to  expect ;  and 
in  the  might  of  the  counter-truth,  in  the  confes- 
sion of  the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
shall  be  saved  even  in  its  weakest  and  simplest  mem- 
ber, from  that  strong  delusion,  which  shall  be  too 
much  for  every  one  besides. 

And  in  thus  speaking  of  Holy  Scripture,  I  am  but 
expressing  a,  confidence  which  those  who  have  searched 
the  deepest  into  it  have  oftentimes  expressed.  Thus, 
to  take  but  one  name  and  another  out  of  the  noble 
catalogue  of  English  worthies,  Robert  Boyle  expresses 
himself  thus  :  "  I  consider  here  that  as  the  Bible  was 
not  written  for  any  one  particular  time  or  people,  but 
for  the  whole  Church  militant  diffused  through  all 
nations  and  ages,  so  there  are  many  passages  very 
useful,  which  will  not  be  found  so  these  many  ages  ; 
being  possibly  reserved  by  the  prophetic  Spirit  that 
indited  them,  (and  whose  omniscience  comprises  and 
unites  in  one  prospect  all  times  and  all  events,)  to 
quell  some  future  foreseen  heresy,  which  will  not, 
perhaps,  be  born  till  we   be    dead,  or   resolve  some 


128  LECTURE  Vm.  [1845. 

yet  unformed  doubts,  or  confound  some  error  that 
hath  not  yet  a  name."  And  Bishop  Butler  uses  lan- 
guage well  nigh  the  same :  "  Nor  is  it,"  he  says,  "  at 
all  incredible  that  a  Book  which  has  been  so  long  in 
the  possession  of  mankind  should  yet  contain  many 
truths  as  yet  undiscovered.  For  all  the  same  pheno- 
mena and  the  same  facidties  of  investigation  from 
which  such  great  discoveries  in  natm-al  knowledge 
have  been  made  in  the  present  and  last  age,  were 
equally  in  the  possession  of  mankind  several  thousand 
years  before.  And  possibly  it  might  be  intended 
that  events  as  they  came  to  pass,  should  open  and 
ascertain  the  meaning  of  several  parts  of  Scripture." 

But,  besides  these  mighty  mischiefs  which  may 
hereafter  arise,  of  which  we  can  at  most  discern  now 
only  the  dim  beginnings,  the  obscure  foreshadowings, 
there  are  also  others  which  have  already  taken  form 
and  shape — some  of  them  such  as  have  stood  strong 
and  in  the  main  unshaken  for  thousands  of  years ; 
which  yet  we  beheve,  which  indeed  yet  we  know,  shall 
one  day  be  overthrown  by  the  greater  power  and 
prevalence  of  the  Truth.  For  we  are  sure  that  the 
religion  of  Christ  is  as  the  rod  of  Moses,  which  did  in 
the  end  swallow  up  every  rod  of  the  magicians — that 
the  Church  shall  possess  the  earth — that  "the  field" 
in  which  the  Son  of  Man  sows  his  seed  is  not  this 
land  or  that  land,  but  "  the  world."  And  anticipating, 
or  to  speak  more  truly,  being  sure  of  this,  it  may  not 
be  unbecoming  to  see  if  we  can  at  all  discern  in 
Scripture  the  preparations  which  have  been  there  made, 
and  the  might  which  is  there  slumbering,  against  each 
of  those  closer  conflicts,  which  the  Church,  by  its 
help,  must  one  da}-  wage  with  those  forms  of  untruth 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.      129 

and  error.  Such  enquiry  will,  at  any  rate,  not  be 
foreign  to  our  subject ;  for  that  subject  being  the  fit- 
ness of  Holy  Scripture  for  unfolding  the  spiritual  life 
of  men,  a  great  part  of  that  fitness  must  lie  in  its 
capacity  to  meet  and  overcome  each  deadlier  form  of 
superstition  and  error,  which,  under  one  name  or  an- 
other, cramps  and  confines,  or  wholly  hinders,  the  true 
development  of  the  spirits  of  men. 

How  profitable  were  it,  in  regard  of  the  more 
effectual  conducting  of  Christian  missions,  to  be  more 
conscious  than  generally  we  seek  to  be,  of  what  is  our 
peculiar  strength,  and  what  the  peculiar  weakness  of 
each  of  those  systems  of  error,  which  we  seek,  in  love 
to  the  souls  which  are  made  prisoners  by  it,  to  over- 
throw ; — so  that  we  should  not  blindly  run  a  tilt  against 
it,  Avith  no  other  preparation  save  a  confidence  in  the 
goodness  of  our  cause,  but  with  wisdom  and  insight 
assail  it  there,  where  there  were  best  hope  of  assailing 
with  success.  For  every  one  of  these,  while  their 
strength  is  in  that  fragment  of  Truth,  which,  however 
maimed  and  marred,  with  whatever  contradictions  and 
under  whatever  disguises,  they  hold,  have  also  emi- 
nently their  weak  side,  that  on  which  they  signally 
deny  some  great  Truth  which  the  spirit  of  man  craves, 
Avhich  the  Scriptures  of  God  affirm — a  side,  therefore, 
on  which  if  assailed,  they  must  sooner  or  later  perish, 
or  rather  will  not  always  continue  at  strife  with  their 
own  blessedness.  To  know  this,  and  to  know  also 
what  engines  out  of  the  divine  armoury  ought  to  be 
especially  advanced  against  each  of  these  strongholds 
of  confusion,  to  know  not  merely  that  we  are  strong 
and  they  weak,  but  where  and  why  strong  in  regard 
of  each,   and  where   and  why  they  are  weak  ;   this  is 

T.  H.  L.  9 


130  LECTURE    VIII.  [1845. 

surely  a  needful,  as  it  is  a  much-neglected,  discipline; 
this  is  a  duty  not  indolently  to  be  forgone  by  a 
Chui'ch  like  our  own,  a  Church  which  Gods  providence 
and  leading  has  so  clearly  marked  out  to  do  the  work 
of  an  Evangelist  on  vast  continents  and  in  far  islands 
of  the  sea. 

To  give  such  a  trainiug  as  this,  was  no  doubt  the 
meaning  and  purpose  of  the  catechetical  schools  of 
Alexandria,  so  famous  through  all  Christian  antiquity; 
they  were  instituted  to  afford  the  highest  culture  to 
the  evangelist,  to  give  him  the  fullest  understanding 
of  what  he  was  to  oppose,  and  how  he  was  to  do  it. 
And  such  an  insight  as  this,  could  we  have  it  clear, 
into  Scripture  and  its  adaptation  for  overcoming  each 
shape  of  falsehood,  how  would  it  make  us  workmen 
that  did  not  need  to  be  ashamed.  How  would  it 
enable  us  at  once,  and  without  beating  the  air,  to  ad- 
dress ourselves  to  the  points  reaUy  at  issue  between 
us  on  one  side,  and  Jews,  Mohammedans,  and  infidels, 
on  the  other.  For  the  Truth  which  is  still  the  same, 
w^hich  might  not  give  up  one  jot  or  tittle  of  itself, 
though  it  had  with  this  the  certainty  of  winning  a 
world,  may  yet  of  infinite  love  continually  change  its 
voice,  and  present  itself  ever  differentl}-,  according  to 
the  different  necessities  of  those  whom  it  would  fain 
make  its  own. 

And  on  the  other  hand,  w^e  address  ourselves  but 
in  a  slight  and  inefficient  manner  to  our  work,  when, 
without  discrimination,  without  acquaintance  with  those 
systems  which  hold  soids  in  bondage,  which  hinder 
them  from  coming  to  the  light  of  life,  we  have  but  one 
method  with  them  all — one  language  in  which  to  de- 
scribe them  all — one  common  charge  of  belonging  to 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.     131 

the  devil  on  which  to  arraign  them  ;  instead  of  recog- 
nizing, as  we  ought,  that  each  province  of  the  dark 
kingdom  of  error  is  different  from  every  other ;  instead 
of  seeing  that  it  is  not  a  lie  which  can  ever  make  any 
thing  strong — that  it  is  not  certainly  their  lie  which 
has  made  them  strong,  and  enabled  them  to  stand 
their  ground  so  long,  and  some  of  them,  saddest  of 
all !  to  win  ground  for  a  while  from  Christendom 
itself;  but  the  truth  which  that  lie  perverts  and  denies. 
Handling  them  in  that  other  way,  we  turn  but  to  little 
advantage  that  manifold  Word  of  wisdom  with  which 
God  has  enriched  his  Church,  and  which,  containing 
as  it  does  its  own  special  antidote  for  every  error, 
would  allow,  and  indeed  demands,  a  much  more  special 
dealing  with  each,  and  one  which  would  get  much 
more  nearly  to  the  heart  of  the  matter. 

Thus,  the  Mohammedan  is  strong  in  that  he  affirms 
God  to  be  distinct  from  the  creature,  so  that  he  may 
not  without  blasphemy  be  confused  with  it — a  jealous 
God,  who  will  not  give  his  glory  to  another.  In  the 
might  of  this  faith,  in  the  conviction  that  God  had 
raised  him  up  to  assert  this  truth  in  the  face  of  all 
who  were  forgetting  it,  he  overran  half  a  world.  But 
he  is  weak,  and  the  moon  of  Islam,  as  it  has  waxed, 
so  will  it  wane  before  the  Sun  of  Righteousness,  inas- 
much as  he  makes  the  gulf  which  divides  God  and 
man  to  be  a  gulf  which  can  never  be  bridged  over,  an 
impassable  chasm,  fixed  for  eternity ;  he  is  weak, 
because  he  knows  not,  and  will  not  know,  of  one,  the 
Son  of  Mary,  the  Son  of  God,  in  whom  the  human 
and  divine  were  not  confounded,  nor  lost  one  in  the 
other,  but  united.  He  does  not  satisfy  the  longings 
of  the  human  race,  which  was  made  for  this  union  as 

9 — 2 


132  LECTURE  VIII.  [1845. 

its  highest  end  and  cro^vning  perfection,  which  will  be 
satisfied  Avith  nothing  short  of  this ;  and  therefore  we 
are  sure  that  the  day  ^viU.  come,  however  little  we  may 
as  yet  discern  its  signs,  when  the  fiery  sword  of  Mo- 
hammed will  grow  pale  before  the  ever- brightening 
lustre  of  the  cross  of  the  Son  of  Man  ;  when  the  Scrip- 
tures will  shew  themselves  over  all  the  dark  places  of 
the  earth  mightier  than  the  Koran,  We  are  sure  of 
this,  because  those  Scriptures  maintain  all  which  is 
there  of  truth — are  as  jealous  and  more  jealous  of  the 
incommunicable  name  of  God, — say,  and  say  far  more 
clearly,  Our  God  is  one  God ;  but  in  addition  to  this, 
affirm  that  which  is  there  denied,  but  which  the  spirit 
of  man  will  never  rest  till  it  has  found  and  known,  a 
Son  of  God,  and  him  also  the  Son  of  INIan. 

The  Indian  rehgions, — they  too  are  not  mthout 
their  elements  of  an  obscured  truth — and  in  this 
mainly,  that  they  declare  it  to  be  most  worthy  of 
God  to  reveal  Himself  as  man — that  this  is  the  only 
true  revelation  of  Him,  that  an  incarnation  is  the 
fittest  outcoming  of  the  glory  of  God.  But,  not  to 
urge  that  what  they  have  to  tell  of  such  matters  are 
only  dreams  of  men,  and  not  facts  of  God — besides 
this,  they  are  comparatively  worthless,  in  that  they  do 
not  concentrate  and  gather  up  this  revelation  of  God 
in  one  incarnation,  but  lose  and  scatter  it  through 
unnumbered.  For  while  one  incarnation  is  precious, 
a  thousand  are  w^orth  nothing ;  they  become  mere 
transient  points  of  contact  between  God  and  man, 
momentary  docetic  apparitions  of  the  divine  under 
hrnnan  forms.  And  the  books  which  are  the  records 
of  these,  and  the  religion  which  rests  on  those  books, 
must  give   way  before  that  Book,  which   can   say  in 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.      133 

holiest,  yet  soberest,  earnest,  "  The  Word  was  made 
flesh" — and  which  knows  not  merely  of  an  Incarna- 
tion, but  of  a  Resurrection  and  an  Ascension,  in  which 
the  Son  of  God  made  manifest  that  he  had  wedded 
the  humanity  for  ever,  that  he  had  not  come  merely 
into  transient  relation  with  it,  but  had  made  it  his 
OAvn  for  eternity  ;  sitting  down  in  it  on  the  right  hand 
of  the  Majesty  on  high. 

And  that  other  later  birth  of  Hindooism,  that  other 
vast  system  of  further  Asia,  which  we  are  continually 
perplexed  whether  to  call  it  a  pantheism,  or  a  gigantic 
atheism,  that  which  in  the  end  loses  everything  in 
God,  and  makes  absorption  in  Him  the  ultimate  end 
of  being,  that  too  begins  with  fairer  promises.  For 
it  starts  with  that  which  is  so  deeply  true,  that  in  God 
we  live  and  move  and  have  our  being — that  as  man 
came  from  God,  so  he  must  return  to  God — that 
there  is  but  one  Spirit  Avhich  moves  through  all  things. 
But  then,  refusing  to  know  ought  but  the  Spirit,  re- 
fusing to  know  the  Father  and  the  Son  from  whom 
that  Spirit  proceeds,  so  neither  can  it  save  its  votaries 
from  that  gulf  wherein  all  things,  and  man  the  first, 
are  annihilated  in  an  abysmal  deep,  which  is  not  the 
less  dreadful,  because  it  calls  itself  God ;  that  gulf 
which  is  ever  yaAvning  for  every  nobler  and  deeper 
speculator  in  theology,  who  has  not  the  mystery  of 
the  ever-blessed  Trinity,  three  Persons  and  one  God, 
for  his  safeguard  and  his  stay, — an  ever-abiding  wit- 
ness to  him  for  the  distinctness  of  personal  being. 
And  we  are  sure  that  neither  will  this  system  stand 
before  that  Word  which  aflEirms,  and  only  with  far 
higher  clearness,  that  "  God  is  a  Spirit ; "  but  affirms 
also,  that  "  there  are  three  that  bear  record  in  heaven. 


134  LECTURE  VIII.  [1845. 

the  Father,  the  Word,  and  the  Holy  Ghost ; "  without 
which  that  other  truth  is  only  as  a  noble  river  pre- 
sently to  lose  itself  among  the  sands. 

These,  brethren,  are  the  great  rival  religions  to 
Christianity,  which  yet  contend  with  it  for  the  pos- 
session of  the  world — each  of  them,  as  you  see,  pre- 
senting points  of  contact  for  the  absolute  Truth ;  and 
at  the  same  time  all  presenting  points  of  weakness — 
sides  upon  which  they  dumbly  crave  to  be  fulfilled  by 
this  Truth,  even  while  they  are  striding  the  most 
fiercely  against  it ;  the  Truth  in  Holy  Scripture  being 
at  once  the  antagonist  and  the  complement  of  them 
all. 

Nor  may  I  not  observe  that  any  other  dealing 
with  them  than  this,  which,  even  while  it  wars  against 
them,  welcomes  and  honours  the  wi'eck  and  fragment 
of  Truth  which  they  still  may  retain — any  ruder  and 
less  discriminating  assault  on  that  which  men  have 
hitherto  believed,  and  which,  however  mixed  up  with 
falsehood  and  fraud,  has  yet  been  all  whereby  they 
have  holden  on  to  an  higher  world, — any  such  attack, 
even  when  it  seems  most  successful,  may  be  full  of  the 
utmost  peril  for  them  whom  we  thus  coarsely  seek  to 
benefit,  and  with  these  imskilful  hands  to  deliver.  For, 
indeed,  there  is  no  ofl&ce  more  delicate,  no  task  need- 
ing greater  wisdom  and  patience  and  love,  than  to  set 
men  free  from  their  superstitions,  and  yet,  wdth  this, 
not  to  lay  waste  in  their  hearts  the  very  soil  in  which 
the  Truth  should  strike  its  roots — to  disentangle  the 
tree  from  the  ivy  which  was  strangling  it,  without,  in 
the  process  and  together  with  the  strangling  ivy,  de- 
stroying also  the  very  life  of  the  tree  itself,  which  we 
designed  to  save.     Where  this  process  of  men's  extri- 


THE  FUTURE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.      135 

cation  from  error  has  been  rudely  or  unwisely  carried 
out,  either  by  their  own  fault  or  that  of  others,  where 
they  have  been  urged  to  rise  up  in  scorn,  and  to 
trample  upon  their  past  selves,  and  all  that  in  time 
past  they  have  held  in  honour,  how  mournful  fre- 
quently the  final  issue  !  Thus,  how  unable  do  we  often 
prove  to  retain  the  converts  from  Romanism  which  we 
have  won.  They  do  not  return  to  that  which  they 
have  left,  but  they  pass  on,  they  pass  through  the 
Truth  into  error  on  the  other  side.  They  pass  from 
darkness  into  the  sunlight,  and  that  sunlight  scarcely 
gilds  and  brightens  them  for  an  instant,  ere  they  glide 
into  another  and  thicker  darkness  again ;  scarcely  are 
they  in  the  secure  haven  a  moment,  ere  they  put 
forth,  as  though  incapable  of  enjoying  its  repose,  among 
the  shoals  and  eddies  once  more. 

And  so  too  the  Hindoo  children  in  our  Indian 
schools,  Avhen  we  have  gathered  them  there,  and  shewn 
them  in  the  light  of  modern  philosophy,  the  utter 
absurdity  and  incoherence  of  their  sacred  books,  and 
provoked  them  to  throw  uttermost  scorn  on  these,  we 
yet  may  not  have  brought  them  even  into  the  vesti- 
bule of  the  Faith,  rather  may  have  set  them  at  a 
greater  distance  than  ever ;  for  to  have  taught  them 
to  pour  contempt  on  all  with  which  hitherto  they  have 
linked  feelings  of  sacredness  and  awe,  is  but  a  ques- 
tionable preparation  for  making  them  humble  and 
reverent  scholars  of  Christ.  Wiser  surely  was  St. 
Paul's  method,  who  ever  sought  a  ground  common  to 
himself  and  him  whom  he  would  persuade,  though  it 
were  but  an  handbreadth,  upon  which  to  take  his 
stand — who  taught  men  reverently  to  handle  their 
past  selves  and  their  past  beliefs, — who  to  the  Athe- 


136  LECTURE   VIII.  [1845. 

nians  said,  "  TMiom  therefore  ye  ignorantly  worship, 
Him  declare  I  unto  you,"  and  spake  of  the  Cretan 
poet  as  "a  prophet  of  their  own;"  who  re-adopted 
into  the  family  of  the  Truth  its  lost  and  wandering 
children,  however  they  might  have  forgotten  their  true 
descent,  in  whatever  far  land,  under  Avhatever  unlikely 
disguises,  he  found  them.  Thus,  and  because  he  thus 
dealt,  he  became,  in  the  language  of  a  Greek  father, 
which  contains  scarcely  an  exaggeration,  the  w^xcpa- 
ywyos  Tri<s  oiKovfxevtj's,  he  who  led  up  the  world  as  a 
bride  unto  Christ. 

But  I  must  draw  my  subject  to  an  end,  and  with 
a  few  general  remarks  on  the  aim  and  scope  of  what 
here  I  have  been  permitted  to  deliver,  will  conclude. 
My  purpose  has  been,  as  I  trust  even  they  may  have 
gathered  who  have  heard  but  a  part,  and  that  the 
latest,  of  these  discourses,  to  bring  out  an  inner  wit- 
ness for  Scripture  from  that  which,  to  an  earnest  and 
devout  examination,  it  shews  itself  as  fitted  for  doing — 
from  that  which  it  has  already  done — from  that  which 
we  may  believe  it  •v\t11  accomplish  yet.  And  this  sub- 
ject I  have  chosen  out  of  those  which  w  ere  before  me, 
because  truly  there  is  great  strength  and  comfort  and 
assurance  for  us  in  these  evidences  for  the  things 
that  we  have  believed,  which  are  dra^vn,  not  from 
without,  but  from  within — from  their  inner  glory, 
their  manifest  fitness.  Thus,  for  example,  if  gainsayers 
at  any  time  should  adduce  apparent  disagreements 
between  one  Gospel  or  one  book  of  history  and  an- 
other, as  between  Matthew  and  Luke,  Chronicles  and 
I^ngs,  and  seek  to  trouble  and  perplex  us  wdth  these, 
surely  the  true  way  to  meet  them  were  to  bring  first 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.     137 

the  whole  question  into  an  higher  court.  Let  us  put 
rather  the  question  to  be  resolved  as  this,  In  what 
traceable  connexion  do  these  books,  each  by  itself, 
each  in  relation  to  the  whole  of  the  other  books,  stand 
to  the  great  purpose  of  God  with  humanity  ?  Can 
they  be  shewn  evidently  to  form  integral  parts  of  a 
mightier  whole  ?  Do  they  reveal  the  Name  of  God  ? 
Do  they  yield  their  nourishment  for  the  divine  life  of 
man  ?  Have  they  yielded  such  for  our  own  ? 

And  then — not  indeed  to  refuse  entering  into 
those  lower  and  merely  critical  questions  of  detail ; 
but  if  it  has  been  found  that  the  book  satisfies  higher 
needs,  fulfils  loftier  requirements — claiming  for  it  on 
the  score  of  this,  the  entire,  the  trustful  confidence  of 
faith,  that  it  will  justify  itself  in  all  lesser  matters, 
that  it  will  come  out  as  clear  and  clean  in  them,  as  in 
its  greater  purpose  and  aim.  Here  too  that  word  will 
hold  good,  "  He  that  believeth  shall  not  make  haste." 
He  will  be  content  to  wait.  For  what  weakness  does 
it  manifest,  what  inner  mistrust  of  the  things  which 
we  have  believed,  how  feebly  must  we  hold  them, 
how  little  can  they  have  blest  us,  when  we  raise  a  cry 
of  fear  at  any  new  and  startling  results  to  which 
science  or  criticism  may  have,  or  may  seem  to  have, 
arrived.  These  too  will  presently  be  shewn  what  they 
are ;  if  true,  they  will  fall  into  their  place,  and  that 
place  a  place  of  subjection  to  revealed  Truth  :  if  false, 
however  noisy  now,  however  threatening  to  carry  the 
world  before  them,  will  vanish  away  in  a  little  while. 
But  to  dread  anything,  to  Avish  that  anything  which 
has  been  patiently  sought  or  honestly  Avon,  should  be 
ignored  or  kept  back,  betrays  an  extreme  weakness  ; 
Christ  has  not  laid  his  hand  on  us  with  power,  or  we 


138  LECTURE  VIII.  [1845. 

should  not  be  so  easily  persuaded  to  believe  his  cause 
tottering,  or  his  Truth  endangered. 

And,  indeed,  as  regards  ought  which  may  be 
brought  forward  with  purposes  hostile  to  the  Faith,  may 
not  the  past  well  give  us  confidence  for  the  future?  One 
and  another  adversary  has  risen  up ;  for  what  has  not 
the  world  beheld  in  this  kind  ?  Essays  on  the  Miracles, 
Ages  of  Reason,  Lives  of  Jesus,  Theories  of  Creation. 
And  then,  in  the  first  deceitful  flush  of  a  momentary 
success,  oftentimes  the  cry  has  gone  forth.  It  is  finished; 
and  the  fortress  of  the  Faith  is  held  to  be  so  fatally 
breached,  as  henceforward  to  be  untenable,  and  its 
defenders  to  have  nothing  more  to  do  than  to  lay 
do^\Ti  their  arms,  and  surrender  at  discretion.  And 
ah'eady  those  that  dwell  upon  the  earth  begin  to  make 
merry  over  the  slain  witnesses ;  and  already  the  new 
Diocletians  rear  their  trophies  and  stamp  their  medals, 
the  memorials  of  an  extinguished  Faith — they  them- 
selves being  about  to  perish  for  ever,  and  that  Faith 
to  go  forward  to  new  victories.  For  anon  the  floods 
retreat ;  and  temple  and  tower  of  God,  round  Avhose 
bases  those  waters  raged  and  foamed  and  fretted  for 
an  instant,  stand  calmly  and  strongly  as  ever  they  did 
before.  We  too  some  of  us  have  heard,  and  probably 
we  shall  hear  again,  such  premature  hymns  of  an 
imaginary  triumph.  And  when  such  are  confidently 
raised,  the  unstable  are  perplexed,  and  the  waverers 
fall  off",  and  seeds  of  doubt,  to  be  reaped  in  an  harvest 
of  weakness,  are  sown  in  many  minds.  But  let  us, 
brethren,  have  a  sanctuary  to  retreat  to,  till  each  such 
tyranny  is  overpast,  as  overpass  it  surely  and  shortly 
will.  Let  us  have  that  immediate  syllogism  of  the 
heart,  against  which  no  argument  is  good.     Let  us  be 


THE  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SCRIPTURE.     139 

able  to  say,  These  words,  we  have  found  them  words 
of  healing,  words  of  eternal  life.  This  is  our  sole 
security — to  have  tasted  the  good  Word,  to  have 
known  the  poAvers  of  the  world  to  come.  And  what 
if  Theology  may  not  be  able,  on  the  instant,  to  solve 
every  difficult}^  yet  Faith  will  not  therefore  abandon 
one  jot  or  tittle  of  that  which  she  holds,  for  she  has 
it  on  another  and  a  surer  tenure,  she  holds  it  directly 
from  her  God. 


THE   END  OF  THE  LECTURES 
FOR  1845. 


CHEIST  THE   DESIEE    OF   ALL    NATIONS, 

OR,  THE  UNCONSCIOUS  PROPHECIES 
OF  HEATHENDOM: 


BEING 


THE    HULSEAN    LECTURES 

FOR   THE   YEAR  M.DCCC.XLVI. 


LECTURE    I. 

INTRODUCTORY    LECTURE. 


Haggai  II.  7. 
The  Desire  of  all  nations  shall  come. 

Although  the  Founder  of  these  Lectures,  which  it  is 
permitted  me  a  second  time  to  deliver  in  this  place, 
did  by  no  means  offer  a  narrow  range  of  subjects, 
from  which  the  preacher  should  make  his  choice,  but, 
on  the  contrary,  so  expressed  himself,  that  it  would 
be  quite  possible  to  adhere  to  the  letter  of  his  injunc- 
tions, and  still,  at  the  same  time,  altogether  to  quit 
the  region  of  Christian  apology ;  yet  I  cannot  but 
believe  that  in  so  doing  I  should  be  forsaking  the 
spirit  of  those  injunctions,  and  hardly  fulfilling  the 
intentions  with  which  these  Lectures  were  founded 
by  him.  Those  who  have  gone  before  me  in  this 
honourable  office,  arguing,  probably,  from  the  sub- 
jects which  he  has  placed  in  the  foremost  rank  ;  from 
the  purpose  which  kindred  foundations,  by  him  esta- 
blished among  us,  were  evidently  meant  to  serve ; 
from  the  especial  importance  attached  by  good  men 
in  the  age  wherein  he  lived,  to  such  defences  of  our 
holy  faith,  have  generally  concluded  that  they  should 
best  be  fulfilling  his  intention,  to  which  they  felt  a 
pious  reverence  was  due,  if  they  undertook  the  main- 
tenance of  some  portion  of  the  truth,  which  had  been 
especially  assailed  or  gainsayed.  Nor  do  I  purpose, 
on  the  present  occasion,  to  depart  from  the  practice 


144  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

which  the  example  of  my  predecessors  has  sanctioned ; 
having  rather  chosen  for  my  argument  a  subject  re- 
commending itself  to  me,  first,  by  a  certain  suitable- 
ness, as  I  trust  will  appear,  to  our  present  needs,  and 
to  controversies  of  our  day,  such  as  are  approaching, 
if  we  are  not  actually  in  the  midst  of  them  as  yet ; 
and  secondly,  by  an  evident  bearing  which  it  has  upon 
one  of  the  two  great  branches  of  study  cultivated 
among  us  in  this  University.  Christ  the  Desire  of  all 
Nations,  or,  The  Unconscious  Prophecies  of  Heathendom 
— such  appears  to  me  the  title  which  will  best  gather 
up  and  present  at  a  single  glance  to  you  the  subject, 
which  it  will  be  my  aim  in  the  following  discourses,  if 
God  will,  under  successive  aspects  to  unfold. 

Leaving  aside,  as  not  belonging  to  my  argument, 
what  there  was  of  positive  divinely  constituted  prepa- 
ration for  the  coming  of  Christ  in  the  Jewish  economy, 
I  shall  make  it  my  task  to  trace  ^hat  in  my  narrow 
limits  I  may,  of  the  implicit  expectations  which  there 
were  in  the  heathen  world — to  contemplate,  at  least 
under  a  few  leading  aspects,  the  yearnings  of  the 
nations  for  a  redeemer,  and  for  all  which  the  true 
Redeemer  only  could  give, — for  the  great  facts  of  his 
life,  for  the  great  truths  of  his  teaching.  Nor  may 
this  be  all :  for  this,  however  interesting  in  itself, 
would  yet  scarcely  come  under  the  title  of  Christian 
apology ;  of  which  the  idea  is,  that  it  is  not  merely 
the  truth,  but  the  truth  asserting  itself  in  the  face  of 
error.  It  will  therefore  be  my  endeavour  further  to 
rescue  these  dim  prophetic  anticipations  of  the  hea- 
then world  from  the  abuse  which  has  sometimes  been 
made  of  them,  to  shew  that  these  dreams  of  the  world, 
so  far  from  helping  to  persuade  us  that  all  which  we 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  145 

hold  is  a  dream  likewise,  are  rather  exactly  that  which 
ought  to  have  preceded  the  world's  awaking :  that 
these  parhelions  do  not  proclaim  everything  else  to 
be  an  optical  illusion,  but  announce,  and  witness  for, 
a  sun  that  is  travelling  into  sight;  that  these  false 
ancilia  of  man's  forging,  tell  of  a  true  Avhich  has  in- 
deed come  down  from  heaven.  I  would  fain  shew 
that  there  ought  to  have  been  these  ;  the  transcend- 
ing worth  and  dignity  of  the  Christian  revelation  not 
being  diminished  by  their  existence,  but  rather  en- 
hanced ;  for  its  glory  lies,  not  in  its  having  relation 
to  nothing  which  went  before  itself,  but  rather  in  its 
having  relation  to  every  thing,  in  its  being  the  middle 
point  to  which  all  lines,  some  consciously,  more  un- 
consciously, were  tending,  and  in  which  all  centered 
at  the  last. 

And  this  it  is  worth  our  while  to  shcAv  :  for  we  do 
not  here,  as  the  charge  has  sometimes  been  made 
against  us,  first  set  up  the  opponent, — Avhom  we  after- 
wards easily  overthrow,  for  he  was  but  the  phantom 
of  our  own  brain.  On  the  contrary,  it  has  been  at 
divers  times  from  the  very  first,  and  is  in  our  own 
day,  a  part,  and  a  favourite  part,  of  their  tactics  who 
would  resist  the  Faith,  to  endeavour  to  rob  it  of  its 
significance  as  the  great  epoch  in  the  world's  history, 
by  the  production  of  anterior  parallels  to  it. 

These  may  be  parallels  to  its  doctrines  and  ethical 
precepts ;  and  they  are  brought  forward  with  the  pur- 
pose of  shewing  that  it  is  therefore  no  such  wisdom 
of  God,  no  such  mystery  that  had  been  kept  secret 
from  the  beginning  of  the  world  ;  that  Avhat  it  pro- 
fessed to  give  as  a  revelation  from  heaven,  men  had 
attained   before   by  the  light  of  reason,  by  the  unas- 

T.  H.  L.  10 


146  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

sisted  efforts  of  their  own  minds.  The  attempts  to 
rob  Christianity  in  this  way  of  its  significance  are,  as 
I  observed,  not  new.  If  such  objections  have  been 
zealously  urged  in  modern  times,  they  belong  also  to 
the  very  earliest.  To  take  two  examples,  one  old,  one 
ncAv.  Celsus,  in  the  second  centur}',  quoting  words 
of  our  blessed  Lord's,  in  which  he  exhorts  to  the  for- 
giveness of  enemies,  remarks  that  he  has  found  the 
identical  precept  in  Plato, — with  only  the  difference, 
as  he  dares  to  add,  that  it  is  by  the  Grecian  sage 
better  and  more  elegantly  spoken"'".  And  Gibbon, 
having  occasion  to  speak  of  one  of  Christ's  most  me- 
morable moral  precepts,  "  Whatsoever  ye  would  that 
men  should  do  to  you,  do  ye  even  so  to  them,"  cannot 
resist  the  temptation  of  adding — "  a  rule  Avhich  I  read 
in  a  moral  treatise  of  Isocrates  four  hundred  years 
before  the  publication  of  the  Gospel."  And  in  like 
manner  we  all  probably  remember,  if  not  the  contents, 
yet  the  title  Avhich  the  book  of  an  English  deist  bore, 
one  of  the  ablest  of  that  unhappy  band,  "  Christianity 
as  old  as  the  Creation;"  a  book  which  by  that  title  at 

*  Origen,  Con.  Cels.,  1.  7,  c.  58.  In  like  manner  Celsus  affirmed 
that  our  Lord's  words,  Matt.  xix.  23.  were  transfen-ed  from  Plato, 
De  Legg  ,  1.  5.  742.  {Con.  Cels.,  1.  6.  c.  16.)  Augustine  too  {De  Dottr. 
Christ.,  1.2,  C.28)  makes  mention  of  some  in  his  own  time,  readers 
and  lovers  of  Plato, — qui  dicere  ausi  sunt  omnes  Domini  nostri  Jesu 
Christi  sententias,  quas  mu-ari  et  praedicare  coguntur,  de  Platonis 
libris  eum  didicisse.  St.  Ambrose  also,  as  we  learn  from  Augustine, 
(£■/).  31,)  had  found  it  necessary  to  write  against  such  ;  which  he  did 
in  a  work  that  now  has  perished.  How  excellent  is  Augustine's  o^\ti 
answer  {Enarr.  in  Ps.  cxl.  6) :  Dixit  hoc  Pythagoras,  dixit  hoc  Plato 
....  Propterea  si  inventus  fuerit  aliqms  eorurn  hoc  dixisse  quod  dixit 
et  Christus,  gratulamur  illi,  non  sequimur  ilium.  Sed  prior  fuit  ille 
quam  Christus.  Si  quis  vera  loquitur,  prior  est  quam  ipsa  Veritas  ? 
O  homo,  attende  Christum  non  quando  ad  te  venerit,  sed  quando  te 
fecerit. 


INTRODUCTORY   LECTURE.  147 

once  indicated  the  quarter  from  which  its  author  ad- 
vanced to  the  assault  of  revealed  religion. 

And  not  seldom  this  charge  appears  in  an  aggra- 
vated form ;  and  it  has  been  sought  to  be  proved,  not 
merely  that  others  had  said  the  same  before  the 
Gospel,  but  that  it  had  covertly  borrowed  from  them 
— that  so  far  from  being  more  and  higher  than  an- 
other birth  of  the  human  mind,  it  possessed  so  little 
vital  and  independent  energy,  as  to  have  been  com- 
pelled to  go  back  to  prior  sources,  and  to  bviild  with 
the  materials  of  others,  and  to  adorn  itself  with  their 
spoils.  Urged  by  their  desire  to  prove  this,  hoping  to 
convict  it  thus  of  being  in  possession  of  things  not  its 
own,  the  adversaries  of  the  Christian  faith  have  gone 
far  to  seek  for  the  anticipations  and  sources  of  its 
doctrine.  Thus,  with  Voltaire,  India,  and  still  more, 
China,  were  the  favourite  quarters  from  which  he 
laboured  to  shew  that  its  wisdom  had  been  drawn ; 
although  his  almost  incredible  ignorance  exposed  him 
to  the  most  ridiculous  errors,  and  made  him  the  dupe 
of  poorest  forgeries,  palmed  on  him  as  works  of  the 
ancient  wisdom  of  the  East,  and  which  by  him  were 
again  confidently  produced  as  such*.    Somewhat  later 


*  There  is  a  curious  account  of  a  fraud  which  was  played  off  on 
him,  in  Von  Bohlen's  Das  Alte  Indieri,  v.  1,  p.  136,  connecting  itself 
with  a  singular  piece  of  literary  forgery.  A  Jesuit  missionary,  whose 
zeal  led  him  to  assume  the  appearance  of  an  Indian  Fakir,  in  the 
beginning  of  last  century  forged  a  Veda,  of  which  the  purpose  was, 
secretly  to  undermine  the  religion  which  it  professed  to  supi^ort,  and 
so  to  facilitate  the  introduction  of  Christianity — to  advance,  that  is, 
the  kingdom  of  truth  with  a  lie.  This  forged  Veda  is  full  of  every 
kind  of  error  or  ignorance  in  regard  of  the  Indian  religions.  After 
lying,  however,  long  in  a  Romanist  missionary  college  at  Pondicherry, 
it  found  its  way  to  Europe,  and  a  transcript  of  it  came  mto  the  liands 
of  Voltaire,  who  eagerly  used  it  for  the  purpose  of  depreciating  the 

1 0 — 2       Christian 


148  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

the  Zend-Avesta  and  the  religion  of  Zoroaster  were 
triumphantly  appealed  to,  as  having  been  the  true  sun 
from  Avhich  the  borrowed  light  of  Judaism  and  Chris- 
tianit}^  had  proceeded.  Then  again,  men  said  that 
our  blessed  Lord  had  been  educated  and  initiated  in 
the  secret  lore  of  the  Essenes,  and  that  he,  the  Wisdom 
of  God,  had  first  learned  wisdom  in  these  schools  of 
men.  Or  by  others,  Rabbinical  parallels  to  various 
sayings  in  the  New  Testament,  to  evangelical  parables 
and  doctrines,  have  been  solemnly  adduced,  as  solving 
the  riddle  of  Christianity,  as  enough  to  dissipate  that 
nimbus  of  glory  with  which  it  had  been  hitherto  sur- 
rounded, to  refute  its  loftier  claims,  and  to  prove  its 
origin  of  earth,  and  not  of  heaven.  So  has  falsehood 
travelled  round  the  world,  as  inconsistent  with  itself 
as  it  is  remote  from  the  truth,  each  later  birth  of  it 
devom-ing  the  preceding. 

And  they  have  wrought  in  the  same  spirit,  and  in 
reality  mth  the  same  weapons  to  the  same  ends,  who 
yet,  somewhat  shifting  their  ground,  have  not  so 
much  sought  to  turn  our  Christian  faith  into  a  doc- 
trine which  had  been  often  taught  before,  as  into  a 
dream  which  has  been  often  dreamed  before ;  who 
have  not  therefore  laboured  to  produce  parallels  to  its 
isolated  sayings  or  doctrines — to  rob  it  here  and  there 
of  a  jewel  in  its  crown ;  but  have  aspired  to  a  com- 
pleter victory,  striking  at  the  very  person  and  acts  of 
Him  on  whom  it  rests,  and  out  of  whom  it  has  un- 
folded itself.  And  in  this  way  ; — they  have  ransacked 
all   records   of   ancient   religions   for   such    parallels. 

Christian  Books,  aud  shewing  how  many  of  their  doctrines  had  been 
anticipated  by  the  wisdom  of  the  East.  The  book  had  thus  an  end 
woi'thy  of  its  beginning. 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  149 

nearer  or  more  remote,  as  they  could  in  them  find, 
not  now  any  more  to  the  sayings,  but  rather  to  the 
doings,  of  his  life  ;  and  having  mustered  and  marshal- 
led in  threatening  order  as  many  of  these  as  they 
could  draw  together,  they  have  turned  round  and  said 
to  us — "  In  all  times,  and  all  the  world  through,  men 
have  been  imagining  for  themselves,  as  you  see,  sons 
of  God,  exjoiations  by  sacrifice,  direct  communications 
with  an  higher  world,  oracles  and  iDrophecies,  wielders 
of  a  power  mightier  than  nature's,  restorers  of  a  lost 
Paradise,  conquerors  of  Hades,  ascensions  into  heaven. 
They  have  imagined  them,  and  nothing  more ;  for  the 
things  which  they  thus  in  spirit  grasped  at,  never  found 
an  historic  realization,  however  men  may  have  en- 
riched themselves,  and  Ave  do  not  deny  that  they  did 
so,  with  the  thought  that  such  things  had  been,  or  one 
day  should  be."  And  then  it  has  been  further  asked 
us.  What  right  had  we  to  difference  our  hope  from 
the  hope  of  all  others?  They  longed  so  earnestly, 
that  at  last  their  longing  wove  a  garment,  made  even 
a  body,  for  itself;  what  right  have  any  to  affirm  that 
it  is  otherwise  with  the  things  which  they  believe  ? 

And  thus,  because  men  have  hoped  for,  and  reached 
after,  that  which  in  Christ  is  given,  and  hoped  so  in- 
tensely, that  they  have  sometimes  imagined  it  to  be 
actually  theirs,  so  projecting  their  hope,  as  to  give  it 
at  last  an  objective  reality,  we  are  bidden  to  believe 
that  ours  is  but  such  an  ardent  desire,  fashioning  at 
length  a  body  for  itself.  Parading  a  long  line  of 
shadoAvs,  these  adversaries  require  us  to  acknowledge 
the  substance  we  have  embraced  to  be  a  shadow  also ; 
shewing  how  much  false  money  is  in  the  world,  and 
has  at  different  times  passed  current,  they  demand  of 


150  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

US,  how  we  dare  to  assume  that  which  we  have  accepted 
to  be  true ; — when  they  should  see  that  the  shadows 
imply  a  substance  somewhere,  that  the  false  money 
passes  only  under  shelter  of  a  true.  Proving,  as  it 
is  not  hard  to  prove,  those  parallels  to  be  groundless 
and  mythical,  to  rest  on  no  true  historic  basis,  they 
hope  that  the  great  facts  of  the  Christian's  belief  will 
be  concluded  to  be  as  weak — that  they  \^ill  be  in- 
volved in  a  common  discredit* — and  the  faiths  of 
which  those  other  formed  a  part  having  come  to 
nothing,  or  evidently  hastening  to  decay,  that  this 
may  be  assumed  to  underlie  the  same  judgment,  and 
to  be  hastening  to  the  same  inevitable  dissolution, 
however  the  signs  of  it  as  yet  may  not  appear. 

This  scheme  of  attack  has  been  so  long  and  so 
vigorously  plied,  so  much  success  has  been  expected 
from  it,  that  in  the  works  of  the  later  assailants  of 
Revelation  from  this  quarter,  there  speaks  out  a  cer- 
tain indignation,  mingled  with  astonishment,  at  the 
resistance  which  it  is  still  presuming  to  offer ;  as  though 
it  were  not  to  be  endured,  that  every  other  religion 
should  have  confessed  itself  a  mythology,  and  that  this 
should  deny  it  still — that  each  other,  like  a  startled 
ghost,  should  have  vanished  at  the  first  cockcrowing 
of  an  intellectual  morn,  but  that  this  should  continue 
to  affront,  as  boldly  and  as  confidently  as  ever,  even 

•  TertuUian  (.-Ipol.  4",)  speaks  of  the  way  in  which  these  parallels 
were  played  off  against  the  Christian  verities  —  Elysium  not  only 
having  forfeited  belief  in  itself,  but  having  helped  to  destroy  a  belief 
in  heaven — Minos  and  Rhadamanthus  having  rendered  the  judgment- 
seat  of  Christ  a  mockery  ; — though  in  his  narrow  fashion  he  sees  in 
them  nothing  but  the  adulteria  veritatis — the  work  of  the  jealous 
envy  of  evil  spirits,  quse  de  similitudine  fidem  infirmarent  veritatis. 
But  if  the  truth  was  hard  to  receive  with  these,  might  it  not  have 
been  impossible  to  receive  without  them  ? 


INTRODUCTORY   LECTURE.  151 

the  light  of  the  world's  middle  day — that  each  other 
should  have  crumbled  into  nothing  at  the  first  touch 
of  the  wand  of  a  critical  philosophy,  but  that  this 
should  entirely  refuse  to  obey  its  dissolving  spell. 

Now  all  charges  against  the  truth,  however  desti- 
tute of  any  solid  foundation,  out  of  whatever  perversity 
of  heart  or  mind  they  may  have  sprung,  yet,  when 
continually  re-appearing,  when  repeating  themselves 
in  different  ages,  and  by  the  mouths  of  different  ob- 
jectors, and  those  independent  of  one  another,  have 
yet,  we  may  be  sure,  something  which  has  rendered 
them  not  merely  possible,  but  plausible ;  which  sug- 
gested them  first,  and,  with  the  frivolous  and  thought- 
less, with  those  that  have  been  eager  to  believe  them, 
and  to  be  quit  of  the  restraints  of  a  positive  faith,  has 
given  them  currency  and  favour.  Let  me  seek,  then, 
as  an  important  element  of  my  subject,  to  consider 
what  that  something  is,  which  has  served  to  suggest, 
and  afterwards  to  give  a  point  to  these  charges ;  and, 
not  pausing  here,  to  shew  that  the  truth,  which,  how- 
ever distorted,  is  at  the  bottom  of  these  charges,  is 
one  Avhich  we  may  cheerfully  and  without  any  mis- 
giving recognize. 

And  this  is  not  all :  for  I  would  fain  also  shew  that 
it  would  be  a  grievous  deficiency,  if  that  were  absent 
from  our  Christian  faith,  which  has  been  the  motive 
and  hint  to  these  accusations — if  that  faith,  as  far  as 
regards  the  whole  anterior  world  except  the  Jewish, 
stood  in  relation  to  nothing  which  men  had  thought, 
or  felt,  or  hoped,  or  believed  ;  with  no  other  coefficient 
but  the  Jewish,  and  resting  on  no  broader  historic 
basis  than  that  would  supply.  It  will  be  my  purpose 
to  enquire  whether  we  may  not  contemplate  the  rela- 


152  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

tions  of  the  absolute  Truth  to  the  anterior  reUgions 
of  the  world,  in  an  aspect  in  which  Ave  shall  cease 
altogether  from  regarding  with  suspicion  these  ap- 
parent anticipations  of  good  things  given  us  in  Christ ; 
in  which,  instead  of  being  secretly  embarrassed  by 
them,  and  hardly  knowing  exactly  how  to  deal  with, 
or  where  to  range  them,  we  shall  joyfully  accept  these 
presentiments  of  the  truth,  so  far  as  they  are  satisfac- 
torily made  out,  as  enhancing  the  greatness  and  glory 
of  the  truth  itself ;  and  as  being,  so  far  as  they  are 
allowed  to  have  any  Aveight,  confirmations  of  it. 

Nor  Avill  it  be  a  small  satisfaction, — if  this  be  pos- 
sible, as  I  believe  it  easy, — to  make  our  adversaries 
do  drudging  work  for  us  ;  to  plough  with  their  oxen ; 
to  enter,  as  we  shall  do  then,  upon  their  labours ;  and 
all  that  they  have  painfully  gathered  up  Avith  purposes 
hostile  to  the  faith — to  appropriate,  and  make  defen- 
sive of  it ;  not  so  much  anxiously  defending  our  oAvn 
position,  as  confidently  turning  theirs ;  AVTesting  from 
them  their  OAvn  Aveapons,  and  then  wielding  them 
against  themselves. 

And  first,  in  regard  of  the  ethical  anticipations  of 
Avhat  is  given  to  us  in  the  Gospel, — the  goodly  max- 
ims, the  striking  precepts,  the  memorable  sayings, 
Avhich  are  gathered  from  the  fields  of  heathen  philo- 
sophy, and  then  sometimes  used  to  depress  the  original 
AA'orth  of  the  teaching  of  Christ  and  his  Apostles, — I 
will  not  urge  here,  and  I  have  no  object  in  urging, 
though  I  may,  in  passing,  remark,  hoAv  many  that  are 
sometimes  adduced  of  these  are  AAholly  deceptive  as 
parallels  to  Christian  truths.  Hoav  often  in  their 
organic  connexion  they  Avould  be  very  far  from  con- 


INTRODUCTORY   LECTURE.  153 

taining  that  echo  or  presentiment  of  truth  which  we 
deem  we  catch  in  them ;  how  often  they  have  indeed 
a  very  different  significance  from  that  which  we  first 
put  in  them,  and  only  afterwards  educe  from  them. 
Nor  yet  will  I  press  how  the  goodliest  maxim  is  indeed 
nothing,  save  in  its  coherence  to  a  body  of  truth  ;  how 
a  world  of  such  maxims,  were  they  gotten  together, 
would  be  only  as  ten  thousand  artificial  lamps,  failing 
altogether  to  constitute  a  day,  and  not  in  the  remotest 
degree  doing  the  work,  or  supplying  to  the  world  the 
place,  of  a  single  sun. 

Not  to  press  this,  and  accepting  fully  and  freely 
what  has  been  said  wisely  and  well  before  the  Gospel 
and  apart  from  the  Gospel,  and  allowing  to  the  full 
that  it  has  many  times  touched  the  heart  of  the  matter, 
yet  still  is  there  nothing  here  which  we  need  wish  we 
could  deny,  which  we  should  not  rather  desire  to  find. 
Indeed,  so  far  from  there  having  been  in  time  past  a 
shunning  or  ignoring  of  these  heathen  parallels,  the 
early  apologists  perhaps  only  admitted  them  too  freely : 
yet  thus  at  any  rate  they  testified  that  to  acknowledge 
them  they  felt  to  be  no  confession  of  a  weakness  in 
their  jaosition.  Thus  more  than  one  has  likened  the 
faithful  delivered  from  an  evil  world  to  the  children 
of  Israel  brought  out  of  Egypt,  who  borrowed  and 
carried  forth  from  thence  vessels  of  gold  and  vessels  of 
silver,  the  same  which  probably  afterwards  furnished 
the  precious  metals  which  they  dedicated  to  the  holier 
uses  of  the  sanctuary.  In  like  manner,  they  said, 
there  was  much  which  the  faithful,  delivered  out  of 
the  spiritual  Egypt,  would  leave  behind  him,  as  all  its 
abominable  idolatries  ;  but  something  also  which  he 
would  carry  forth,  and  which  he  had  a  right  to  carry 


154  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

forth,  for  it  was  not  truly  the  riches  of  that  land.  This 
silver  and  this  g-old  had  been  originally  dug  from  mines 
of  divine  truth,  and  bearing  it  Avith  him,  he  only  re- 
claimed to  its  noblest  purposes  that  which  had  been 
more  or  less  alienated  and  perverted  from  them*. 

Xor  need  we  deal  more  timidl^^  with  these  parallels 
than  they  did.  So  long,  indeed,  as  we  regard  God's 
revelation  of  Himself  in  Christ,  as  a  revelation  merely 
of  certain  moral  truths,  it  may  be  startling  to  find 
ought  that  is  therein,  anticipated  in  any  other  quarter. 
But  when  we  more  rightly  contemplate  it  as  the  ma- 
nifesting of  life,  that  the  Life  was  manifested,  and 
dwelt  among  us,  then  we  feel  that  they  who  gave,  and 
could  give,  precepts  and  maxims  only,  however  precious 
these  were,  whatever  witness  they  bore  to  a  light 
shining  in  the  darkness,  to  a  divine  spark  not  trodden 
out  in  man,  to  a  God  nurturing  the  heathen,  with  all 

•  Thus  Augustine  (Z)e  Doctr.  Christ.,  1. 2,  c.  40):  Philosophi  autem 
qui  vocantur,  si  qua  forte  vera  et  fidei  nostrae  accommodata  dixerunt 
maxinie  Platonici,  non  solum  forniidanda  non  sunt,  sed  ab  eis  etiam 
tanquam  injustis  possessoribus  in  usum  nostrum  vindicanda.  Sicut 
enim  -3^gyptii  non  solum  idola  habebaut  et  onera  gravia,  quae  populus 
Israel  detestaretur  et  fugeret,  sed  etiam  vasa  atque  omamenta  de  auro 
et  argento,  et  vestem,  quse  ille  populus  exiens  de  ^gypto  sibi  potius 
tanquam  ad  usum  nieliorem  clanculo  vindicavit,  non  auctoritate 
propria,  sed  praecepto  Dei,  ipsis  ^gyptiis  nescienter  commodantibus 
ea,  quibus  non  bene  utebantur,  sic  doctrinae  omnes  Gentilium  non 
solum  simulata  et  superstitiosa  figmenta  gravesque  sarcinas  supervacui 

laboris  habent, sed  etiam  liberales  disciplinas  usui  veritatis  aptiores, 

quod  eorum  tamquam  aurum  et  argentum,  quod  non  ipsi  insti- 

tuerunt,  sed  de  quibusdam  quasi  metallis  divinae  providentiae,   quae 

ubique  infusa  sunt,  eruerunt, debet  ab  eis  auferre  Christianus  ad 

usum  justum  praedicandi  Evangelii.  Origen  (£/>.  ad  Gregor.,  1. 1. 
p.  30)  uses  the  same  illustration,  observing,  however,  that,  according 
to  his  experience,  the  gold  which  is  brought  out  of  Egypt  is  oftener 
used  for  the  fashioning  of  an  idol,  a  golden  calf,  the  work  of  men's 
owa  hands  which  they  worship,  than  for  the  adorning  of  the  taber- 
nacle of  God. 


INTRODUCTORY   LECTURE.  155 

this  yet  gave  not  that,  which  for  man  is  the  gift  of 
gifts  and  blessing  of  blessings.  And  this  is  the  true 
Avay  in  which  to  contemplate  it.  That  which  differ- 
ences Christianity  from  all  other  religions  is  not  its 
theory  of  morals  ;  this  is  a  most  real,  yet  at  the  same 
time  only  a  relative,  difference,  for  there  were  ethics 
before  there  Avere  Christian  ethics*.  But  its  difference 
is,  that  it  is  life  and  power,  that  it  transforms,  that  it 
transfigures,  that  it  makes  new  creatures,  that  it  does 
for  all  what  others  only  promised  to  do  for  a  few. 
Herein  the  essential  difference  resides.  Men,  for  in- 
stance, before  it  came,  could  speak  worthy  things,  and 
could  really  feel  them,  about  the  beauty  of  overcoming 
their  desires,  of  forgiving  their  enemies,  of  repaying 
injuries  with  kindness,  of  coming  to  God  with  clean 
hands  and  a  clean  heart.  Such  sayings  abound  in 
every  code  of  morals  i* :  but  the  unhappiness  Avas,  that 
they  who  uttered  these  sayings  and  they  who  admired 
them,  did  little  more  than  this.  It  Avas  not  that  there 
was  any  falseness  in  their  admiration  :  they  delighted 

*  Grotius  indeed  says  {De  Verit.  Rel.  Christ.,  1.  4,  c.  12) :  Ejus 
[scil.  religionis  Christianfe]  partes  singulae  tantse  sunt  honestatis,  ut 
suapte  luce  animos  quasi  convincant,  ita  ut  inter  paganos  non  defue- 
rint  qui  dixerint  singula,  quae  nostra  religio  habet  universa.  Lactan- 
tius  expresses  himself  more  cautiously,  and  is  careful  to  add  how  none 
but  a  teacher  sent  from  God  could  have  knit  these  scattered  limbs  into 
a  body.  He  says,  Inst.  Div.,  1.  7,  c.  7  :  Nullam  sectam  fuisse  tarn 
deviam,  nee  philosophorum  quendam  tarn  inaneni,  qui  non  viderit  ali- 
quid  e  vero.  Quodsi  extitisset  aliquis,  qui  veritatem,  sparsam  per 
singulos,  per  sectasque  difFusam,  colligeret  in  unum,  et  redigeret  in 
corpus,  is  profecto  non  dissentiret  a  nobis.  Sed  hoc  nemo  facere,  nisi 
veri  peritus  ac  sciens,  potest:  verum  autem  non  nisi  ejus  scire  est,  qui 
sit  doctus  a  Deo. 

-f-  See  for  instance  in  Von  Bohlen  {Das  Alte  Indien,  v.  1.  p.  804) 
a  beautiful  collection  of  Indian  sayings  of  this  kind  on  the  love  of  our 
neighbour,  and  the  forgiveness  of  injuries. 


156  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

in  them  after  the  inner  man,  but  in  the  actual  struggle 
with  evil,  they  were  ever  weak  to  bring  them  to  effect. 
There  was  a  great  gulf  between  the  saying  and  the 
doing,  which  never  till  in  Christ  was  effectually  bridged 
over ;  so  that  the  Christian  speaker  in  that  beautiful 
dialogue,  the  Octavius  of  Minucius  Felix,  exactly  hit  the 
mark,  when,  to  characterize  the  practical  of  Christian 
life  as  distinguished  from  the  speculative  of  heathen 
philosophy,  he  exclaimed  of  that  sect  every  where 
spoken  against,  to  which  he  belonged,  Non  eloquimur 
magna,  sed  vivimus. 

And  yet,  brethren,  when  we  thus  trace  the  miser- 
able contradiction  that  ever  existed  in  a  world  out  of 
Christ,  between  the  good  seen  and  the  evil  done,  the 
vast  chasm  between  the  two,  let  this  be  with  no  pur- 
pose of  laying  bare  their  sores,  with  no  thought  of 
glorying  in  their  infirmities,  to  whom  in  a  less  favoured 
time  the  only  fountain  of  effectual  strength  and  heal- 
ing had  not  yet  been  opened.  For  indeed,  brethren, 
may  there  not  be  many  a  one  among  ourselves  to 
whom,  with  far  less  excuse,  all  this  explains  itself, 
alas  !  only  too  easily  ?  many  a  one,  it  may  be,  who 
remembers  times  of  his  own  life,  before  his  moral  con- 
victions had  been  gathered  up  and  found  their  middle 
point  in  Christ — and  in  those  times  repeated  falls 
under  temptation,  which  explain  to  him  only  too 
vividly  the  condition,  in  which  this  ever-recurring 
infidelity  of  men  to  their  moral  convictions  found 
place — in  which  they  were  thus  able  to  trace  the  out- 
lines of  a  righteousness,  but  impotent  to  fill  them  up, 
and  so  ever  leaving  it  in  outline  still — well  skilled  to 
draw  a  ground-plan,  but  weak  to  build  any  superstruc- 
ture thereon — the  virtue  loved,  till  the  opportunity 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  157 

came  for  practising  it ;  the  sin  hated,  till  the  moment 
for  testifying  that  hatred  had  arrived. 

But  to  pass  on  to  the  other  charge,  to  the  resem- 
blances to  the  great  facts  on  which  our  faith  reposes, 
to  the  great  events  of  our  Lord's  life,  which  are  ad- 
duced from  other  quarters,  with  the  requirement, 
because  those  have  proved  weak  to  stand,  that  we 
should  acknowledge  these  to  be  weak  also; — they 
only  will  consent  to  such  a  conclusion,  who  have  failed 
to  perceive  that  according  to  the  very  highest  idea  of 
Christianity,  such  there  needs  must  have  been.  For 
what  do  we  affirm  of  Christ?  when  do  we  conceive 
worthily  of  Him  ?  When  we  conceive  of  Him,  in  the 
prophet's  words,  as  "the  Desire  of  all  nations" — the 
fulfiller  of  the  world's  hopes — the  stiller  of  creation's 
groans — the  great  birth  of  time,  unto  which  all  the 
unspeakable  throes  of  a  suffering  humanity  had  been 
tending  from  the  first.  These  resemblances  disturb 
us  not  at  all, — they  are  rather  most  welcome;  for  Ave 
do  not  believe  the  peculiar  glory  of  what  in  Christ  we 
possess  to  consist  in  this,  that  it  is  unlike  every  thing 
else,  "  the  cold  denial  and  contradiction  of  all  that 
men  have  been  dreaming  of  through  the  different  ages 
of  the  world,  but  rather  the  sweet  reconciliation  and 
exquisite  harmony  of  all  past  thoughts,  anticipations, 
revelations."  Its  prerogative  is,  that  all  whereof  men 
had  a  troubled  dream  before,  did  in  Him  become  a 
waking  reality ;  that  what  men  were  devising,  and 
most  inadequately,  for  themselves,  God  has  perfectly 
given  us  in  his  Son ;  that  in  the  room  of  shifting 
cloud-palaces,  with  their  mockery  of  temple  and  tower, 
stands  for  us  a  city,  which  hath  come  down  from  hea- 
ven, but  whose  foundations   rest  upon  this  earth   of 


158  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

ours  ; — that  we  have  divine  facts — facts  no  doubt 
which  are  ideal,  in  that  they  are  the  vehicle  of  ever- 
lasting truths  ;  history  indeed  which  is  far  more  than 
history,  for  it  embodies  the  largest  and  most  con- 
tinually recurring  thoughts  which  have  stirred  the 
bosom  of  humanity  from  the  beginning.  We  say  that 
the  divine  ideas  which  had  wandered  up  and  down 
the  world,  till  oftentimes  they  had  well  nigh  forgotten 
themselves  and  their  own  origin,  did  at  length  clothe 
themselves  in  flesh  and  blood ;  they  became  incarnate 
with  the  Incarnation  of  the  Son  of  God.  In  his  life 
and  person  the  idea  and  the  fact  at  length  kissed  each 
other,  and  were  henceforward  wedded  for  evermore. 

K  these  things  be  so,  and  it  will  be  my  desire  in 
this  place,  and  in  these  lectures,  to  trace  how  they 
are,  one  or  two  considerations  will  lie  very  near  to  us ; 
and  Avith  the  pressing  of  these  on  your  thoughts  and 
hearts  I  will  this  day  conclude.  And  first,  the  general 
consideration,  that  what  there  may  have  been  in  the 
Avorld  obscurely  struggling  to  be  Christian  before 
Christ  and  his  Church,  so  far  from  suggesting  to  us 
poorer  thoughts  of  what  in  Him  we  possess,  under 
how  far  more  glorious  aspect  does  it  present  that  to 
us !  All  which  men  before  could  conceive,  but  could 
not  realize,  coidd  feel  after,  but  coidd  not  grasp, 
could  dream  of,  but  ever  when  they  awoke  found  no- 
thing in  their  hands, — it  is  here  ;  "  the  body  is  of 
Christ."  And  the  Church  which  he  has  founded,  we 
behold  it  as  sitting  uj^on  many  Avaters,  upon  the  great 
ocean  of  truth,  from  whence  every  stream  that  has  at 
all  or  at  any  time  refreshed  the  earth  was  originally 
drawn,   and  to  which  it  duteously  brings  its  waters 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  159 

again*.  We  may  contemijlate  tliat  Church  as  having, 
in  that  it  has  the  Word  and  Spirit  of  its  Lord,  the 
measure  of  all  partial  truth  in  itself;  receiving  the 
homage  of  all  human  systems,  meekly,  and  yet,  like  a 
queen,  as  her  right ;  understanding  them  far  better 
than  they  ever  understood  themselves ;  disallowing 
their  false,  and  what  of  true  they  have,  setting  her  seal 
upon  that  true,  and  issuing  it  with  a  brighter  image, 
and  a  sharper  outline,  and  a  more  paramount  authority, 
from  her  own  mint. 

Again,  if  the  more  excellent  glory  of  that  which 
we  possess  in  Christ  is,  that  it  is  not  shadow  but  sub- 
stance, not  anticipation  but  possession — not  the  idea, 
but  the  fact,  or  rather  the  fact  and  the  idea  in  one, — 
how  are  we  letting  go  our  most  precious  gains,  when 
we  at  all  let  go,  or  when  we  even  slight,  our  historic 
faith,  resting  on  and  finding  its  object  in  the  person 
of  the  Saviour !  What  a  miserable  exchange,  to  give 
up  this,  and  to  accept  the  largest,  the  most  vaunted 
theories  concerning  the  godlike  and  the  true  in  its 
room  and  as  its  adequate  substitute,  the  most  mag- 
nificent ideas  in  the  place  of  the  humblest  affiance  on 
the  Son  of  God — soon  to  find  that  Ave  have  gotten 
pebbles  for  jewels,  words  for  things,  that  we  are  in  a 
world  peopled  only  with  ghosts  and  phantoms !  Oh 
loss  unutterable,  if  we  allow  any  to  strip  off  for  us  the 
historic  realization  of  the  truth  in  the  person  of  Jesus 
of  Nazareth,  as  though  it  were  not  of  the  essence  of 
the  matter,  as  though  it  were  a  thing  indifferent,  use- 
ful perhaps  for  the  simpler  members  of  the  Church, 

•  Clement  of  Alexandria  on  this  very  matter  {Strom.,  1. 1,  c.5)  : 

Mm  ^iv  o\)U  tP/^  a\j)06ias   oods'  dW  eh  avTiji/  Kaddirep  eli  devvaov  iroTafj.6u, 
tKpeovai  TO,  pelQpa  ccWa  dWodev. 


160  LECTURE  I.  [1846. 

but  for  others  hindering  rather  than  helping  the  con- 
templation of  the  pure  idea,  which  they  would  persuade 
us  it  is  alone  needful  to  retain.  They  promise,  it  is 
true,  who  invite  to  this  sacrifice,  that  if  only  we  will 
destroy  this  temple  of  our  historic  faith,  in  three  daj^s, 
yea,  in  an  instant,  as  by  a  magic  wand,  they  will  raise 
up  for  us  a  goodlier  and  more  gorgeous  fabric  in  its 
room.  Let  it  be  our  wisdom  to  give  no  credence  to 
their  Avords ;  knowing  this,  that  it  was  the  very  bless- 
edness which  the  coming  of  the  Son  of  God  in  the 
flesh  brought  us,  that  it  brought  us  that,  AA'hich  these 
would  fain  persuade  us  to  relinquish  and  renounce, 
that  it  lifted  men  out  of  and  above  that  condition  into 
which  these  deceivers  would  willingly  persuade  them 
to  return. 

Xo  doubt  there  is  a  temptation  to  give  in  to  this, 
a  temptation  working  in  each  one  of  us — to  take  up, 
that  is,  with  a  religion  which  shall  consist  in  the  con- 
templating of  great  and  ennobling  ideas,  instead  of  in 
the  serving  with  a  straightforward  and  downright  obe- 
dience a  personal  God.  Those  ideas,  we  feel  that  we 
can  deal  with  them  as  we  like  ;  they  exert  no  con- 
straining power  upon  us ;  we  are  their  masters,  and 
not  they  ours :  or  if  we  have  allowed  them  any  rule 
over  us,  when  the  stress  comes,  we  can  withdraw  it 
again;  allowing  them  just  as  much  authority  as  is 
convenient  to  us.  There  is  no  "  Be  thou  holy,  for  I  am 
holy"  in  them — no  pointing  to  the  rugged  way  of  the 
Cross,  with  a  Forerunner  walking  there,  and  a  command 
that  we  follow  him  in  it.  Let  us  watch  earnestly 
against  so  subtle  a  temptation,  shewing  as  it  does  so 
fair,  and  finding  so  much  in  our  slothful  and  sinful  hearts 
that  makes  them  only  too  ready  to  embrace  it. 


INTRODUCTORY  LECTURE.  161 

And  surely,  brethren,  at  this  season  the  Church 
suggests  and  presents  to  us  mighty  helps  against  all 
this.  What  help  so  effectual  as  to  enter  truly  and 
deeply  into  the  Passion  of  our  Lord — to  tarry  at  no 
cold  and  careless  distance  from  that  cross  to  which 
each  day  of  this  lenten  season  is  now  bringing  us 
nigher  ?  but  to  seek  to  draw  forth  the  riches  of  grace 
which  are  laid  up  for  us  in  it,  and  in  the  considering 
of  Him  that  hanged  thereon.  Let  us  determine,  bre- 
thren, that  in  this  coming  week,  the  beginning  it  may 
be  of  a  more  holy  life,  we  will  bring  ourselves  con- 
tinually within  the  sphere  of  those  mighty,  those  trans- 
forming influences,  which  are  ever  going  forth  from 
thence.  Let  us  make  proof  how  it  can  open  for  us 
the  fountain  of  purifying  tears,  sealed  it  may  be  for 
long — how  a  burden  can  be  laid  down  at  its  foot 
which  is  crushing  us  to  the  earth,  and  from  which 
nowhere  else  is  deliverance.  Let  us  seek  to  enter 
into  nearer  fellowship  with  the  Man  of  sorrows,  with 
our  crucified  God.  And  then,  when  we  have  proved 
how  this  fellowship  can  bless  us,  how  it  can  cleanse  us 
from  our  impurities,  how  it  can  strengthen  us  for  our 
tasks,  can  enable  us  to  tread  underfoot  our  enemies, 
we  shall  not  readily  exchange  such  a  fellowship  as  this 
with  a  living  Lord,  so  full  fraught  with  blessings,  for 
that  of  mere  notions  and  phantoms ;  which,  however 
much  they  may  promise,  will  desert  us  in  the  hour  of 
need,  and  prove  utterly  helpless,  whensoever  the  real 
stress  of  life's  trial  comes. 


T.  H.  L.  11 


LECTURE    II. 

THE   VANQUISHER   OF    HADES. 

{Preached  on  Easter  Sunday.) 

Mark  XVI.  3. 

Who  shall  roll   us  av:a9/  the  stone  from  the   door  of  the 
sepidchre  ? 

The  lieatheD  expectations  of  a  deliverer  I  ventured 
in  my  preceding  lecture  to  characterise  as  "  the  un- 
conscious prophecies  of  heathendom;' — prophecies 
indeed  which  knew  not  at  what  they  pointed,  of  which 
the  lines  were  most  wavering  and  indistinct  when  set 
beside  the  clear  outlines  of  Jewish  hope — yet  in  a 
Tvider  and  laxer  sense  prophecies  still ;  or  if  we  will 
not  make  that  word  common,  but  reserve  it  for  the 
highest  of  all,  we  may  call  them  the  world's  divination 
at  the  least.  For  in  these  expectations  of  a  world, 
Mhich,  though  deeply  fallen,  remained  God's  world 
still,  it  was  di^dning  what  it  needed,  and  obscurely 
feeling  after  it.  And  this  divination,  these  guesses  at, 
and  reachings  out  after,  the  truth,  so  far  from  shun- 
ning and  keeping  out  of  sight,  we  may  use,  I  said,  not 
of  course  putting  them  in  the  forefront  of  our  arra}^ 
yet  may  we  use  them  still,  as  arguments  for  that  Faith, 
to  which  all  has  thus  tended  from  the  first,  which  the 
world  was  craving  for  before  it  received,  and  short  of 
which  it  never  found  its  perfect  satisfaction  or  rest. 

It  is  the   same  argument,  applied  in   a  different 
region,  of  Christianity  as  evidently  the  complement  of 


THE  VANQUISHER  OF  HADES.        163 

all  that  went  before,  which  the  early  apologists  were 
wont  to  use  in  their  conflict  with  Gnostic  and  Mani- 
chaBan.  They  urged  the  manner  in  Avhich  the  Chris- 
tian revelation  as  the  Church  received  it,  rooted  itself 
deeply  in  an  anterior  constitution,  was  evidently  not  a 
sudden  improvisation,  but  the  culminating  fact  of  an 
idea  which  had  been  realizing  itself  through  all  the 
sacred  history  of  the  past,  was  as  the  perfect  flower, 
of  which  all  genuine  Judaism  had  been  the  stalk  and 
stem.  And  they  founded  on  this  traceable  connexion 
the  superiority  of  its  claims  to  those  of  all  rival  sys- 
tems, which  could  produce  no  such  accordance  of  their 
new  with  pre-existing  and  pre-established  harmonies 
in  the  spiritual  world  ;  but  had  rather  abruptly  and 
violently  to  force  a  place  for  themselves,  than  to  fit 
into  one  already  prepared  for  their  reception,  which 
rested  on  an  undoing  and  denying  of  the  past,  rather 
than  a  sanctioning  and  perfecting  of  it*.  And  as 
there  was,  no  doubt,  a  most  real  force  in  their  argu- 
ment, exactly  so  has  it  for  the  thoughtful  mind  a  deep 
significance,  that  Christ  should  have  met  and  satisfied 
all  nobler  longings  of  the  heathen  world — that  all 
deeper  and  better  impulses  which  were  anywhere  at 
work,  should  have  been  tending  toward  Him.  The 
worth  of  the  unspeakable  gift  which  in  Christ  is  ours, 
is  wonderfully  testified  by  the  fact  that  all  should  have 
been  in  one  way  or  another  either  asking  for  that 
gift,  or  fancying  that  they  had  gotten  it,  or  mourning 
its  departure,   or  providing   substitutes  for  it.     For, 

*  See  especially  TertuUian,  Adv.  Marcion.,  1. 3  and  4,  passim,  in 
which  this  is  his  ever-recurring  thought,  re-appearing  in  an  infinite 
variety  of  forms.  Oh  Christum  et  in  novis  veterem  !  he  exclaims, 
having  shown  how  the  rudiments  of  almost  all  Christ's  miracles  are  to 
be  found  in  the  Old  Testament. 


164  LECTURE  II.  [1846. 

however  in  the  one  elect  people,  as  the  bearers  of  the 
divine  promises, — the  beating  heart  of  the  spiritual 
world, — the  appointed  interpreters  to  the  rest  of  their 
blind  desires, — this   longing  after  a  Redeemer  came 
out  in  greater  clearness  and  in  greater  strength,  and 
mth  no  troubling  disturbing  elements, — their  education 
being  far  more  directly  from  God,  and  being  expressly 
aimed   at   the   quickening   of   these   longings  to  the 
highest, — yet    were    those    longings    themselves    not 
exclusively  theirs.     They,  indeed,  yearned,  and  knew 
what  they  yearned  for  :  the  nations  yearned,  and  knew 
not  for  what.    But  still  they  yearned  :  for  as  the  earth 
in  its  long  polar  night  seeks  to  supply  the  absence  of 
the  day  by  the  generation  of  the  northern  lights,  so 
does   each  people   in  the  long  night  of  its   heathen 
darkness  bring  forth  in  its  yearning  after  the  life  of 
Christ,  a  faint  and  glimmering  substitute  for  the  same. 
From  these   dreamy  longings  after  the  break  of  day 
have  proceeded  oracles,   priests,  sacrifices,  lawgivers, 
and  the  like.     Men  have  no  where  given  up  hoping ; 
nor  acquiesced  in  the  world's  e\-il  as  the  world's  law. 
Everywhere  they  have  had  a  tradition  of  a  time  Avhen 
they  Avere  nearer  to  God  than  now,  a  confident  hope 
of  a  time  when  they  should  be  brought  nearer  again. 
No  thoughtful  student  of  the  past  records  of  man- 
kind can  refuse  to  acknowledge  that  through  all  its 
history  there  has  run  the  hope  of  a  redemption  from 
the  evil  which  oppresses  it ;   nor  of  this  only,  but  that 
this  hope   has    continually   linked  itself  on  to   some 
single  man.     The  help  that  is  coming  to  the  world,  it 
has  ever  seen  incorporated  in  a  person.      The  genera- 
tions of  men,  weak  and  helpless  in  themselves,  have 
evermore  been  looking  after  one  in  whom  they  may 


THE   VANQUISHER   OF   HADES.  165 

find  all  which  they  seek  vainly  in  themselves  and  in 
those  around  them — redressers  of  the  world's  wrong-, 
deliverers  from  the  world's  yoke,  vindicators  of  the 
honour  of  the  race,  souls  of  heroic  stature,  in  which 
all  the  features  of  greatness  that  are  imparted  with 
niggard  hand  unto  others  shall  be  found  gloriously 
and  prodigally  combined.  Such  in  almost  every  reli- 
gion men  have  learned  to  look  back  to,  as  having 
already  come  :  such  we  find  that  they  are  everywhere 
expecting,  as  yet  to  appear. 

As  little  can  one  deny  that  there  is  that  in  men, 
which  prepares  them  to  welcome  these  at  their  appear- 
ing. There  is  a  natural  gravitation  of  souls,  which 
attracts  them  to  mighty  personalities ;  an  instinct  in 
man,  which  tells  him  that  he  is  never  so  great  as  when 
looking  up  to  one  greater  than  himself — that  he  is 
made  for  this  looking  upward — to  find,  and,  finding  to 
rejoice  and  to  be  ennobled  in,  a  nobler  than  himself. 
And  doubtless  this  instinct  in  itself  is  divine.  It  is 
the  natural  basis  on  which  the  devotion  of  mankind  to 
Christ  is  by  the  Spirit  to  be  built ;  it  is  an  instinct 
which,  being  perfectly  purified  of  each  baser  admix- 
ture, is  intended  to  find  its  entire  satisfaction  in  Him. 
True,  it  may  stop  short  of  Him ;  true,  it  may  turn 
utterly  away  from  Him.  It  may  stop  short  of  Him, 
resting  in  human  heroes,  in  men  glorious  for  their 
gifts,  eminent  for  their  services  to  their  kind ;  and  we 
have  then  the  worship  of  genius  instead  of  the  worship 
of  God.  Or  it  may  turn  utterly  aAvay  from  Christ, 
and  then,  being  in  itself  inextinguishable,  and  therefore 
surviving  even  in  those  who  have  wholly  forsaken  Him, 
it  will,  thus  perverted  and  depraved,  lay  them  open 
to  all  the  delusions  of  false  prophets  and  of  antichrists. 


166  LECTURE  II.  [1846. 

For  it  is  this,  this  attraction  of  men  to  a  mightier 
than  themselves,  which,  being  thus  perverted,  has  filled 
the  world  with  deceivers  and  deceived ;  which  has 
gathered  round  the  hunters  of  men  the  ready  instru- 
ments which  have  executed  their  will.  It  is  this  which 
has  di'aA^Ti  souls,  as  moths  to  the  candle,  to  rush  into 
and  to  be  scorched  and  to  be  consumed  in  the  flame, 
which  some  fielder  of  heavenly  gifts  for  hellish  aims 
has  kindled.  It  is  this  which  swells  the  train  round 
some  conqueror's  car,  as  he  urges  his  destructive 
course  through  the  world.  What  for  instance,  to  take 
a  near  illustration,  was  the  devotedness  of  the  French 
soldiery  to  their  great  leader  but  this  ?  TMio  does  not 
feel  that  this  devotion,  out  of  which  thousands  and 
tens  of  thousands  were  ready  to  meet,  and  did  joy- 
fully meet,  dangers  and  fatigues  and  agonies  and 
deaths,  only  for  the  hope  of  one  word  of  approbation, 
one  smile  from  him,  counting  all  more  than  repaid  by 
this — who  does  not  feel  that  this  was  the  inverted  side 
of  something  in  itself  most  true  and  most  noble,  to 
which  even  in  its  degeneracy  it  bore  Avitness  ;  and 
only  had  now  run  wild  and  lost  its  appointed  destina- 
tion ?  It  is  this,  this  craving  of  men  passionately  to 
devote  themselves  to  some  one,  which  makes  an  Anti- 
christ possible,  which  wiU  make  him  so  terrible  when 
he  appears — men  by  a  just  judgment  of  God  being 
permitted  to  dedicate  all  which  they  ought  to  have 
dedicated  to  Christ,  to  his  opposite,  to  him  who  comes 
in  his  own  name, — because  they  refused  to  give  it, 
because  they  refused  to  give  themselves,  to  Him  who 
came  in  the  name  of  his  Father.  It  vnXl  then  be 
fearfully  seen  that  there  can  be  an  enthusiasm  of  hell, 
no  less  than  an  enthusiasm  of  heaven. 


THE    VANQUISHER   OF   HADES.  167 

And  as  on  the  one  side  there  is  a  preparedness 
to  acknowledge  these  kings  of  men,  these  spiritual 
and  intellectual  chiefs  of  our  race,  so  soon  as  they 
shew  themselves ;  thus  too,  upon  the  other  hand,  such 
have  never  been  wanting  to  claim  the  reverence  and 
the  homage  of  their  fellows,  to  seat  themselves  on 
these  prepared  thrones  of  the  world.  Certainly  there 
is  nothing  in  the  study  of  the  past  which  fills  one  with 
more  awe  and  wonder  than  the  infinite  significance  of 
single  men  in  the  development  of  the  world's  history. 
That  history  lies  out  before  our  eyes  no  Tartarian 
steppe,  no  Indian  savannah,  stretching  out  at  one  vast 
level,  or  with  only  slight  elevations  or  depressions  ;  but 
Avith  marvellous  inequalities,  and  here  and  there  with 
ravines  deep  almost  as  hell  itself,  and  again  with 
mountain  summits  toAvering  well  nigh  unto  heaven. 
Everywhere  we  encounter  those  that  bring  to  their 
brethren  a  new  blessing  or  a  new  curse,  that  gather 
up  as  at  a  centre  the  world's  light  or  the  Avorld's 
darkness  ;  from  whom  that  light  or  that  darkness 
difi\ises  itself  anew  and  with  a  new  energy — benefi- 
cent lords  or  baleful  tyrants  in  the  spiritual  kingdom 
of  men's  thoughts  and  feelings — each  one  for  Aveal  or 
for  woe,  in  narrower  or  wider  circles,  for  longer  or 
shorter  spaces,  wielding  his  sceptre  over  the  hearts 
and  spirits  of  his  fellows ;  helping  to  make  them 
slaves  or  to  make  them  free,  to  exalt  or  to  cast  them 
down.  On  the  one  side  august  lawgivers,  founders  of 
stable  polities,  bringers  in  of  some  new  element  of 
civilization,  restorers,  even  amid  heathen  darkness,  of 
some  purer  knowledge  of  God;  on  the  other  side, 
destroyers  that  have  known  how  to  knit  to  them  as 
with  magic  bands  multitudes  of  their  brethren,  and  to 


168  LECTURE  n.  [1846. 

make  them  the  passionate  servants  of  their  evil  ^vill ; 
proclaimers  of  sensual  philosophies,  that  have  assisted 
to  make  our  life  cheaper  thaa  beasts',  to  empty  it  of 
its  loftier  hopes  and  its  faith  in  an  higher  destination ; 
seducers  after  whom  the  world  has  wondered;  stars 
whose  name  has  been  Wormwood,  that  falling  from 
heaven,  have  made  the  waters  of  earth  bitter,  so  that 
the  men  died  who  drank  of  them. 

Thus  has  it  been,  brethren,  that  the  world  has 
been  ever  opening  wide  its  arms  to  welcome  its 
redeemers,  —  oftentimes  cruelly  deceived,  counting 
oftentimes,  like  Eve,  that  it  had  gotten  a  man  from 
the  Lord,  even  him  who  should  comfort  it  under  the 
curse,  when  indeed  it  was  thus  welcoming  only  the 
deepener  of  the  curse,  and  it  may  be  the  author  of 
some  new  mischief; — yet  hoping  ever,  with  hopes  that 
even  at  the  best  were  only  most  imperfectly  and  in- 
adequately fulfilled.  Thus  have  the  multitudes  of 
men  still  gathered  and  grouped  themselves  round 
central  figures  in  history,  giving  testimony  even  by  an 
oftentimes  fatal  readiness  for  this,  that  mankind  was 
made  for  a  Christ,  for  a  divine  leader  in  whom  it 
should  be  set  free,  by  the  mightier  and  holier  magic 
of  his  will,  by  the  prevalence  of  a  diviner  attraction 
which  he  should  exercise  upon  them,  from  all  the 
potent  spells  of  seducing  spirits  and  seducing  men — 
that  humanity  was  made  for  one  to  whom  it  should 
be  able  to  deliver  itself  perfectly  and  without  reserve, 
and  to  be  blest  in  so  delivering  itself.  For  he  being 
identical  with  righteousness,  and  wisdom,  and  love, 
they  who  lose  themselves  in  Him,  only  lose  to  find 
themselves  again  for  ever. 

So  much,    brethren,   we   may   say   generally    con- 


THE  VANQUISHER  OF  HADES.        169 

cerning  the  hope  Avhieh  the  world  has  cherished  of 
redeemers  and  saviours — a  hope  which  at  length  was 
fulfilled  so  perfectly  in  Him,  and  only  in  Him,  who 
bears  both  these  titles,  that  Ave  well  nigh  feel  as  if 
the  titles  themselves,  to  say  nothing  of  any  deeper 
homage  or  devotion,  cannot  without  wrong  to  Him, 
and  encroachment  upon  his  due  honour,  be  lent  to 
any  other.  And  upon  this  day,  brethren,  upon  this 
resurrection  morn,  it  will  fall  in  well  with  the  joyful 
solemnities  of  the  time,  with  the  current  in  Avhich  our 
thoughts  must  needs  be  running,  and  from  which  it 
would  only  be  a  loss  if  the  discourse  you  heard  in 
this  place  should  awhile  divert  them,  to  address  our- 
selves to  a  part  of  the  subject,  which,  had  not  this 
high  day  come  upon  us,  might  perhaps  have  been 
more  conveniently  reserved  to  a  later  occasion  ;  but 
which  if  now,  moved  by  the  fitnesses  of  the  season,  I 
a  little  anticipate,  you  will  pardon  me  this  wrong. 
The  aspect  of  the  subject  which  I  mean  is  this, — the 
world's  hope  of  its  deliverers  as  conquerors  of  death, 
its  expectation  of  One  Avho  should  lead  captivity  cap- 
tive, in  whom  mortality  should  be  swallowed  up  in 
life,  who  should  be  a  vanquisher  of  hell,  a  bringer 
back  of  souls,  and  first  and  chiefly  of  his  own,  from 
the  prison-house  of  the  grave. 

Such  expectations  in  abundance  there  were  ;  for 
nowhere  have  men  sat  down  content  under  the  heavy 
laws  of  death  which  bound  them.  They  have  ever 
been  imagining  a  reversal  of  the  curse,  a  breach  or  a 
repeal  of  those  inexorable  laws.  The  old  world  was 
ever  feeling  after  "  Jesus  and  the  Eesurrection."  And 
being  full  of  this  thought,  it  traced  it  every  where. 
Thus,   in  the   cycle  of  the  natural  seasons,  Avhen  the 


170  LECTURE   II.  [1846. 

earth  in  spring  starts  up  from  its  long  winter  sleep, 
men  saw  a  symbol  and  a  never-failing  prophecy  of 
life  rising  out  of  death :  that  winter  was  as  the  world's 
death,  this  spring  as  the  Avorld's  resurrection.  The 
enthusiasm  which  the  spring  woke  up,  the  rapture 
■with  which  the  outbursting  of  bud  and  blossom,  the 
signs  of  the  reviving  year,  were  hailed — the  way  in 
which  the  chiefest  and  joyfulest  feasts  of  almost  all 
religions  were  coincident  with,  and  evidently  cele- 
brated, this  time,  being  full  of  this  spring  gladness, — 
all  this  was  not  an  evidence,  as  some  would  have  us 
to  believe,  that  those  religions  were  merely  physical, 
did  merely  commemorate  the  revolutions  of  the  na- 
tural year.  But  this  rapture  and  delight  with  which 
the  outer  tokens  of  renovation  and  revival  were 
hailed,  had  their  root  in  a  profound  and  instinctive 
sense  of  the  connexion  between  man  and  nature,  in  a 
most  true  feeling  that  the  symbols  of  renovation  in 
nature  coidd  not  be  aimless  and  unmeaning,  symbols 
of  nothing,  but  must  needs  point  to  deeper  realities 
in  the  life  of  man*.     The  spring-time  suggested  such 

*  I  may  quote,  though  long,  the  sublime  passage  in  Tertullian 
on  the  vestiges  of  a  resuiTection  which  we  may  trace  everywhere 
in  nature  {De  Resurr.  Carnis,  c.  12) :  Dies  nioritur  in  noctem,  et 
tenebris  usquequaque  sepelitur.  Funestatur  mundi  honor;  omnis 
substantia  denigratur.  Sordent,  silent,  stupent  cuncta:  ubiquejusti- 
tium  est.  Ita  lux  amis.sa  lugetur :  et  tamen  rursus  cum  suo  cultu, 
cum  dote,  cum  sole,  eadem  et  integra  et  tota  iiniverso  orbi  rcAiviscit ; 
intei-ficiens  mortem  suam,  noctem  ;  rescindens  sepulturam  suam  tene- 
bi-as ;  heres  sibimet  existens,  donee  et  nox  reviviscat,  cum  suo  et 
ilia  suggestu.  Redaccenduntur  tnim  et  stellarum  radii,  quos  matu- 
tina  succensio  extinxerat:  reducuntur  et  siderum  absentise,  quos 
temporalis  distinctio  exemerat  :  redornantur  et  specula  luna;,  quae 
menstruus  numerus  attriverat :  revohnintur  hyemes  et  astates,  vema 
et  autumna,  cum  suis  varibus,  moribus,  fructibus.  Quippe  etiam 
ten-SB  de  ccelo  disciplina  est  arbores  vcstire  post  spoUa,  flores  denuo 


THE  VANQUISHER  OF  HADES.        171 

joyful  solemnities,  because  it  was  felt  to  be  in  some 
sort  the  Easter  of  nature,  and  obscurely  to  give 
pledge,  or  at  least  intimation,  of  an  higher  Easter  in 
store  for  man. 

And  if  it  may  be  permitted  me  to  take  a  little 
wider  range,  and  to  gather  proofs  and  confirmations 
of  what  I  am  affirming,  of  the  manner  in  which 
human  nature  has  claimed  a  resurrection  as  its  own, 
not  from  the  heathen  world  only,  but  Avherever  in 
popular  faith  or  tradition  I  can  find  them,  I  would  then 
adduce,  as  a  remarkable  illustration  of  this,  the  ex- 
ceeding difficulty  with  Avhich  the  world  has  ever  per- 
suaded itself  of  the  death  of  any  who  have  mightily 
blest  it,  or  with  whom  it  has  confidently  garnered 
up  its  dearest  hopes — the  eagerness  with  which  it 
snatches  at  the  thought,  that  such  a  one  has  not 
truly  died,  making  much  of  the  slightest  hint  that 
seems  to  give  a  colour  to  this  hope ;  so  congenial  is 
it  to  the  heart  of  man.  It  was  said  of  Moses,  "  No 
man  knoweth  his  sepulchre  unto  this  day,"  (Deut. 
xxxiv.  6,)  and  these  words,  despite  the  plain  declara- 
tion that  went  before,  were  sufficient  provocation  for 
a  whole  family  of  Jewish  legends  to  the  effect  that  he 
had  not  really  paid  the  debt  appointed  to  every  man 

colorare,  herbas  rursiis  imponere,  exhibere  cadem  quae  absum^jta  sunt 
semina ;  nee  prius  exhibere,  quam  absunipta.  Mira  ratio  !  de  frau- 
datrice  servatrix  :  ut  reddat,  intercipit ;  ut  custodiat,  perdit ;  ut  inte- 
gret,  vitiat ;  ut  etiam  ampliet,  prius  decoquit-.-NihU  deperit,  nisi  in 
salutem.  Totus  igitur  hie  ordo  revolubilis  rerum,  testatio  est  resur- 
rectionis  mortuorum.  Operibus  earn  prsescripsit  Deus  antequam 
literis ;  viribus  prasdicavit  antequam  vocibus.  Praemisit  tibi  naturam 
magistram,  submissurus  et  prophetiam,  quo  facilius  credas  prophetiae, 
discij)uhis  naturae;  quo  statim  admittas,  cum  audieris  quod  ubique 
jam  videris,  nee  dubites  Deum  carnis  etiam  resuscitatorem,  quern 
omnium  noris  i-estitutorem. 


172  LECTURE  II.  [1846. 

living.  In  like  manner  we  know  how  that  word  of 
the  Lord  concerning  the  beloved  apostle,  "  If  I  Avill 
that  he  tarry  till  I  come,  what  is  that  to  thee  ?"  this 
was  enough  to  cause  the  report  to  go  forth  that  he 
should  not  die ;  and  not  the  express  denial  by  St. 
John  himself  of  any  such  significance  in  the  words, 
was  able  to  extinguish  this  belief,  which  continued  to 
propagate  itself  from  age  to  age  *. 

In  like  manner  we  sometimes  see  a  whole  nation 
which  has  found  it  impossible  to  believe  that  he  on 
whom  its  hopes  were  fondly  built,  whom  it  had 
trusted  should  at  length  have  delivered  it,  and  with 
whose  death  those  hopes  have  all  fallen  to  the 
ground, — that  he  indeed  has  come,  like  other  men, 
under  the  law  of  mortality, — has  passed  away,  and 
left  his  work,  as  it  seems,  unconcluded.  How  long 
Britain  was  waiting  for  her  Arthur  ;  how  long  did  the 
legends  that  told  of  him  as  surviving  yet  in  the  far 
valley  of  Avalon  live  on  the  lips  and  in  the  hearts  of 
a  people.  And  exactly  in  the  same  manner,  in  a 
later  and  more  historic  age,  Portugal  waited  for  her 
youthful  king,  looking  fondly  and  with  aching  expec- 
tation for  his  return  —  and  this,  for  many  a  weary  year 
after  he  had  perished,  not  obscurely,  but  in  open 
fight,  among  the  sands  of  Afric-f*. 

*  See  Augustine,  In  Ev.  Joh.,  Tract.  124 :  TertuUian,  De  Animd, 
c.  50;  Hilary,  De  TrinitA.Q,  c.2Q;  Jerome,  Adxi.  Joinn.,\.\,c.2(i; 
Neander's  Kirch.  Gesch.,  v.  5,  p.  1117. 

t  Thus  Miclielet  {Hist,  de  France,  1. 17)  having  told  the  death  of 
the  last  Duke  of  Burgundy:  "II  netait  pas  facile  de  persuader  au 
peuple  que  celui  dont  on  avait  tant  parle  etait  bien  vraiment  mort. 
II  etait  cache',  disaiton,  il  etait  tenu  enferme,  U  s'e'tait  fait  moine;  des 
pelerlns  I'avaient  vu,  en  Allemagne,  a  Rome,  a  Jerusalem  ;  U  devait 
reparaitre  tot  ou  tard;  comme  le  roi  Arthur  ou  Frederic  Barberousse, 
on  etait  siir  qu'U  reviendrait.     II  se  trouvait  des  marchands,  qui  ven- 


THE  VANQUISHER  OF  HADES.       173 

And  may  not  some  of  us  have  known,  brethren,  in 
our  own  experience  something  that  quite  explains  to 
us  this  difficulty  of  believing  in  death  ?  Have  we  not 
found  this  difficulty  ourselves  ?  and  how,  when  the 
loved  are  gone,  when  they  have  left  their  places 
empty,  it  is  only  by  repeated  efforts  that  we  can 
realize  to  ourselves  that  it  indeed  is  so — how  we  have 
to  say  again  and  again  to  hearts  half  incredulous  still, 
that  it  will  never  again  in  this  world  be  otherwise — 
that  so  much  truth  and  faith  and  love  have  indeed 
been  withdrawn  from  hence  and  for  ever.  Thus  ear- 
nestly does  the  spirit  of  man  protest  even  against 
that  semblance  of  annihilation,  which  death  seems  to 
wear. 

Nor  need  it  of  necessity  be  the  loved  or  hoped  in, 
those  in  whom  the  expectations  of  others  have  in- 
tensely centered  :  let  it  be  only  some  terrible  man, 
one  that  has  curdled  the  life-blood  of  the  world  with 
fear  ;  and  even  such  a  one  as  this,  having  once  been 
so  much  to  men,  though  only  so  much  to  their  fears, 
they  will  hardly  be  persuaded  to  have  indeed  past 
away  from  the  earth  which  so  quaked  and  shuddered 
at  his  tread.  Hoav  long  after  the  death  of  Nero  did 
the  firm  persuasion  survive,  that  he  was  only  hidden 
for  a  season,  and  that  the  earth  should  once  more 
be  cursed  with  his  presence — the  Christians  of  the 
Roman  Empire  giving  this  expectation  a  colouring 
natural  to  them,  and  conceiving  of  him  as  the  personal 
Antichrist,  who   should    make    presently  his  terrible 

draient  a  credit,  pour  etre  payes  au  double,  alors  que  reviendrait  ce 
grand  due  De  Bourgogne.  It  is  well  known  how  many  obscure 
rumours  have  in  like  manner  found  favour  with  the  common  people 
in  different  parts  of  Europe,  that  Napoleon  is  yet  alive. 


174  LECTURE    II.  [1846. 

re-appearance  from  the  East,  to  carry  forward  against 
them  the  work  of  blood  which  he  had  commenced'". 

But  to  return  to  the  sphere  more  directly  marked 
out  for  me  by  my  subject,  and  to  look  there  for 
evidences  of  the  manner  in  which  the  spirit  of  man  is 
incredulous  of  death,  witnesses,  protests  against  it,  as 
by  a  second  sight  sees  what  shall  be  in  the  fulness  of 
time,  and  prematurely  grasps  at  it, — what  frequent 
mention  in  the  Greek  fable  we  meet  of  visitors  of 
Hades,  of  those  that  have  descended  and  held  inter- 
course with  the  spirits  there,  those  who  have  in  a 
sense  "  preached  to  the  spirits  in  prison,"  and  then 
returned  from  the  kingdom  of  night — or  it  may  be 
burst  for  others,  as  well  as  for  themselves,  the  gates 
and  barriers  of  the  grave,  rescuing  and  bringing  back 
from  that  dark  region  to  the  glad  light  of  life  some 
delivered  soul.  I  may  spare  any  great  details  in 
proof  of  this ;  time  would  not  allow  them ;  such 
might  scarcely  seem  in  place  ;  and  to  a  congregation 
like  that  which  I  address  they  would  be  evidently 
superfluous.  By  one  example  only  I  would  indicate 
that  which  I  mean,  but  that  example  the  most  illus- 
trious which  ancient  fable  supplies.  It  is  familiar  to 
us  all  how  the  great  cycle  of  the  labours  of  Hercules 
was  not  finished  till  he  had  done  battle  with  Death. 
Earthly  exploits,  even  the  mightiest  and  most  mar- 
vellous of  these,  were  not  sufficient.  It  was  felt,  and 
most  truly,  that  to  complete  even  the  idea  of  the 
hero-champion  of  men,  something  more  was  needed,  a 
greater  victory  was  demanded  at  his  hands  :  he  must 
Avrestle  with,  and  in  personal  conflict  overcome,  foes 

*  Tacitus,  Hist.,  1.  2,  c.  8 ;  Suetonius,  AWo,  c.  57;  Augustine,  De 
Civ.  Dei,  1.  20,  c.  19  ;  Lactantius,  De  Mart.  Pers.,  2. 


THE  VANQUISHER  OP  HADES.        175 

mightier  than  those  of  flesh  and  bhjod — even  the  hist 
enemy,  death  and  the  grave.  Nor  even  then  had  his 
own  Hfe  attained  its  perfect  consummation ;  since  for 
this  it  was  needed  tliat  all  which  was  of  earth  in  him- 
self should  be  burned  out,  that  the  dregs  of  mortality 
should  be  cleansed  away  in  the  purifying  flames  of  a 
funeral  pyre,  willingly  ascended — and  this  being  done, 
that  he  himself,  in  sign  that  he  could  not  die  any 
more,  that  he  was  indeed  made  partaker  of  immor- 
tality, that  death  could  have  no  more  dominion  over 
him,  should  be  wedded  to  eternal  Youth  amid  the 
blissful  mansions  of  the  immortal  gods  *. 

Such,  no  doubt,  is  the  interjaretation  of  this  preg- 
nant symbol ;  and  thus,  brethren,  by  a  thousand  voices, 
in  a  thousand  ways,  the  world  has  been  declaring  that 
it  was  not  made  for  death,  for  that  dread  and  alien 
thing,  which,  notwithstanding,  it  found  in  the  midst  of 
it.  Thus  has  it  looked  round  for  one  who  should  roll 
away  the  stone  from  the  door  of  that  sepulchre,  to 
which  it  had  seen  its  sons  one  after  another  unreturn- 
ingly  descend ;  and  eking  out  the  weakness  of  its 
arguments  for  immortality  by  the  strength  of  its  de- 


*  In  Buttmann's  Mi/thoiogus,  v.  1,  p.  252  seq.,  the  higher  signifi- 
cance of  the  whole  niythus  of  Herakles  is  unfolded  with  an  exquisite 
tact  and  heauty.  Without  entering  into  the  merits  or  demerits  of 
other  parts  of  the  book,  it  may  yet  be  as  well  to  say  that  it  is  only 
this  single  treatise  which  I  wish  to  speak  of  in  this  language  of  admi- 
ration. If  K.  O.  Miiller  is  right  in  his  conjecture  that  "Adfi.tiTos  = 
'ASfiixacTTU';  (Tl.  9,  158)  the  indomitable,  a  name  belonging  to  Hades, 
and  that  Apollo's  service  of  Admetus  is  his  passing  down  to  the 
infernal  world  in  consequence  of  having  slain  the  earth-born  Python  ; 
if  this  be  true,  and  he  brings  much  that  is  curious  in  confirmation  of 
this  view,  we  may  then  add  one  more,  and  that  not  the  least  remark- 
able, to  the  Greek  mythic  narrations  of  this  description.  (See  his 
Scientific  Mythology,  p.  243—246  Engl.  Transl.) 


176  LECTUEE  II.  [1846. 

sires,  it  has  been  forward  to  believe  that  for  this  one 
and  that  the  stone  had  been  actually  rolled  away.  But 
yet  jjresently  again,  it  has  felt  only  too  surely  that  it 
had  but  the  shadow,  and  not  the  very  substance,  of 
the  things  hoped  for  :  and  in  doubt  and  perplexity, 
in  despondency  and  fear,  has  made  the  words  of  the 
Psalmist  its  oa^ti  :  "  Dost  thou  shew  wonders  among 
the  dead?  Shall  the  dead  rise  up  and  praise  thee?" 
but,  unlike  to  him,  it  has  not  known  what  answer  to 
give  to  its  own  question. 

And  so  it  went  on,  until  at  length,  after  many  a 
false  dawn,  the  world's  Easter  morning  indeed  broke, 
and  from  beside  an  empty  tomb  they  went  forth,  the 
witnesses  of  Jesus,  preaching  Him  and  the  resurrec- 
tion :  men  able  to  declare  things  which  they  had  seen 
— that  there  was  indeed  a  risen  Head  of  our  race,  one 
who  had  tasted  death  for  every  man,  who,  not  in  poet's 
dreams,  or  in  legend  of  olden  time,  but  in  very  truth, 
had  burst  its  bands,  because  it  was  impossible  He 
should  be  holden  by  them ;  that  there  was  one  for 
whom  death  was  what  men  had  so  often,  and  so  fondly 
and  significantly  called  it — even  a  sleep ;  for  He  had 
laid  Him  down  and  slept,  and  after  his  three  days' 
rest  in  the  grave*,  risen  up  again,  because  the  Lord 
had  sustained  Him.  The  day  at  length  arrived,  when 
men  were  able  to  go  forth,  preaching  Him  who  had 
shewn  himself  alive  by  many  infallible  proofs ;  in  whom 
too,  being  risen,  mortality  ivas  swallowed  up  in  life ; 
and  who  was  now  seated  at  the  right  hand  of  the 
Majesty  on  high,  angels  and  principalities  and  powers 
being  made  subject  unto  Him. 

Such  was  the  word  of  their  message — that  the 
stone  was  rolled  away,  that  the  riddle   of  death  ivas 


THE  VANQUISHER  OF  HADES.  177 

solved ;  and  hearts  unnumbered  welcomed  the  tidings, 
and  expanded  themselves  to  it,  as  flowers,  shut  through 
some  long  dreary  night,  unfold  themselves  to  the 
warmth  and  the  light  of  the  returning  day.  And  shall 
not  we,  brethren,  bear  our  part  in  the  great  jubilee 
which  that  message  of  theirs  has  summoned  the  world 
to  keep,  in  the  glory  and  gladness  of  this  day  and  of 
this  day's  mystery,  before  which  all  phantoms  and 
shadows  of  the  night  flee  away,  before  which  all  sad- 
ness and  despair  are  weak  to  stand  ?  Truly,  with  a 
deep  insight  into  the  mystery  of  this  Easter  morn,  did 
the  great  poet  of  our  modern  world  make  the  Easter 
hymn — the  glad  voices  which  said  Christ  is  risen, 
these,  caught  by  accident,  of  potency  sufficient  to 
wrest  the  poison-cup  untasted  from  the  hand  of  the 
despairing  one,  who  had  already  raised  it  to  his  lips*. 
And  how,  brethren,  fares  it  with  ourselves?  Is 
that  word  for  us  a  scatterer  of  sadnesses,  a  quickener 
of  joys  ?  Does  it  enable  us  to  put  off  the  sackcloth  of 
our  spirits,  and  to  gird  ourselves  with  gladness  ?  Let 
us  earnestly  ask  ourselves  this  question ;  for  surely  it 
is  a  sign  that  all  is  not  right  with  us,  when  other  things 
make  us  glad,  but  not  this — when  the  natural  spring 
fills  our  hearts  with  a  natural  joy,  but  this  with  no 
spiritual — when  we  stand  aloof,  cold  and  unsympa- 
thizing,  as  the  wondrous  cycle  of  the  Christian  year 
goes  round,  as  the  great  events  of  our  Lord's  life  and 
death  and  resurrection  and  glory  succeed  one  another 
in  a  marvellous  order ;  not  humbling  ourselves  in  the 
humiliations  of  that  life,  and  therefore  not  exulting  in 
its  triumph ;  never  having  stood  beside  the  cross  of 


*  See  Goethe's  Faust,  Scene  1. 
T.  H.  L.  12 


178  LECTURE  II.  [1846. 

Jesus,  and  therefore  having  no  right  and  no  desire  to 
stand  beside  that  open  tomb,  where  he  reared  his  first, 
his  everlasting  trophy  over  death.  K  we  feel  not  this 
gladness,  let  us  take  shame  to  our  dull  hearts,  and 
claim  it  as  a  gift  from  our  God,  which  he  will  not 
deny  us.  Let  us  ask  that  we  too  may  be  borne  up- 
ward and  borne  onward  on  the  great  stream  of  the 
Church's  exultation.  Let  us  ask  this  earnestly ;  let 
us  ask  it  as  something  which  we  ought  not  to  be 
mthout.  For  of  this  let  us  be  sure,  that  now,  after 
eighteen  hundred  years,  that  announcement  of  the 
angel,  "He  is  not  here,  but  is  risen,"  should  he  as  fresh 
and  new,  as  full  of  an  unutterable  joy  to  us,  as  it  was 
to  those  weeping  women,  who  came  to  pay  the  last 
sad  honours  to  their  dead  Lord,  but  found  only  his 
empty  and  forsaken  grave. 


LECTURE    III. 

THE  SON   OF  GOD. 

Acts  XIV.  11. 

And  when  the  people  saw  what  Paul  had  done,  they  lifted 
up  their  voices,  saying  in  the  speech  of  Lycaonia,  The 
gods  are  come  down  to  us  in  the  likeness  of  men. 

It  was  my  endeavour  when  we  last  met,  to  trace  out 
the  manner  in  which  humanity  has  ever  been  looking- 
in  one  quarter  or  another  for  its  redeemers  and  sa- 
viours— for  deliverers  from  physical,  deliverers  from 
moral  evil.  Carrying  forward  my  subject  a  step,  it 
will  be  now  my  aim  to  shew  how  it  has  not  merely 
been  heroic  men,  men  who  triumphed  over  all,  even 
death  itself,  but  divine  men,  fo^r  whom  the  world  has 
been  craving ;  in  whom  it  has  felt  deeply  that  its  help 
must  lie — a  most  true  voice  of  man's  spirit  ever  tell- 
ing him  that  only  from  heaven  the  true  deliverance  of 
the  earth  could  proceed.  We  shall  see  how  men  have 
been  ever  cherishing  the  conviction  of  a  real  fellow- 
ship between  earth  and  heaven,  and  that  not  merely 
an  outward  one,  but  an  iuAvard ;  a  conviction  that  the 
two  worlds  truly  met,  not  by  external  contact  only, 
but  in  the  deeps  of  personal  life,  in  persons  that  most 
really  belonged  and  held  on  to  both  worlds.  We  shall 
see  how  the  world,  with  all  its  discords,  has  had  also 
its  preludes  to  the  great  harmonies  of  redemption ; 
has  had  its  incarnations — sons  of  God,  that  have  come 
down  to  live  a  human  life,  to  undertake  human  toils, 

12—2 


180  LECTURE  III.  [1846. 

to  die  a  human  death  :  its  ascensions — sons  of  men, 
that  have  been  lifted  up  to  heaven,  and  made  partakers 
of  divine  attributes  :  we  shall  see  how  men  have  never 
conceived  of  this  world  around  us  as  totally  dissevered 
from  that  Avorld  above  us,  with  an  impassable  gulf 
between  them,  but  always  as  in  living  intercommu- 
nion the  one  with  the  other. 

And  to  this  subject  the  words  of  my  text  will  form 
a  fitting  introduction,  yielding,  as  they  do,  a  signal 
testimony  to  a  wide-spread  faith  through  the  heathen 
world  in  these  living  relations  between  heaven  and 
earth ;  for  no  sooner  did  those  men  of  Lystra  see  in 
Paul  and  Barnabas,  beneficent  healing  presences,  with 
power  to  chase  away  the  sicknesses  of  men,  than  at 
once  they  leaped  to  the  conclusion.  "  The  gods  are 
come  down  to  us  in  the  likeness  of  men,"  and  could 
hardly  be  restrained  from  offering  them  divine  hon- 
ours. The  Avords  themselves  are  a  noticeable  evidence 
of  the  world's  preparedness,  even  in  that  day  when  so 
much  of  an  earlier  and  more  childlike  faith  had  pe- 
rished, to  welcome  its  deliverer  from  heaven.  Nor 
are  we  without  a  parallel  evidence  to  the  same  in  that 
exclamation  of  the  awe-struck  heathen  centurion,  who 
at  sight  of  nature  suffering  with  her  suffering  Lord, 
and  setting  her  seal  to  the  a\\^ul  meaning  of  his  death, 
could  come  to  no  other  than  a  like  conclusion,  and 
exclaimed,  "  Truly  this  was  the  Son  of  God." 

For  indeed  this,  which  is  peculiar  to  our  Christian 
faith,  namely,  that  in  it  at  length,  and  in  it  only,  a 
real  meeting-place  between  heaven  and  earth  has  been 
established  in  the  person  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth — that 
the  divine  was  born  into  the  human,  and  so,  not  by 
transient  and  external  contact,  but  in  very  deed,  hea- 


THE  SON  OF  GOD,  181 

ven  came  down  to  earth,  and  the  earth  was  lifted  up 
into  heaven,  God  became  a  man,  and  man  God — this, 
Avhich  is  the  peeuHar  prerogative  and  glory  of  our 
Christian  faith,  is  yet  not  so  peculiarly  ours,  but  that 
every  religion  has,  in  some  shape  or  other,  made  pre- 
tension to  the  same.  It  was  claimed  of  all,  though 
fulfilled  only  in  one.  "  The  tabernacle  of  God  is 
with  men,  and  he  will  be  their  God,  and  dwell  among 
them" — this  in  positive  fulfilment  did  only  in  the 
Only-begotten  come  true ;  yet,  as  far  as  the  idea 
reaches,  is  the  essence  and  centre,  not  of  one  reli- 
gion, but  of  all.  Men  may  conceive  it  under  differ- 
ent aspects,  may  imagine  it  to  be  brought  about  in 
various  ways  ;  some  of  these  ways  will  approach  nearer 
to  the  heart  of  the  matter  than  others ;  but  this  idea, 
in  one  shape  or  another,  must  constitute  the  central 
one  of  every  religion. 

I  will  endeavour  to  trace  a  few  proofs  of  this,  as 
in  the  heathen  religions  of  antiquity  they  meet  us 
everywhere, — to  hold  up  before  you  a  few  forms  in 
which,  with  more  or  less  distinctness,  men  expressed 
their  desire  after,  or  embodied  their  belief  in,  this 
fellowship, — and  more  than  fellowship,  this  union  be- 
tween God  and  man ;  and  then  to  shew  how  far  short, 
even  in  idea,  not  to  speak  of  the  realization  of  that 
idea,  all  which  men  ever  conceived  in  this  way  fell  of 
the  actual  fact  upon  which  the  Church  is  founded. 

And  first,  would  we  trace  what  is  nearest  to  a 
nation's  heart,  we  should  turn  to  its  poetry ;  there  we 
shall  find  not  what  it  has,  but  what  it  is  reaching  after 
— not  its  actual  work-day  world,  but  that  ideal  world 
after  which  it  is  longing.  If,  then,  we  turn  to  the 
oldest,  the  epic,  poetry  of  Greece,  we  behold  heroes 


182  LECTURE  III.  [1846. 

and  gods  and  men  mingling  familiarly  together.  In 
this  free  intercourse,  in  this  beaten  and  well-trodden 
way  between  earth  and  heaven,  we  have  what  we  might 
venture  to  call  the  heathen  counterpart  to  the  heavenly 
ladder  seen  by  Jacob  in  dream,  on  which  angels  were 
ascending  and  descending,  with  the  Lord  himself  at 
the  summit ;  even  as  that  was  but  the  weak  intima- 
tion of  a  closer  union  between  earth  and  heaven  to  be 
effected  in  the  person  of  the  Son  of  Man — an  union 
wherein  God  should  no  longer  appear  at  the  summit 
of  the  ladder,  but  at  its  foot — no  longer  a  God  far 
off,  but  near  ; — men  now  at  last  beholding  the  "  hea- 
ven open,  and  the  angels  of  God  ascending  and  de- 
scending upon  the  Son  of  Man." 

We  may  select  one  instance  more,  which  Greek 
art  will  supply,  of  the  sense  of  so  intimate  relations 
between  God  and  man,  as  only  the  Incarnation  could 
at  length  adequately  express.  We  oftentimes  take  it 
as  a  matter  of  course,  one  which  therefore  excites  in 
us  no  reflection  or  surprize,  that  the  statues  of  the 
Grecian  gods  should  be  in  human  forms,  in  the  per- 
fection of  human  grace  and  beauty — the  highest  which 
the  skill  of  artist  could  attain.  And  yet,  what  a  won- 
derful thing  was  this, — to  have  arrived  at  the  convic- 
tion that  the  human  was  the  most  adequate  expression 
for  the  divine — that  if  God  did  reveal  himself,  it 
would  be  as  man — that  the  nearest  approximation  to 
the  ideal  of  humanity  was  the  worthiest  type  of  the 
Godhead.  These  too  in  their  kind  we  must  regard 
as  prophecies  of  the  Incarnation  ;  not,  indeed,  of  the 
deeps  of  that  mystery,  but  weak  prophecies  of  it 
still. 

Not,  however,  in  the  ideal  world  of  art  only  did 


THE  SON  OF  GOD.  183 

this  faith  find  utterance,  but  in  the  actual  world  as 
well.  The  whole  scheme  of  an  Oriental  court,  and 
eminently  that  of  the  Great  King,  was  laid  out  on  the 
idea  that  it  was  the  visible  representation  of  the  court 
of  heaven,  and  the  king  himself  a  visible  incarnation 
of  the  highest  God.  The  sense  of  this  speaks  out  in 
every  arrangement,  in  the  least  as  in  the  greatest, 
and  is  the  key  to  them  all.  Thus,  the  laws  of  that 
kingdom  when  once  uttered,  could  not  be  reversed  or 
changed,  (Dan.  vi.  8,)  because  the  king  who  gave  them 
was  the  incarnation  of  God,  and  God  cannot  repent, 
or  alter  the  thing  which  has  gone  out  from  his  lips*. 
None,  as  again  we  learn  from  the  Book  of  Esther  (iv. 
11),  might  come  into  the  king's  presence  unbidden 
and  live,  save  by  a  distinct  act  of  grace.  They  must 
die,  unless  the  golden  sceptre,  in  token  of  this  grace, 
was  held  out  to  them  ;  because  none  but  the  pardoned 
can  behold  the  countenance  of  God  and  not  perish 
at  its  intolerable  brightness.  So,  as  that  same  book 
teaches  us,  it  was  forbidden  to  one  clothed  in  sack- 
cloth to  enter  within  the  palace ;  (iv.  2 ;)  and  this, 
because  heaven,  of  which  that  palace  was  the  image, 
is  the  region  of  life  and  gladness,  not  of  sorrow  or  of 
death  ;  which,  therefore,  as  they  might  not  enter  there, 

*  God  is  aTjoeiTTos,  his  counsels  dneTo/xeXriTa,  and  he  not  a  man 
that  he  should  repent ;  and  even  such  his  visible  representative  on 
earth  must  be.  It  was  on  this  unchangeableness  of  what  had  once 
gone  forth  from  the  lips  of  the  king,  which  itself  was  thus  no  capricious 
state  rule,  but  grew  out  of  the  very  idea  on  .which  the  Persian  mo- 
narchy rested,  that  the  enemies  of  Daniel  founded  their  confident 
expectations  of  success  in  their  conspiracy  against  him.  (Dan.  vi.  8, 15.) 
So,  too,  when  the  purposes  of  Ahasuerus  the  king  were  altered  con- 
cerning the  Jews,  he  yet  could  not  reverse  the  edict  which  permitted 
them  to  be  attacked  by  their  enemies :  he  could  only  give  another 
edict,  allowing  them  to  stand  upon  their  defence.  (Esth.  viii.  10, 11.) 


184  LECTURE   III.  [1846. 

SO  neither  might  these  things,  which  are  their  visible 
signs  and  symbols,  enter  into  the  palace  of  the  king. 
The  seven  princes,  that  stood  nearest  to  the  throne, 
and  saw  the  king's  face  (i.  14),  corresponded  to  the 
seven  highest  angels  that  were  supposed  to  stand 
before,  and  nearest  to,  the  throne  of  God.  Xor  was 
the  adoration  offered  to  the  Persian  king  a  mere  act 
of  homage  or  sign  of  fealty,  but  was  most  truly,  and 
in  the  highest  sense,  a  ivorshipjnng ;  and  exactly 
because  felt  as  such,  was  so  earnestly  resisted,  though 
from  different  motives,  by  the  Greek  alike  and  the 
Jew — by  the  Greek,  as  dishonom'ing  to  himself,  by 
the  Jew,  as  dishouring  to  his  God.  It  was  a  worship- 
ping of  the  king's  person  for  the  presence  of  God, 
which  was  supposed  to  dwell  singularly  in  him. 

Again,  when  the  foremost  place  in  all  the  earth 
had  passed  into  the  possession  of  another,  what  was 
the  apotheosis  of  a  Roman  Cesar,  in  life,  or  after 
death,  but  a  troubled  speaking  out  of  men's  sense, 
that  he  who  stood  in  the  forefront  of  humanity,  the 
chiefest  of  the  sons  of  men,  should  also  be  more  than 
man  ?  This,  in  itself  most  true,  did  only  become  the 
fearful  blasphemy  it  was,  when  the  worship  Avas  mis- 
applied, and  the  object  to  which  it  was  due  had  been 
mistaken.  It  was  indeed  an  irony  of  the  heathen 
world,  and  of  its  magnificent  pretensions,  worthy  of 
the  great  author  of  mischief,  when  the  honour  that 
it  owed  to  Christ  the  Lord,  being  diverted  on  the 
way,  was  rendered  to  a  Nero  or  a  Tiberius.  The 
prince  of  this  world  was  herein  mocking  his  votaries, 
exactly  as  he  mocked  the  Jews,  when  they  too  were 
led  to  incorporate  their  rejection  of  all  that  was  best, 
and  their  choice  of  all  which  was  worst,  in  an  out- 


THE   SON  OF  GOD.  185 

ward  fact,  iu  that  cry  of  theirs — "  Not  this  man,  but 
Barabbas." 

And  I  may  perhaps  be  permitted  to  observe  as 
not  alien  to  our  present  argument,  but  as  another 
striking  proof  of  this  craving  of  men  for  that  which 
is  given  to  them  in  Christ  and  in  his  Incarnation,  for 
such  a  bridal  of  two  worlds  as  was  celebrated  therein, 
that  whenever,  even  in  Christendom,  men  have  lost 
their  faith  in  this  gift,  or  have  suffered  that  faith  to 
grow  weak,  then  they  have  not  rested  till  they  have 
created  for  themselves  a  substitute  for  that  truth 
which  thus  they  have  let  go.  Thus,  no  sooner  had 
men's  faith  in  a  present,  though  invisible.  Head  of  his 
Church  waxed  feeble — no  sooner  did  the  God-man, 
because  he  could  not  be  seen  or  touched  or  handled, 
appear  far  off  to  carnal  and  sense-bound  generations, 
than  they  began  to  yearn  for  a  substitute,  who  should 
give  them  in  palpable  form  all  which  they  no  longer 
felt  that  they  possessed  in  Him.  And  thus  men  began 
to  lend  questionable  honours  and  ambiguous  titles  to 
a  pope  ;  and  ever  as  they  more  let  go  their  sense  of 
the  reality  of  Christ's  headshii^,  they  lent  more  of  his 
glories,  of  his  names,  his  honours,  his  divine  attributes, 
to  the  man  who  had  placed  himself  in  his  seat,  and 
offered  them  in  a  gross  and  visible  way  that  connexion 
between  earth  and  heaven,  which  they  were  intended 
to  have  found  in  Him  of  whom  it  is  written,  "  The 
Head  of  every  man  is  Christ." 

Exactly  in  the  same  manner  a  thoughtful  observer 
of  the  progress  of  Unitarianism  in  our  own  day,  will 
not  have  failed  to  note  that  a  system  which  shrinks 
from  saying  "  Christ  is  God,"  yet  finds  it  impossible 
to  rest  in  that  denial,   and  is  rapidly  and  inevitably 


186  LECTURE  III.  [1846. 

hastening  to  ssiy,  even  as  it  has  ah*eady  said  plainly 
enough  by  the  Hps  of  its  most  forward  votaries,  "  Man 
is  God ;"  giving  in  the  end  to  every  man  that  which 
it  started  with  affirming  it  was  blasphemy  to  give  to 
any,  even  to  the  Son  himself  And  were  that,  or  any 
other  yet  barrener  form  of  unbelief,  to  succeed  for  a 
time  in  emptying  the  throne  in  men's  hearts  wherein 
the  Son  of  God  is  sitting,  on  the  instant  we  should 
behold  impious  and  frantic  enthusiasts  springing  up 
on  every  side,  claiming  the  vacant  seat,  and  obtaining 
too  the  homage  which  was  withholden  from  Him.  For 
truly,  oiu'  deliverance  from  superstition  lies  not  in 
unbelief,  but  in  faith.  In  holding  fast  the  truth,  and 
only  in  that,  are  we  delivered  from  its  distorted  coun- 
terfeit. Thus  the  Holy  Eucharist,  satisfying  as  it 
does  the  solemn  and  mysterious  cravings  of  the  human 
soul,  dehvers  the  Christian  world  from  hateful  mys- 
teries and  dark  orgies.  Thus,  again,  faith  in  the 
sacrifice  once  offered  upon  Calvary  hinders  and  cuts 
off  those  hideous  attempts  at  expiation,  which,  but 
for  that,  the  sin-laden  heart  of  man  would  inevit- 
ably devise  for  itself.  And  thus,  too,  an  exalted 
Sa-sdour  preserves  us  from  blasphemous  usurpers  of 
divine  honours,  the  truth  of  God  from  the  lie  of  the 
devil. 

But  let  us  see,  brethren,  Avhat  nearer  to  the  heart 
of  the  matter  the  old  world  had,  of  incarnations  and 
ascensions ;  let  us  see  the  highest  form  in  which  it 
presented  these  truths  to  itself.  And  contemplating 
that  highest,  let  us  still  take  note  how  the  Christian 
truth  of  the  Word  made  flesh,  eveii  as  a  doctrine,  was 
original — not  to  say  that  alone  in  Christ  it  past  from 


THE   SON  OF  GOD.  187 

a  speculation,  and  became  a  fact.  It  will  be  instruc- 
tive to  mark  how  all  other  systems  not  merely  did  not 
give  what  they  professed  to  give,  (for  that  of  course,) 
but  how  even  what  they  professed  to  give,  fell  short 
of,  and  was  only  an  approximation  to,  the  actual  needs 
of  humanity. 

Thus  the  Greek  mind  could  conceive  of  a  much- 
suffering  man  lifted  up  for  his  toils'  and  virtues'  sake 
into  the  highest  heaven.  Their  pantheon  is  full  of 
such, — of  heroes  after  the  toils  and  conflicts  of  a 
life  worthily  spent  for  their  fellow-men,  made  free  of 
heaven,  and  admitted  even  into  the  circle  of  the 
immortal  gods ;  and  so  far  they  had  in  their  popular 
belief  anticipations  of  Him,  the  man  Christ  Jesus, 
whom,  because  He  humbled  Himself,  and  for  our 
sakes  became  obedient  to  the  death  of  the  cross, 
therefore  God  greatly  exalted,  setting  Him  at  his 
own  right  hand. 

But  yet  how  little  was  there  here  any  true  blend- 
ing of  the  human  and  divine,  and  how  truly  men  felt 
this ;  as  is  wonderfully  testified  by  the  fact  that  this 
exalted  and  glorified  man,  however  many  divine  attri- 
butes were  added  to  him,  yet  did  not  get  the  name  of 
God ;  he  was  but  a  ^aiiucov  after  all ;  he  was  not,  to 
use  language  which  has  been  well  used  of  the  Son, 
Deus  ex  radice.  They  felt  with  a  right  instinct  that  a 
deified  man  did  not  thereby,  and  that  indeed  he  could 
not,  become  God — that  no  accumulation  of  divine 
honours  could  make  one  truly  God,  who  was  not  such 
already ;  even  as  the  Church,  in  a  later  day,  was  not 
to  be  deceived  into  accepting  the  Arian  theory  con- 
cerning the  Son  of  God  as  an  adequate  substitute  for 
her  own,  by  the  utmost  prodigality  of  divine  names 


188  LECTURE  III.  [184(!. 

and  titles  and  honours  which  were  proposed  to  be 
lavished  upon  Him.  She  felt  rightly  that  all  these 
would  not  in  the  least  fill  up  the  chasm  that  divided, 
and  must  divide  for  ever,  God  from  that  which  was 
not  God.  So  was  it  with  the  apotheosis  of  heroic 
men  :  the  divine  glory  did  but  gild  and  play  upon  the 
surface  of  their  being  ;  if  a  man  was  to  be  also  God, 
if  there  was  to  be  any  perfect  union  of  the  two,  it 
must  be  by  other  means,  by  a  process  which  must 
reach  deeper  and  much  further  back  than  this. 

But  moreover  the  other  half,  the  other  factor, 
even  of  the  idea  of  such  a  person  as  this,  was  alto- 
gether strange  to  the  Greek  mind.  A  God  coming 
down  from  heaven,  emptying  himself  of  his  glory,  and 
in  a  noble  suffering  undertaking  a  human  life,  and, 
that  he  might  be  the  helper  and  deliverer  of  men, 
enduring"  all,  even  the  hardest,  for  them,  tasting  death 
itself, — all  this,  a  God  thus  stooping,  and  suffering, 
and  dying,  was  wholly  alien  to  every  conception  of 
theirs.  The  very  idea  of  the  gods  with  them  was  of 
beings  free  from  all  care,  untouched  by  any  sorrow, 
living  ever  joyful,  and  ever  at  ease  :  or  if  they  so- 
journed for  a  while  in  this  toilsome  and  tearful  world, 
yet  sojourning  as  visitors  only — not  touching  the  bur- 
den of  its  woe  with  the  tip  of  their  finger — under- 
taking it  might  be  human  tasks,  yet  undertaking  them 
in  sport,  not  really  coming  under,  or  feehng  their 
weight.  True,  indeed,  that  this  conception  of  a  suf- 
fering God,  which  was  so  strange  to  all  western  habits 
of  thought,  was  familiar  to  the  mythologies  of  the 
East.  They  have  their  Osiris, — and  not  him  alone, 
though  in  him  these  sufferings  of  a  divine  nature 
come  the  most  prominently  and  gloriously  out — who 


THE   SON  OF  GOD.  189 

in  the  fulness  of  his  beneficent  purposes  for  the  race 
of  men,  and  in  mighty  and  earnest  conflict  with  the 
prince  of  evil,  endures  all  things,  going  down  even  to 
the  deeps  of  death  :  and  thus,  no  doubt,  the  Eastern 
religions  were  not  without  their  anticipations  of  Him, 
who  though  He  was  rich,  yet  made  Himself  poor,  even 
the  poorest,  for  us,  that  we  through  his  poverty  might 
be  rich. 

And  yet  hoAv  imperfect,  even  as  regards  the  idea, 
was  this  too.  Humanity,  however  it  craved  a  God 
for  its  deliverer,  yet  craved  just  as  earnestly  a  man ; 
,it  wanted  a  redeemer  out  of  its  own  bosom,  one  in 
Avhose  every  triumph  over  moral  or  physical  evil  it 
could  rejoice  that  "  God  had  given  such  power  unto 
men."  It  felt,  and  truly,  that  no  other  would  serve  its 
turn — that,  forasmuch  as  the  children  are  partakers 
of  flesh  and  blood,  he  also,  if  he  Avould  be  every  man's 
brother,  and  thus  able  to  be  every  man's  redeemer, 
must  be  partaker  of  the  same ;  "  fairer  than  the  chil- 
dren of  men,"  and  yet  himself  a  child  of  man — that 
from  the  midst  of  itself,  from  the  depths  of  its  own 
life,  its  redeemer  must  proceed.  A  God  Avho  was 
onhj  God,  might  conquer  for  himself,  but  there  was 
no  pledge  or  proof  in  his  conquest,  that  man  could 
conquer ;  a  God  who  overcame  death  and  rose  from 
the  dead,  gave  no  assurance  thereby  of  a  resurrection 
for  the  race  of  man. 

And  thus  each  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  Gen- 
tile world  had  but  a  fragment,  even  in  thought  and 
desire,  of  the  truth  :  the  Greek  world,  the  exaltation 
of  manhood — the  Oriental,  the  glorious  humihations 
of  Godhead ;  and  thus  it  came  to  pass  that  each  of 
these,  even  as  a  speculation,  was  maimed  and  imper- 


190  LECTURE  III.  [1846. 

feet.  These  systems,  so  far  from  providing  what  man 
needed,  had  not  satisfactorily  and  on  every  side  even 
contemplated  what  he  needed ;  much  less  had  they 
given  it. 

And  how  indeed  could  it  be  given  ?  This  was  the 
riddle  which  He  alone  whose  counsels  were  from  ever- 
lasting, who  knew  all  the  true  needs  of  man,  and 
meant  to  satisfy  them  all,  could  solve.  It  seemed  in- 
deed that  the  world,  craving  one  who  should  be  man 
no  less  than  God  for  its  deliverer,  put  its  demands  in 
irreconcilable  contradiction  with  themselves ;  and  again, 
that  demanding  for  its  redeemer  one  in  whom  the  hu- 
man and  divine  should  not  slightly  and  transiently 
touch  one  another,  but  should  be  brought  into  inner- 
most union,  it  here  too  required  that  which  it  was 
impossible  that  it  ever  should  receive.  And  yet  the 
same  wonder-stroke  of  God  solved  both  these  pro- 
blems. 

The  first  difficulty  was  this.  If  the  world  needed  a 
man,  yet  where  should  it  find  the  man  that  it  needed? 
It  had  often  put  forth  its  champions,  but  there  was 
ever  found  an  attainder  of  blood  in  every  man's  de- 
scent, a  blot  on  every  man's  scutcheon,  a  flaw  in  every 
man's  armour.  If  no  helper  of  humanity  but  one 
born  out  of  its  bosom  Avould  do,  and  yet  every  one 
born  from  thence,  partook  in  its  sin,  was  one  needing 
to  be  healed,  and  who  could  not  therefore  be  himself 
the  healer,  was  a  sharer  in  the  diseased  organism,  and 
could  not  therefore  expel  its  poison  from  others, 
whence  was  such  a  one  to  come  ?  The  answer  was 
at  length  given  in  the  Virgin-born.  Men  had  long 
before  had  an  obsure  apprehension  that  only  so  could 
the  difficulty  be  solved.     The  birth  from  a  pure  virgin 


THE  SON  OF  GOD.  ^91 

had  been  attributed  to  many"".  For  there  was  that 
in  men's  hearts  which  told  them  that  for  one  to  be  an 
effectual  Saviour,  he  must  be  a  new  beginning,  a  new 
head  of  the  race ;  not  a  mere  link  in  the  chain  of 
sinful  humanity,  since  of  the  sinful  the  Sinless  could 
never  come;  but  by  such  marvellous  means  as  that 
miraculous  conception  he  must  be  exempted  from  the 
corruption  transmitted  from  generation  to  generation 
of  the  children  of  men. 

But  this  was  not  all ;  this  Virgin-born  was  also 
Immanuel,  was  that  which  men  had  asked  for,  "  God 
with  us."  He  had  indeed  a  Father,  but  that  Father 
was  God ;  and  thus  in  the  deepest  deep,  in  the  inner- 
most core  and  centre  of  his  life,  this  man  was  also 
God.  In  the  cradle  of  Bethlehem,  when  a  pure  Virgin 
had  been  touched  with  fire  from  heaven  and  had  borne 
a  Son,  in  Him  at  length  the  world  found  all  its  long- 
ings fulfilled,  its  seemingly  irreconcilable  desires  all 
satisfied  and  atoned. 

Thus,  brethren,  I  have  sought  to  trace  out  before 
you  to-day  that  which  was  perhaps  the  worthiest 
element  in  the  religions  of  the  heathen  world — that 
which,  indeed,  entitled  them  to  the  character  of  re- 
ligions at  all — their  recognition,  with  all  shortcomings 
and  deficiencies,  of  a  real  bond  between  earth  and 
heaven,  their  sense  that  the  Divine  could  reveal  itself 
no  way  so  fitly  as  in  the  forms  of  the  human,  that  the 
human  could  be  lifted  up  to,  and  made  to  bear  the 
weight  of,  the  Divine — that  man  was  God's  offspring, 
of  the  blood  royal  of  creation.  The  pervading  sense 
of  this  was  indeed  what  mainly  constituted  them,  in 

"  Especially  to  founders  of  religions,  as  Buddha,  Zoroaster. 


192  LECTURE    III.  [1840. 

God's  providence,  preparations  and  predispositions  for 
the  absolute  truth  which  should  in  fulness  of  time  be 
revealed.  For  that  there  were  upon  these  points  cer- 
tain predispositions  for  the  reception  of  the  truth  in 
heathendom,  which  did  not  exist  among  the  Jews,  no 
one  I  think  can  deny.  None  can  thoughtfully  read 
the  early  history  of  the  Church,  and  mark  how  hard 
the  Jewish  Christians  found  it  to  make  their  own  the 
true  idea  of  a  Son  of  God,  as  indeed  is  witnessed  by 
the  whole  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews — how  comparatively 
easy  the  Gentile  converts  ;  how  the  Hebrew  Christians 
were  continually  in  danger  of  sinking  back  into  Ebion- 
ite  heresies,  making  Christ  but  a  man  as  other  men, 
refusing  to  go  on  unto  perfection,  or  to  realize  the 
truth  of  his  higher  nature ; — no  one  can  mark  this, 
and  contrast  it  with  the  genial  promptness  of  the 
Gentile  Church  to  embrace  the  offered  truth,  "  God 
manifest  in  the  flesh,"  without  feeling  that  there  must 
have  been  effectual  preparations  in  the  latter  Avhich 
wrought  its  greater  readiness  for  receiving  and  heartily 
embracing  this  truth  when  it  arrived.  And  what 
other  preparations  could  they  have  been,  but  these 
which  we  have  been  tracing"^'"? 

It  is  true  that  there  was  with  this,  infinitely  too 
feeble  a  sense,  too  feeble  even  in  the  best,  of  the 
manner  in  which  sin  had  cast  them  down  from  the 
high  places  of  their  birth — a  confession  far  too  weak 

*  The  Christian  apologists  often  find  help  here.  Thus  Amobius 
{Adv.  Gen.,  \.l,  C.S7):  Natum  hominem  colimus.  Quid  enim,  vos 
horainem  nullum  colitis  natum?  Non  unum  et  alium,  non  innu- 
meros  alios,  quinimmo  non  omnes  quos  jam  templis  habetis  vestris, 
mortalium  sustulistis  ex  numero,  et  coelo  sideribusque  donastis?  He 
could  appeal  to  such  passages  as  that  of  Cicero  ( Tusc.  Qucest.,  1. 1, 
c.  13) :  Totum  prope  coelum  nonne  humano  genere  completum  est  ? 


THE    SON   OF   GOD.  193 

and  Avavering,  (for  only  the  Holy  Ghost  could  have 
wrought  a  right  confession,)  of  that  attainder  that 
was  in  their  blood,  the  utter  forfeiture  of  their  in- 
heritance which  their  sin  had  brought  about.  It  was 
not  seen  how  man  had  ceased  to  be  a  Son  of  God, 
could  never  but  by  a  new  adoption,  a  regeneration, 
become  such  again.  But  man's  divine  original,  his 
first  creation  in  the  image  of  God,  was  so  firmly  held 
fast  to  by  all  nobler  spirits,  that  St.  Paul  upon  the 
hill  of  Mars  could  at  once  take  his  stand  on  this  as  a 
great  meeting  point  between  himself  and  his  Athenian 
hearers — as  the  ground  which  was  common  to  them 
and  him :  "  Certain  also  of  your  own  poets  have  said, 
For  we  are  also  his  offspring."  (Acts  xvii.  28.)  Here 
at  least  they  were  at  one. 

And,  brethren,  it  is  possible  that  we  may  learn  a 
lesson  which  we  need,  or  at  least  remind  ourselves  of 
truths  which  we  are  in  danger  of  suffering  to  fall  too 
far  back  in  our  minds,  by  the  contemplation  of  those, 
who,  amid  all  their  errors  and  darkness  and  confusion 
and  evil,  had  yet  a  sense  so  deeply  imprinted,  a  faith 
so  lively,  that  man  was  from  God,  as  well  as  to  God ; 
capable  of  the  divine,  only  because  himself  of  a  divine 
race.  Oftentimes  it  would  seem  as  if  our  theology  of 
the  present  day  had  almost  lost  sight  of  this,  or  at 
least  held  it  Avith  only  too  feeble  a  grasp ;  beginning, 
as  it  so  often  does,  from  the  fall,  from  the  corruption 
of  human  nature,  instead  of  beginning  a  step  higher 
up — beginning  with  man  a  liar,  when  it  ought  to  have 
begun  with  man  the  true  image  and  the  glory  of  God, 
And  then,  as  a  consequence,  the  dignity  of  Christ's 
Incarnation,  of  his  taking  of  lumianity,  is  only  imper- 
fectly apprehended.  That  is  considered  in  the  main 
T.  H.  L.  13 


194  LECTURE  III.  [1846. 

as  a  makeshift  for  bringing  God  in  contact  with  man ; 
and  not  to  have  been  grounded  on  the  perfect  fitness 
of  man,  as  the  image  of  God,  of  man's  organs,  his 
affections,  his  life,  to  be  the  utterers  and  exponents 
of  all  the  life,  yea,  of  all  the  heart  of  God.  It  is 
oftentimes  considered  the  chief  purpose  of  Christ's 
Incarnation,  that  it  made  his  death  possible,  that  it 
pro\'ided  him  a  body  in  which  to  do  that  which  merely 
as  God  he  could  not  do,  namely  to  suffer  and  to  die ; 
while  some  of  the  profoundest  teachers  of  the  past, 
so  far  from  contemplating  the  Incarnation  in  this 
light,  have  rather  affirmed  that  the  Son  of  God  would 
equally  have  taken  man's  nature,  though  of  course 
under  very  different  conditions,  even  if  he  had  not 
fallen — that  it  lay  in  the  everlasting  purposes  of  God, 
quite  irrespective  of  the  fall,  that  the  stem  and  stalk 
of  humanity  should  at  length  bear  its  perfect  flower 
in  Him,  who  should  thus  at  once  be  its  root  and  its 
crown.  But  the  Incarnation  being  thus  slighted,  it 
follows  of  necessity,  that  man  as  man  is  thought  meanly 
of,  though  indeed  it  is  only  man  as  fallen  man,  as 
separated  by  a  wilful  act  of  his  own  from  God,  to 
whom  this  shame  and  dishonour  belong.  In  his  first 
perfection,  in  the  truth  of  his  nature,  he  is  the  glory 
of  God,  the  image  of  the  Son,  as  the  Son  is  the  image 
of  the  Father,  declaring  the  Son  as  the  Son  declared 
the  Father  : — surely  a  thought,  brethren,  which  if  we 
duly  lay  to  heart,  wiU  make  us  strive  that  our  lives  may 
be  holy,  that  our  lives  may  be  noble,  worthy  of  Him 
who  made  us  after  his  image,  and  w  hen  we  had  marred 
that  and  defaced  it,  renewed  us  after  the  same  in  his 
Son. 


LECTURE  IV. 

THE     PERFECT     SACRIFICE. 

MicAH  VI.  6,  7. 

Wherewith  shall  I  come  before  the  Lord,  and  bow  myself 
before  the  high  God  ?  shall  I  come  before  him  icith  hurnt- 
offerings,  with  calves  of  a  year  old?  Will  the  Lord  be 
pleased  with  thousands  of  rams,  or  with  ten  thousands  of 
rivers  of  oil  f  shall  L  give  my  firstborn  for  my  transgres- 
sion, the  fruit  of  my  body  for  the  sin  of  my  soul  ? 

There  are  few  facts  more  mysterious,  brethren,  than 
the  prevalence  of  the  rite  of  sacrifice  through  the 
world.  Nations  which  it  is  impossible  could  have 
learned  it  of  one  another,  nations  the  most  diverse  in 
culture,  the  highest  in  the  scale,  and  well  nigh  the 
lowest,  differing  in  every  thing  besides,  have  yet  agreed 
in  this  one  thing,  namely,  in  the  offering  of  things 
which  have  life  to  God, — or  when  the  idea  of  the  one 
God  has  been  lost, — to  the  gods  many  of  heathenism 
— the  essential  of  that  off'ering  in  every  case  being 
that  the  life  of  the  victim  Avas  rendered  up.  And  they 
have  all  agreed  in  considering  that  this  act  of  theirs 
had  a  value,  that  it  did  place  upon  a  new  and  better 
footing  the  relations  in  Avhich  they  stood  to  the  hea- 
venly powers;  that  by  these  sacrifices  they  might 
more  or  less  re-constitute  the  relations  between  them- 
selves and  God,  which  by  any  cause  had  been  dis- 
turbed, bringing  themselves  nigher  to  Him,  and  ren- 
dering Him  more  favourable  to  them. 

13 — 2 


196  LECTURE  IV.  [1846. 

Now  there  are  few  or  none  in  our  day  who  would 
count  that  they  had  explained  the  prevalence  of  these 
convictions,  in  the  conspiracy  of  the  more  artful  few 
to  hold  the  simpler  many  in  bondage.  These  convic- 
tions were  too  wide  spread,  too  universal ;  moreover, 
men  were  too  direfully  earnest  in  carrying  them  out, 
to  allow  us  to  accept  any  such  explanation  as  this. 
Sacraments  they  might  be,  and  often  were,  of  the 
de\Tl,  and  not  of  God,  but  yet  dreadful  sacraments 
still — bonds  and  bands  by  which  men  knit  themselves 
to  one  another,  and  knit  themselves  also  to  a  spiritual 
world, — if  not  to  heaven,  yet  to  hell.  Those  who 
explain  them  into  artful  contrivances,  may  so  give 
witness  for  their  own  shallow  insight  into  the  past 
history  of  the  world,  for  the  absence  of  any  deeper 
needs  at  work  in  their  own  hearts,  since  if  there  had 
been  such,  they  would  have  suggested  a  profounder 
explanation :  but  the  time  is  past  when  they  "vvill  find 
any  number  of  persons  to  accept  their  explanation  as 
sufficient. 

As  little  can  their  theory  be  historically  justified, 
who  trace  up  the  existence  of  sacrifice  to  the  rude 
notions  about  God  which  belonged  to  an  early  age  ; 
for  then  we  should  see  a  people,  as  it  attained  worthier 
views  about  Him,  gradually  outliving  and  renouncing 
the  practice  of  this  rite.  But,  contrary  to  this,  we 
find  in  the  most  cultivated  nations  the  theory  of  sacri- 
fice only  the  more  elaborately  worked  out,  the  sacri- 
fices themselves  only  multiplied  the  more.  Here  and 
there  there  might  be  found  in  some  obscure  corner  of 
the  earth,  a  savage  tribe  or  horde,  which  had  sunk 
below  the  idea  and  practice  of  sacrifice ;  though  one 
in  which,  in  one  form  or  another,  it  did  not  survive, 


THE   PERFECT   SACRIFICE.  197 

it  would  be  difficult  to  point  out ;  but  nowhere  a  peo- 
])le  that  had  risen  above  it.  Here  and  there  a  philoso- 
pher may  have  set  himself  against  the  popular  belief, 
but  nowhere  has  he  been  able  to  change  it ;  he  has 
ever  stood  single  and  alone,  and  has  as  little  carried 
Avith  him  the  more  thoughtful  and  deeper  spirits  of 
his  time  as  the  common  multitude.  He  may  have 
eloquently  declaimed  on  the  absurdity  of  supposing 
the  gods  would  be  pleased  with  the  death-struggles  of 
animals,  with  the  blood  of  bulls  and  of  goats ;  but 
there  was  ever  something  in  nien,  though  they  might 
not  be  able  to  explain  it  to  themselves,  which  told 
them  that  sacrifice  had  a  significance  and  a  meaning, 
which  a  few  plausible  words  could  not  get  rid  of  or 
destroy. 

Such,  brethren,  1  think  you  will  admit  are  the 
facts,  for  I  speak  to  those  capable  of  judging.  Whe- 
ther we  turn  to  those  pages  of  Greek  and  Koman 
literature,  brought  by  our  studies  in  this  place  espe- 
cially before  us,  or  whether  we  take  a  wider  range 
within  our  ken,  everywhere  alike  we  encounter  a  con- 
sciousness upon  man's  part,  that  the  relations  between 
him  and  the  powers  in  whose  hands  he  is,  have  been 
interrupted  and  disturbed.  The  fact  might  be  some- 
times overlooked  and  forgotten  by  him  in  times  of 
prosperity,  but  we  see  it  evermore  mightily  emerging 
from  the  deep  of  his  heart,  when  the  judgments  of 
offended  heaven  were  evidently  abroad.  Everywhere, 
too,  we  encounter  the  effort  by  certain  specific  and 
definite  acts  of  expiation  and  atonement  to  restore 
those  disturbed  relations  again.  "Without  blood  is  no 
remission  of  sin,"  was  a  truth  as  deeply  graven  on  the 
heart  and  conscience  of  heathen  as  of  Jew. 


198  LECTURE  IV.  [1846. 

For  vast  and  complex  as  is  the  Jewish  system  of 
offering',  yet  it  is  not  a  greater  body  of  sacrifice  than 
we  meet  almost  everywhere  else,  when  we  turn  to  the 
ritual  of  heathenism.  That  Levitical  system  is  of 
course  in  every  way  more  complete  :  it  is  an  organic 
whole ;  excluding  all  individual  caprice,  all  too  into 
which  the  true  idea  of  sacrifice,  when  escaping  from 
God's  control,  would  inevitably  degenerate.  More- 
over it  was  no  will-worship,  but  the  appointed  way  in 
which  God  Avas  to  be  sought,  and  not  that  in  which 
men  out  of  their  own  hearts  imagined  that  they  would 
seek  Him.  But  A^dth  all  this,  it  does  not,  I  think,  run 
into  greater  detail,  nor  take  more  entire  possession  of 
the  whole  life  of  man,  nor  demand  a  more  continual 
recognition  of  a  distance  and  separation  from  God 
which  has  need  to  be  removed,  than  did  the  heathen 
systems  of  sacrifice  with  which  it  was  surrounded, 
Avhen  we  take  them  in  their  sum  total,  when  we  count 
up  all  their  infinite  forms  and  varieties.  For  doubtless 
it  was  meant  that  they  too,  by  this  their  multitude 
and  repetition,  should  give  testimony  against  them- 
selves, should  witness  as  plainly  as  did  the  Jewish  in 
the  same  way,  for  their  own  weakness  and  unprofit- 
ableness ;  since  of  them,  too,  we  may  say,  that  had 
they  been  effectual  to  do  what  they  professed  to  do, 
"  would  they  not  have  ceased  to  be  offered,  because 
the  worshippers  once  purged  would  have  had  no  more 
conscience  of  sin?"  But  thus,  by  their  endless  multi- 
plication, and  by  the  confession  of  weakness  contained 
therein,  they  pointed,  though  not  with  prophetic  ex- 
plicitness,  yet  still  in  their  degree,  away  from  them- 
selves, and  to  that  one  all-sufficient  sacrifice  once 
offered  upon  Calvary. 


THE   PERFECT   SACRIFICE.  ]99 

Nor  need  we,  when  we  look  a  little  deeper  into 
the  matter,  when  we  come  to  apprehend  what  was  the 
central  idea  of  sacrifice,  be  so  much  surprised,  as  at 
first  we  are,  to  find  it  this  rite  of  an  almost  universal 
character.  For  then  we  perceive  that  it  was  no 
arbitrary  invention,  for  which  a  thousand  others  might 
have  been  substituted  as  Avell  ;  but  rather  that  the 
essence  of  all  religion  lies  in  that  of  which  sacrifice 
was  the  symbol — namely,  in  the  offering  up  of  self,  in 
the  rendering  up  of  our  will  to  the  will  of  God,  the 
yielding  of  our  life  to  Him  as  something  which  had 
been  rebellious  in  time  past,  and  therefore  worthy  to 
die,  but  of  which  Ave  desire  that  the  rebellion  may 
cease,  that  so  we  may  of  his  mercy  receive  it  back  a 
life  pardoned  and  forgiven.  The  blood  is  the  seat  of 
the  life,  the  seat  therefore  of  the  e-mOvixia,  the  desire, 
which  in  fallen  man  is  a  desire  at  variance  with  the 
will  of  God.  In  sacrifice,  in  the  pouring  out  of  the 
blood,  is  the  symbolic  rendering  up  of  this  rebellious 
principle  ;  a  confession  that  it  is  only  worthy  to  die ; 
that  as  the  thing  offered  died,  so  the  offerer  might 
justly  die — the  act  having  of  course  only  its  true  sig- 
nificance when  the  offerer  did  realize  to  himself  what 
he  did — rested  not  in  the  outward  work,  but  said  to 
himself  and  to  God,  "  I  stand  in  living  communion 
with  this  which  I  offer ;  even  as  this  blood,  so  I  offer 
myself ;  dying  that  I  may  live  ;  giving  myself  to  Thee, 
that  I  may  receive  my  true  life  back  again  at  thy 
hands  ;  losing  my  life  that  I  may  find  it."  Of  course, 
it  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  each  worshipper  so  dis- 
tinctly gave  to  himself  an  account  of  what  he  was 
doing ;  but  this  lay  more  or  less  obscurely  in  the 
background  of  his  mind,  and  gave  a  meaning  to  his 


200  LECTURE  IV.  [1846. 

act.  Our  ordinary  use  of  the  word  sacrifice,  shews 
how  truly  we  have  gotten  to  the  innermost  heart  of 
its  meaning ;  for  it  is  ever  used  to  signify  the  giving 
up  of  something  dear.  And  what  so  dear  as  our  self- 
will  ■?  The  gi\ing  up  of  that  is  indeed  the  giving  up 
of  all. 

But  when  we  speak  of  the  idea  of  sacrifice  as 
being  this  giving  up  of  the  self-Avill,  there  may  seem  a 
difficulty  in  applying  this,  when  Ave  come  to  the  great 
and  only  perfect  sacrifice  offered  by  Christ  on  the 
cross.  Of  course  it  was  not  there — no  one  would 
dare  to  suppose  it  was — the  offering  up  of  a  rebellious 
aatU  ;  we  hardly  dare  speak  of  such  a  thing,  though  it 
be  but  to  deny  it.  But  it  Avas  the  giAdng  up  of  his 
oivn  will '"' — that  avlU  which  had  the  liberty  of  choosing 
for  itself  what  the  Father  had  not  chosen  for  it,  but 
in  the  entire  rendering  up  of  Avhich  he  realized  the 
very  central  idea  of  all  sacrifice,  Avhich  all  that  had 
gone  before  had  only  pointed  at  weakly :  "  Sacrifice 
and  burnt-offering  Thou  Avouldest  not;  then  said  I, 
Lo !  I  come  to  do  thy  will,  O  God,'  In  other  words, 
sacrifice  and  burnt-offering  God  was  weary  of — those 
shadows  of  the  true ;  and  Christ  came  to  give  the 
substance ;  and  his  actual  pouring  out  of  his  soul  to 
death  Avas  the  outer  embodiment  of  the  inward  truth, 
that  this  yielding  of  his  aatII  to  his  Father's  reached  to 
the  uttermost,  did  not  shrink  from  or  stop  short  of 
the  last  and  most  searching  proof  to  Avhich  it  Avas  put. 


*  And  therefore  the  controversy  of  the  Church  with  the  Monothe- 
lites  in  the  seventh  century,  a  conflict  in  which  commonly  so  little 
interest  is  taken  even  by  Students  of  Church  History,  was  one  for  Ufe 
and  death.  The  denial  of  a  human  avUI  ui  Christ  was  in  fact  a  denial 
of  his  sacrij&ce. 


THE   PERFECT   SACRIFICE.  201 

In  sacrifice,  then,  was  the  confession  of  a  life  for- 
feited, and  this  confession  incorporating-  itself  in  an 
act,  wherein  the  forfeiture  was  actually  carried  out. 
This  however  is  but  half  the  idea  of  sacrifice  :  for  it  is 
ever  this  confession  made  in  another.  If  a  man  had 
given  himself  to  death,  because  he  felt  that  he  was 
worthy  to  die,  he  would  but  have  involved  his  already 
confused  relations  to  God  in  deeper  confusion.  He 
might  be  unworthy  to  live,  but  was  not  therefore  at 
his  own  choice  to  die.  If  as  a  sinner,  he  owed  God 
a  death,  yet  as  God's  creature,  made  to  serve  Him, 
he  equally  owed  Him  a  life.  The  premises  are  right, 
that  man's  life  is  forfeited ;  but  the  conclusion  fear- 
fully wrong,  when  he  carries  out  himself  and  in  his 
own  person  the  forfeiture.  Such  false  conclusions 
from  right  premises  they  draw,  the  miserable  victims 
that  in  our  day  fling  their  bodies  to  be  crushed  be- 
neath the  wheels  of  some  idol  car ;  the  same  they 
have  drawn,  who,  in  despair  at  the  greatness  of  their 
sins,  have  lifted  up  their  hands  against  their  own  life  ; 
for  even  self-murder,  that  most  hideous  perversion  of 
the  idea  of  sacrifice,  yet  grounds  itself  on  a  sense  of 
life  being  the  only  worthy  offering.  Thus  a  Judas 
goes  and  hangs  himself,  because  he  feels  his  sin  so 
great  that  it  cannot  be  left  without  an  atonement, 
and  in  the  darkness  and  unbelief  of  his  heart,  he  has 
put  back  the  one  atonement  which  would  have  been 
sufficient  even  for  a  sin  so  great  as  his ;  and  this  too 
is  the  thought  of  each  other,  who  by  a  like  fearful  act 
of  self-violence  has  denied  the  love,  though  he  cannot 
deny  the  righteousness,  of  God. 

Never  then  in  himself,  never  by  means  of  his  own 
life,  could  man's  acknowledgement  that  that  life  was 


202  LECTURE  IV.  [1846. 

forfeited  rightly  be  carried  out.  It  must  needs  be  in 
another.  And  the  same  reason  exists  against  making 
that  other  some  fellow-man.  His  life  too  is  a  sacred 
thing,  is  itself  an  end.  It  could  not  therefore  be  used 
as  this  means  to  some  other  end.  In  human  sacrifices, 
in  the  offering  of  other  men's  lives,  there  appear  the 
same  false  consequences  from  right  grounds  as  in 
men's  offering  of  their  ovm.  It  remained  that,  if  sacri- 
fice was  to  be,  the  sphere  of  animal  life  must  be  that 
of  which  it  should  take  possession,  and  in  which  it 
must  move — the  life  of  animals  being  the  nearest 
akin  to,  and  the  noblest  after,  man's — and  therefore 
fitter  than  any  meaner  for  the  setting  forth  his  ob- 
lation of  himself  And  man  thus  taking  possession 
of  this,  either  at  God's  express  command,  or  moved 
by  his  own  religious  instincts,  was  indeed  taking  pos- 
session of  that  over  which  he  had  entire  right,  of  that 
which  having  been  given  him  for  the  use  of  his  body, 
was  much  more  given  him  for  the  spiritual  needs  of 
his  soul. 

Such,  I  think,  we  may  venture  to  sa}-  was  the 
normal  unfolding  of  the  idea  of  sacrifice ;  the  ab- 
normal appears  in  those  revolting  caricatures  of  the 
true  idea,  on  which  we  have  lightly  touched — in 
human  sacrifices — in  dreadful  self-oblations — in  Baal 
priests  cutting  themselves  with  knives,  and  so  pour- 
ing out,  if  not  all,  yet  a  part  of  their  life — in  the 
self-inflicted  tortures  and  living  death  of  Indian  Fa- 
kirs— in  the  blind  despair  of  mighty  sinners,  who  with 
profane  hand  have  broken  in  upon  and  laid  waste  the 
awful  temple  of  their  own  lives. 

Wonderful  indeed,  brethren,  is  the  manner  in 
which,  armed  with  the  truth,  we  may  look  upon  past 


THE   PERFECT   SAERIFICE.  203 

pages  of  the  religious  history  of  man,  some  of  the 
most  soiled  and  blotted,  and  decypher  there  an  origi- 
nal writing  of  God,  which  all  those  stains  and  blots 
have  not  availed  to  render  illegible  altogether*.  If 
only  we  have  an  ear  to  hear,  marvellous  voices  will 
reach  us,  and  from  quarters  most  unexpected,  which 
shall  speak  to  us  of  Calvary  and  of  the  cross,  though 
they  little  mean  it  themselves — such  voices  for  in- 
stance as  his,  who,  accounting  for  the  human  sacrifices 
of  the  Gauls,  observed,  that  they  were  deeply  per- 
suaded that  only  the  life  of  man  was  a  fit  redemption 
for  manf.  What  was  this  conviction  of  theirs,  but 
the  dark  side  of  that  truth  which  the  apostle  to  the 
HebreAvs  proclaimed,  when  he  said  that  the  blood  of 
bulls  and  of  goats  could  not  take  away  sin,  but  that 
it  must  be  purged  away  by  better  sacrifices  than 
these  J?     Nor  do  I  think  that  it  will   otherwise  than 

*  TertnUian  {Be  Animd,  c.  41):  Quod  enim  a  Deo  est  non  tam 
extinguitur  quam  obumbratur.  Potest  emm  obumbrari,  quia  non 
est  Deus ;  extingui  non  potest,  quia  a  Deo  est. 

+  Caesar  (De  B.  G.,  1.  6,  c.  16.) :  Pro  vita  hominis  nisi  hominis 
vita  reddatui-,  non  posse  aliter  deoi-um  immortalium  numen  placari 
arbitrantur.  Cf.  Miillei-'s  Dorians,  b.  2,  c.  8,  »J  2.  Out  of  a  sense  of 
this  arose  the  extreme  difficulty  of  eradicating  human  sacrifices  in  the 
Roman  empire,  and  the  long  survival  of  some  of  them.  Thus  Tertul- 
lian  {Apol  9):  Infantes  penes  Africam  Saturno  immolabantur  palam 
usque  ad  proconsulatum  Tiberii.  Cf.  Scorp.,  c.  7  ;  Minucius  Felix, 
p.  199.  Ouzel's  Edit.;  Pliny,  H.  N.,  1. 30,  c.  3, 4;  Eusebius,  Prcep.  Evang., 
1.  4,  c.  17. 

t  Thus  there  was  an  obscured  truth  in  those  abject  and  crouch- 
ing superstitions  which  Plutarch  paints  with  such  a  masterly  hand  in 
his  exquisite  little  treatise,  Uep\  AeLrrtdaLiJiovUfs —  a  truth  which  he  misses 
—a  recognition,  that  is,  of  sin,  of  a  gi-eat  gulf  fixed  between  the  sin- 
ner, and  the  offended  power  of  heaven,  which  the  8ei.ai6aLfA.wv,  how- 
ever vainly,  was  seeking  to  bridge  over.  His  terror  and  his  trouble 
had  a  true  groimd,  and  one  which  would  hinder  him  from  accepting 
as  sufficient  such  attempts  to  pacify  his  fears,  as  those  which  Plutarch 

offers 


204  LECTURE   IV.  [1846- 

repay  us  well  to  follow  a  little  into  detail  the  convic- 
tions of  the  world  concerning'  that  which  constituted 
a  sacrifice  of  worth,  and  trace  how  every  thing  here 
pointed,  whether  it  meant  it  or  not,  yea,  when  it 
seemed  most  to  point  away  from  Him,  to  the  central 
figure  in  the  world's  spiritual  history,  to  the  immacu- 
late Lamb  which  taketh  away  the  sins  of  the  world. 

Thus  it  is  hardly  needful  to  observe,  that  it  lay 
ever  in  the  deepest  convictions  of  men  that  an  offer- 
ing, to  be  acceptable,  must  be  an  offering  of  value, 
not  something  which  cost  the  bringer  nothing — that, 
while  all  was  poor  by  comparison  with  Him  to  whom 
it  Avas  offered,  or  considered  in  relation  to  that  for 
Avhich  it  was  offered,  yet  must  it  be  the  best  which  the 
offerer  had ; — not  the  lame  and  the  blind,  not  the 
scanty  gifts  of  a  niggard  hand  ; — he  thus  giving  token, 
that  if  he  had  ought  worthier,  he  would  bring  it. 
Therefore  must  the  selected  victim  be  pure  of  fault 
and  of  blemish,  or,  having  such,  was  unfit  for  the  altar 
— the  sense  of  this  required  perfection  being  as  lively 
in  heathen  sacrifice  as  in  Jemsh.  Therefore  was  the 
bullock  brought  which  had  never  yet  submitted  its 
neck  to  the  yoke,  the  horse  which  had  known  no  rider, 
or,  in  Hindoo  ritual,  no  touch  even  of  man ;  in  other 
words,  that  was  brought  which  had  not  been  already 
used  and  in  part  worn  out  in  the  service  of  the  world, 
but  which  was  thus  wholly  and  from  the  first  conse- 
crated to  heaven.  Hence  too,  as  the  ofi'ering  must 
not  be  a  niggard  one,  the  prodigality  in  sacrifice 
which  startles  us  at  times :  the  hecatombs  of  victims, 
the  rivers  of  oil,  the  cattle  from  a  thousand  hills. 

offers  liim,  namely  that  the  gods  were  kind  {/xeLXixioi).  There  was 
soraetliing  else  besides  this  which  he  was  craving  to  know,  before  he 
could  dare  to  believe  that  thev  were  other  than  enemies  to  him. 


riTE   PERFECT   SACRIFICE.  205 

Herein  too  lay  the  explanation  of  yet  direr  sacri- 
fice— as  of  their  sons  and  daughters  in  the  Moloch- 
worship  of  the  Phenicians — the  fruit  of  their  body  for 
the  sin  of  their  soul ; — such  offering,  for  instance,  as 
we  read  of  at  Carthage,  when,  instead  of  the  cheaper 
substitutes  with  which  they  had  satisfied  themselves 
for  long,  they  sought  out,  in  the  mighty  peril  of  the 
city,  the  dearest  things  which  they  had,  the  choicest 
children  of  the  noblest  houses,  and  cast  them  into  the 
glowing  arms  of  that  merciless  idol,  which  their  sin- 
darkened  hearts  had  devised  for  their  god*.  Out  of 
this  same  sense  that  an  offering  grew  in  worth  with 
the  worth  of  that  which  was  offered,  sprang  the  re- 
joicing among  the  worshippers  of  Odin,  when  the  lot 
of  the  yearly  sacrifice  fell  upon  no  meaner  man  than 
the  king — the  pledge  of  a  future  felicity  to  the  nation 
which  was  esteemed  herein  to  lie-|-.  To  what  did  all 
this  reaching  out  after  the  worthiest,  the  purest,  the 
choicest,  the  best,  point,  even  in  its  dreadfullest  per- 
versions, but  to  Him  Avho  was  the  fairest  of  the  chil- 
dren of  men,  the  choicest  which  the  earth  had  borne, 
the  one  among  ten  thousand,  who  yet,  being  such,  did 
by  the  eternal  Spirit  offer  Himself  without  spot  to 
God — who  being  the  anointed  King  of  the  world,  was 
thus  in  a  condition  to  make  acceptable  atonement  for 
all  men  ? 

•  Diodonis  Siculus,  1.  20,  c.  14.  Cf.  2  Kin.  iii.  27 ;  Eusebius, 
Prcep.  Evarig.,  1,  4,  c.  16. 

•j-  Witsius  (Z)e  Thpol.  Gent.,  p.  683) :  De  Septentrionalibus  populis 
refert  Dithmainis  primo  anni  mense  nonaginta  novein  sortito  eligi 
solitos  qui  diis  immolarentur,  idque  durasse  usque  ad  Henrici  L  Ger- 
maiiiae  regis,  tempora.  Faustissimum  vero  id  regno  litamen  existima- 
tum,  si  sors  regem  tetigisset ;  quam  victimam  totius  populi  niultiiudo 
sumnia  cum  gratulatione  et  applausu  prosecuta  sit. 


206  LECTURE  IV.  [184G. 

Nor  less  significant  was  the  sense  of  a  more 
I^revailing  atonement,  of  an  added  value  which  was 
imparted  to  an  offering,  when  one,  not  thrust  on  by 
necessity,  not  compelled  to  die,  but  willingly,  offered 
himself ;  the  feeling  of  which  was  so  strong,  that  if  not 
the  reality,  yet  at  least  the  appearance,  of  this  willing- 
ness, was  often  by  singular  devices  sought  to  be 
obtained*.  When,  for  example,  the  foremost  man  of 
a  nation  gathered  upon  his  sole  devoted  head  all  the 
curses  which  impended  on  his  people,  all  the  anger  of 
the  immortal  powers -f-,  and  with  that  upon  him  gave 
himself  to  a  willing  death  for  all,  so  turning,  it  might 
be,  into  victory  the  tide  of  disastrous  battle,  what 
have  we  here  but  in  its  kind  a  reaching  out  after 
Him,  the  chief  and  champion  of  the  race  of  men, 
whose  life  no  man  took  from  him,  for  He  might  have 
asked  of  his  Father  more  than  twelve  legions  of  angels 
against  his  enemies — but  who  sanctified  Himself,  freely 
pouring  out  his  soul  unto  death — and  Avho,  not  that 
He  might  deliver  some  single  people,  but  all  the  world, 
became  the  piacular  expiation  of  that  world,  drew 
upon  his  OAvn  head  the  penalties  which  would  else 
have  alighted  upon  all,  became  a  curse  for  man ;  and, 
when  all  was  at  the  worst,  when  all  seemed  for  ever 
lost,  changed  by  his  accepted  death  the  certain  defeat 
into  the  glorious  victory  of  our  race  ? 

*  Thus  Tertullian,  of  the  parents  that  offered  their  children  to 
the  Phenician  Moloch  {Apol.  9) :  Libentes  respondehant,  et  infantibus 
blandiebantur,  ne  lacrimantes  imtnolarentur.    Cf.  Plutarch,  Uepl  Mim. 

Sai/jLovLa?,  C.  13. 

•f-  Thus  Livy,  of  Decius  {Hist.,  1.  8) :  Omnes  minas  periculaque 
ab  Deis  supeiis  inferLsque  in  so  unum  vertit. — On  this  whole  subject 

of  men  as  cpap/xaKoi,  Kadup/iaTa,  Trepulfij/xaTa,  diroTpoiraiut,  566  Lomelcr, 

De  Lust  rat.  Vet.  Gent.,  c.  22. 


THE    PERFECT   SACRIFICE.  207 

We  may  not  refuse,  brethren,  to  recognize  these 
references  to  the  cross  of  Christ :  we  shall  read  the 
history  and  mythology  of  the  old  Avorld  with  little 
profit  if  Ave  do.  Nor  need  we  fear  the  recognition ; 
for  it  is  the  marvellous,  and  at  the  same  time  most 
natural,  prerogative  of  Christianity,  that,  being  the 
absolute  truth,  it  has,  or  rather  itself  is,  the  touch- 
stone to  discover  all  true  and  all  false,  detects  the 
truth  which  is  hidden  in  every  lie,  finds  witness  for 
itself  in  that  which  oftentimes  seems,  and  indeed  is, 
most  opposed  to  itself,  is  able  to  recognize  in  the 
tares  of  earth  the  degenerate  wheat  of  heaven ; — in 
the  world's  harshest  discords,  the  wreck  and  ruin  of 
God's  fairest  harmonies ; — and  in  Satan  himself,  the 
lineaments  of  the  fallen  angel  of  God. 

But  besides  the  witness  for  the  great  coming  sacri- 
fice, which  was  contained  in  the  sacrifices  of  heathen- 
ism, how  mighty  a  sense  of  the  cross  of  Christ,  and  of 
its  significance,  do  we  meet  in  other  regions  of  ancient 
life.  What  a  boding  of  it,  for  instance,  forms  the 
background  of  the  Greek  tragedy.  How  mysterious 
is  the  manner  there  in  which,  from  some  far  back 
transgression,  some  TrpMTap^o^  art]''',  the  curse  clings 
to  a  family,  passes  on  from  generation  to  generation, 
an  ever-increasing  load  of  transgression ;  until  at  length 
the  great  calamity,  the  headed-up  guilt  of  all,  lights 
not  on  the  most,  but  on  the  least  guilty  head,  on  the 
head  of  one  that  by  comjaarison  is  innocent.  What 
an  unconscious  symbol  this  of  the  curse  cleaving  to 
the  Adamic  race  !  For  as  in  each  lesser  circle  of  that 
race  we  most  often  see  the  burden  of  the  cross  rest- 
ing with  the  heaviest  weight  on  the  truest  heart  in 
that  circle,  so  in  the  great  circle  of  humanity  we 
*  iEschylus,  Agamemnon,  1163. 


208  LECTURE  IV.  [1846. 

behold  Hira  of  the  truest  heart  of  all,  the  only  unguilty 
One,  bearing  on  the  accursed  tree  the  accumulated 
curse  of  the  whole  Adamic  family,  which  had  come 
down  through  long  ages ;  and  not  bearing  only,  but 
bearing  it  away.  For  as  in  those  solemn  and  stately 
works  of  ancient  art  to  which  I  alluded,  mild  breaths 
of  reconciliation  seem  to  make  themselves  felt,  when 
once  the  curse  has  lighted,  the  expiation  has  been 
made — not  otherwise,  and  only  far  more  gloriously, 
does  the  deep  inner  connexion  between  the  judgment 
of  the  world  and  the  forgiveness  of  the  world  appear 
in  that  death  of  Christ,  which  was  at  once  judgment 
and  forgiveness,  in  which  the  world  was  condemned, 
and  in  which,  being  condemned,  the  world  was  also 
forgiven. 

But  another  evidence  of  the  sacrifice  of  Christ,  as 
that  to  which  the  world  had  been  tending,  lay  in  the 
endeavour  of  those  who,  after  that  sacrifice  had  been 
finished,  would  not  accept  it,  to  substitute  something- 
else  of  the  same  kind  in  its  room.  They  felt  that 
only  so  could  they  stand  their  ground,  could  they 
recover  or  maintain  any  hold  upon  the  hearts  of  men. 
With  what  monstrous  exaggerations  the  idea  and  prac- 
tice of  sacrifice  re-appeared  in  the  final  struggle  of 
Paganism  with  the  Christian  faith,  is  abundantly  known 
to  every  student  of  Church  history.  The  apostate 
Julian,  for  instance,  of  whose  life  the  revival  of  Pa- 
ganism was  the  ruling  passion,  ran  here  into  extremes 
which  earned  him  the  ridicule  of  the  more  lukewarm 
adherents  of  the  old  superstition  themselves*;    and 

*  See  the  manner  in  which  the  heathen  Ammianus  Marcellinus 
(1.  22,  c.  12)  speaks  of  the  prodigality  of  his  sacrifices.  Victimm-ins 
was  the  title  which  was  given  him  at  Antioch,  not  apparently  by  the 
Christians  alone. 


THE   PERFECT   SACRIFICE.  209 

he,  the  same  who  had  trod  under  foot  the  cross  of 
Christ,  and  counted  the  blood  with  which  he  was  sanc- 
tified a  common  thing,  did  yet  submit  himself  to 
loathsome  rites*,  seeking  in  the  blood  of  bulls  pro- 
fusely poured  on  him,  as  in  a  cleansing  bath,  that 
purifying  which  he  had  refused  to  find  in  the  jDrecious 
blood-sprinkling  of  the  Lamb  of  God,  slain  from  the 
foundation  of  the  Avorld. 

Again,  the  inner  necessity  of  having  somewhere  a 
sacrifice  to  rest  on,  the  certainty  that  if  men  have  not 
the  true,  they  will  generate  a  substitute  in  its  room, 
was  signally  proved  by  the  manner  in  which  the  doc- 
trine concerning  the  mass  grew  up  in  the  Christian 
Church  itself.  No  sooner  did  men's  faith  in  a  finished 
sacrifice,  one  lying  at  the  ground  of  every  prayer, 
every  act  of  self-oblation,  every  acceptable  work,  grow 
weak,  than  the  feeling  that  they  must  have  a  sacrifice 
somewhere,  produced,  or,  so  to  speak,  by  instinct  de- 
veloped, a  doctrine  to  answer  their  needs — turning 
that  Holy  Eucharist,  which  is  the  ever-present  witness 
in  the  Church  of  a  sacrifice  once  completed  on  the 
cross,  and  continually  pleaded  in  heaven, — turning 
that  itself  into  the  sacrifice,  and  seeking  to  supply  by 
these  poor  but  continual  repetitions,  the  weakness  of 
their  faith  in  the  one  priceless  offering,  upon  the  ac- 
ceptance of  which,  as  upon  an  unchangeable  basis,  the 
Church  everlastingly  reposes. 

And  now,  brethren,  by  way  of  practical  conclusion 
from  all  this  on  which  we  have  been  entering  to-daj- — 
what  a  witness  is  there  here  against  that  shallow  view 

*  Those  of  the  tauroboliad.  Prudentius  (Peristeph.  10,  1006 — 
1050,)  gives  a  description  at  large  of  this  revolting  rite. 

T.  H.  L.  14 


210  LECTURE  IV.  [1846. 

of  the  truth  which  should  bless  us,  that  would  leave 
it  a  bare  doctrine,  a  system  of  morals,  lopping  away 
as  superfluous  and  mystical,  as  a  remnant  of  Judaism, 
all  which  speaks  of  atonement,  of  propitiation,  of 
blood-sprinkling,  of  sacrifice.  The  contemplation  of 
the  benefits  of  Christ's  death  under  aspects  suggested 
by  these  words,  so  far  from  being  this  shred  of  Judaism, 
which  a  more  perfect  knowledge  must  strip  off,  finds 
on  the  contrary  as  many  anticipations  everywhere  be- 
sides as  there.  Thej'^  are  as  busy  about  sacrifice  in 
the  outer  court  of  the  Gentiles,  as  in  the  holier  place 
of  the  Jew  ;  and  as  little  there  as  here  is  it  a  separable 
accident,  the  garniture  and  fringe  of  something  else, 
but  in  either  case  itself  constituting  the  core  and 
middle  point  of  worship,  recognized  in  a  thousand 
ways  as  that  which  must  lie  at  the  ground  of  all 
approaches  unto  God. 

And  these  things  being  so,  how  can  we  escape 
from  owning  that  some  of  the  deepest,  the  most  uni- 
versal needs  of  the  human  heart  have  not  yet  been 
awakened  in  us,  if  we  have  never  yet  desired  to  stand 
under  the  cross,  nor  ever  claimed  oiu*  part  in  the  great 
oblation  which  was  made  thereon,  as  on  the  holiest 
altar  ever  reared  upon  the  earth — needs  which  that 
transcendent  offering  on  Calvary  was  meant  for  ever 
and  perfectly  to  satisfy  ?  It  is  plain,  brethren,  that  we 
are  leading  an  outside  life,  playing  but  with  the  sur- 
faces of  things,  never  having  brought  ourselves  in 
contact  with  inmost  realities,  that  there  never  yet  has 
risen  upon  our  souls  the  aw^ul  vision  of  an  holy  God, 
that  we  have  wholly  shrunk  from  looking  down  into 
the  abysmal  deeps  of  our  own  corruption,  if  as  yet  we 
have  never  cried,  "Purge  me  with  hyssop,  and  I  shall 


THE  PERFECT  SACRIFICE.  211 

be  clean  ;  wash  me,  and  I  shall  be  whiter  than  snow." 
For  when  once  we  have  learned  ought  of  this,  we  then 
surely  feel  that  not  amendment  of  life,  that  not  tears 
of  sorrow,  that  not  the  most  perfect  baptism  of  repent- 
ance, that  not  all  these  together,  would  of  themselves 
reach  our  needs,  or  remove  our  stains,  or  give  peace 
for  the  past,  or  confidence  for  the  future ;  that  only 
in  the  Lamb  slain  is  there  purity,  or  pardon,  or  peace. 
Oh  then,  brethren,  let  us  hasten  there,  where  we 
may  make  that  precious  blood-sprinkling  our  own ; 
let  us  hasten  there,  lest  they  rise  up  against  us  in  the 
last  day — those  heathens,  who  set  such  a  price  on 
their  sacrifices,  which  were  at  best  but  shadows  of 
the  true ;  Avho  made  by  them  such  continual  acknow- 
ledgement of  guilt  which  they  had  contracted,  of 
punishment  which  they  deserved,  of  reconciliation 
which  they  desired ;  lest  they  rise  up,  condemning 
us,  who  shall  have  counted  the  blood  with  which  we 
were  sanctified  a  common  thing,  and  brought  into  the 
awful  presence  of  the  Judge  a  conscience  stained  and 
defiled,  which  yet  might  have  been  purged  and  for 
ever  perfected  by  far  better  sacrifices  than  theirs. 


14- 


LECTURE   V. 

THE   RESTORER  OF   PARADISE. 

Genesis  V.  29. 

And  Tie  called  Ms  name  Noah,  saying.  This  same  shall  com- 
fort us  concerning  our  work  and  toil  of  our  hands,  because 
of  the  ground  ichich  the  Lord  hath  cursed. 

A  WORD  or  two  may  be  needful  on  commencing  again 
these  lectures,  which,  after  the  lapse  of  some  months, 
I  am  permitted  to  resume  ;  I  may  thus  hope  to  remind 
such  among  my  present  hearers  as  have  heard  the 
earlier  discourses,  and  inform  such  as  have  not,  what 
has  been  their  course,  and  what  the  road  we  hitherto 
have  travelled  over.  I  have  undertaken,  then,  to 
trace  in  a  few  leading  lines  the  yearnings  of  the  world 
which  was  before  Christ,  or  which,  though  subsequent 
to  Him,  has  yet  lain  without  the  limits  of  Christendom, 
and  beyond  the  mighty  influences  of  his  word  and 
Spirit, — a  world  to  which  He  was  still  therefore  a 
Saviour  to  come — to  trace  I  say  the  yearnings  of 
this  whole  world  after  its  Redeemer,  and  the  pre- 
sentiments of  Him  which  it  cherished.  I  have  sought 
to  shew  that  if  there  was  much  in  the  world,  as  in  a 
fallen  world  there  needs  must  have  been,  ready  to 
resist  and  oppose  the  coming  in  of  the  Truth,  prompt 
to  take  up  arms  against  it  at  its  appearing,  so  also,  on 
the  other  hand,  in  that  it  was  a  world  which  came  first 
from  God,   and  which  had  never  been  abandoned  by 


THE  RESTORER  OF  PARADISE.  213 

Him,  but  which  all  along  He  had  been  in  highest  wis- 
dom and  highest  love  preparing  for  and  leading  to 
this  glorious  consummation,  there  were  in  it  certain 
predispositions  for  the  Truth,  there  was  that  which 
was  ready  to  range  itself  under  the  banners  of  that 
Truth,  so  soon  as  once  they  were  openly  set  up.  I 
have  endeavoured,  too,  to  prove  that  the  existence 
of  unconscious  prophecies  of  the  truth,  resemblances 
in  lower  spheres  of  the  spiritual  life  to  all  which  at 
last  was  perfectly  manifested  in  the  highest,  is  only 
that  which  we  should  have  expected ;  so  that  it  is  not 
the  presence  of  these  resemblances  which  need  per- 
plex us,  but  rather  their  absence  which  would  have 
been  justly  surprising,  which  would  have  been  indeed 
most  difficult  to  account  for. 

I  take  up  my  subject  at  this  point,  and  go  forward 
to  another  branch  of  it,  seeking  to  shew  that  in  ano- 
ther aspect  beside  those  already  contemplated  by  us, 
we  have  in  Christ  our  Lord  "  the  Desire  of  all  na- 
tions," inasmuch,  that  is,  as  we  have  in  Him  one  who 
was  at  perfect  understanding  with  nature,  wielded  it 
at  his  will,  declared  that  He  was  come  to  restore  it, 
to  bring  back  the  lost  Paradise ;  and  did  not  merely 
declare  this  in  Avord,  but  by  firstfruits  of  power  exer- 
cised upon  it,  by  the  mighty  works  that  He  did,  gave 
manifest  tokens  that  He  was  come,  at  once  to  set  it 
free  from  the  bondage  of  corruption,  and  to  set  free 
the  race  of  which  He  appeared  as  the  Head  from  the 
blind  tyranny  which  it  exercised  upon  them — to  give 
to  his  people  something  more  than  the  Stoic  freedom 
of  opposing  an  intrepid  and  obdurate  heart  to  the 
assaults  of  fortune,  or  the  accidents  of  nature.      For 


214  LECTURE  V.  [1846. 

though  that  in  its  place  was  weU,  which  should  enable 
a  man  to  say  amid  a  falling  world,  Impavidum  ferient 
ruhue,  yet  better  still  his  work,  who  should  so  bear  up 
and  strengthen  and  estabhsh  the  shaken  pillars  of  the 
universe,  that  A\Teck  and  ruin  should  find  place  in  it 
no  more. 

But  why,  it  may  be  asked,  should  this  deliverance 
of  nature  have  been,  upon  one  side,  part  of  the  world's 
expectation?  or  why,  which  is  in  fact  the  same  question 
on  its  other  side,  should  the  giving  of  this  deliverance 
cohere  so  intimately,  as  we  shall  see  it  does,  with 
Christ's  redemptive  work,  as  to  be  in  fact  one  aspect 
of  that  work  itself?  For  this  reason — because  of  the 
closest  connexion  in  which  the  disorder  from  which 
the  redemption  was  expected,  stood  related  to  the  sin 
of  man.  That  disorder  was  felt  truly  to  be  the  echo 
in  nature  of  the  deeper  discords  in  man's  spiritual 
being.  Wlien  man  sinned,  then  in  the  profound  and 
not  exaggerated  language  of  our  great  poet,  "All  na- 
ture felt  the  wound."  Man  was  as  the  highest  note 
in  the  scale  of  creation,  and  when  he  descended, 
through  all  nature  there  followed  a  corresponding 
reduction.  It  became  subject  to  vanity,  not  -n-iUingly, 
not  by  an  act  of  its  own  will,  but  by  reason  of  another, 
by  reason  of  him  who  subjected  the  same,  by  reason 
of  man.  (Rom.  viii.  20.)  We  behold  the  fact  itself  on 
all  sides  acknowledged,  the  fact,  I  mean,  of  a  primal 
perfection,  of  a  present  disorder.  Of  the  sense  of 
primal  perfection  we  have  singular  "v^itness  in  the  lan- 
guage, (and  there  is  no  such  witness  as  the  unconscious 
one  which  language  supplies,)  of  two  the  most  highly 
cultivated  nations  of  the  ancient  world,  whom  all  the 


THE  RESTORER  OF  PARADISE.  215 

present  confusions  of  nature  could  not  hinder  from 
using  words  signifying'  order  and  elegance*  to  designate 
the  world  which  they  beheld  around  them  ; — for  so  to 
them  did  this  grace  and  beauty  gleam  through  its 
present  disorders,  so  instinctively  did  they  feel  these 
to  belong  to  the  true  idea  of  the  universe,  grievously 
as  that  was  now  defaced  and  marred -f*.  AVhile  with 
all  this,  on  the  other  hand,  its  present  disorders  ap- 
peared so  great,  its  discords  so  harsh,  that  the  Epicu- 
rean poet  found,  as  he  thought,  warrant  and  ground 
enough  in  these  for  his  atheist  conclusion,  that  no 
hand  of  Eternal  Wisdom  presided  at  its  planning,  that 
no  final  causes  could  be  traced  throughout  it,  but  that 
all  was  the  work  of  a  blind  chance  :j:.  That  conclusion 
of  his  Avas  indeed  most  false,  yet  this  much  was  true, 
that  Paradise  had  disappeared  from  the  earth  ;  and 
man,  the  appointed  prince  of  creation,  did  stand 
among  the  rebel  powers  of  nature  ;  which  had  cast 
olf  his  yoke,  at  the  moment  Avhen  he  cast  off  the 
yoke  of  his  sujjcrior  Lord,  practising  upon  him,  by  a 
just  judgment,  the  disobedience  and  the  contumacy 
which  it  had  learned  from  him ;  and  Avhich  did  now, 
with  its  thorns  and  its  briars,  its  wastes  and  its  wilder- 
nesses, its  earthquakes  and  its  storms,  present  him  too 

*  Ko<T/xos  and  mundus.  Pliny  (H.  N.,  1.2,  c.  8):  Quem  Ktiafiov 
Graeci,  nomine  ornamenti  appellaverunt,  euni  nos  a  perfecta  absolu- 
taque  elegantid  mundum.  P3thagoras  is  said  to  have  been  the  first 
who  applied  the  word  koV/xos  to  the  material  universe — a  word  which 
was  in  its  way  almost  as  great  an  acquisition  for  natural  philosophy, 
as  was  Plato's  idea  for  intellectual  and  spiritual. 

t  Compare  the  De  N'aturu  Deorum,  b.  2. 

+  Lucretius : 

Nequicquam  nobis  divinitus  esse  paratani 
Naturam  rerum,  tantu  atut  prccditu  culpa. 


216  LECTURE  V.  [1846. 

faithful  a  reflex  of  the  sin  and  evil,  the  desolation  and 
barrenness  of  his  own  heart. 

Yet  nevertheless,  though  Paradise  was  gone,  he 
kept  in  his  soul  the  memory  of  that  which  once  had 
been,  and  Avith  the  memory,  the  hope  and  the  confi- 
dence that  it  would  yet  be  again — that  perhaps,  though 
Ms  eyes  could  see  it  nowhere,  it  yet  had  not  wholly 
vanished  from  the  earth.  If  there  bloomed  no  Para- 
dise in  the  present,  at  least  there  lay  one  before  him 
and  behind.  If  it  lay  not  near  him,  yet  in  the  dis- 
tance,— in  the  happy  Iran, — among  the  remote  Hyper- 
boreans*,— in  the  far  land  of  the  blameless  Ethiopians. 
He  felt,  indeed,  that  he  was  himself  weak  to  win  it 
back,  but  he  could  not  resign  the  trust  that  a  cham- 
pion would  arise,  and  accomplish  for  him  that  Avhich 
he  was  unequal  to  accomplish  for  himself.  Xor  was  it 
only  when  the  son  of  Lamech  Avas  born  that  men  said 
in  a  joyful  expectation,  "  This  same  shall  comfort  us 
because  of  the  ground  Avhich  the  Lord  hath  cursed." 
Of  many  more  the  same  hope  was  fondly  conceived. 
The  Avorld  could  hardly  picture  to  itself  any  one  of 
its  leading  spirits,  of  the  great  benefactors  of  the  past, 
the  mighty  deliverers  in  the  future,  Avithout  thinking 
of  the  curse  upon  the  earth  as  more  or  less  lightened 
in  his  time  and  by  his  aid.  For  it  truly  understood 
that  however  the  resistance  which  we  find  in  nature, 
a  resistance  so  stubborn  that  only  AAith  long  labour 
and  toil  aac  make  it  subject  to  our  AAiU,  may  be  part 
of  the  needful  discipline  of  the  present  time — may 
be,  though  not  good  in  itself,  yet  good  for  our  present 
condition,  and  something  which  we  could  not  be  Avith- 
out — still  that  release  from  all  this,  from  this  resist- 
*  See  Miiller's  Dorians,  b.  2,  c.  4. 


THE  RESTORER  OF  PARADISE.  217 

ance  and  contradiction  of  the  outward  world,  is  a 
portion  of  the  blessedness  in  store,  not  indeed  so 
much  for  its  own  sake,  as  because  it  will  go  hand  in 
hand  Avith,  and  be  the  outward  expression  of,  another 
and  greater  healing  and  deliverance  in  the  inner  do- 
main of  men's  spirits. 

This  yearning  after  a  lost  Paradise,  this  belief  that 
it  should  some  day  or  other  be  restored,  we  find  exist- 
ing everywhere,  and,  as  was  to  be  expected,  in  the 
worthier  religions  the  most  vividly.  Thus  it  comes 
out  with  a  remarkable  strength  and  distinctness  in 
that  which  has  so  many  noble  elements  in  it,  which  is 
in  many  respects  so  remarkably  free  from  the  more 
debasing  admixtures  of  most  other  worships  of  hea- 
thendom— I  mean  the  religion  of  the  ancient  Persians. 
Through  that  all  there  runs  the  liveliest  expectation 
of  a  time  when  every  poison  and  poisonous  weed 
should  be  expelled  from  the  earth,  when  there  should 
be  no  more  ravening  beast,  nor  fiery  simoom,  when 
streams  should  break  forth  in  every  desert,  when  the 
bodies  of  men  should  cast  no  shadows,  when  they 
should  need  no  food  to  sustain  their  life,  when  there 
should  be  no  more  poverty,  nor  sickness,  nor  old  age, 
nor  death. 

And  what  is  most  remarkable,  and  makes  these 
expectations  to  belong  to  our  argument  is,  that  not  in 
Jewish  prophecy  alone  were  these  hopes,  and  the  ful- 
filment of  these  hopes,  linked  with,  and  consequent 
upon,  the  coming  of  a  righteous  King,  one  of  whom 
righteousness  should  be  the  girdle  of  his  loins,  and 
faithfulness  the  girdle  of  his  reins,  who  should  reprove 
with  equity  for  the  meek  of  the  earth  (Isai.  xi.  4,  5); 
but  in  all  the  anticipations  upon  all  sides   of  these 


218  LECTURE  V.  [1846. 

blessings  to  men,  they  were  thus  connected  Anth  the 
expectation  of  a  king  reigning  in  righteousness.  In 
his  time,  and  because  of  his  presence,  these  blessings 
should  accrue  :  he  should  be  himself  the  middle  point 
of  blessing,  from  which  all  should  flow  out.  For  there 
Avas  a  just  sense  in  men,  which  hindered  them  from 
ever  looking  for,  or  conceiving  of,  any  blessings  apart 
from  a  person  mth  whom  they  were  linked,  and  from 
whom  they  were  diffused.  Even  in  the  Pollio  of  the 
great  Latin  poet,  however  little  interpreters  are  at 
one  concerning  the  wondrous  child,  the  kindler  of  such 
joyful  expectations,  however  unsatisfying  the  common 
explanations  must  be  confessed  to  be,  yet  this  much 
is  certain,  that  the  poet  could  not  conceive  or  dream 
of  a  mere  natural  golden  age.  It  must  centre  in  and 
unfold  itself  from  a  living  person :  it  must  stand  in  a 
real  relation  to  his  appearing,  being  the  outcoming 
and  reflection  of  his  righteousness.  The  Avoi'ld's  his- 
tory can  have  no  sentimental  and  idyllic,  it  must  needs 
have  an  epic  and  heroic,  close. 

But  it  may  be  asked.  Are  we  justified  in  looking 
at  this  expectation  as  the  expectation  of  something 
which  is  to  be  indeed  made  ours  in  Him  that  is  true? 
All  will,  I  think,  allow  that  the  prospect  of  a  restored 
Paradise, — in  other  words,  of  a  world  lightened  from  its 
curse,  does  belong  to  the  very  essence  of  our  Christian 
hope — that  there  was  a  truth  in  the  ancient  Chiliasm, 
which  all  its  sensual  exaggerations  should  not  induce 
us  to  slight  or  to  put  aside — in  so  far,  that  is,  as  it 
was  a  protest  against  the  dishonour  which  would  have 
been  put  upon  a  part  of  God's  creation,  or  rather  upon 
the  completeness  of  the  redemption  of  that  part,  if  it 


THE  RESTORER  OF  PARADISE.  219 

had  been  regarded  as  so  utterly  and  irrecoverably 
spoiled,  that  now  it  could  only  be  destroyed,  and  not 
renewed.  Assuredly  the  hope  of  this  recovery  forms 
part  of  the  anticipation  of  jDrophcts.  The  Avaste 
places  of  the  world,  those  outward  signs  of  sin,  imprest 
visibly  on  nature,  shall  disappear  ;  "  the  wilderness  and 
the  solitary  place  shall  be  glad."  What  glory  the 
world  yet  keeps  shall  be  enhanced  and  infinitely 
multiplied ;  "  The  light  of  the  moon  shall  be  as  the 
light  of  the  sun,  and  the  light  of  the  sun  shall  be 
sevenfold,  as  the  light  of  seven  days,  in  the  day  that 
the  Lord  bindeth  up  the  breach  of  his  people,  and 
healeth  the  stroke  of  their  wound*."  (Isai.  xxx.  26.) 
All  the  discords  which  have  followed  hard  ujion  the 
fall  shall  be  hushed  to  peace ;  "  The  wolf  also  shall 
dwell  with  the  lamb,  and  the  leopard  shall  lie  down 
with  the  kid."  (Isai.  xi.  10.)  And  apostles  take  up 
the  strain :  they  too  declare  how  "  the  whole  creation 
groaneth  and  travaileth  in  pain  together  until  now;" 
how  "  the  earnest  expectation  of  the  creature  waiteth 
for  the  manifestation  of  the  sons  of  God."  (Rom.  viii. 
19.)  They  see  in  ecstatic  vision  not  merely  a  new 
heaven,  but  a  new  earth,  and  One  sitting  upon  his 
throne  who  says,  "Behold,  I  make  all  things  new." 
(Rev.  xxi.  5). 

And  we  have,  not  lying  thus  on  the  surface  of 
Scripture,  other  obscurer  yet  not  less  significant  indi- 
cations of  the  intimate  connexion  between  the  restora- 
tion of  man  and  the  restoration  of  the  outward  world, 
— as  for  instance,  in  the  use  of  the  same  word  in  the 

For  the  way  in  which  the  Jewish  commeutators  understood  such 
passages  as  these,  see  Schoettgen,  Hor.  Heb.,  v.  2,  pp.  62,  171  ;  and 
Eiscnmengcr's  Eittdeckt.  Judcnthum,  v.  2,  p  826. 


220  LECTURE  V.  [1846. 

Xew  Testament  to  signify  the  one  and  the  other. 
There  is  a  regeneration  of  man,  but  the  same  word 
(TraXiyyeveaia)  is  most  significantly  applied  to  natm'e 
also,  and  expresses  that  great  and  transcendent  change 
Avhich  for  it  also  is  in  store.  (Matt.  xix.  28.)  There  is 
for  it  also  a  new  birth,  for  so  much  this  Avord  thus 
applied  tells  us,  no  less  than  for  man, — a  casting  off 
of  its  old  and  wrinkled  skin, — a  resurrection  morn, 
when  it  too  shall  put  on  its  Easter  garments ;  when, 
as  some  foster-nurse,  it  shall  share  in  the  glory  of  the 
royal  child  whom  it  has  reared ;  and  who  at  length 
ascending  the  throne  of  his  kingdom,  is  mindful  of 
her  in  whose  lap  in  time  past  he  has  been  nurtured*. 
Man's  regeneration  is  indeed  a  present  one,  and  na- 
ture's in  the  main  a  future  :  yet  are  they  but  workings 
in  narrower  and  mder  spheres  of  the  same  almighty 
power,  and  so  may  thus  justly  be  called  by  the  same 
name. 

Nor  by  word  alone,  but  also  by  pregnant  symbol, 
it  was  declared  that  this  redemption  was  a  part  of 
that  work  which  the  Son  of  man  came  to  effect.  For 
I  cannot  doubt  that  there  was  a  symbolic  pointing  at 
what  had  been  lost,  and  what  was  to  be  won  back,  in 
the  fact  of  the  Temptation  of  our  blessed  Lord  finding 
place  in  the  wilderness.  The  garden  and  the  ^Aolder- 
ness  are  thus  set  forth  to  us  as  the  two  opposite  poles. 
By  sin  the  first  Adam  lost  the  garden,  which  hence- 
forward disappeared  from  the  earth,  so  that  the  very 
site  of  it  has  since  been  vainly  sought ;  and  from  that 
day  forth  the  wilderness  was  man's  appointed  home. 

*  ChrySOStOm  :  KaQaTrep  yap  tlOiJi/ij,  iraioiov  Tpe(poveTa  jiacrikiKov,  eiri 
TTJs  dpXV^  eKeivov  yivo/iivov  -rijs  "Tra-rpocJ;?,  Kal  avT7]  avvairo\auei  Twi/ 
dyadwUj   ovtw   kuI  rj   ^•TlO■JS. 


THE   RESTOKEll    OF   PARADISE.  221 

Christ  therefore,  the  second  Adam,  taking  up  the  con- 
flict exactly  at  the  point  where  the  first  Adam  had 
left  it,  and  inheriting,  so  to  speak,  all  the  consequences 
of  his  defeat,  did  in  the  wilderness  do  battle  with  the 
foe,  and  triumphing  in  righteousness,  won  back  the 
garden  for  man — which,  though  we  see  it  not  yet, 
will  in  due  time  unfold  itself  from  Him  and  as  one  of 
the  fruits  of  his  victory ;  for  the  centre  being  won, 
the  circumference  Avill  be  won  also.  We  recognize  a 
slight  hint  of  the  meaning  that  lay  in  making  the 
wilderness  the  scene  of  this  great  conflict,  in  that 
which  one  Evangelist  alone  records,  and  which  might 
at  first  sight  seem  but  as  a  stroke  added  to  enhance 
the  desolate  savageness  of  his  abode :  "  He  was  Avith 
the  wild  beasts."  (Mark  i.  13.)  But  surely  it  means 
that  in  Him,  the  ideal  man,  the  Paradise  prerogatives 
were  given  back ;  the  fear  of  Him  and  the  dread  of 
Him  were  over  all  the  beasts  of  the  field :  "  He  was 
with  them"  and  they  harmed  Him  not,  but  did  rather 
own  Him  as  their  rightful  Lord, 

Nor  may  we  confine  to  that  single  act  of  our 
Lord's  life,  the  tokens  which  He  gave  that  He  should 
be  this  deliverer  of  nature ;  nor  may  we  say  that  the 
glory  of  a  redeemed  nature  is  a  glory  which  as  yet 
altogether  waits  to  be  revealed.  Rather  is  it  already 
and  most  truly  begun.  Li  his  miracles  we  see  the 
germs  and  beginnings  of  its  liberation.  In  them  na- 
ture is  no  longer  stiff"  but  fluent :  its  laws,  so  stubborn 
to  others,  become  elastic  in  his  hands :  before  Him 
each  of  its  mountains  becomes  a  plain :  it  listens  for 
and  hears  and  obeys  the  lightest  intimation  of  his 
will. 

That  all  this  had  need  so  to  be  in  the  presence 


222  LECTURE  T.  [1846. 

of  one  claiming  to  be  all  which  He  claimed,  that  it 
all  stood  in  vital  and  intimate  connexion  with  his  work, 
was  most  truly  felt  by  a  world  which  evermore  adorned 
its  champions  with  like  powers,  which  evermore  con- 
ceived of  them  as  workers  of  wonders,  as  bringers 
back  in  like  manner  of  the  lost  harmonies  of  creation, 
and  conceived  of  nature  as  plastic  in  their  hands  and 
obedient  to  their  will.  It  was  a  true  instinct,  however 
mistaken  in  the  persons  to  whom  the  wondi-ous  works 
were  ascribed,  out  of  which  the  world  concluded  that 
he  who  professed  to  deliver  his  fellows,  must  not  be 
bound  upon  any  side  "W'ith  the  same  heavj^  yoke  as 
they  were — that  the  very  idea  of  a  champion  of  man- 
kind was  that  of  one  in  whom  should  be  found  again 
all  the  lost  prerogatives  of  every  man. 

And  when  we  thus  say  that  the  miracles  which 
Christ  wrought  were  these  signs  and  tokens  of  a 
redemption,  let  us  not  pause  here,  nor  contemplate 
them  as  insulated  facts,  once  and  once  only  having 
been,  but  rather  as  facts  pregnant  with  ulterior  conse- 
quences, as  the  earliest  steps  of  a  series,  as  firstfruits 
of  a  gracious  power  which  did  not  stop  with  them,  but 
has  ever  since  continued  to  unfold  itself  more  and 
more.  What  Christ  once,  and  in  them,  wrought  in 
intensive  power,  he  works  evermore  in  extensive.  Once 
or  tmee  He  multiplied  the  bread,  but  evermore  in 
Christian  lands,  famine  is  become  a  stranger,  a  more 
startling,  become  a  more  unusual,  thing — the  culture 
of  the  earth  proceeding  with  surer  success  and  with  a 
larger  return.  A  few  times  he  healed  the  sick,  but 
in  the  reverence  for  man's  body  which  his  Gospel 
teaches,  in  the  sympathy  for  all  forms  of  suffering 
which   flows    out   of  it,    in    the   sure   advance   of  all 


THE   RESTORER    OF    TARADISE.  223 

worthier  science  which  it  imphes  and  ensures,  in  and 
by  aid  of  all  this,  these  miraculous  cures  unfold  them- 
selves into  the  whole  art  of  Christian  medicine,  into 
all  the  alleviations  and  removements  of  pain  and 
disease,  which  are  so  rare  in  other,  and  so  frequent 
in  Christian  lands.  Once  he  quelled  the  storm ;  but 
in  the  clear  dominion  of  man's  spirit  over  the  material 
universe  which  Christianity  gives,  in  the  calm  courage 
Avhich  it  inspires,  a  lordship  over  the  winds  and  waves, 
and  over  all  the  blind  uproar  of  nature,  is  secured, 
which  only  can  again  be  lost  Avith  the  loss  of  all  the 
spiritual  gifts  with  which  he  has  endued  his  people. 
Already  Paul  was  de  facto  admiral  in  that  great  tem- 
pest upon  the  Adrian  sea. 

Thus  then,  brethren,  Ave  see  that  the  world's  ex- 
pectation upon  this  side  also  has  an  answering  fact. 
There  is  One  Avho  does  truly  give  Avhat  the  hearts  of 
men  have  desired.  Their  longing  after  a  redeemed 
creation  Avas  no  delusive  dream,  hoAvever  the  ways  in 
which  they  realized  that  longing,  and  gave  it  an  out- 
ward shape,  were  premature  and  vain.  And  here  you 
will  bear  Avith  me,  even  though  I  repeat  an  admonition 
once  made  already,  but  the  importance  of  Avhieh  Avill 
abundantly  justify  its  repetition.  Let  us  then  for  our- 
selves take  care  that  Ave  vicAv  aright  these  askings 
after  the  true,  and  understand  Avhat  they  mean  :  let 
us  see  that  they  be  not,  by  the  fraud  of  men,  used 
against  us,  to  undermine,  or  at  least  to  embarrass,  the 
faith  which  they  ought  to  help  to  establish.  We  have 
spoken  already  of  the  Avay  in  Avhich  they  might  be  so 
used.  The  slight  upon  the  miracles  of  Scripture,  and 
all  other  God's  mighty  gifts  to  the  world  by  his  Son, 
through  the  adducing  of  other  Avorks  seemingly  of  a 


224  LECTURE  V.  [1846. 

like  kind,  other  similar  pretensions  made  by,  or  on 
behalf  of,  others,  — the  mingling  and  so  losing  sight  of 
the  divine  facts  amid  a  multitude  of  phenomena  ap- 
parently similar, — this  opposition  to  the  truth  has  been 
often  attempted,  but  is  probably  now  working  itself 
out  into  a  more  consistent  theory,  and  one  more  con- 
scious of  itself,  and  what  it  means,  and  what  advan- 
tages it  possesses,  than  ever  in  times  past  it  has  done. 
The  evading  of  the  stress  of  Christ's  works  by  the 
reply,  that  such  have  been  the  accompaniment  of  every 
heroic  personage,  glories  and  ornaments  which  the 
imagination  of  his  fellows  has  inevitably  lent  him,  the 
halo  Avith  m  hich  it  has  clothed  him, — for  instance,  that 
it  has  evermore  been  presumed  that  the  outer  world 
Avill  obey  him,  no  reluctant  slave  to  his  material  force, 
but  a  ready  servant  to  his  spiritual  will ; — this  manner 
of  dealing  with  the  marvellous  w  orks  of  Christ  is  likely 
to  find  great  favour  in  our  time.  Xor  is  it  hard  to 
see  the  reason.  It  falls  in  remarkably  with  the  ten- 
dencies of  our  age.  It  retains,  and  is  consistent  with, 
a  certain  measure  of  respect  toward  the  records  of 
revelation.  For  it  does  not  presume  those  parts  of 
them  w'hich  affirm  supernatural  facts  to  be  a  fraud  or 
forgery,  nor  yet  to  be  the  record  of  deceptions  and 
sleights  of  hand,  but  only  that  the  men  to  whom  we 
owe  these  accounts  lay  under  the  same  laws,  were 
subject  to  the  same  optical  illusions  in  the  spiritual 
world,  as  all  their  fellows,  as  belong  to  the  very  essence 
of  man's  nature :  it  fared  with  them  but  as  Avith  others, 
that  the  mighty  desire  became  father  to  the  belief. 
This  theory  offers  a  way  of  dealing  with  a  great  mul- 
titude of  statements  presented  as  historic,  which  men 
are  unwOling  to  brand  outright  as  falsehoods,  and  yet 


THE  RESTORER   OF  PARADISE.  225 

as  little  willing-  to  accept  as  truths.  It  offers  a  middle 
course,  decently  respectful  to  Christianity,  and  at  the 
same  time  effectually  escaping  from  its  authority  :  and 
presenting",  as  it  seems  to  do,  a  calm  and  philosophical 
explanation  both  for  its  more  perplexing  phenomena, 
and  also  for  very  much  beyond  it,  it  will  be  strange 
if  in  our  age,  which  rejoices  so  much  in  large  and  in- 
clusive points  of  view,  it  does  not  find  a  ready  and  a 
wide  acceptance. 

But  in  truth,  brethren,  this  universal  imagination, 
these  consenting  expectations  upon  all  sides,  in  so 
manj^  thousands  and  thousands  of  hearts,  these,  if  we 
believe  in  a  divine  origin  and  destination  of  man,  if 
we  believe  that  this  man  or  that  may  be  deceived, 
but  that  all  men  cannot — since  whatever  there  may 
be  of  false  at  the  surface,  the  foundations  of  his 
being  are  laid  in  the  truth,  being  laid  in  God — if 
we  believe  that  this  or  that  generation  may  be  dream- 
ing fantastic  and  merely  feverish  dreams,  which  have 
no  counterparts  Avhatever  in  the  actual  world  of 
realities,  but  not  all  generations — if  there  is  that  in 
us  which,  prior  to  all  argument,  solemnly  binds  us 
to  believe  that  no  such  cruel  falsehood  would  be 
played  off  upon  man  as  a  great  longing  laid  deep 
in  his  heart,  without  a  corresponding  object — then 
to  us  believing  so,  these  wide-sj^read,  or  say  rather 
these  universal  expectations,  will  themselves  give  tes- 
timony to  a  truth  corresponding  to  them.  We  shall 
not  indeed  look  for  a  truth  answering  to  them  in 
all  their  accidents,  for  of  these  many  will  be  local, 
temporary,  varying :  and  the  truth,  when  it  comes  to 
pass,  must  more  or  less  depart  and  differ  from  that 
form  in  which  it  clothed  itself  to  them  who  waited  for 
T.  H.  L.  15 


226  LECTURE  V.  [1846. 

it.  So  of  necessity  it  must  be ;  for  that  form  per- 
force was  more  or  less  injuriously  affected,  distorted, 
and  obscured  by  that  sinful  element,  which  in  the 
mind  of  each  would  mingle  with,  and  in  part  debase 
and  degrade  it.  But  there  will  be  a  testimony  in 
these  consenting  expectations  for  that  which  lies  at 
the  root  of,  and  after  the  merely  accidental  is  stripped 
off,  remains  common  to,  and  so  constitutes  the  essence 
of,  them  all. 

And  when  we  are  deeply  convinced  of  this,  then 
in  aU  those  in  Mhom  the  world  has  greatly  hoped — 
workers,  as  it  has  been  thought,  of  wondrous  works — 
bringers  back  of  a  golden  age — utterers,  as  has  been 
fondly  deemed,  of  the  forgotten  spell  of  power — 
graspers  anew  of  the  sceptre  over  nature  which  had 
fallen  from  the  hand  of  every  one  beside — readers 
backward  of  the  primal  curse — in  the  mighty  acts 
attributed  to  each  one  of  these,  we  shall  trace  proofs 
of  the  exceeding  fitness  which  there  Avas,  that  He  who 
indeed  came  in  the  fulness  of  the  time,  should  come 
furnished  vnth  signs  and  wonders  and  mighty  works, 
so  that  even  the  winds  and  the  sea  obeyed  Him,  and 
the  bread  multiplied  in  his  hands,  and  the  wild  beasts 
knew  him  for  their  lord,  and  in  the  desert  Paradise 
bloomed  anew  at  his  presence.  Li  legend  and  in  tale 
utterly  worthless  as  history  Ave  shall  yet  read  pro- 
phetic intimations,  AA'hich  indeed  understood  not  them- 
selves, of  Him  AA'ho  in  the  days  of  his  flesh,  by  first- 
fruits  of  power,  declared  Himself  the  promised  Seed 
of  the  woman  AA'ho  should  comfort  us  for  the  earth 
which  God  had  cursed,  and  at  length  bring  about  its 
perfect  redemption  from  that  curse,  making  it,  thus 
redeemed,  a  fit  dAAclling-place  for  his  redeemed  people. 


LECTURE  VI. 

THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN. 

Romans  VIL  21,  23. 

I  find  then  a  law,  that,  lohen  I  would  do  good,  evil  is  present 
with  me.  For  I  delight  in  the  law  of  God  after  the 
imcard  man :  hut  I  see  another  law  in  my  members,  war- 
ring against  the  laio  of  my  mind,  and  bringing  me  into 
captivity  to  the  law  of  sin  which  is  in  my  members. 

We  were  occupied,  when  last  we  met  together,  with 
the  world's  expectation  of  one  who  should  deliver  all 
outward  nature  from  its  curse,  of  one  in  whom  the 
Adamic  prerogatives  should  re-appear.    To-day  I  shall 
be  led,  as  by  a  natural  transition,  to  speak  of  a  yet 
nearer  deliverance,  and  one  which  it  imported  to  man 
yet  more  that  he  should  win,  or  that  another  should 
win  for  him — an  harmony  which  he  demanded  with  a 
yet  more  earnest  longing  than  this  harmony  of  nature 
with  itself,  or  of  nature  with  him — an  inner  harmony, 
a  deliverance  from  his  own  evil,  from  that  in  himself 
which  was  threatening  his  true  being  with  destruction, 
from  the  lusts  which  embraced  his  soul,  but  while  they 
embraced,  strangled  and  destroyed.  For  sin  has  never 
reigned  so   undisputed   a  lord  in  his  heart,  but  that 
there  were  voices  there  protesting  against  its  lordship. 
His  will  was  enslaved ;  but  he  knew  that  it  was  en- 
slaved, that  freedom  was  its  birthright ;  and  that  bond- 
age, however  it  might  be  its  miserable  necessity  now, 
yet  was  not  its  true  condition  from  the  first. 

15—2 


228  LECTURE  VI.  [1846. 

It  wa.s  the  sense  of  this,  of  such  an  inner  contra- 
diction in  his  life,  which  made  one  to  exclaim  that  he 
felt  as  if  two  souls  were  lodged  within  him  * ;  and 
another  to  set  forth  the  soul  of  man  as  a  chariot, 
which  two  horses,  one  white  and  one  black,  were 
drawing -f- — so  did  the  wondrous  fact  present  itself  to 
him,  of  the  flesh  lusting  against  the  spirit,  and  the 
spirit  against  the  flesh,  so  had  he  learned  that  if  there 
is  that  in  every  man  Avhich  is  drawing  him  up  to  God 
and  to  the  finding  of  his  true  freedom  in  God,  there 
is  also  that  which  would  fain  drag  him  downward,  till 
he  utterly  lose  himself  and  his  own  true  life  in  the 
mire  of  sensual  and  worldly  lusts,  till  the  divine  in 
him  be  wholly  obscured,  and  the  bestial  predominant 
altogether  i.  It  was  the  sense  of  this,  which  made  the 
image  of  the  two  ways,  a  downward  and  an  upward — 
one  easy  and  strewn  with  flowers,  but  a  way  of  death  ; 
one  hard  and  steep  and  sharp  set  with  thorns,  but  a 
way  of  life,  as  familiar  to  heathen  moralists  ^  as  to  us 

•  Xenophon,  Cyropced.,  1.  G,  c.  1,  §41.  Cf.  Seneca  {Ep.  52):  Quid 
est  hoc,  Lucili,  quod  nos  alio  tendentes  alio  trahit,  et  eo  unde  recedere 
cupimus,  impellit  1  quid  colluctatur  cum  animo  nostro,  nee  pcrmittit 
nobis  quidquam  semel  velle  ? 

t  Plato,  Phcpdrus,  c.  25. 

i  This  sense  of  the  latent  beast,  or  the  more  latent  beasts  than  one, 
in  every  man,  which  may  be  fed  and  pampered,  and  roused  to  fiercest 
activity,  while  the  time  man  in  him  perishes  with  hunger,  supplies  the 
groundwork  of  that  famous  and  often  imitated  passage  in  Plato,  Hep., 
i.  9,  c.  12. 

§  Hesiod,  Op.  289—292  ;  Cebes,  Tab.,  c.  12  ;  Xenophon,  Memorah, 
1.  2,  c.  1,  $  21  seq.;  in  regard  to  which  last  passage  there  is  a  verj'  inter- 
esting discussion  in  Buttmann's  admirable  elucidation  of  the  mythus 
ef  Herakles.  {Mythol.,  v.  1,  p.  252.)  He  there  shews  that  according  to 
all  Ukelihood,  the  "  temptation"  of  Herakles  belonged  to  the  original 
legend,  and  was  not  the  mere  poetical  invention  of  Prodicus.  Lactan- 
tius  {Inst.  Div.,  1. 6,  c.  3)  notes  how  heathen  poet  and  philosopher  had 
alreadv  used  this  imacje  of  the  two  wavs. 


THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN.  229 

who  hear  of  the  broad  and  the  narrow  way,  the  wide 
and  the  strait  gate,  from  the  hps  of  the  Lord  himself. 

And  thns  the  problem  which  each  nobler  system 
proposed  to  itself  was  the  delivering  from  this  evil, 
the  bringing  of  an  harmony  into  the  inner  life  —  its 
end  to  make  man  a  king,  so  that  he  should  have  do- 
minion over  himself,  and  over  all  of  his  nature  which 
was  not  truly  himself — that  which  was  appointed  to 
rule  in  him,  ruling,  and  that  which  was  appointed  to 
serve,  serving — the  charioteer  charioting,  and  not 
dragged  in  the  dust  at  the  heels  of  his  horses.  The 
promise  which  it  held  out  of  giving  this,  was  that 
which  to  every  more  earnest  spirit  each  system  had 
of  attractive,  and  only  as  it  promised  this,  had  it  an 
attraction  for  them.  They  only  felt  drawn  to  it,  as  it 
undertook  to  give  them  this  liberty,  and  harmoniously 
to  re-adjust  the  disturbed  relations  of  their  inward 
life. 

I  know  that  when  we  undertake  to  speak  of  these 
things,  and  would  fain  shew  in  how  Avonderful  a  de- 
gree the  ancient  world  was  engaged  with  the  same 
moral  and  spiritual  problems  as  are  engaging  ourselves, 
there  is  a  caution  which  we  must  take  home  to  our- 
selves, if  we  would  not  trace  entirely  delusive  resem- 
blances, and  be  led  away  by  merely  accidental  like- 
nesses in  expression,  Avhich  yet  point  to  no  real  likeness 
at  the  root ;  this  caution,  I  mean — that  since  there 
are  points  of  apparent  contact  in  almost  all  systems, 
it  follows  that  before  we  can  find  any  significance  in 
these,  or  conclude  one  because  of  them  to  stand  in 
any  real  affinity  to  another,  we  must  strictly  ask  our- 
selves, how  deep  these  resemblances  go,  whether  they 
lie  merely  on  the  surface,  or  reach  down  to  the  cen- 


230  LECTURE  VI.  [1846. 

tral  heart  of  the  matter,  to  that  which  determmes  the 
nature  of  each ;  whether  we  have  been  caught  by 
words  and  phrases  which  have  a  simOar  sound,  but 
Avhich,  looked  into  more  nearly,  will  be  found  to  con- 
ceal under  language  which  sounds  nearly  the  same, 
statements  which  are  really  and  essentially  most  diverse. 
This  mistake  no  doubt  has  often  been  made ;  phrases 
have  been  snatched  at  and  claimed  as  ours,  as  antici- 
pating and  bearing  ^\dtness  to  Christian  truths,  without 
waiting  to  inquire  what  place  they  really  hold  in  the 
complex  of  the  system  from  which  they  are  taken. 
Thus  a  Latin  Father*  has  spoken  of  Seneca  as  "one 
of  us"  on  the  score  of  certain  shewy  maxims  which 
sound  at  first  hearing,  and  till  they  are  adjusted  into 
their  place,  like  great  Christian  truths ;  and  this, 
though  perhaps  there  could  not  have  been  two  schemes 
more  opposite  at  the  heart  to  one  another  than  that 
Stoic,  which  in  its  pride  would  teach  us  to  seek  all  in 
ourselves,  and  the  Christian,  which  bids  us  with  an 
humbler  yet  truer  wisdom  to  seek  all  out  of  ourselves 
and  in  God. 

But  at  the  same  time,  and  owning  our  liability  to 
be  thus  deceived,  we  must  yet  keep  far  from  that 
other  course,  which  shunning  the  faults  and  exaggera- 
tions of  this,  refuses  to  see  stirring  at  all  in  the  hea- 
then world  the  same  riddles  of  life  and  of  death  which 
are  perplexing  ourselves.  Into  this  extreme  they  run, 
who  will  give  any  explanation  rather  than  a  moral 
one,  and  the  more  trivial  the  better,  to  the  legend  and 
the  tale  of  antiquity,  obstinately  refusing  to  hear  in 
the  most  earnest  voices  which  reach  them  from  the 
past,  cries  after  the  same  deliverance  for  which  we 
*  Jerome  {Adv.Jovin.,  1.1,  in  fine)  :  Noster  Seneca. 


THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN.  281 

yearn.  The  tendency  to  this  is  in  truth  at  its  root 
antichristian ;  for  it  grows,  whether  it  owns  it  or  not, 
out  of  a  conviction  that  all  with  which  Christianity 
deals  is  in  fact  accidental,  and  does  not  belong  to  the 
essential  stuff  of  humanity — that  this  revelation  of 
which  we  boast,  has  no  claim  to  be  considered  as  an 
answer  to  the  deepest  and  most  universal  needs  of 
men — that  echoes  of  it  therefore  are  nowhere  to  be 
listened  for,  or  being-  caught,  are  in  no  wise  to  be  ac- 
counted more  than  accidental  reverberations  of  the 
air. 

Keeping  then  that  caution  in  view,  but  as  a  caution 
only,  and  resisting,  as  we  are  bound  to  do,  the  en- 
deavour to  rob  the  Avhole  heathen  Avorld,  its  philosophy 
and  mythology  alike,  of  all  moral  significance  for  us, 
on  the  score  that  significance  has  sometimes  been 
found  where  truly  there  was  none,  we  may  boldly  say 
that  the  highest  philosophy  of  the  old  world  did  con- 
cern itself  with  a  redemption — not  of  course  with  a 
Redeemer,  for  of  such  it  knew  not :  but  it  did  avow- 
edly set  before  itself  as  its  aim  and  purpose  the  help- 
ing of  souls  to  a  birth  out  of  a  world  of  shews  and 
appearances  into  the  Avorld  of  realities,  out  of  a  world 
of  falsehood  into  one  of  truth,  turning  them  from 
darkness  to  light,  from  the  contemplation  of  shadows 
to  the  contemplation  of  substance*.  That  favourite 
saying  of  Socrates  that  he  exercised  still  the  craft  of 
his  mother,  that  his  task  and  work,  his  mission  in  the 
world,  was  such  an  helping  of  souls  to  the  birth,  by 
the   helping   to  a  birth   the  conceptions  which  were 

*  The  great  passage  in  the  Republic  of  Plato,  1. 7,  c.  1,  2,  will  at 
once  suggest  itself  to  many. 


232  LECTURE   VI.  [1846. 

strug-o-ling  there*,  this  rested  on  no  other  thought, — 
was  in  its  kind  and  however  remotely  a  prelude  to  far 
mightier  truth,  the  earthly  anticipation  of  an  heavenly 
word,  of  ins  word  mIio  said,  "Ye  must  be  born  again." 
It  pointed,  although  at  an  infinite  distance,  to  the 
possibility  of  a  birth  into  a  kingdom,  not  merely  of 
reality  as  opposed  to  semblance,  but  of  holiness  as 
opposed  to  sinf. 

AMiat  again  is  "  Know  thyself,"  that  great  saying 
of  the  heathen  philosophy,  in  which,  when  it  turned 
from  being  merely  physical,  and  a  speculation  about 
natural  appearances,  the  sun  the  moon  and  the  stars, 
to  the  making  of  man  and  man's  being  the  region  in 
which  it  moved,  the  riddles  of  humanity,  the  riddles 
which  it  sought  to  solve:): — what  was  that  "Know 
thyself,'  that  great  word  in  which  it  embodied  and 
expressed  so  well  its  own  character  and  aim,  and  all 
that  it  proposed  to  effect,  but  a  prej^aration  afar  off 
for  an  higher  word,  the  "  Repent  ye,"  of  the  Gospel  ? 
Since  let  that  precept  only  be  faithfully  carried  out, 
and  in  what  else  could  it  issue  but  repentance  ?  or  at 
least  in  Avhat  else  but  in  an  earnest  longing  after  this 
great  change  of  heart  and  life '?  For  out  of  this  self- 
knowledge  nothing  else  but  self-loathing  could  gi'ow — 

"  Plato's  ThecBtetus,  c.  6.  Stallbaura's  edit.,  p.  63.  See  Van 
Heusde's  Initia  PhilosophitE  FlatoniccB,  v.  2,  p.  .52  seq. 

+  And  so  too  there  are  counterparts,  weak  and  pale  ones  they 
must  needs  be,  of  the  Christian  idea  of  conversion,  •which  find  place 
in  the  same  philosophy.     How  remarkable  are  the  very  terms,  ^era- 

(TTpocpi)  aTTO  tG'V  (TKiwv  £7ri  TO  (fxij's    {Re]).,  1.  7,  C.  13),  Trept.TTpo'pi],   ^vx>j^ 

irepiayuiyn  {Rep.,  1.  7,  c.  6),  'vWth  which  we  may  compare  the  eTrio-rpc- 
(l)£iidai  of  the  New  Testament,  2  Cor.  iii.  16 ;  1  Thess.  i.  9 ;  Acts  x^'iii. 
18. 

+  Cicero,  Tusc.  Qufpst.,  1.  5,  c.  4. 


THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN.  238 

SO  that  men  being  once  come,  as  they  presently  must, 
to  a  consciousness  of  their  error  and  their  departure 
from  goodness  and  truth,  should  hate  themselves,  and 
flee  from  themselves  to  whatever  higher  guide  was 
offered  them ;  to  the  end  that  they  might  become 
different  men,  and  not  remain  the  same  Avhich  before 
they  were'"".  What  could  any  man  behold  himself,  if 
only  he  beheld  himself  aright,  but,  to  use  the  wonder- 
ful comparison  of  Plato  ■(-,  as  that  sea-god,  in  whom 
the  pristine  form  was  now  scarcely  to  be  recognized, 
so  were  some  limbs  of  his  body  broken  off,  and  some 
marred  and  battered  by  the  violence  of  the  waves, 
while  to  the  rest  shells  and  stones  and  sea-weed  had 
clung  and  overgrown  them,  till  he  bore  a  resemblance 
rather  to  some  monster  than  to  that  which  by  nature 
he  was  ?  What  was  man  but  such  a  wreck  of  his  nobler 
self,  what  but  such  a  monster  could  he  shew  in  his 
own  eyes,  if  only  he  could  be  prevailed  to  fix  those 
eyes  steadfastly  ujDon  himself? 

And  when  men,  thus  learning  their  fall,  and  how 

*  See  the  affecting  words,  which  Plato  {Sympos.,  c.  32)  puts  into 
the  mouth  of  Alcibiades,  concerning  the  mysterious  and  magical 
power  of  the  truth,  even  as  partially  embodied  in  the  words  and 
person  of  a  Socrates,  to  convince  of  sin ;  until,  as  the  young  man 
owned,  it  seemed  to  him  that  it  were  far  better  not  to  live  than  to  live 

the  man  he  was.    ((oVxe  noi  66^ai  /uij  Pico-rdu  elvat  6)(ovTL  £os  e^o).) 

•f  Z)e  Rep.,  1.  10,  C.  11  :  "Qa-Trep  ol  Tov  QoKaT-riov  TXaVKOv  6puJVTe<;,  ovk 
av  en  padiwi  avTOu  ISoiev  Ttjy  ap^aiav  (puGiv,  vtto  tov  to.  ts  nraXaLO.  tov 
trijo/iaT09  fxepi]  to.  p.ev  eKKeKKatrQai,  tu  Sk  crvuTeTplff^at  kuI  TTctyxcos  \eXu)(iija-dai. 
VTTO  Twu  KVfjidTwv,  ccWa  06  irpoaTTecpvueiiaL  oGTpea  t£  kuI  (pvKia  Kai  TrtTpai, 
toVxc  iravTi  pdWov  Giipitp  koiKevai  7j  olos  riv  cpvcrei.  ovtw  Kal  Tijv  \}/vxvf  rj/xeis 

decofxeda  SiaKeifievriv  inro  fxvplwu  KaKwv.  This  Glaucus,  as  the  Scholiast 
tells  us,  discovered  the  fountain  of  immortality,  of  which  he  drank  ; 
but  not  being  able  to  shew  it  to  others,  was  by  them  hurled  into  the 
deep  of  the  sea.  From  time  to  time,  the  fishermen  catch  sight  of  him, 
or  hear  him  bewailing  his  immortality.  The  way  in  which  this  my- 
thus  is  used  by  Plato,  is  a  testimony  for  the  profound  meaning  which 
he  found  in  it. 


234  LECTURE  VI.  [1846. 

great  it  was,  learned  also  to  long  for  their  restoration, 
very  interesting  and  instructive  is  it  to  observe  how 
Christ  realized  for  yearning  souls  not  only  the  very 
thing  which  they  asked  for,  but  that  in  the  very  forms 
under  Avhich  they  had  asked  it ;  most  instructive  to 
observe  how  the  very  language  of  Scripture,  in  which 
it  sets  forth  the  gifts  Avhich  a  Saviour  brings,  was  a 
language  which  more  or  less  had  been  used  already  to 
set  forth  the  blessings  which  men  wanted,  or  which 
from  others  they  had  most  imperfectly  obtained — the 
Gospel  of  Christ  falling  in  not  only  with  the  wants  of 
souls,  but  with  the  very  language  in  which  those  wants 
had  found  utterance. 

Thus  there  had  continually  spoken  out  in  men,  a 
sense  of  that  which  they  needed  to  be  done  for  them, 
as  an  healing,  as  a  binding  up  of  hurts,  a  stanching  of 
wounds.  The  art  of  the  physician  did  but  image 
forth  an  higher  cure  and  care,  Avhich  should  concern 
itself  not  with  the  bodies,  but  with  the  souls,  of  men. 
They  were  but  the  branches  of  one  and  the  same  dis- 
cipline, so  much  so,  that  the  same  god  who  was  con- 
ceived master  in  one,  the  soother  of  passions,  was 
master  also  in  the  other,  the  healer  of  diseases.  It 
was  conceived  of  sins  as  of  stripes  and  wounds,  which 
would  leave  their  livid  marks,  their  enduring  scars,  on 
the  miserable  souls  which  had  committed  them,  and 
which  carried  these  evidences  of  their  guilt,  visibly 
impressed  on  them  for  ever,  into  that  dark  world,  and 
before  those  awful  judgement-seats,  whither  after  death 
they  were  bound*. 

How  deep   the   corresponding  image   of  Christ's 

*  Plato,  Gorgias,  c.  80,  Stallbaum's  edit.  p.  314.  Tacitus  (Annal.  6) 
has  a  fierce  delight  in  applying  these  words  to  Tiberius. 


THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN.  235 

work   as  a  work  of  healing,  reaches  in   Scripture,  I 
need  not  remind  you.    His  ministry  of  grace  had  been 
set  forth  in  language  borrowed  from  this  art,  by  pro- 
phets who  went  before ;    He  should  be  anointed  to 
heal  the  broken-hearted,  to  bind  up  the  bruised ;  and 
when  he  began  that  ministry,  He  claimed  these  pro- 
phecies  for  Himself,   laying  his  finger  on  the  most 
signal  among  them,    and   saying,   "  This  day  is  this 
Scripture  fulfilled  in  your  ears."   (Luke  iv.  21.)    And 
then  too  we  shall  all  remember  how  in  another  place 
He  spake   of  sinners  as  being  sick,  and  Himself  as 
their  physician  (Matt.  ix.  12.);  and  by  the  good   Sa- 
maritan it  has  been  often  thought  more  than  likely, 
that  He  shadowed  forth  Himself,  the  despised  of  his 
own  people,  and  yet  the  true  binder  up  of  the  bleed- 
ing hurts  of  humanity.    But  what  need  of  more  proof, 
when  we  use  the  very  word  health^  as  equivalent  for 
salvation.      That  fearful   saying  of  the   heathen  sage 
remains  most  true,  that  every  sin  is  a  wound,  that  it 
leaves  behind  it  its  scar,   invisible  now, — for  it  is  a 
scar  not  on  the  body,  but  the  soul, — which  will  yet  be 
only  too  plainly  visible  in  the  day  of  the  revelation  of 
all  things.      Yet  He  so  heals  them  whom  He  takes  in 
hand.  He  makes  so  perfect  a  cure,  that  not  even  the 
scars  of  their  hurts  shall  remain ;   "  by  whose  stripes 
ye  are   healed."     He   only  waited  till  there  was  an 
earnest  desire  awakened  in  men  that  they  might  find 
themselves  in  an  hospital  of  souls — till  these  desires 
came  to  an  head, — till  it  was  felt  that  all  which  was 
offered  elsewhere  reached  not  to  an  effectual  binding 

*  Thus  Plato  {De  Rep.,  1.  4,  c.  18,  Stallbaum's  edit,,  p.  324) :  'Apexi/ 

u.hv  apct  60S  eoiKei/,  vy'ieid  -re  tis  av  enj  nai  KctWo?  Kal  tve^ia  yyvx>l^>  h^aKia 
C£    otros  T£  Kal  alcrxos  Kal  d(rdiveia. 


236  LECTURE  VI.  [1846. 

up  of  hurts,  was  but  an  healing  of  them  slightly, 
presently  to  break  out  anew,  or  a  covering  of  them 
over  with  purple  and  with  gold,  leaving  them  the 
while  to  fester  unhindered  beneath.  He  only  waited 
till  it  was  owned  that  a  divine  Physician,  and  none 
other,  could  take  the  great  sufferer  in  hand,  and  then 
straightway  He  stood  by  the  sufferer's  side,  and  prof- 
fered him  all  that  he  had  asked  for,  but  had  now 
despaired  of  finding,  even  help  and  healing,  and 
these  in  the  very  forms  under  which  he  had  asked 
tbem  *. 

Xor  was  it  otherwise  with  the  idea  o? freedom — an 
idea  Avhich  lies  so  close  to  the  very  heart  and  centre 
of  the  Gospel,  that  its  benefits  and  blessings  are  per- 
haps oftener  set  forth  by  a  word  borrowed  from  this 
circle  of  images  than  by  any  other,  oftener  described 
as  a  redemption  or  a  purchase  out  of  slavery,  and  Christ 
as  a  Redeemer  or  purchaser,  and  thus  a  setter  free, 
than  by  any  other  language.  It  is  true  that  Ave  have 
come  to  use  these  words  with  so  little  earnestness, 
have  taken  them  so  much  in  vain,  Ave  have  so  lightly 
passed  them  backward  and  forAvard  from  hand  to 
hand,  that  the  sharpness  and  distinctness  of  their  first 
outline  has  been  for  us  almost  lost  and  Avorn  aAvay,  so 
that  they  scarcely,  or  only  now  and  then,  Avith  any 
vividness  bring  to  our  minds  the  truths  which  they 
affirm — the  awful  truth  of  that  slavery  out  of  Avhich  Ave 
Avere  delivered,  the  glorious  truth  of  that  liberty  into 
AA'hich  we  have  been  brought.  But  still  these  words, 
though  Ave  may  forget  it,  do  evermore  proclaim  this  ; 

*  Augustine  (Serm.  87,  c.  10)  :  Jacet  toto  orbe  terrarum  ab  oriente 
usque  in  occidentem  grandis  sgrotus.  Ad  sananduni  grandem  aegro- 
tum  descendit  omnipotens  medicus.  Humiliavit  se  usque  ad  mortalem 
carnem,  tamquara  usque  ad  lectum  fegrotantis. 


THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN.  237 

and  they  are  words  by  which  oftener  perhaps  than  by 
any  other,  the  Holy  Spirit  in  the  Scripture  declares 
the  benefits  whereof  Christ  has  made  us  partakers. 

And  being  this  Eedeemer  or  setter  free,  He  was 
in  this  regard  also  "  the  Desire  of  all  nations."  For 
He,  when  He  said  "Whosoever  committeth  sin,  is  the 
servant  of  sin,"  (John  viii.  34,)  when  his  apostle  cha- 
racterized himself  in  his  natural  state  as  a  slave,  "sold 
under  sin,"  (Rom.  vii.  14) ;  when  another  of  his  apostles 
spoke  of  evil  men  as  "  servants  of  corruption,"  (2  Pet. 
ii.  19,)  He  and  they,  using  this  language,  were  but 
affirming  the  same  which  had  been  found  out  and  felt 
by  every  sinner  that  ever  lived,  of  which  the  confession 
had  been  wrung  out  too  from  the  lips  of  thousands. 
AVhen  too  He  offered  freedom,  a  victory  over  all  which 
was  bringing  into  bondage,  an  overcoming  of  the 
world,  as  the  issue  of  obedience  unto  Him,  He  was 
but  offering  that,  which  in  one  shape  or  another,  each 
guide  and  teacher  of  his  fellows  had  offered  before, — 
with  indeed  the  mighty  difference,  that  He  could  make 
good  his  offer,  and  they  not.  I  need  not  remind  you 
with  Avhat  frequency  we  meet,  sometimes  almost  to 
satiety,  declarations  of  this  kind, — of  wisdom  being 
the  only  freedom, — the  wise  man,  the  only  free  man, 
the  only  king, — of  the  soul  of  the  sinner  as  a  tyrant- 
ridden  city*, —  of  lusts  as  evil  mistresses  which  enslave 
the  soul  and  bring  it  into  bondage ;  how  the  promise 
of  liberty  is  on  the  lips  of  each  who  would  gather  dis- 
ciples round  him.  All  this  is  strewn  too  thickly  over 
the  pages  of  heathen  literature  to  need  any  proof  in 
particular.  And  meeting  these  statements  thus  fre- 
quently and  thus  earnestly  expressed  as  we  often  do 
*  Plato,  Rep.,  1.  9,  c.  5. 


238  LECTURE  VI.  [1846. 

meet  them  there,  we  must  see  how  they  bear  testimony 
that  men  continually  envisaged  the  highest  benefits 
which  their  souls  could  attain,  under  the  aspect  of 
freedom,  of  redemption — that  the  attaining  of  this 
freedom  was  the  object  of  their  lives  and  hopes,  how- 
ever little  they  could  make  it  their  own,  however  they 
discovered  and  were  meant  to  discover,  through  their 
fruitless  struggles  and  toils,  that  only  when  the  Son 
made  them  free,  they  could  be  free  indeed. 

Again,  a  pointing  at  the  croAvning  gift  which  was 
at  length  given  unto  the  Avorld  in  Him,  may  be  traced 
in  the  idea  of  music  which  w^as  so  frequently  and  so 
fondly  used  as  the  best  outward  expression  of  inner 
life-harmony.  This  indeed  was  felt  to  have  so  singular 
and  profound  a  fitness,  that  a  term  borrowed  from 
this  art,  was,  we  may  say,  formally  adopted  as  the 
aptest  for  setting  forth  that  whole  discipline  which 
occupied  itself  with  the  right  composure  of  the  higher 
powers,  with  the  bringing  into  one  concent  the  three- 
fold nature  of  man  ; — he  in  whom  this  language  comes 
most  prominently  forward,  finding  no  worthier  terms 
in  which  to  describe  that  \^dsdom  with  which  he  was 
enamoured,  than  as  the  fairest  and  mightiest  of  the 
harmonies*;  whUe  sin,  on  the  contrary,  presented  it- 
self to  him  and  to  many  more,  as  a  deep  inner  dis- 
harmony, as  a  discord  which  had  forced  itself  into  the 
innermost  centre  of  man's  life,  and  only  through  the 
expulsion  of  Avhich  he  could  again  make  it  what  it 
ought  to  be,  rhythmic,  numerous,  and  harmonious.  All 
these  thoughts,  Avhich,  though  first  expressed  by  one 
or  two,  yet  found  echoes  in  the  bosoms  of  all,  how 
did  they  in  their  weakness  to  realize  themselves,  in 

X  lato  (  Ue  LPgg.,  1.  3)  :  KaXXtcmiv  kuI  fieylcrTtjv  Tail'  crv/x(pwviwi/. 


THE  REDEEMER  FROM  SIN.  239 

the  fact  that  discords  ever  made  themselves  too  plainly 
felt  in  the  lives,  not  of  the  taught  only,  but  of  the 
teachers  as  well — how  did  they  ask  for  One,  the  mighty 
master  of  all  spiritual  melodies ;  whose  own  life,  free 
from  one  jarring  note,  should  make  perfect  music  in 
the  ears  of  God ;  and  not  this  alone,  but  who  should 
attune  once  more  that  marvellous  instrument  which 
had  lain  silent  so  long,  or  from  which  discords  only 
had  proceeded,  even  the  soul  of  man,  and  draw  from 
it  again  sounds  which  should  be  sweet  even  in  the 
ears  accustomed  to  the  symphonies  of  heaven. 

Surely  all  their  language,  though  they  knew  it  not, 
pointed  to  such  a  mighty  master  of  heavenly  harmo- 
nies as  this.  For  if  it  be  true  of  Him,  that  as  He 
emptied  the  golden  seats  of  Olympus,  and  swept  their 
long  line  of  heroes  and  demi-gods  and  gods  into  the 
darkness  and  corruption  of  the  tomb.  He  gathered 
from  each  idol  as  it  fell  its  pretended  majesty  and  do- 
minion and  power,  claiming  all  rightfully  for  his  own, 
and  weaving  all  the  scattered  rays  of  light  into  one 
crown  of  glory  for  his  own  head ;  then  of  none  of 
these  could  this  be  more  truly  spoken  than  of  him 
whom  men  feigned  to  be  the  god  of  harmony,  to  have 
potency  thereby  over  the  spirits  of  men,  with  power 
to  exalt,  to  purify,  and  to  soothe,  whose  music  acted 
as  a  charm  to  tranquillize  the  passions  and  attune  the 
spirit  to  a  peace  with  itself,  and  Avith  all  Avhich  was 
around  it''\  For  Christian  peace,  the  peace  which 
Christ  gives,  the  peace  which  He  sheds  abroad  in  the 
heart,  is  it  ought  else  than  such  a  glorified  harmony — 
the  expelling  from  man's  life  of  all  that  was  causing 
disturbance  there,  all  that  was  hindering  him  from 
*  Miiller's  Doriarifi,  b.  2,  c.  8,  §  11. 


240  LECTURE    VI.  [1846. 

chiming  in  with  the  music  of  heaven,  all  that  would 
have  made  him  a  jarring  and  a  dissonant  note,  left 
out  from  the  great  dance  and  minstrelsy  of  the  spheres, 
in  Avhich  mingle  the  consenting  songs  of  redeemed 
men  and  elect  angels*'? 

Thus  did  the  Son  of  God  at  his  coming  in  the 
flesh,  take  up  the  unfulfilled  promises  of  all  human 
systems.  For  they  were  unfulfilled ;  those  systems 
had  wrought  no  deliverance  worthy  of  the  name  in 
the  earth.  How  scanty  was  the  number  of  those  whom 
they  would  even  undertake  to  save, — a  few  highly 
favoured  or  greatly  gifted  spirits  of  the  world — not 
the  poor,  the  ignorant,  the  weak  ;  in  this  how  different 
from  that  Gospel  which  is  preached  to  the  poor,  and 
whose  tidings  are  good  because  they  are  these, — that 
the  Lord  hath  founded  Zion,  and  the  poor  of  his 
people  shall  put  their  trust  therein !  But  theirs  was 
essentially  an  aristocratic  salvation -j-,  which  should 
help  a  few,  setting  them  apart  from  their  fellows, 
on  pinnacles  from  whence  they  were  in  danger  of 
looking  down  far  more  with  gratulation  at  their  own 
deliverance,  than  with  any  inward  and  bleeding  com- 
passion for  the  multitudes  which  were  toiling  and 
vainly  seeking  for  a  path  below.     And  indeed  often  it 

"  It  is  remarkable  enough  that  although  Christian  art  shrunk,  and 
so  long  as  there  was  an  heathenism  rampant  round  it,  rightly  shrunk, 
from  any  large  use  of  symbols  borrowed  from  heathen  mythology,  yet 
pictures  of  Christ  as  Orpheus  taming  the  vdld  beasts  with  his  lyre,  are 
probably  as  old  as  the  third  century.  {Christl.  Kunst-Symholih ,  p.  134) 
and  Piper's  Myfhologie  der  Christl.  Kunst,  p.  121.)  Compare  the 
opening  of  the  later  Clement's  Cohort,  ad  Gentes,  and  Eusebius,  De 
Laud.  Constantini,  c.  14,  p.  760,  ed.  Reading. 

+  See  Origen's  admirable  words  in  his  reply  to  Celsus  (  Con.  Cels., 
1.  7,  c.  .^O,  60),  shewing  how  at  the  best  the  philosophers  were  ia-rpol 

oX'iywv,  but  Christ  the  laTpo^  -koWwv. 


THE   REDEEMER    FROM   SIN.  241 

was  not  a  salvation  at  all,  even  in  the  very  lowest 
sense  of  tliat  word :  how  often  was  it  Satan  casting* 
out  Satan — one  form  of  evil  expelling  another,  men 
finding  food  for  pride  and  vainglory  in  the  very  ad- 
vances in  wisdom  and  self-restraint  which  they  had 
made* — and  thus  those  very  victories  which  they  had 
won  over  fleshly  sins,  helping  to  make  them  slaves 
of  sjDiritual  wickednesses — of  the  seven  worse  spirits 
which  take  possession  of  the  house,  empty  and  swept 
and  garnished ;  from  which  the  one  spirit  of  sensual 
lust  has  gone  out,  but  Avhich  has  not  been  occupied 
by  any  nobler  guest. 

And  if,  brethren,  even  our  struggles  after  an  in- 
ward conformity  to  an  higher  rule,  are  what  they  are 
— if  with  all  the  helps  at  our  command,  we  yet  win 
no  step  Avithout  an  effort,  if  oftentimes  our  premature 
hymns  of  victory  over  this  sin  or  that  are  changed 
into  confessions  of  a  shameful  defeat,  and  we,  who 
went  forth  with  victorious  garlands  too  early  wreathed 
about  our  broAvs,  have  to  come  home  and  put  ashes 
upon  our  heads,  how  must  it  have  been  with  them  ? 
how  continually  must  it  have  been  a  seeing  of  the 
better  only  Avith  a  greater  guilt  to  choose  the  Avorse ! 
Surely  the  confession  of  the  JcAvish  Pharisee  that  Avas 
zealous  for  the  laAv  and  for  righteousness  must  have 

"  The  well-known  passage  of  Cicero  (De  A^at.  Deor.,  1. 3,  c.  36)  has 
been  often  quoted.  Men  justly  thank  the  Gods  for  the  external  com- 
modities which  they  enjoy;  but,  he  proceeds,  Virtutem  nemo  unquam 
acceptam  Deo  retulit.  Nimiiiim  recte,  propter  virtutem  enim  jure 
laudamur,  et  in  virtute  recte  gloriamur.  Quod  non  contingeret,  si  id 
donum  a  Deo,  non  a  nobis  haberemus. .  .Nam  quis,  quod  vir  bonus  esset, 
gratias  Diis  egtt  unquam '?  At  quod  dives,  quod  honoratus,  quod  inco- 
lumis.  Jovemque  Optimum  Maximum  ob  eas  res  appellant,  non  quod 
nos  justos,  temperantes,  sapientes  effieiat,  sed  quod  salvos,  incolumes, 
opulentos,  copiosos. 

T.  H.  L.  16 


^42  LECTURE   VI.  [184G. 

been  the  confession  of  unnumbered  souls  in  all  the 
world,  wrung  out  from  a  deep  heart-agony,  from  the 
sense  of  defeats  repeating  themselves  with  a  sad  uni- 
formity, of  ever  deeper  entanglement  in  the  defilements 
of  the  flesh  and  of  the  world — "  That  which  I  do,  I 
allow  not ;  for  what  I  would,  that  do  I  not ;  but  what 
I  hate,  that  do  I. ...  I  delight  in  the  law  of  God  after 
the  inAvard  man ;  but  I  see  another  law  in  my  mem- 
bers, warring  against  the  law  of  my  mind,  and  bringing 
me  into  captivity  to  the  law  of  sin  which  is  in  my 
members.  O  wretched  man  that  I  am !  who  shall 
deliver  me  from  the  body  of  this  death?" 

Such  voices,  no  doubt,  did  make  themselves  heard. 
For  indeed  we  shall  not  err,  if  contemplating  the  times 
which  went  before  the  Incarnation,  we  affirm  that 
there  had  been  two  cries  which  had  long  been  going 
up  into  the  ears  of  the  Lord  of  Hosts — two  cries, 
although  one  was  far  more  distinct  and  articidate 
than  the  other.  There  was  the  voice  of  appointed 
prophets  and  seers,  watchers  on  the  mountains  of 
Israel,  waiting  for  a  Sun  of  Righteousness,  who,  as  they 
surely  knew,  should  in  his  time  scatter  the  world's 
gloom,  and  shed  healing  from  his  wings.  There  was 
their  voice  who,  knowing  this,  would  yet  out  of  a 
mighty  sense  of  the  present  evil  around  them  and 
within  them,  have  fain  hastened  the  time, — psalmist 
and  prophet  Avho  exclaimed,  "  Oh  that  the  salvation 
were  given  unto  Israel  out  of  Zion  !"  "  Oh  that  thou 
wouldest  rend  the  heavens  and  come  do-oTi ! "  But  there 
was  another,  a  more  confused  cry,  of  multitudinous 
tones :  it  oftentimes  knew  not  what  its  otvti  accents 
meant ;  it  was  often  rather  a  groan  within  the  bosom 
of  humanity,  which  asked  not,  and  thought  not  of,  a 


THE    REDEEMER   FROM   SIN.  243 

listener,  than  a  voice  sent  up  unto  heaven.  It  was  a 
cry  which  only  infinite  wisdom  and  infinite  love  would 
have  interpreted  into  that  cry  for  heavenly  help,  which 
indeed  at  the  heart  it  was ;  a  cry  needing  infinite  love 
to  pardon  all  in  it  which  made  it  rather  a  cry  against 
God,  than  to  Him.  But  that  love  it  found.  He  who 
said  long  before,  "  I  have  seen,  I  have  seen  the  afflic- 
tion of  my  people,"  saw  also  the  affliction  of  a  world 
hopelessly  out  of  the  way,  translated  its  confused 
voices  into  an  appeal  unto  Himself,  and  sent  forth  his 
Son  to  be  the  Saviour  of  the  lost. 

And  then,  what  not  alone  the  Law  could  not  do, 
in  that  it  was  weak  through  the  flesh,  but  what  all 
wisdom  had  been  equally  impotent  to  effect,  for  it 
underlay  the  same  weakness,  He  did  ;  what  they  could 
not  give,  He  gave.  For  here  we  come  back  again  to 
a  point  which  I  have  pressed  already,  but  which  yet  is 
so  important,  that  I  shall  make  no  apology  for  pressing 
it  once  more,  which  is  this, — that  the  prerogative  of 
our  Christian  faith,  the  secret  of  its  strength  is,  that 
all  which  it  has,  and  all  which  it  offers,  is  laid  up  in  a 
person.  This  is  Avhat  has  made  it  strong,  while  so 
much  else  has  jDroved  weak,  that  it  has  a  Christ  as  its 
middle  point — that  it  is  not  a  circumference  without 
a  centre, — that  it  has  not  merely  a  deliverance,  but  a 
Deliverer, — not  a  redemption  only,  but  a  Redeemer 
as  well.  This  is  what  makes  it  fit  for  wayfaring  men ; 
this  is  what  makes  it  sun-light,  and  all  else  compared 
with  it  but  as  moon-light, — fair  it  may  be,  but  cold  and 
ineffectual ;  while  here  the  light  and  the  life  are  one  ; 
the  Light  is  also  the  Life  of  men.  Oh  how  great  the 
difference  between  submitting  ourselves  to  a  complex 
of  rules,  and  casting  ourselves  upon  a  beating  heart ; 

16—2 


244  LECTURE   VI.  [1846. 

between  accepting  a  system,  and  cleaving  to  a  person. 
And  how  tenfold  blessed  the  advantages  of  the  last, 
if  that  person  is  such  a  One  that  there  shall  be  nothing 
servile  in  the  entire  resignation  of  ourselves  to  be 
taught  of  Him,  for  He  is  the  absolute  Truth — nothing 
unmanly  in  the  yielding  of  our  whole  being  to  be  wholly 
moulded  by  Him,  for  that  He  is  not  merely  the  highest 
Avhich  humanity  has  reached,  but  the  highest  which  it 
can  reach — its  intended  and  ideal  perfection,  at  once 
its  perfect  image  and  superior  Lord. 

They  felt  this,  that  help  must  lie  in  a  person,  that 
only  round  a  person  souls  would  cluster, — those  who, 
when  they  would  fain  make  a  final  stand  for  the  old 
beliefs  of  the  world,  and  prove  if  these  could  not  even 
now  be  quickened  to  dispute  the  world  with  the  youth- 
ful Christian  Church  ; — they  felt,  I  say,  this,  who  set 
about  marshalling,  not  merely  rival  doxstrines  to  the 
Christian,  but  rival  benefactors  to  Christ,  If  He  went 
about  Judaea  doing  good,  they  also  would  point  to 
sages  of  their  own,  who  travelled  on  like  errands  to 
the  furthest  East.  This  is,  no  doubt,  the  meaning  of 
that  half-fabulous  life  of  Apollonius,  which  just  as 
Christianity  was  rising  into  notice  and  e\ident  signifi- 
cance, made  its  appearance ; — this  the  explanation  of 
that  revived  interest  in  Pythagoras,  which  then  found 
place.  The  votaries  of  the  old  religions  felt  that  in 
this  respect  they  must  not  come  short  of  that  which 
they  would  oppose ;  and  rightly — however  weak  and 
flitting  and  unreal  the  phantoms  which  they  conjured 
up  to  their  help. 

For,  brethren,  had  we  a  system  only,  it  would 
leave  us  just  as  Aveak  as  other  systems  have  left  their 
votaries.    We  should  have  to  confess  that  we  found  in 


THE   REDEEMER  FROM   SIN.  245 

ours,  as  they  in  theirs,  no  adequate  strength — that 
not  merely  now  and  then,  and  at  ever  rarer  intervals, 
we  were  worsted  in  our  conflict  with  the  sin  of  our 
own  hearts,  but  evermore.  Our  blessedness,  and  let 
us  not  miss  that  blessedness,  is,  that  our  treasures  are 
treasured  in  a  person,  and  are  therefore  inexhaustible 
— in  one  who  requires  nothing  but  what  first  He  gives 
— who  is  not  for  one  generation  a  present  teacher 
and  a  living  Lord,  and  then  for  all  succeeding  a  past 
and  a  dead  one,  but  who  is  present  and  living  for 
all — as  truly  for  us  in  this  later  day,  as  for  them  who 
went  up  and  down  with  Him  in  the  days  of  his  flesh. 
Our  strength  and  our  blessedness  is,  that  what  we 
have  to  know  is  "the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus;"  that 
what  we  have  to  learn  is  to  "  learn  Christ ; "  that 
what  we  have  to  put  on,  is  to  "  put  on  the  I^ord  Jesus 
Christ"  and  the  righteousness  which  is  by  Him. 


LECTURE    VII. 

THE  FOUNDER  OF  A   KINGDOM. 

Hebrews  XI.  10. 

A  city  which  hath  foundations,  whose  builder  and  malcer 
is  God. 

We  have  seen  the  manner  in  which  He  who  was  "  the 
Desire  of  all  nations,"  met  and  satisfied  the  yearnings 
of  men  for  an  inward  peacemaker,  for  one  who,  by  the 
mighty  magic  of  his  word  and  Spirit,  should  change 
the  tumuk  of  man's  soul  into  a  great  calm ;  who 
should  heal  the  hurts  which  each  man  was  conscious 
that  he  had  inflicted  upon  himself;  who  should  set 
each  man  free  from  the  bondage  to  those  lords  many, 
his  own  lusts  and  inordinate  affections,  under  whose 
cruel  tyranny  he  had  come.  But  besides  these  long- 
ings for  harmony  and  health  and  freedom  in  the  region 
of  his  own  inner  life,  there  are  other  longings  and 
other  desires  which  crave  satisfaction.  For  each,  be- 
sides being  simply  a  man,  is  also  a  man  among  men : 
besides  the  sinful  element  which  so  perplexes  his  own 
inner  life,  in  the  relation  of  one  part  of  it  to  the  other, 
of  the  higher  to  the  lower,  which  so  threatens  his  true 
life  with  destruction,  not  from  foreign,  but  from  intes- 
tine, enemies — the  same  sinful  element  acting  out- 
wardly in  himself,  and  in  every  other  man,  disturbs 
and  perplexes  his  relation  to  them,  and  theirs  to  him. 
That   Avhich  remains  in  himself,  unsubdued^  of  evil. 


THE   FOUNDER   OF   A   KINGDOM.  247 

that  which  exists  of  the  same  in  every  other  man, 
brings  about  a  collision  between  two  selfishnesses. 
"From  whence" — in  the  wonderfully  simple,  yet  pro- 
found language  of  Scripture,  language  applicable  to 
the  pettiest  village  brawl,  and  to  the  mightiest  conflict 
that  has  ranged  one  half  of  the  world  against  the 
other — "  from  whence  come  wars  and  fightings  among 
you  ?  come  they  not  hence,  even  of  the  lusts  that  war 
in  your  members?"  (Jam.  iv.  1.) 

At  once  the  question  has  presented  itself  to  every 
thoughtful  man, — it  eminently  did  so  to  the  great 
spirits  of  antiquity, — Is  the  warfare  of  these  encoun- 
tering selfishnesses  the  necessary,  the  only  condition 
of  society  ?  Is  it  our  wisdom  to  acquiesce  in  it,  satis- 
fied if  this  evil  will  allow  itself  to  be  kept  within  cer- 
tain bounds — to  be  so  far  restrained,  that  a  society,  a 
living  together  of  men  for  social  conveniences  unat- 
tainable in  their  isolated  state,  becomes  possible?  And 
is  society  such  a  fellowship  of  men  that  have  holden 
back,  by  mutual  consent,  so  much  of  their  selfishness 
and  evil,  as  would  render  habitation  within  the  same 
walls  or  in  the  same  neighbourhood  impossible,  and 
would  thus  defeat  them  of  the  gains  which  they 
desired  by  this  combination  to  attain  ? 

There  have  never  been  wanting, — there  were  not 
wanting  of  old, — those  who  dared  to  avow  this  wolfish 
theory  of  society  for  their  own — that  is,  as  a  theory  : 
for  no  community  of  men  has  ever  subsisted  upon  it ; 
no  sooner  have  they  attempted  to  put  it  in  practice, 
than,  biting  and  devouring,  they  have  presently  been 
utterly  consumed  one  of  another.  And  they  who 
even  avowed  it  as  a  theory  were  few — a  profligate 
sophist  of  the   old   or  the   new   world,   a  Thrasyma- 


24r8  LECTURE  VII.  [1846. 

chus*  or  a  Mandeville -j- ;  the  exceptions  and  not  the 
rule.     For  rather  it  was  truly  seen  that  the  fellowship  of 
man  Avith  man,  so  far  from  being  an  artificial  product 
of  his  wants,  something  added  on  to  his  true  humanity, 
that  lay  circidar   and  complete  in  himself  already, — 
something    therefore   which   he    might  have  forgone 
without  any  necessary  imperfection, — is  that  rather 
which  constitutes  the  very  humanity  itself — animals 
herding,  men  only  living,  together.     It  was  seen  that 
this  fellowship  is  the  sphere  in  which  alone  his  true 
life,  that  which   belongs  to   him  as  man,   can  unfold 
itself^: — in  which  alone  he   can  reach,  it  is  little  to 
say,  the  perfection  of  his  being,  but  ^^dthout  which  he 
cannot  be  conceived  otherwise  than  as  a  monster,  such 
a  monster  as  the  world  never  saw.      It  was  truly  per- 
ceived of  that   other   condition  of  absolute  isolation, 
that,  so  far  from  being  the  state  of  nature,  it  is  rather 
a  state  so  unnatural  that  no  man  has  ever  perfectly 
reached  it — the  most  absolute  savage  not  having  be- 
come an  isolated  unit,  not  ha^-ing  been  able  to  strip 
himself  bare  of  all  moral  relations — being  at  most  able 
to  act  as  though  he  had  not,  but  never  able  to  cease 
from  having,  these.     And  they  understood  therefore 
that  not  this  tamed  selfishness  was  the  idea  in  which 
the  state  consisted,  and  on  which  it  reposed,  but  that 
there  Avas  another,  to  which  every  state  and  fellowship 
of  men,  as  it  deserved  the  name,  as  it  would  be  any- 
thing better  than  a  pirate's   deck  or  a  robber's  den, 
must  be  a  nearer  or  more  remote  approximation :  a 

•  Plato's  Republic.  +  Fable  of  the  Bees. 

J  As  is  remarkably  witnessed  ia  the  words,  civilized,  civilization. 
The  civUized  man,  as  contra-distinguished  from  the  savage  or  utterly 
degenerate  man,  is  essentially  the  civis,  belongs  to  a  civitas. 


THE  FOUNDER   OF  A  KINGDOM.  249 

condition  in  which  men  were  hoklcn  together  by  in- 
visible ties, — by  sanctions  which  not  the  flesh,  but  the 
spirit,  owned  to  be  binding, — by  common  rites, — by 
sanctities  which  men  dared  not  neglect "", — by  a  god 
Terminus  keeping  the  boundaries  of  fields, — by  a  dread 
of  vengeance,  not  as  the  mere  human  recoil  of  outrage 
on  the  wrong  doer,  but  as  being  itself  divine, — a  con- 
dition in  which  men  have  felt  that  they  were  one 
people,  not  so  much  in  their  common  interests  and 
common  aims,  or  even  in  their  common  history  and 
descent  and  language,  as  in  the  one  tutelar  Deity  that 
overlooked  their  city,  and  to  whom  they  had  confided 
its  keeping. 

If  it  was  so — if  there  was  this  sense  existing  in 
the  hearts,  shewing  itself  in  the  acts,  of  men,  that  the 
relations  between  man  and  man  rest  on  something  out 
of  sight,  are  spiritual  relations,  not  those  of  force,  or 
fraud,  or  convenience — that  men  do  not  huddle  toge- 
ther as  cattle,  to  keep  themselves  warm,  nor  band 
together  as  wild  beasts,  that  they  may  hunt  in  com- 
pany ;  that  law  is  not  a  resvdt  of  so  much  self-will 
which  each  man  might  have  kejjt,  yet  for  certain 
advantageous  considerations  throws  into  a  common 
stock,  but  that  rather  there  is  a  law  of  laws,  anterior 
to,  and  constituting  the  ground  of,  each  positive  enact- 
ment— if  men  had  any  sense  of  this  divine  order, 
which  they  did  not  themselves  constitute,  but  into 
which  they  entered  ;  which  to  accept  was  good,,  which 
to  deny  and  fight  against  was  evil, — if  they  did  thus 
believe  in  a  kingdom  of  righteousness  and  truth,  and 
that  we  were  ordained  for  that,  (in  the  words  of  the 
father  of  Koman  philosophy,  Nos  ad  justitiam  esse 
*  Sophocles,  AntigonC)  450 — 460. 


250  LECTURE  VII.  [1846- 

natos,) — if  there  was  any  true  feeling  that  those  lusts 
and  desires,  so  far  from  being  the  ground  of  the  state, 
the  cement  which  held  it  together,  were  rather  the 
element  of  decay  which  was  ever  threatening  its  dis- 
solution, and  were  to  be  denied  as  the  violations  of 
the  humanity,  not  recognized  as  its  essentials ;  then 
we  have  implicitly  here  the  acknowledgment  of,  and 
the  yearning  after,  the  kingdom  of  God*.  They  who 
believed  this,  believed  in  "  the  city  which  hath  foun- 
dations," in  that  only  one  which  can  have  everlasting 
foundations,  for  it  is  the  only  one  whose  foundations 
are  laid  in  perfect  righteousness  and  perfect  truth — 
the  city  "  Avhose  builder  and  maker  is  God,"  which 
Abraham  looked  for,  and  because  he  looked  for,  would 
take  no  portion  in  the  cities  of  confusion  round  him, 
but  dwelling  in  tents  witnessed  against  them,  and 
declared  plainly  that  he  sought  a  country — the  city  of 

*  Thus  Cicero  {De  Legg.,  1. 1,  c.  7-) :  Universus  hie  mundus  una 
ci^•itas  communis  Deorum  atque  hominum  existimanda.  Cf.  De  Fin,, 
1. 5,  c.  23,  and  the  glorious  passage  in  Juvenal  {Sat.  15, 131 — 158,)  one 
of  the  noblest  in  antiquity,  on  the  fellowship  of  men  with  one  another, 
as  resting  on  their  divine  original.     I  may  be  excused  for  quoting  a 

few  lines : 

Separat  hoc  nos 
A  grege  mutonim,  atque  ideo  venerabile  soli 
Sortiti  ingenium,  divinorumque  capaces, 
Atque  exercendis  capiendisque  artibus  apti 
Sensum  a  coelesti  deraissum  traximus  arce, 
Cujus  egent  prona  et  terram  spectantia.     Mundi 
Principio  indulsit  communis  conditor  illis 
Tantum  animas,  nobis  animum  quoque ;   mutuus  ut  nos 
Affectus  pefere  auxilium,  et  prastare  juberet. 
Disperses  trahere  in  populum,  migrare  vetusto 
De  nemore,  et  proavis  habitatas  linquere  silvas ; 
jEdificare  domos,  laribus  conjungere  nostris 
Tectum  aliud,  tutos  vicino  limine  somnos 
Ut  collata  daret  fiducia ;   protegere  armis 
Lapsum,  aut  ingenti  nutantem  vulnere  civem ; 
Communi  dare  signa  tuba,  defendier  iisdem 
Turribus,  atque  una  portarum  clave  teneri. 


THE  FOUNDER   OF  A  KINGDOM.  251 

which  lue  already  are  made  free,  and  which  it  was 
given  to  the  hitest  seer  of  the  New  Covenant,  ere  the 
book  was  sealed,  to  behold  in  the  spirit  coming  down 
from  heaven  in  its  final  glory.  (Rev.  xxi.  2.) 

And  can  we  say  that  there  were  not  such  thoughts 
and  expectations  stirring  in  the  hearts  of  men — that 
the  idea  of  a  perfect  state,  as  well  as  of  a  perfect 
man,  had  not  risen  up  before  the  eyes  of  them,  the 
men  of  desire,  the  souls  to  which  any  spirit  of  higher 
divination  was  imparted  ?  Were  not  the  latest  specu- 
lations of  the  wisest  sage,  those  to  which  he  fitly  came 
after  he  had  accomplished  each  other  task,  concerning 
this  very  thing  ?  Nor  needs  it  to  press  that  derivation 
of  religion  which  would  make  it  the  band  and  bond, 
which  binding  men  to  God,  binds  them  also  to  one 
another ;  for  it  is  a  derivation  at  the  least  question- 
able*;   and  the  fact,   to  which  such   an   etymology 

*  Nitzsch  {Theol.  Stud.  u.  Krit.  v.  1,  p.  532)  seeks  elaborately  to 
prove  that,  according  to  the  genius  of  the  Latin  language,  the  only- 
possible  derivation  of  religio  is  Cicero's  (De  Nat.  Deor.,  1.  2,  c.  28) :  Qui 
omnia,  qua  ad  cultum  Deonim  pertinerent^  diligenter  retractarent 
et  tanquam  relegerent,  sunt  dicti  religiosi,  ex  relegendo.  It  wUl  thus 
have  for  its  first  meaning,  the  conscientious  anxiety  and  accuracy  in 
the  performance  of  the  divine  offices.  The  passage  which  best  ex- 
plains how  the  word  obtains  a  wider  meanmg  is  this  from  Arnobius 
{Adv.  Gen.  1.  4,  c.  30) :  Non  enim  qui  solicite  relegit  et  immaculatas 
hostias  caedit . . .  numina  consentiendus  est  colere,  aut  officia  solus  reli- 
gionis  implere.  This  etymology  was  called  in  question  by  Lactantius, 
who  derives  the  word  not  from  relegere,  but  religare,  to  wliich  deri- 
vation allusion  is  made  in  the  text.  He  says  {Inst.  Div.,  1. 4,  c.  24)  : 
Hoc  vinculo  pietatis  obstricti  Deo  et  religati  sumus,  undo  ipsa  religio 
nomen  accepit ;  et  non  ut  Cicero  interpretatus  est,  a  relegendo.  He 
has  Lucretius  on  his  side,  to  whose  words  he  alludes  : 

arctis 
Relligionum  animos  nodis  exsolvere  pergo. 

Augustine  too,  who  at  first  liad  consented  to  Cicero's  etymology,  in- 
clines at  a  later  period  {Retract.,  1.  1,  c.  13)  in  favour  of  the  other. 
Freund  {Lat.  Worterhxich,  s.  v.)  without  expressing  himself  at  all  so 

strongly 


252  LECTURE  VII.  [1846. 

would  give  only  an  additional  proof,  is  unquestionable 
without  it — I  mean,  that  the  invisible  ties  were  those 
in  which  every  state  was  acknowledged  to  consist,  so 
that  with  their  weakening  it  must  grow  weak,  with 
their  perishing  it  must  perish ;  while  to  strengthen 
and  to  multiply  these,  was  justly  regarded  as  the 
noblest  mission  of  its  noblest  sons.  What  if  here  too 
heathendom  had  but  the  negative  preparation,  and 
Judaism  the  positive  ?  what  if  the  Jew  could  point  to 
a  state  which  did  realize,  though  through  his  own  sin 
most  inadequately,  this  kingdom  in  its  unripe  and 
early  beginnings,  and  if  he  was  upheld  by  the  sure 
word  of  prophecy,  that  one  day  the  King  of  this  king- 
dom should  be  revealed,  and  should  reign  in  righte- 
ousness ;  while  for  the  heathen  they  were  for  the  most 
part  dreams  to  which  he  could  impart  no  reality, 
realities  which  tarried  infinitely  farther  behind  the 
idea  which  they  professed  to  embody — this  was  only 
according  to  the  distribution,  in  God's  manifold  wis- 
dom, of  their  several  parts  to  Jew  and  Gentile,  in  the 
preparation  for  Christ's  coming;  to  the  one  being 
already  given  the  stamina  and  rudiments  of  that  which 
afterwards  should  unfold  itself  more  fully,  to  the  other 
being  given  little  more  than  the  expectation  and  the 
want — yet  both  so  conspiring  to  prepare  the  way  for 
his  appearing. 

This  want  and  this  expectation  Christ  came  to 
satisfy  ;  for  He  came,  not  merely  to  awaken  a  religious 
sentiment  in  the  minds  and  hearts  of  his  disciples,  or 
to  declare  to  them  certain  doctrines  of  which  before 

strongly  as  Nitzsch  has  done  in  regaid  of  the  absolute  madmissibihty 
of  the  other  derivation,  yet  accepts  as  certainly  preferable  the  Cice- 
ronian. 


THE    FOUNDER   OF  A   KINGDOM.  253 

they  were  ignorant ;  but  to  found  a  kingdom,  as  He 
Himself  declared  from  the  first ;  as  St.  John,  the 
herald  of  his  coming,  had  declared  before  Him  ;  "  The 
kingdom  of  God  is  at  hand  ; "  "  The  kingdom  of  God 
is  among  you."  For  this  term,  "  kingdom  of  God," 
we  must  not  impoverish  as  though  it  were  merely  a 
convenient  abstraction  to  express  the  sum  total  of  the 
religious  sentiments,  opinions,  feelings,  actions  of  his 
disciples.  But  this  kingdom,  as  it  is  a  kingdom,  points 
to  a  visible  fellowship,  and  the  embodiment  therein  of 
a  number  of  persons,  constituting  an  organic  whole, 
owning  a  single  head.  And  as  it  is  a  kingdom  of  God, 
it  declares  God  to  be  its  author  and  its  founder ; 
it  declares  itself  to  be  lifted  above  the  caprice 
of  men,  neither  having  been  made,  nor  yet  being  to 
be  marred,  by  them ;  Avhich  they  indeed  may  deny, 
but  which  cannot  deny  itself,  nor  by  their  denial  be 
annulled. 

The  practical  Roman  saw  as  much  as  the  natural 
man  could  see  of  this  in  a  moment — that  the  question 
at  issue  between  Christ  and  the  world  was  not  a 
question  of  one  notion  and  another,  but  of  one  king- 
dom and  another ;  and  seeing,  he  came  at  once  to 
the  point,  "Art  Thou  a  king  then  ?"  And  that  empire 
which  tolerated  all  other  religions,  would  have  tole- 
rated the  Christian,  instead  of  engaging  in  a  death- 
struggle  with  it,  to  strangle  or  be  strangled  by  it,  but 
that  it  instinctivel}^  felt  that  this,  however  its  first  seat 
and  home  might  seem  to  be  in  the  hearts  of  men,  yet 
could  not  remain  there,  but  would  demand  an  out- 
ward expression  for  itself — must  go  forth  into  the 
world,  and  conquer  a  dominion  of  its  own — a  do- 
minion which  would  leave  no  room  in  the  world  for 


254  LECTURE  VII.  [1846. 

another  fabric  of  force  and  fraud ;  for  it  was  his  do- 
minion who,  sitting  on  his  throne,  should  scatter  away 
all  evil  with  his  eyes ;  who  had  said  in  a  thousand 
ways,  "All  the  horns  of  the  ungodly  will  I  break,  but 
the  horns  of  the  righteous  shall  be  exalted.'' 

It  is  quite  true  that  this  kingdom,  in  the  men  who 
at  any  time  compose  it,  may  misunderstand  and  mis- 
take itself,  even  has  it  has  often  done.  There  are 
times  when  it  caricatures  itself  into  a  popedom,  when 
knowing  rightly  that  it  ought  to  have  a  real  and  out- 
Avard  existence,  yet  it  will  not  believe  that  it  has  this, 
or  is  a  kingdom  at  all,  unless  it  can  outdo  the  king- 
doms of  the  world  on  their  own  ground,  and  in  their 
own  fashion ;  unless  it  can  be  a  kingdom  like  unto 
them,  and  greater  than  they  in  their  kind  of  power 
and  magnificence  and  glory.  It  is  quite  true  that 
times  arrive  when  it  cannot  believe  in  its  own  one- 
ness, unless  it  can  see  that  oneness  represented  to  it 
in  a  visible  Head.  Yet  this  only  proves  that  times 
may  arrive,  when  through  the  sin  of  its  members,  its 
consciousness  of  itself  as  God's  Church  grows  weak, 
when  it  has  only  too  much  lost  hold  of  the  great 
truths  on  which  it  was  founded,  and  which  it  was 
intended  to  proclaim ;  and  having  done  so,  does,  by 
an  inevitable  necessity,  act  over  again  the  unfaithful 
request  of  the  children  of  Israel,  when  they  desired 
a  king  to  go  forth  with  their  armies,  as  one  went  forth 
with  the  armies  of  the  nations,  and  would  not  believe, 
unless  they  could  thus  see  him  there,  that  "  the  shout 
of  a  King  was  among  them."  (1  Sam.  viii.)  And  the 
reaction  from  this  error  must  not  make  us  to  count 
that  this  kingdom  can  only  be  spiritual  when  it  ceases 
to  be  real,  when  retiring  into  the  hearts  of  men,  and 


THE  FOUNDER   OF  A   KINGDOM.  255 

dwelling  there  apart,  it  claims  no  more  the  Avorld  for 
its  possession,  and  each  region  and  province  of  man's 
actual  life  for  its  own. 

But  to  return.  This  kingdom,  as  it  was  a  consum- 
mation of  all  that  men  had  ever  hoped  in  the  way  of 
a  kingdom  of  righteousness,  as  it  was  a  protest  and 
witness  against  the  evil  into  Avhich  each  kingdom  of 
the  world,  each  ftiirest  polity  of  man's  founding,  was 
ever  presently  degenerating,  was  not  all.  Christ  came 
to  give  more  than  this  ;  to  give  not  merely  a  kingdom 
of  truth  for  some  men,  but  for  every  man ;  to  found 
a  felloAvship  which  should  be  for  men  as  men,  Avhich 
should  leave  out  none,  which  should  call  no  man  com- 
mon or  unclean.  This  indeed  was  new,  not  merely  in 
fact,  but  even  in  theory ;  for  it  had  hardly  risen  over 
the  horizon  of  their  minds  who  stood  in  wisdom  and 
in  goodness  upon  the  mountain-summits  of  the  Avorld. 
The  Greek  ever  left  out  the  barbarian,  the  freeman 
the  slave,  the  philosopher  the  simple.  The  highest 
culture  of  some  was  ever  built  upon  the  sacrifice  of 
others;  they  were  pitilessly  used  up  in  the  process. 
So  far  from  men  themselves  producing  the  thought 
of  an  universal  spiritual  fellowship,  even  after  it  was 
given,  they  Avere  long  in  making  it  their  own.  Thus 
Celsus  mocks  at  the  madness  of  the  Gospel,  (for  so  to 
him  it  shewed,) — adduces  as  enough  to  convince  its 
author  of  a  shallow  impracticable  enthusiasm,  that  he 
should  have  proposed  such  a  dream  as  this,  that 
Greeks,  and  Barbarians,  and  Lybians,  and  all  men  to 
the  ends  of  the  earth,  should  be  united  in  the  recep- 
tion of  one  and  the  same  doctrine. 

Nor  can  we  greatly  wonder  :  the  sense  of  diversity 
was  so  strong,  that  which  was  diiferencing  men  was  so 


256  LECTURE  VII.  [1846. 

mighty,  the  intellectual  superiority  of  the  Greek  over 
the  Barbarian  was  so  immense,  that  Ave  cannot  be  so 
much  surprized  to  find  one  thus  mocking  at  the  scheme 
for  bringing  all  men  into  one,  as  the  shallow  dream 
of  an  enthusiast's  brain.  Such  it  must  have  seemed 
to  him,  who  had  not  insight  enough  to  perceive  that 
the  real  ground  of  separation  between  men  lay,  not  in 
natural  distinctions  of  race,  of  customs,  of  language, 
but  in  different  objects  of  worship,  in  the  gods  many 
of  polytheism.  These  were  what  kept  men  apart,  and 
rendered  their  union  and  communion  impossible.  They 
were  not  at  one  in  the  highest  matter  of  their  lives : 
how  should  they  be  in  the  lower  ?  And  if  this  ivas  the 
ground  of  division,  then  the  walls  of  partition  might 
yet  be  throA\ai  down,  would  indeed  fall  away  of  their 
OAAii  selves,  when  once  there  was  revealed  to  faith  one 
God  and  Father  of  all, — one  Christ  a  common  object 
of  love  and  adoration  for  all,  in  whom  the  affections 
of  all  might  centre, — one  Spirit,  effectually  working  in 
all.  Then  indeed  the  Babel  mischief,  the  confusion 
of  spirits,  whereof  the  confusion  of  tongues  was  only 
the  outward  sign,  would  cease ;  even  as  for  one  pro- 
phetic moment  on  the  day  of  Pentecost,  in  the  gift 
of  tongues,  it  had  ceased""',  in  sign  that  the  Church 
which  that  day  was  founded  was  for  all  nations  and 
tongues  and  tribes.  The  distinctions  betAveen  men 
were  indeed  infinite,  reaching  far  down  into  the  deeps 
of  their  being,  yet  not  to  that  being's  centre  ;  and  in 
the  regeneration,  in  that  mighty  act  of  God's,  which 

*  Grotius :  Poena  linguarum  dispersit  homines  (Gen.  xi.),  donum 
linguarum  disperses  in  unum  populum  recollegit.  In  the  Persian 
religion  there  was  the  expectation  of  a  day  coming  when,  with  the 

abolition  of  all  evil,  eVa  ftiov  kuI  /xtau  iroXneiav  dvGpwTTwv  fxaKaplwv  Kai 
6ixoy\u)(T(rwv  dirdvTwv  yevecrdai.   (Plutai'ch,  De  Is.  et  Osir.,  C.  47) 


THE  FOUNDER   OF  A  KINGDOM.  257 

does  not  obliterate  distinctions,  but  reconciles  them  in 
an  higher  unity,  they  might  all,  so  far  as  they  were 
elements  of  separation,  be  annulled.  When  to  all 
alike  it  was  permitted  to  say,  "  We  are  Christ's,  and 
Christ  is  God's,"  then  the  secret  of  a  fellowship  was 
imparted,  which  should  include  all  nations,  in  which 
there  should  be  neither  Avise  nor  simple,  Greek  nor 
barbarian,  bond  nor  free,  but  Christ  should  be  all  in 
all. 

Of  all  this  the  world  had,  beforehand,  scarcely  the 
faintest  intimations — the  poorest  parodies.  Yet  such 
parodies  perchance  there  were  ;  and  we  may  be  allowed 
to  trace  dim  indistinct  yearnings  even  for  this,  for  the 
breaking  down  of  the  middle  wall  of  partition,  for  the 
making  of  twain  one  new  man.  Thus  there  were 
already  in  the  centuries  anterior  to  our  Lord  meeting- 
places  for  the  Greek  and  Jew.  Remarkable  in  this 
respect  was  the  existence  of  such  a  city  as  Alexandria, 
where  the  Jew  and  Greek  met,  and  sought  to  ex- 
change to  mutual  profit  the  most  precious  commo- 
dities each  of  his  own  intellectual  and  sjjiritual  land, 
the  Jew  making  himself  acquainted  with  Greek  cul- 
ture, the  Old  Testament  Scriptures  becoming  acces- 
sible to  Greek  readers.  Yet  still  these  meetings  were 
intellectual  only  :  no  true  blending  did  or  could  have 
followed  from  them.  It  is  the  fire  of  charity  which 
must  melt,  ere  there  can  be  any  real  moulding  into 
one.  In  vain  had  the  whole  East  and  West  jostled 
violently  together ;  they  had  hardly  mingled  any  more 
for  this.  A  certain  surface  civilization  had  ensued, 
which  was  common  to  both  ;  but  hearts  waited  for 
more  prevailing  bands  than  those  which  even  an  Alex- 
ander  could   weave,   ere  they  would  knit  themselves 

T.  H.  L.  17 


258  LECTURE  Vn.  [1846. 

together  in  one.  And  as  far  as  any  practical  realiza- 
tion of  the  hopes  which  at  any  time  the  world  cherished, 
from  this  it  now  was  further  off  than  ever.  The  iron 
kingdom,  the  fourth  beast,  di'eadful  and  terrible  and 
strong  exceedingly,  had  broken  all  other,  and  was 
stamping  the  residue  under  its  feet ;  until  it  seemed 
now  as  if  brutal  force  was  all  that  remained,  or  that 
had  a  meaning  any  more,  and  as  if  the  world  only 
could  be  prevented  from  falling  into  pieces  by  those 
links  and  bands  of  iron,  which  were  forged  around  it. 

But  how  hateful  such  a  world  was  to  live  in,  how 
intense  a  loathing  it  inspired  in  each  nobler  spirit,  the 
works  of  Tacitus  seemed  preserved  to  us  especially  to 
tell.  For  surely  this  is  the  key-note  of  them,  the  pre- 
dominant thought, — this  indignation  and  scorn,  which 
all  words,  even  his  own,  seem  weak  to  him  to  utter, 
at  the  sight  of  the  high  places  of  the  earth,  the  seats 
of  blessing,  the  thrones  of  beneficent  power,  occupied 
by  the  meanest  and  basest  of  their  kind, — till  we  feel, 
as  we  read,  this  conviction  to  have  been  branded  as 
with  burning  iron  on  his  soul,  that  it  were  better  ten 
thousand  times  not  to  be,  than  to  witness  the  things 
which  he  has  witnessed,  and  to  bear  the  things  Avhich 
he  has  borne*.  Xor  on  his  soul  only  was  the  convic- 
tion branded,  but  on  those,  we  cannot  doubt,  of  mul- 
titudes besides,  whose  more  dumb  agony  found  only  its 
adequate  expression  in  his  words. 

But  these  failures,  these  shipwrecks  of  the  world's 
hopes,  these  issues  of  things  so  different  from  the  pro- 
mise "VA-ith  which  they  started,  this  agony,  this  despair, 
they  were  not  for  nothing.  They  were  part  of  that 
severe  discipline  of  love  to  which  the  world  was  being 
•  Agricola,  c.  2,  .3, 4.5. 


THE  FOUNDER  OF  A  KINGDOM.  25.9 

submitted :  they  helped  to  constitute  that  fuhies.s  of 
time  in  which  the  Son  of  God  should  come,  and,  com- 
ing, find  acceptance.  Not  till  the  world's  pride  and 
self-confidence  were  thoroughly  broken,  would  it  have 
been  prepared  to  humble  itself  under  his  cross,  would 
it  have  accepted  that  cross  for  the  standard  round 
which  it  rallied.  For  the  breaking  of  this  pride  two 
great  experiments  had  been  going  forward  at  the 
same  time,  had  run  through,  as  they  gave  a  moral 
meaning  to,  all  the  anterior  history  of  the  world — 
experiments  which  needed  both  to  be  thoroughly  and 
fairly  tried.  Of  the  Jewish  it  concerns  us  not  here  to 
speak  at  large :  it  was  this,  if  righteousness  could  come 
by  the  law  ;  if  there  was  a  law  which  could  give  life — 
an  external  rule  of  conduct,  even  though  of  divine 
appointment,  which  could  sanctify  and  save — if  there 
was  not  a  Aveakness  and  falseness  in  man,  which  would 
defeat  and  frustrate  it  all.  This  was  most  needful, 
and  only  through  the  process  of  this  could  a  Saul  ever 
have  been  transformed  into  a  Paul. 

But  the  other,  which  may  not  seem  to  us  so 
directly  of  God's  ordaining,  yet  was  so  indeed :  for  it 
was  of  its  very  essence  that  He  should  not  mingle  in 
it  so  far,  should  seem  to  have  less  to  do  with  it ; — 
that  those  to  whom  it  was  given  to  try  it  out  should 
walk  in  their  own  ways,  and  be  left  to  their  own 
resources.  The  experiment  was  this,  whether  man 
could  unfold  his  own  well-being  out  of  himself — whe- 
ther art  or  philosophy  or  institutions  could  give  it  to 
him  ;  whether  in  any  of  these  he  could  truly  find  him- 
self and  the  good  for  which  he  was  made.  And  of 
this  experiment  we  cannot  say  that  it  was  unfairly 
tried,    or    imperfectly  worked    out.      All   which   was 

17—2 


260  LECTURE  VII.  [1846. 

required  for  its  success  was  there,  and  had  been  given 
in  largest  measure.  God  had  raised  up  men  of  the 
most  glorious  gifts,  of  the  mightiest  strength  of  will ; 
and  surely  had  deliverance  lain  in  ought  which  man 
could  unfold,  by  his  OAvn  strength,  out  of  his  own 
being,  the  world  had  been  indeed  redeemed,  and  had 
found  the  fountain  of  salvation  in  itself. 

But  fair  and  flattering,  full  of  the  promise  of  suc- 
cess, as  the  results  shewed  oftentimes  for  a  while, 
there  was  ever  a  worm  at  the  root  of  this  glory  of  the 
world.  The  moment  of  highest  perfection  was  ever- 
more the  moment  of  commencing  decay.  How  deeply 
tragic,  though  in  different  ways,  the  histories  of  the 
Greek  and  Roman  worlds  I  how  had  the  paths  of  glory 
led  one  and  the  other,  though  by  diverse  ways,  to  the 
grave  of  all  their  moral  and  spiritual  independence ; 
the  intellectual  conquests  of  the  one  and  the  worldly 
triumphs  of  the  other,  however  diverse,  yet  having 
agreed  in  this,  that  they  alike  left  the  victors  enslaved, 
degraded,  and  debased — the  Greek  a  scorn  to  the 
Roman*,  and  the  Roman  to  himself.  And  noAV  the 
fresh  creative  energy  of  an  earlier  time  had  all  de- 
parted and  disappeared :  and  that  springing  hoiDC, 
which  contemplated  its  objects,  if  not  as  attained,  yet 
at  least  as  attainable,  was  no  more.  The  world  had 
outlived  itself  and  its  attractions! — saddest  of  all,  had 
outlived  even  its  hopes ;  the  very  springs  of  those 
hopes  seemed  to  be  dried  up  for  ever.  Yet  was  not 
this  all  without  its  purpose  and  its  blessing.  It  Avas 
something  to  be  shut  in  to  the  one  remedy,  all  other 

*  See  such  passages  as  Cicero  Pro  Flacco,  C  4 ;  Juvenal,  Sat-  3, 
58—113  ;  10,  174. 

f  Augustine :  Mundus  tanta  rei-um  labe  contritus,  ut  etiam  spe- 
ciem  seductionis  amiserit. 


THE  FOUNDER   OF  A  KINGDOM.  261 

devices  having  failed, — to  have  come  thus  to  the  husks; 
for  this  alone  would  have  sent  back  the  prodigal  of 
heathenism  to  claim  anew  his  share  in  the  rich  pro- 
vision of  his  father's  house.  This  was  the  emptiness, 
of  Avhich  Christ's  coming  should  be  the  answering 
fulness.  In  all  this  agony,  this  mighty  yearning  of 
souls,  the  gates  of  the  world  were  being  made  high 
and  lifted  up,  that  the  King  of  Glory  might  come  in. 
Only  in  such  an  utter  despair,  in  such  a  sense  of  de- 
crepitude, of  death  already  begun,  would  the  world 
have  Avelcomed  aright  the  Prince  of  Life,  who  came 
to  make  all  things  young,  and  out  of  the  wreck  and 
fragments  of  an  old  and  decaying  world,  to  build  up 
a  fairer  and  a  new. 

And  such  he  built  up  indeed.  "  They  went  astray 
in  the  wilderness  out  of  the  way,  and  found  no  city  to 
dwell  in  :  hungry  and  thirsty,  their  soul  fainted  in 
them.  So  they  cried  unto  the  Lord  in  their  trouble, 
and  he  delivered  them  from  their  distress.  He  led 
them  forth  by  the  right  way,  that  they  might  go  to  a 
city  of  habitation."  And  this  city  of  habitation,  this 
kingdom,  was  all  which  they  had  asked  for,  or  could 
ask.  It  was  a  free  fellowship,  the  constraining  bands 
of  it  being  bands  of  love  and  not  of  force  ;  and  He 
that  founded  it  fulfilling  the  idea  of  the  true  spiritual 
conqueror  of  men,  who  should  subdue  all  hearts  not 
by  force  or  by  flattery,  but  by  the  mighty  magic  of 
love — as  some  of  old  had  been  reaching  out  after  this, 
when  they  dreamed  of  Osiris,  that  he  went  forth  to 
conquer  the  world  not  with  chariots  and  with  horses, 
but  with  music ;  for  so  had  they  felt  that  the  poAver 
which  truly  wins  must  be  a  spiritual  one,  an  appeal  to 
the  latent  harmonies  in  every  man — that  in  a  king- 


262  LECTURE  VII.  [1846. 

dom  of  heaven  law  must  be  swallowed  up  in  love, — 
not  repealed,  but  glorified  and  transfigured,  its  hard 
outline  scarcely  visible  any  more  in  the  blaze  of  light 
vnth.  which  it  is  surrounded. 

It  was  a  large  fellowship — larger  than  the  largest 
which  the  heart  of  man  had  conceived ;  for  it  should 
leave  out  none,  it  should  trample  upon  none  :  He  that 
was  its  Head  should  "  be  favourable  to  the  simple  and 
needy,  and  preserve  the  souls  of  the  poor,"  Nay,  it 
should  be  larger  than  this,  for  it  should  embrace  hea- 
ven and  earth.  That  whereof  the  great  Italian  sage 
had  caught  a  glimpse,  that  (piXia*,  that  amity  or 
reconciliation  of  all  things,  whether  they  be  things  in 
heaven  or  things  on  earth,  had  found  its  fulfilment. 
Henceforward  heaven  and  earth,  angels  and  men,  con- 
stituted one  kingdom,  "  his  body,  the  fulness  of  Him 
that  filleth  all  in  all." 

It  was  a  rifjhteous  fellowship.  If  ought  of  un- 
righteousness was  ivithbi  it,  it  was  there  only  as  a 
contradiction  to  the  law  of  that  kingdom,  and  pre- 
sently to  be  separated  off:  even  as  all  of  unrighteous 
that  was  cirjcdnst  it  was  in  due  time  to  be  taken  out  of 
the  way ;  for  it  in  its  weakness  was  yet  stronger  than 
the  strongest.  It  was  only  weak  as  the  staff  of  Moses 
Avas  weak ;  which  being  one,  and  an  instrument  of 
peace,  did  yet  break  in  shivers  all  weapons  of  war,  the 
ten  thousand  spears  of  Pharaoh  and  his  armies. 

And  being  this  righteous  kingdom,  it  was  also  an 
eternal  kingdom,  having  in  it  no  seeds  of  decay,  a 
kino-dom  not  to  be  moved,  Avhich   should  endure  as 

"     PorphyriuS   (De   ViUt  Pythag.)  :    ^iXiav   (Kwredei^e)  irdvTwv  ir/oos 
a-TravTa's,  etT6    Qeuw    Tr/aos    dvdptnTrov; — etre   ooyixaTwv  ■wpo's   dWiika — eWe 

dvOpwiroiv  wpos  «X\»/\ous.  See  Baur's  Apollonius  von  Tyana  und  Chris- 
tns,  p.  194. 


THE  FOUNDER   OF  A  KINGDOM.  263 

long  as  the  sun  and  moon  endurcth,  of  the  increase 
of  Avhich  there  should  be  no  end. 

To  this  city,  brethren,  ye  are  come — the  city  of 
which  such  glorious  things  are  spoken,  the  city  of  our 
God.  Not  only  prophet  and  king  of  Israel,  but  sage 
and  seer  of  every  land,  have  desired  to  see  the  things 
which  we  see,  and  have  not  seen  them — so  truly  are 
they  the  best  things  which  man  can  conceive,  or  God 
can  give.  And  what  do  they  require  of  us  but  a 
walk  corresponding  ?  Citizens  of  no  mean  city,  whose 
citizenship  is  in  heaven,  we  must  not  shew  ourselves 
unworthy  of  so  high  an  honour.  It  is  the  very  aggra- 
vation of  the  sinner's  sin  that  he  deals  frowardly  in 
the  land  of  uprightness ;  and  because  he  does  so  it  is 
declared  that  he  shall  not  see  the  majesty  of  the 
Lord.  (Isai.  xxvi.  10.)  We  baptized  men  are  in  this 
"land  of  uprightness,"  in  this  kingdom  of  the  truth. 
For  it  is  not  that  we  shall  come,  but  in  the  sure  word 
of  Scripture,  we  are  come  to  Mount  Zion,  the  city  of 
the  living  God,  the  heavenly  Jerusalem,  and  to  all  the 
glorious  company  which  is  there. 

And  surely  the  apostle's  argument  which  he  drew 
from  this  ought  to  stand  strong  for  us,  his  exhortation 
to  find  place  in  our  hearts ;  "Wherefore  we  receiving 
a  kingdom  which  cannot  be  moved,  let  us  have  grace, 
whereby  we  may  serve  God  acceptably  Avith  reverence 
and  godly  fear."  (Heb.  xii.  28.) 


LECTURE    VIII. 

CONCLUDING    LECTURE. 

1   Thessaloxians   V.   21. 
Prove  all  things ;   hold  fast  that  ichich  is  good. 

It  needs  not,  I  trust,  to  remind  you,  brethren,  that  in 
these  lectures  which  are  now  concluding,  we  have  been 
engaged  in  the  seeking  to  discern  the  prophecy  of 
Christianity,  which  has  run  through  all  history.  I 
have  traced  in  them,  so  far  as  under  the  conditions 
and  limitations  of  such  discourses  I  might,  the  manner 
in  which  the  old  world  Avas  in  many  ways  bhndly  strug- 
gling to  be  that  better  thing  which  yet  it  never  could 
truly  be,  except  by  the  free  grace  and  gift  of  God, — 
to  come  to  that  new  birth,  which  yet  it  could  not 
reach,  until  power  for  this  mighty  change  was  given  it 
from  on  high.  We  have  asked  ourselves  whether  we 
could  not  discern  an  evident  tending  of  men's  thoughts 
and  feelings  and  desires  in  one  direction,  and  that 
direction  the  cross  of  Christ, — a  great  spiritual  under- 
current, which  has  been  strongly  and  constantly  setting 
that  way ;  so  that  his  bringing  forth  of  his  kingdom 
into  open  manifestation,  if  in  one  sense  a  beginning, 
was  in  another,  and  in  as  true  a  sense,  a  crowning 
end. 

And  it  has  cohered  intimately  with  the  purpose  of 
these  lectures,  which,  according  to  the  purpose  of  their 
founder,   should    assume  more   or   less  of  a  defensive 


CONCLUDING   LECTURP:.  265 

character,  to  urge  the  apology  for  our  Christian  faith 
which  is  here.  It  has  been  to  me  an  argument  for 
the  truth  and  dignity  of  his  mission  who  was  its  author, 
to  find  that  in  Iliin  all  fulness  dwelt,  all  lines  con- 
centered, all  hopes  of  the  world  were  accomplished. 
For  surely  the  King  of  Glory  shews  to  us  more  glorious 
yet,  when  we  are  able  to  contemplate  Him  not  merely 
as  the  Prophet  and  Priest  and  King  of  the  Covenant, 
but  as  the  satisfier  of  vaguer,  though  not  less  real, 
aspirations,  of  more  undefined  longings,  of  more  wide- 
Spread  hopes — when  looking  at  Him,  we  take  note, 
with  the  inspired  seer,  that  on  his  head  are  many 
crowns, — and  looking  it  his  doctrine,  that  not  Israel 
only,  but  the  isles  also  nad  ivaited  for  his  laAv. 

This  my  subject  I  have  now  brought  to  a  close ; 
or  at  least  I  dare  not,  at  this  latest  moment,  open  it 
upon  another  side.  I  may  perhaps  more  profitably 
dedicate  the  jDresent  opportunity  to  the  considering 
of  some  ways  in  which  our  recognition  of  the  intimate 
relation  between  all  that  has  gone  before  and  all  that 
now  is,  between  the  hopes  of  the  past  and  the  fulfil- 
ments of  the  present,  may  practically  and  usefully  in- 
fluence our  study  of  antiquity.  For  indeed  a  Christian 
view  of  the  ancient  world,  which  shall  neither  despise 
it,  because  it  is  not  what  it  could  not  be,  itself  Chris- 
tian, because  its  grains  of  finer  gold,  of  purer  ore,  are 
mixed  with  so  much  impure  and  debasing  ;  nor  yet  on 
the  other  hand  glorify  it,  as  though  its  imperfect  an- 
ticipations of  the  truth  were  as  good  as,  or  rendered 
superfluous,  the  manifestation  of  the  perfect  image 
of  God  in  his  Son,  or  its  faint  streaks  of  light  were  as 
truly  an  illumination  as  the  day-spring  from  on  high  ; 
this  true  it  is  most  profitable  for  us  that  we  should 


266  LECTUEE  VIII.  [1846. 

win.  It  may  preserve  us  from  extremes  and  exagge- 
rations on  either  hand,  into  which  we  are  in  danger  of 
running.  It  may  preserve  us  too  from  a  listless,  care- 
less, unfruitful  study  of  that  which,  unless  we  neglect 
the  plain  duties  that  lie  before  us,  must  form  one  of 
the  chief  occupations  of  several,  the  most  precious 
and  least  recoverable  years  of  our  lives, — years  in 
which  our  minds  are  to  be  built  up,  if  built  up  at  all ; 
in  which,  more  than  in  any  other,  our  characters  are 
being  moulded,  and  are  receiving  that  impress  which 
they  shall  bear  to  the  end. 

The  exaggerations  to  which  I  allude  are  twofold. 
There  is  that,  first,  against  which  one  is  almost  un- 
willing to  say  a  word,  springing  as  it  so  often  does, 
out  of  a  state  of  mind  in  which  there  is  so  much  that 
is  admirable, — giving  A^dtness  for  a  moral  earnestness, 
without  which  men  would  have  been  scarcely  tempted 
to  it ;  I  mean  the  exaggeration  of  those,  who  in  a 
deep  devotion  to  the  truth,  as  it  is  a  truth  in  Christ 
Jesus,  count  themselves  bound  by  theu'  allegiance  to 
Him,  by  his  Xame  which  the}'  bear,  his  doctrine  which 
they  have  learned,  his  Spirit  which  they  have  received, 
to  take  up  an  hostile  attitude  to  every  thing,  not  dis- 
tinctly and  avowedly  Christian,  as  though  any  other 
bearing  were  a  treason  to  his  cause — a  betrayal  of  his 
exclusive  right  to  the  authorship  of  all  the  good  which 
is  in  the  world.  In  this  temper  we  may  dwell  only  on 
the  guilt  and  misery  and  defilements,  the  Avounds  and 
bruises  and  hurts,  of  the  heathen  world ;  or  if  ought 
better  is  brought  under  our  eye,  we  may  look  askant 
and  suspiciously  upon  it,  as  though  all  recognition  of 
it  were  disparagement  of  something  better.  And  so 
Ave  mav  come  to  regard  the  fairest  deeds  of  unbaptized 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  267 

men  as  only  more  shcwy  sins.  We  may  have  a  short 
but  decisive  formula  with  which  to  dismiss  them :  we 
may  say,  These  deeds  were  not  of  faith,  and  therefore 
they  could  not  please  God.  The  men  that  wrought 
them  knew  not  Christ,  and  therefore  their  work  was 
worthless — hay,  straw,  and  stubble,  to  be  utterly 
burned  up  in  the  day  of  the  trial  of  every  man's 
work. 

Yet  is  it  in  truth  a  violation  of  the  law  of  con- 
science, to  use  so  sweeping  a  language  as  this.  Our 
allegiance  to  Christ  as  the  one  fountain  of  light  and 
life,  demands  that  we  affirm  none  to  be  good  but  Him 
— no  goodness  but  that  which  has  proceeded  from 
Him  :  but  it  does  not  demand  that  we  deny  goodness, 
because  of  the  place  where  we  find  it — because  we  find 
it,  a  garden-tree  in  the  wilderness  ;  but  rather  that 
we  claim  it  for  Him,  who  was  its  true  source  and 
author,  and  whom  it  would  itself  have  gladly  owned 
as  such,  if,  belonging  to  a  hapjjier  time,  it  could  have 
known  Him.  We  do  not  make  much  of  a  light  of 
nature,  when  we  allow  a  righteousness  in  those,  to 
whom  in  the  days  of  their  flesh  the  Gospel  had  not 
come ;  we  only  affirm  that  the  Word,  though  He  had 
not  yet  dwelt  among  us,  yet  being  the  light  which 
lighteth  every  man  that  cometh  into  the  world,  had 
lighted  them.  Some  glimpses  of  his  beams  gilded 
their  countenances,  and  gave  to  them  whatever  bright- 
ness they  wore ;  and  in  recognizing  this  brightness, 
whatsoever  it  was,  we  are  giving  honour  to  Him,  and 
not  to  them  ;  glorifying  the  grace  of  God,  and  not  the 
powers  of  man. 

I  can  Avell  understand  how  in  the  earnestness  and 
exclusiveness   of  a   first  love   to   Christ,  and  to  that 


268  LECTURE  VIII.  [184G. 

word  of  Holy  Scripture  Avhich  directly  testifies  of 
Him,  all  teaching  of  all  other  books,  in  which  is  no 
explicit  mention  of  his  name,  should  appear  valueless 
to  us ;  and  all  else  taste  flat  and  dull,  because  we 
taste  not  there  the  sweetness  of  that  One  Name  which 
is  sweeter  than  all.  Yet  were  it  good  for  us  to  see 
that,  without  going  back  one  jot  from  this  entire 
devotedness  to  the  Lord  of  our  life,  which  everywhere 
looks  for  Him,  and  finds  everything  savourless  without 
him — a  devotedness  too  precious  to  be  forgone,  and 
for  which  no  other  gains  would  compensate — that 
without,  I  say,  going  back  from  this,  we  might  yet 
enlarge  the  sphere  of  our  Christian  sympathies,  and 
take  a  wider  range  of  objects  within  it.  To  this  end 
let  us  learn  to  cultivate  a  finer  spiritual  ear,  and  one 
which  shall  be  more  quick  to  catch  the  fainter  echoes 
and  whispers  of  his  name,  which  are  borne  to  us  from 
other  fields  than  those  of  Scripture ;  let  us  learn  to 
look  for  Him  even  where  they  thought  not  and  could 
not  have  thought  directly  of  Him,  whose  pages  we 
may  hold  in  our  hand.  Let  us  aim  to  take  keener 
note  of  the  manner  in  which  all  things  pointed  to  Him, 
all  things  were  asking  for  Him — the  world  passing 
judgment  on  itself'",  and  out  of  its  own  lips  at  once 

*  Cicero  ( Tusc.  Queest.,  1.  2,  c.  22) :  In  quo  viro  erit  perfecta 
sapientia,  {quem  adhuc  nos  quidem  videmus  neminem :  sed  philosophorum 
sententiis,  qualis  fu turns  sit,  si  modo  aliquando  fuerit,  exponitur,)  is 

igitur,  &C.      Compare  TheOgnis,  615,    Oboeva  ■n-aix-Tr^c,i)u  dyaddv  nal  fik- 

Tpiou  dvcpa  -rtiJi'  viiv  dvQpcoTrmv  »ie'/\ios  Kadopn- — Even  Supposing  a  man 
were  to  reach  the  highest  goodness,  this  could  only  be,  as  was  confessed, 
through  a  long  process  of  anterior  mistake  and  error :  he  must  be  as 
a  diamond  which  is  polished  in  its  own  dust.  Seneca  (De  Clement ,  1. 1, 
c.  6) :  Etiam  si  quis  tam  bene  purgavit  animum,  ut  niliQ  obturbare 
eum  amplius  possit  aut  fallere,  ad  innocentiam  tamen  peccando  per- 
venit. 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  269 

condemning'  itself,  and  demanding  its  Redeemer*, 
demanding  him  in  frequent  acknowledgements  of  the 
vanity  of  all  things,  in  confessions  of  its  own  incurable 
evils -f",  in  voices  of  deepest  sadness  and  despair, — as 
theirs  who  by  word  or  solemn  rite  declared  plainly 
that  it  was  better  for  man  never  to  have  been  born 
than  to  live ;  or,  if  he  lived,  that  then  the  gods  had 
no  better  boon  for  him  than  an  early  death  :|: — and 
this  not  in  the  Christian  sense  of  death  as  a  passage 
into  life,  but  only  as  the  harbour  from  the  world's 
woe,  the  anodjaie  of  the  world's  pains. 

Let  us  take  note  too  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
language  of  philosopher  and  of  poet  seems  often 
marvellously  overruled  to  have  a  deeper  significance, 
to  bear  the  burden  of  a  larger  and  completer  thought, 
than  it  is  possible  that  they  who  uttered  it  could 
have  had  in  their  mind,  or  could  have  attached  to 
their  Avords.  As  for  instance,  when  it  is  said^  that 
the  highest  righteousness  must  be  approved  in  ex- 
tremest  trial,  that  if  we  would  know  certainly  whether 

*  Seneca  {Ep.  52) :  Nemo  per  se  satis  valet  ut  emergat :  oportet 
manum  aliquis  porrigat ;  aliquis  educat. 

•f  Thucydides,  1.  3.  c.  45  ;  Seneca,  De  Ira,  1.  2,  c.  8. 

+  Compare  the  remarkable  fragment  of  Euripides,  quoted  in  the 
original  by  Clemens  of  Alexandria  {Strom.,  1.  3,  c.  3),  and  in  a  Latin 
translation  by  Cicero  {Tusc.  Disp.,  1.  1.  c.  48.) 

'ESei  ydp  iJ/Uas,  avWoyov  TrotoujUtVous, 
Toi/  (puvTa  Qprjveiv,  eis  oar'  'ep~)^eTaL  KaKti' 
Tow  6'  al)  davouTa  Kal  Trc'i/aii/  ire-wavfjiivov 
"KaipovTai,  ev(pi)fj.ovvTa's  eKTreinretv  Sofxoap. 

Compare  Herodotus,  1.  5,  c.  4;  Pliny,  JJ.  JV.,  1.  7,  c  1  and  c.  41. 
Si  verum  facere  judicium  volumus,  ac  repudiata  omni  fortunae  ambi- 
tione  decernere,  mortalium  nemo  estfelix  ;  Pindar,  Pyth.,  8.  131. 

§  By  Plato  (De  Repub.  1.  2,  c.  4,  5.)  I  have  not  seen  it  noted  how 
the  reverse  of  the  picture,  the  perfectly  unrighteous  man,  whom  Plato 
draws,  is  almost  as  remarkable  a  prophecy-  in  its  kind,  of  Antichrist, 
and  of  the  deceitful  glory  which  will  suiTound  him. 


270  LECTURE   VIII.  [1846. 

one  be  indeed  a  lover  of  the  good,  he  must  be  set  in 
those  conditions,  in  which  to  abide  by  the  good  shall 
bring  upon  him  every  outward  calamity,  shame  and 
loss  and  scorn  and  torture  and  death,  all  which  he 
might  have  avoided  would  he  ever  so  little  have  gone 
back  from  that  good;  the  righteousness  which  he 
chooses  must  be  strijDped  utterly  bare  of  every  orna- 
ment, yea,  must  seem  to  the  world  as  the  extremest 
unrighteousness,  and  then  only  it  will  be  seen  whether 
he  loves  it  for  its  own  sake — to  us  Christians  shall  not 
this  possible  case  at  once  present  itself  as  an  actual 
one  ?  Shall  we  not  catch  here,  as  many  indeed  have 
caught  *,  a  proi^hetic  word  about  the  cross,  and  about 
Him  who  even  in  this  way  was  proved,  by  ignominy 
and  scorn  and  suffering  and  death,  whether  He  would 
love  the  good  and  hate  the  evil ;  and  who  did  by  a 
distinct  act  of  his  will  choose  for  his  portion  that 
righteousness  to  which  all  these  were  linked,  and 
which  could  only  lead  Him  by  roughest  paths  to  the 
shamefullest  and  bitterest  end?  Or  when  another 
expresses  his  conviction  that  a  sacred  Spirit  dwells 
with  man,  yea,  not  ivith  him  only  but  in  him,  a  Spirit 
Avhich  is  not  his  OAvn,  however  freely  it  converses  \dt\i 
him,  a  Sj^irit  which  treats  him  as  he  treats  it-f-,   shall 

*  Grotiiis  (De  Verit.  Rel.  Clu-ist.,  1.  4,  c.  12)  :  Et  vero  laetius  esse 
honestum,  quoties  magno  sibi  constat  sapientissimi  ipsorain  dixere. 
Plato,  De  RepuUica  11,  quasi  prcescius,  ait,  ut  vere  Justus  exliibeatur, 
opus  esse  ut  partus  ejus  omnibus  omamentis  spolietur,  ita  ut  ille  babe- 
atur  ab  aliis  pro  scelesto,  illudatur,  suspendatur  denique.  Et  certe 
summse  patientise  exeniplum  ut  exstaret,  aliter  obtineri  non  poterat. 

+  Seneca  (Epist.  41)  :  Sacer  intra  nos  spiritus  sedet,  malonim  bono- 
rumque  nostronim  observator  et  custos ;  hie  prout  a  nobis  tractatus 
est,  ita  nos  ipse  tractat...Quemadmodum  radii  solis  contingunt  quidem 
terram,  sed  ibi  sunt  unde  mittuntur,  sic  animus  magnus  et  sacer,  et  in 
hoc  demissusut  propius  di%-ina  nossemus,  conversatur  quidem  nobiscuni, 
sed  hseret  origini  suae. 


CONCLUDING   LECTURE.  271 

we  refuse  to  acknowledge  here  a  word  which  was 
reaching  out  after  that  Spirit,  the  Spirit  of  the  Father 
and  the  Son,  which,  dwelling  in  God,  does  also  dwell 
in  sanctified  souls ;  Avhich  if  we  grieve,  will  grieve  us, 
which  if  Ave  continue  to  provoke,  will  utterly  forsake 
us  ?  And  in  many  such  ways  as  these  we  may  disen- 
tangle the  golden  threads  of  a  finer  woof  than  its  own, 
which  were  running  through  the  whole  tissue  which 
the  ancient  world  was  weaving  for  itself;  Ave  may 
delightedly  observe  hoAv  the  cross  of  Christ  Avas  as  an 
invisible  magnet,  draAving  hearts  to  itself  by  a  mighty, 
though  secret,  attraction,  in  ages  long  before  it  Avas 
openly  lifted  up,  an  ensign  for  the  nations. 

Let  us  remember  too  hoAv  little  the  Avorld  could 
haA'c  done  Avithout  these  preparations  Avhich  sometimes 
we  are  tempted  to  despise.  Difficult  as  Avas  the 
Avorld's  reception  of  the  Avord,  and  its  transition  to 
the  faith,  of  Christ,  hoAV  much  more  difficult  would  it 
have  been,  if  the  Avay  had  not  been  thus  prepared. 
What  another  thing  Avould  it  have  been,  if  the  Avord 
about  the  Son  of  God,  Avhere  it  first  Avas  delivered, 
besides  strengthening  and  purifying  and  enlarging, 
had  needed  also  to  create,  the  very  foundations  of 
religious  belief  and  ethical  science  on  Avhich  it  rested  ; 
if  it  had  been  needful  for  it  to  be  not  merely  the  seed, 
but  the  soil, — having  first  to  form  the  very  ground  in 
which  it  should  itself  afterwards  find  room  and  depth 
to  germinate.  If  instead  of  finding  a  language  ready 
at  hand,  Avhich  it  could  appropriate,  and  needed  only 
thus  to  rescue  for  itself "%  if,  instead  of  this,  all  nobler 

•  Thus  not  merely  the  more  obvious,  but  the  more  recondite  rites 
of  heathenism,  have  been  made  to  set  forth  far  better  things  than 
themselves.     For  example,  the  mysteries  yield  the  substratum   of 

language 


272  LECTURE   VIII.  [1846. 

words  and  signs,  all  which  spoke  of  worship,  of  religion, 
of  sanctity,  of  initiation,  of  atonement,  of  piety,  had 
been  absent  from  it,  how  different  the  case  would  have 
been.  And  with  the  absence  of  the  things,  there  would 
also  have  been  inevitably  the  absence  of  the  words 
which  are  their  correlatives ;  since  language  is  no 
more  than  thought  and  feeling  permanently  fixing  and 
embodying  themselves  ;  it  is  but  as  the  pillars  of  Her- 
cules, to  mark  how  far  the  conquests  of  spirit  have 
advanced. 

No  one  can  have  thoughtfully  perused  the  modern 
records  of  missionary  labour  among  savage  tribes,  and 
the  almost  insurmountable  hinderances  opposed  to  the 
reception  of  the  Gospel  by  languages,  if  they  deserve 
the  name,  stripped  of  each  nobler  and  deeper  element, 
— languages  in  which  is  no  speculation,  no  distinction, 
no  hoarded  thought,  no  embodied  morality,  no  uncon- 
scious wisdom, — no  terms,  in  short,  but  for  the  barest 
needs  or  the  vilest  doings*  of  the  animal  man,  without 

language  and  imagery  and  allusion  to  each  word  of  the  foUowing 
noble  passage,  in  which  Clement  {^Cohort,  ad  Gent.,  c.  12)  is  exhort- 
ing the   Gentiles   to   become   fxinTTai   of   Christ :   'Q   -rtui/   dyiwv   eJs 

d/\j)t)6os  /xvaTiipiwv  '  w  (pwTOi  aKiipaTov.  caoou)(oD/iai,  tov^  oiipavovi  Kai  Tov 
Qeov  eTTOTTTeuo-as  ■  ayio%  yivofxai,  fxvou/xepos'  iepo(f>avTei  6e  o  Ki/ptos,  Kai 
TOV  nuaTijv  (j<f>payi'^i-rai,  (punaywywv  '  kol  TrapaTideTai  tw  Uarpi  tov  ire- 
TTioTTevKOTa,  aiwa-i  Ti]poufjLevov.  Tau-ra  Tcoi/  e/xaJi/  fivorTi^pioiv  Ta  jiaKxev- 
fXUTa  •  el  fiouXei,  Kai  ai)  fxuov,  Kai  xo/Jeucreis  /xeT  dyyeXwv  aficpl  tov  dyev- 
vi]Tov  Kai  dvtaXedpov  Kai  /lovov  oj/xtos  Beov,  crvvvfivouVTOS  i^/juv  tou  Oeov 
Aoyov. 

•  Languages  like  one  of  the  North-Amei-ican  Indian,  which  pos- 
sesses a  word  for  a  tomahawk,  but  none  for  God  ;  or  that  of  a  tribe  in 
Australia,  which  with  the  same  deficiency,  has  yet  a  word  to  describe 
the  process  by  which  an  unborn  child  may  be  destroyed  in  its  mother's 
womb.  On  all  this  subject  of  language  rising  and  falling  with  the  rise 
and  fall  of  a  people's  moral  and  spiritual  life,  and  on  the  speech  of 
savages  as  not  being  the  primal  rudiments,  but  the  ultimate  wreck, 
of  a  language,  there  is  much  of  deep  interest  in  De  Maistre's  Soirees 
de  St.  Petershourg,  Deux.  Entret. 


CONCLUDING    LECTURE.  273 

feeling  that  a  miserable  necessity  is  imposed  on  the 
Trutli  when  it  must  weave  for  itself  the  very  garments 
in  which  it  shall  array  itself,  and  is  in  danger  of  losing- 
its  treasures   in   the    very  attempt   to    communicate 
them, — so  wretched   are  the   only  channels  through 
which  it  can  convey  them.      And  considering  this,  he 
will  esteem  it  to  have  been  an  infinite  mercy,  yea  a 
very  primal  necessity,  that  the  Truth,  where  it  uttered 
itself  in  that  which  should  be  its  normal  utterance  for 
all  future  ages  of  the  Church,  where  it  first  took  body 
and  shape,  should  have  found,  as  regarded  language, 
vessels  ready  prepared  for  its  new  wine,  and  only  wait- 
ing for  an  higher  consecration, — an  inheritance  which 
it  had  but  to  make  its  own,  entering  upon  it,  as  the 
children  of  Israel  entered  upon  vineyards  which  they 
had  not  planted,  and  wells  which  they  had  not  digged, 
and  houses  which  they  had  not  built,   of  which  yet 
they  became  the  rightful  possessors  from  henceforth. 
Nor  can  we  doubt  that  by  that,  which  we  with  our 
fuller   knowledge,    our  larger  grace,   are  inclined  to 
slight,  many  were  preserved  from  defilements,  in  which 
otherwise  they  had  been  inevitably  entangled.      This 
salt  may  have  been  powerless  to  give   the  savour  of 
life  to  that  with  which  it  came  in  contact;  but  that 
progress  of  corruption,  that  dissolution  of  social  and 
personal  life,  which  it  was  unable  ultimately  to  arrest, 
it  yet  retarded   for  a  time"".     It  preserved  many  a 

*  The  consideration  of  the  Greek  philosophy  as  a  Trpoircnoeia  for  the 
reception  of  the  absolute  Chi-istian  truth,  is  a  more  recurring  one,  and 
takes  a  more  prominent  place,  in  the  writings  of  the  later  Clement, 
than  perhaps  in  those  of  any  other  teacher  of  the  early  Church.  Thus 
he  speaks  of  it  in  one  place  as  a  step  to  something  higlier  :  {vTropdQpav 
ouaav  tTj^  kutci  Kpta-Tov  (pt\o(ro(pia^,  Strom,,  1.  6,  c.  8.)  Again,  as  a 
preparatory  discipline,  and  ordained  to  be  such  by  the  providence 

T.  H.  L.  18  of 


274  LECTURE  VIII.  [1840. 

man  for  something  better  than  itself,  and  in  not  a  few 
cases  of  Avhich  we  have  distinct  record,  handed  over  in 
due  time  its  votaries  to  the  school  of  Christ,  To 
mention  but  a  single  example.  Few  who  have  once 
read,  A\dll   forget  the  manner  in  which  the  falling  in 

of  God  :    (e/c  TJ/s  Qcia^  irpovoia^  ceoocrQai,  irpoTraUievova'av  €i<s  Tijj/  oid  Xpt- 

fTTov  Te\eiw(Tiu,  Strom.,  1.  G,  c.  17) ;  and  so  again  as  an  anterior  culture 
of  the  soil  of  man's  heart  for  receiving  the  seed  of  life :  {irpoKa^aipei 

Kal  TTpoedi^ei  Tijti  \]/vxiju  els  TrapaSox^v  TriaTeios,   StTOm.,   1.  7,  C.  3.)      It 

would  seem  from  more  passages  than  one  in  his  writings,  that  he  felt 
it  needful  to  defend  himself  for  the  so  high  appreciation  in  which  he 

held  the  philosophy  of  Greece  :  »7w  Tives  ora/Se/JXijV-acriy,  dXndeia^  olrrav 
e'lKova   evapyij,   Oeiau  Gwpedv  "EAXijcri  oedofieviiv.      There   Were   those  who 

warned  against  its  attractions,  as  being  those  of  the  "strange  Avoman" 
of  Prov.  V.  3 — 8,  "  whose  lips  drop  as  an  honeycomb,  and  her  mouth 
is  smoother  than  oil."  {Strom.,  1.  1,  c.  5.)  The  heathen  philosophers 
were  according  to  them  the  "thieves  and  robbers"  which  "came 
before"  Him  who  was  the  true  Shepherd  of  men  {Strom.,  1.  1,  c.  17). 
Tertullian  may  be  taken  as  a  representative  of  the  more  intolerant 
view  {Apol.,  c.  46) :  Quid  simile  Philosophus  et  Christianus  ?  Grpecise 
discipulus  et  coeli  ?  famae  negotiator  et  salutis  ?  verborum,  et  factorum 
operator  ?...intei'polator  erroris,  et  integrator  veritatis?  furator  ejus  et 
custos  ?  Whatever  exaggeration  there  is  in  the  language  of  Clement, 
yet  this  I  think  is  certain,  that  his  strong  expressions  have  their  rise 
in  a  deep  and  solemn  feeling,  that  notliing  anywhere  which  is  good, 
by  which  men  have  been  kept  back  from  any  evil,  or  prepared  to  any 
good,  but  must  be  traced  up  to  God.  He  dared  not  trace  it  to  any 
other ;  thus  speaking  of  this  very  thing  his  ^vords  are,  ttiIutuiv  n'ev  ydp 
al-rios  Twv  KaXu'v  6  Geds.  {Strain.,  1.  1,  c.  5.)  And  that  he  did  not 
make  the  difference  between  the  two  a  mere  question  of  degree  is 
plain  from  such  expressions  as  these :  Xoipi^e-rat  jj  'E\X»ji/j/c)|  dXi'jQeia 

T-j/s  KaQ'  np-ds,  ei  Kai  Tov  axiTov  /n£T6t\»}</>6i»  oKO/xaTos,  Kai  fxeyedei.  yi/eJcreuis, 
Kal  d-TTOoel^ei  Kupiuirepa,  kuI  .deia  Svvdpei.'   QeocioaKTOi  ydp  vfxeis.    {Strom., 

1.  1,  c.  20.)  That  other  was  the  wild  olive  which  had  need,  ere  it  bore 
any  nobler  fmit,  of  insertion  upon  the  good  {Strom.,l.  6,  c.  15) ;  words 
which  may  suggest  a  comparison  with  that  most  eloquent  passage  at 
the  end  of  the  first  book  of  Theodoret,  Dt  Grcec.  Affect.  Curat.  And 
those  remarkable  words  have  been  often  quoted  in  which  Clement 
likens  heretics  and  founders  of  human  systems  to  the  rabble  rout  that 
tore  the  body  of  Pentheus  limb  from  Umb :  so  they  tore  the  tinith,  and 
then  each  boasted  of  the  fragment  in  his  hands  as  though  it  were  the 

whole  (eKaVn;  inrep  eXaxev,  ws  Trdcrau  itvx<^^  T'Jf  dXtjOeiav). 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  275 

with  the  Ilortensius^'  of  Cicero  kindled  the  young 
Augustine,  and  inflamed  him  with  a  passionate  love  of 
wisdom.  What  a  moment  it  was  in  his  life  when  he 
lighted  on  that  treatise,  how  greatly  did  it  serve  to 
arrest  him  in  that  downward  career  which  he  was  then 
too  rapidly  treading,  to  hinder  him  from  utterly  laying 
waste  his  moral  life  !  How  did  it  set  him  to  the  seek- 
ing for  goodly  pearls,  though  the  goodliest  of  all,  the 
pearl  of  great  price,  he  was  not  yet  to  find  !  He  him- 
self in  after  years  describes  all  this,  with  thankful 
ascriptions  of  praise  to  the  guiding  hand  of  his  God, 
and  telling  how  that  book,  though  it  did  not,  and 
could  not  bring  him  into  the  inmost  sanctuary  of  the 
faith,  yet  was  to  him  in  the  truest  sense  a  porch  to 
that  auguster  temple  not  made  with  hands,  into  which 
at  a  later  day  he  should  be  privileged  to  enter ;  and 
did  at  once  hand  him  over  to  the  searching  of  the 
Scriptures,  though  as  yet  his  eyes  were  holden,  and  he 
found  not  in  them  till  a  later  day  their  hid  treasures 
of  wisdom  and  of  knowledge  f. 

•  Otherwise  called  De  Philosophid.  It  has  been  lost,  all  but  a  few 
unimportant  fragments.  The  subject  was  the  superiority  of  philosophy 
to  eloquence. 

t  Con/.,  1.  3,  c.  4 :  Usitato  jam  discendi  ordine  perveneram  in  librum 
quemdam  cujusdam  Ciceronis,  cujus  linguam  fere  omnes  mirantur, 
pectus  non  ita.  Sed  Uber  ille  ipsius  exliortationem  continet  ad  philo- 
sophiam,  et  vocatur  Hortensius.  Ille  vero  liber  mutavit  affectum 
meum,...et  vota  ac  desideria  mea  fecit  alia.  Viluit  milii  repente  omnis 
vana  spes,  et  immortalitatem  sapientise  concupiscebam  sEstu  cordis 
incredibili. 

He  has  very  interesting  acknowledgements  {Conf.,  1.  7,  c.  9,  20,  21) 
of  the  effect  which  the  Platonist  books  exerted  upon  him  at  the  great 
crisis  of  liis  life  that  went  before  his  conversion,— what  he  found 
in  them,  and  what  he  did  not  find,— where  they  helped,  and  where 
rather  they  hindered  him :  concluding  with  this  declaration  of  the 
things  which  he  had  looked  for  there  in  vain :  Hoc  illie  litters  non 
habent,  Lacrymas  Confessionis,  Sacrificium  tuum,  Spiritum  contribu- 

1 8 — 2  latum, 


276  LECTURE  VIII.  [1846. 

But  I  spoke  of  exaggerations  on  either  side  into 
which  Ave  were  liable  to  fall.  To  take  the  very  oppo- 
site extreme  to  this  of  painting  the  old  world  to  our- 
selves in  lines  and  colours  of  unredeemed  blackness, 
we  may  dwell  exclusively  on  the  fairer  side  which  it 
presents,  shutting  wilfully  our  eyes  to  each  darker  and 
more  revolting  spectacle  which  it  displays.  We  may 
find  in  its  art  and  its  literature  that  which  gratifies 
our  taste,  and  out  of  a  lack  of  any  deeper  moral  wants, 
we  may  come  to  say  with  the  poet,  "  Beauty  is  Truth, 
Truth  Beauty,"  and  where  we  find  beauty  and  propor- 
tion and  harmony,  may  be  ready  to  pardon  the  absence 
of  every  thing  beside ;  just  as  those  Italian  literati  at 
the  revival  of  learning,  who  preferred  calling  them- 
selves brethren  in  Plato  to  brethren  in  Christ,  to  whom 
the  groves  of  Academus  were  far  more  than  the  waters 
of  Siloam,  and  the  cultivation  of  taste  than  the  pro- 
motion of  holiness — men  who  so  mourned  over  the 
vacant  thrones  of  Olympus,  that  to  them  an  heaven 
opened,  with  angels  ascending  and  descending  upon 
the  Son  of  man,  seemed  but  an  insufficient  compen- 
sation. 

But  such  a  nearer  acquaintance  with  the  world 
which  was  before  and  out  of  Christ,  as  these  studies 


latum.  Cor  contritum  et  humiliatum,  Populi  salutem,  Sponsam,  Civi- 
tatem,  Arrliam  Spiritus  Sancti,  Poculum  pretii  nostri.  Nemo  ibi  can- 
tat  :  Nonne  Deo  subdita  erit  anima  mea  lab  ipso  enim  salutare  lueum : 
etenim  ipse  Deus  meus  et  salutaris  meus,  susceptor  meus,  non  move- 
bor  amplius.  Nemo  ibi  audit  vocantem :  Venite  ad  me  qui  laboratis 
...Et  aliud  est  de  silvestri  cacumine  A-idere  patriam  pacis,  et  iter  ad 
earn  non  invenire,  et  frustra  conari  per  invia,  circum  obsidentibus 
et  insidiantibus  fugitivis  desertoribus  cum  principe  sue  leone  et  dra- 
cone :  et  aliud  tenere  viam  illuc  ducentem,  cura  coelestis  imperatoris 
munitam,  ubi  non  latrocinantur  qui  coelestem  militiam  deseruerunt ; 
vitant  cnim  earn  sicut  supplicium. 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  277 

foithfully  pursued  must  give  us,  will  teach  us  that  if 
there  are  sides  on  which  heathen  mythology  stands 
related  to,  and  has  the  recollection  and  intimation  of, 
something  higher  than  itself,  there  are  also  other  sides 
upon  which  it  lies  under  the  influence  of  man's  cor- 
ruption, is  itself  the  outgrowth  of  his  foolish  sin-dark- 
ened heart,  with  the  impurities  of  its  origin  cleaving 
to  it, — does  itself  help  distinctly  to  mark  his  down- 
ward progress  toward  idolatry,  and  toward  the  losing 
of  the  Creator  in  the  creature, — is  often  only  the 
strangely  distorted  resemblance,  never  more  than  the 
faint  prophecy,  of  the  coming  truth.  And  if  so,  we 
shall  feel  that  to  linger  with  that  is  ridiculous,  whose 
only  worth  is  that  it  hands  on  to  something  better 
than  itself,  and  is  capable  of  being  translated  into  a 
nobler  language  than  its  own.  So  too  we  shall  feel 
that  if  the  ancient  philosophy  had  glorious  ethical 
precepts,  yet  were  they  but  adumbrations  of  the  truth, 
since  they  wanted,  for  the  most  part,  that  body  and 
substance  which  action  alone  could  give  them ;  as  is 
plain  from  unnumbered  confessions  and  complaints  on 
all  sides  heard,  that  the  world's  physicians  had  not 
healed  themselves,  much  less  their  patients ;  as  is 
plainer  still  in  the  colossal  character  which  sin  had 
assumed*  at  the  time  of  Christ's  appearing,  till  it 
sat  as  it  were  incarnate  in  the  person  of  a  Tiberius  on 


*  In  its  two  great  aspects  of  lust  and  cruelty :  the  passages  in  proof 
of  the  first  may  remain  unquoted ;  but  what  a  jjicture  of  the  last,  this 
account  of  the  gladiatorial  games  and  of  the  maimer  in  which  they  had 
grown  ever  bloodier,  presents!  (Seneca,  Ep.  7):  Quidquid  ante  pug- 
natum  est,  misericordia  fuit:  nunc,  omissis  nugis,  mera  homicidia 
sunt...Plagis  aguntur  in  vulnera,  et  mutuos  ictus  nudis  et  obviis 
pectoribus  excipiimt.  Intermissum  est  spectaculum  ?  interim  jugu- 
lantur  homines,  no  nihil  agatur. 


278  LECTURE  VIII.  [1846. 

the  throne  of  the  world*.  In  all  this  we  shall  behold 
how  feeble  all  the  barriers  which  the  world's  wisdom 
could  raise  up,  to  stay  the  overflowings  of  the  world's 
ungodliness  and  evilf. 

But  to  imagine  yet  a  third  position  ;  we  may  read 
these  books,  not  indeed  setting  them  up  in  our  af- 
fections against  the  truths  which  ought  to  be  dearest 
to  us,  nor  on  the  other  hand  slighting  them,  because 
not  themselves  Christian ;  but  failing  altogether  to 
trace  in  them  any  relation  at  all  to  the  great  facts  of 
the  spiritual  life  of  man.  We  may  read  them,  forget- 
ting that  the  meaning  of  books  is  to  make  us  under- 
stand something  else  besides  books,  that  we  miss  their 

•  With  only  slight  exaggeration  Seneca  comi)ares  the  aspect  of  the 
world  in  which  he  was  living  to  that  of  a  city  taken  hy  stonn  {De 
Bene/.,  1.  7,  c.  27)  :  Si  tibi  vitse  nostJ's  vera  imago  succurret,  videberis 
tibi  videre  captte  cummaxime  civitatis  faciem,  in  qua  omisso  pudoris 
rectique  respectu  vires  in  consilio  sunt,  velut  signo  ad  pennisceuda 
omnia  dato.  Non  igni  non  ferro  abstinetur ;  soluta  legibus  scelera 
sunt,  nee  rehgio  quidem,  quae  inter  arma  hostilia  snpplices  texit,  \illum 
impedimentum  est  ruentium  in  prsedam.  Hie  ex  privato,  hie  ex  pub- 
lico, hie  ex  profano,  hie  sacro  rapit :  hie  eflfringit,  hie  transilit :  hie 
non  contentus  angusto  itinere,  ipsa  quibus  arcetur  evertit,  et  in  lucrum 
ruina  venit.  Hie  sine  csede  populatur:  hie  spolia  cnienta  manu 
gestat :  nemo  non  fert  aliquid  ex  altero.     Compare  his  95th  Epistle. 

f  Thus  the  atrocity  of  the  gladiatoiial  shews  was  by  heathen 
moralists  abundantly  felt  and  understood.  Cicero  indeed  makes  but  a 
feeble  protest  against  them  {Tusc.  Qucest.,  1.  2,  c.  17)  :  Crudele  gladi- 
atorum  spectaculum  et  inhumanum  nonnullis  videii  solet ;  et  hand 
scio  an  ita  sit,  ut  nunc  fit.  But  Seneca  more  distinctly  {Ep.  95) : 
Homo,  sacra  res,  homo  jam  per  lusum  et  jocum  occiditur,  et  quem 
emdiri  ad  inferenda  accipiendaque  ^Tilnera  nefas  erat,  is  jam  nudus 
inermisque  producitur ;  satisque  spectaculi  in  homine,  mors  est.  Cf. 
Ep.  7.  And  Lucian,  in  a  collection  of  the  notable  sayings  of  Demonax, 
a  Cynic  philosopher  of  the  second  centurj',  tells  of  him,  that  once  when 
the  Athenians  were  planning  a  spectacle  of  the  kind,  he  told  them  that 
they  must  overthrow  the  altar  of  Pity,  before  they  proceeded  further 
in  this  matter.  Yet  with  all  this  it  remained  for  an  unlettered  Cliris- 
tian  monk  to  put  a  stop  to  these  bloody  shews. 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  279 

significance  to  us,  when  they  have  their  end  in  them- 
selves, when  they  do  not  hand  us  on  to  life  and  to 
action  ;  when  they  explain  to  us  no  mysteries  of  our 
being,  help  us  in  no  struggles  of  our  souls,  make  clear 
to  us  no  dealings  of  our  God. 

There  was  a  time  in  our  lives, — yet  a  time  which 
we  who  are  here  present  should  now  have  left  behind 
us, — Avhen  this  might  have  been  natural  enough,  when 
it  would  have  been  premature  to  begin  to  meditate 
on  the  moral  problems  which  these  works  present,  or 
to  do  more  than  first  to  master  their  difficulties,  and 
those  overcome,  to  walk  up  and  down  admiring  and 
enjoying  the  strange  and  wondrous  world  into  which 
they  had  helped  to  introduce  us.  But  the  time  is 
gone  by,  when  that  alone  was  our  task.  Further 
duties  are  ours — to  study  that  classical  antiquity  in 
the  light  which  our  Christian  faith  and  experience 
throw  back  upon  it,  with  an  open  eye  for  its  moral 
good  and  for  its  moral  evil,  with  an  entire  confidence 
that  in  Christ  and  in  his  Gospel  is  given  to  us  the 
touchstone  which  shall  enable  us  to  recognize — the 
sharp  and  dividing  sword  which  shall  enable  us  uner- 
ringly to  separate  between — the  evil  and  the  good, 
the  false  and  the  true. 

Let  us  feel  that  not  by  some  strange  inconsis- 
tency, some  traditional  usage  which  we  will  not  aban- 
don, but  cannot  defend,  it  has  come  to  pass  that  a 
literature  and  philosophy,  not  Christian  but  heathen, 
hold  the  place  which  they  do  among  iis,  members  of 
the  Church  of  Christ — are  at  this  day  contemplated, 
as  they  have  been  contemplated  in  time  past,  by  each 
wiser  and  more  thoughtful  man,  as  an  indispensable 
organ  for  all  higher  education,  necessary  instruments 


280  LECTURE  VIII.  [1846. 

for  the  cultivating  of  the  complete  humanity"^'.  Let 
us  feel  that  this  only  could  have  been,  inasmuch  as 
they  stand  in  some  real  and  intimate  relation  to  the 
innermost  fact  of  our  lives,  to  our  Christian  hope — a 
relation  of  defect  it  Avill  often  be,  yet  a  relation  not 
the  less,  which  should  not  be  overlooked  or  denied. 
And  these  things  being  so,  let  us  understand  that  we 
fall  below  our  position,  we  fall  short  of  the  purpose 
with  which  these  books  were  placed  in  our  hands, 
when  we  fail  to  regard  them  in  such  a  light  as  this. 
And  in  this  light  to  look  at  them  vnW  not  mar  nor 
hinder  that  free  spontaneous  joy  in  them  which  in 
earlier  times  may  have  been  ours.  We  may  keep  that 
earlier  delight,  and  yet,  keeping  it,  may  pass  on  to  a 
deeper  and  more  meditative  emotion.  For  indeed 
with  what  livelier  interest  shall  we  occupy  ourselves 
with  this    classical  antiquity,  when   we  feel  that  it  is 

•  The  intimate  connexion  between  the  Reformation  and  the  revival 
of  classical  learning,  with  the  zeal  and  success  of  the  Reformers  in  pro- 
moting this  last,  all  will  remember — Melancthon's  especially,  to  whom 
beside  other  titles  of  honour,  this  of  Preceptor  Gennanise  was  added. 
There  is  a  very  interesting  letter  of  Liither's,  in  which  thanking 
a  friend,  who  had  sent  him  a  Latin  poem  which  he  had  composed,  and 
had  at  the  same  time  expressed  his  fears  that  the  cause  of  Classical 
literature  would  suffer  from  men's  zeal  about  Theology,  Luther  replies 
that  it  should  not  so  with  his  consent:  Ego  persuasus  sum,  sine 
literarum  peritia  prorsus  stare  non  posse  sinceram  theologiam,  sicut 
hactenus  ruentibus  et  jacentibus  Uteris  miserrime  et  cecidit  et  jacuit. 
Quin  A'ideo  nunquam  fuisse  insignem  factam  verbi  Dei  revelationem, 
nisi  prim  6,  velut  prsecursoribus  baptistis,  viam  pararit  surgentibus  et 
florentibus  Unguis  et  Uteris.  Plane  nihil  minus  vellem  fieri  aut  com- 
mitti  in  juventute,  quara  ut  poesin  et  rhetoricen  omittant.  In  ea  certe 
vota  sum  ut  quam  plurimi  sint  et  poetae  et  rhetores,  quod  his  studiis 
videam,  sicut  nee  aliis  modis  fieri  potest,  mire  aptos  fieri  homines  ad 
sacra  tam  capessenda,  quam  dextre  et  feUciter  tractanda....Quare  et  te 
oro  ut  et  meo  (si  quid  valet)  precatu  agas  apud  vestram  juventutem, 
ut  strenue  et  poetentur  et  rhetoricentur.  (Luther's  Briefe,  v.  2.,  p.  313. 
])e  Wette's  edit.) 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  281 

not  disconnected  with  the  highest  things  of  our  life, 
the  most  solemn  questions  which  can  employ  us  as 
baptized  men. 

How  many  will  be  the  thoughts  and  emotions,  and 
all  of  them  purifying  and  ennobling,  which  these 
studies,  in  this  spirit  pursued,  will  awaken  and  cherish 
Avithin  us  !  Thus  surely  a  divine  compassion  will  often- 
times stir  in  our  hearts,  as  with  an  ear  made  open  by 
love,  we  drink  in  the  voices  of  the  world's  deep  dis- 
quietude, its  confessions  of  an  intolerable  burden*,  its 
acknowledgements  that  if  there  be  nothing  prouder. 


*  In  none  perhaps  so  frequent  and  distinct  as  in  Lucretius.  There 
is  a  very  interesting  lecture  in  Keble's  Prcelectlones,  on  the  witness  for 
and  craving  after  tlaat  which  Christianity  only  can  give,  that  is  to  be 
found  by  those  who  know  how  to  look  for  it,  in  the  reputedly  atheistic 
work  of  the  great  Roman  Poet.  He  dwells  on  the  many  passages  in 
which  he  expresses  his  deep  dissatisfaction  with  life,  and  with  all 
which  life  could  offer — a  dissatisfaction  which  yet  was  not,  like  that 
of  so  many,  on  the  score  of  the  fleeting  nature  of  life's  pleasures  and 
the  little  of  them  which  a  man  in  his  brief  space  could  enjoy — but  had 
its  rise  rather  in  a  sense  that  these  very  pleasures,  even  in  fullest 
measure,  did  never  truly  satisfy  or  fill  the  soul  {Prcelect.  35) :  Campus 
hie  fenue  nobilium  est  poetarum,  ut  naenias  canant  ac  querimonias  de 
vitiE  flore  fragili  ac  caduco.  Habet  autem  Lucretius  noster  illud, 
ni  fallor,  proprium  ac  modo  non  singulare,  quod  non  tarn  breves 
et  aug-ustos  incuset  aevi  in  terris  agendi  limites,  quam  ipsum  vitse  hujus 
statum,  vel  optimse  acts  :  significet,  rem  eam  unicuique  hominum  et 
fiiisse,  et  fore  semper,  molestissimo  omnium  oneri.  This  is  but  one  of 
the  many  memorable  passages  of  the  kind,  3.  1016  : 

Deinde  animi  ingratam  naturam  pascere  semper, 
Atque  explere  bonis  rebus,  satiareque  ntinquarriy 
Quod  faciunt  nobis  annorum  tempera,  circum 
Cum  redeunt,  foetusque  ferunt,  variosque  labores, 
JVec  tamen  explemur  vita'i  fructihus  unqtiam ; 
Hoc,  ut  opinor,  id  est  sevo  florente  puellas 
Quod  memorant,  laticem  pertusum  congerere  in  vas. 
Quod  tamen  expleri  nulla  ratione  potestur. 

Compare  3.  10G6— 1097. 


282  LECTURE  VIII.  [1846. 

SO  also  there  is  nothing  more  miserable,  than  man  *. 
And  these  we  shall  not  go  far  without  meeting  :  for 
however  the  prevaiUng  tone  of  that  heathen  world 
may  be  lightsome  and  gay,  a  summons  to  enjoy  the 
present,  to  pluck  the  roses  of  life  ere  they  wither,  yet 
if  only  we  listen  aright,  we  may  detect  that  in  its 
laughter  there  is  heaviness  ;  and  oftentimes  that  laugh- 
ter is  followed  by  a  sigh  drawn  from  deeps  of  the 
heart  far  deeper  than  those  Avhere  its  smiles  were 
born-|-.  Surely  we  shall  find  in  these  cries  of  a  con- 
stant unrest,  a  thousand  confirmations  of  his  word, 
Avho,  heathen  as  he  was,  yet  likened  man  in  his  sepa- 
ration from  God,  to  a  child  torn  from  its  mother's 
arms,  and  which  nowhere  could  be  well,  till  it  was 
given  back  to  those  arms  once  more  J. 

Again,  as  we  acquaint  ourselves  with  the  lamenta- 
tions of  mourners  for  their  dead,  lamentations  so  deep 
and  so  despairing,  as  to  explain  to  us  all  the  meaning 
of  that  sorrowing  without  hope,  which  by  the  apostle 
is  attributed  to   the  heathen  ^ ;    as  we  hear  too  the 

*  Pliny  {H.N.,  1.  2,  c  5):  Nee  miserius  quidquam  homine,  nee 
superbius. 

f  Compare  Herodotus,  1.  7,  c.  46  j  Iliad,  17.  446;  Odyss.,  18.  129; 
Lucretius,  5. 222;  jMoschus,  Idyll.,  3. 106;  ?>ophoc]es,(Edipus  Col.,  1225 ; 
Virgil,  Georg.,  3.  66.  There  is  a  striking  collection  of  passages  in 
which  the  vanity,  the  sorrow,  the  burden  of  life,  are  acknowledged,  in 
Plutarch's  Consol.  ad  Apollon. 

t  Dio  Chrysostom,  Orat.  12,  p.  405,  ed.  Reiske. 

§  How  affecting  a  picture  does  Augustine  give  of  what  his  feelings 
were,  when,  in  the  time  during  which  he  was  still  moving  in  the 
element  of  heathen  life,  the  friend  of  his  soul  was  taken  from  hhn 
{Con/.,  1.  4,  c.  4)  :  Quo  dolore  contenebratum  est  cor  meum;  et  quid- 
quid  aspiciebam,  mors  erat.  Et  erat  milii  patria  supi^licium,  et  patema 
domus  mira  infelicitas :  et  quidquid  cum  illo  communicaveram,  sine 
illo  in  cruciatum  immanem  verterat.  Expetebant  eum  undique  oculi 
mci,  et  non  dabatur  mihi ;  et  oderam  omnia,  quia  non  haberent  cum, 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  283 

wretched  consolations  of  miserable  comforters,  the 
slight  palliations  of  sharpest  sorrows,  which  were  all 
that,  Avith  all  their  kindness,  they  could  suggest,  we 
shall  know  how  to  prize  the  oil  and  Avine,  the  strong 
consolations  which  are  stored  in  the  Gospel  for  each 
bruised  and  smitten  heart. 

Or  a  compassion  profounder  yet  will  stir  within  us, 
as  the  voices  reach  us,  which  proclaim  that  the  very 
citadel  of  hope  was  lost,  voices  of  an  utter  uncertainty 
about  all  things,  and  these  coming  from  some  of  the 
earth's  noblest  spirits,  who  asked  of  themselves,  and 
could  give  no  satisfying  ansAver  to  their  own  question, 
whether  there  Avas  indeed  a  God  governing  in  right- 
eousness*, or  Avhether  all  Avas  not  given  over  to  the 
blindest  chance — Avhether  they  Avho  did  his  will  were 
a  care  to  Him ;  Avhether  they  survived  the  grave,  and 
if  there  Avere  indeed  any  future  and  happy  seats  re- 
served for  the  names  of  the  just. 

And  even  that  of  impure  Avhich  we  shall  encounter, 
as  Ave  must  encounter  it,  there,  proving,  as  it  often  has 
done,  fuel  of  dark  fires  in  unholy  hearts,  setting  them 
as  Avith  sparks  of  hell  in  a  blaze,  it  shall  not  be  to  us, 

nee  mihi  jam  dicere  poterant :  Ecce  veniet,  sicut  cum  viveret,  quando 
absens  erat.  Factus  eram  ipse  mihi  magna  quaestio,  et  interrogabam 
animam  meam,  quare  tristis  esset,  et  quare  conturbaret  me  valde ;  et 
nihil  noverat  respondere  mihi.  Et  si  dicebam :  Spera  in  Deum,  juste 
non  obtemperabat ;  quia  verier  erat  et  melior  homo  quern  carissimum 
amiserat,  quam  phantasma  in  quod  sperare  jubebatur.  Solus  fletus 
erat  dulcis  mihi,  et  successerat  amico  meo  in  deliciis  animi  mei. 

*  The  reader  will  remember  the  way  in  which  the  De  Ahiturd  De- 
orum  concludes,  and  the  entire  indecision  in  which  all  is  left.  Pliny 
{H.  N'.,  1. 2,  c.  5)  is  more  explicit  yet  in  his  open  confession  of  an  utter 
scepticism  in  any  moral  government  of  the  world :  Irridendum  vero 
agere  curam  rerum  humanarum  illud  quidquid  est  summum.  Anne 
tarn  tristi  multiplicique  ministerio  non  pollui  credamus  dubitemusve  ? 
Cf.  Lucian's  Jupiter  Tragoedtis;  c.  17- 


284-  LECTURE  VIII.  [1846. 

who  go  not  to  seek  it,  who  unwiUingly  encounter  it, 
this  incentive  and  provocative  to  evil.  Rather  shall 
this  impure  itself  conspire  to  the  same  ends  with  all 
else  which  there  we  meet.  It  shall  make  us  feel,  in 
its  light  we  shall  more  plainly  see,  what  hideous  sores 
there  were  to  be  healed,  how  deep  a  corruption  to  be 
subdued,  when  men  could  thus  glory  in  their  shame, 
and  some  comparatively  pure  in  their  lives,  felt  that 
in  their  works  it  was  not  merely  so  permitted,  but  so 
expected,  that  they  should  write*.  And  intruding,  as 
often  that  unholy  does,  among  the  fairest  creations  of 
genius,  rising  up  like  a  plague-spot  upon  their  fore- 
heads, who  were  among  the  most  gifted  of  their  age 
and  nation,  it  shall  teach  us  a  solemn  lesson,  even  this 
— how  much  of  moral  insensibility  may  co-exist  with 
highest  capacities  of  intellect — how  little  the  sense  of 
beauty  by  itself  avails  to  preserve  purity  of  heart, — 
hoAv  needful  it  is  that  hearts  should  be  in  better 
guardianship  than  this, — how  the  highest  of  this 
earth's  yields  us  no  security  against  the  lowest ;  it 
shall  teach  us  that  if  there  are  pinnacles  of  heaven 
above  every  man,  and  that  in  him  which  prompts  him 
to  ascend  them,  so  also  are  there  abysses  of  sensuality 
yawning  beneath  his  feet,  and  that  in  him  which 
tempts  him  to  engulph  himself  in  these  f. 

*  See  the  elder  Pliny,  Epist.,  1. 4,  ep.  14 ;  1.5,  ep.  3. 

f  I  borrow  these  remarkable  words  from  the  answer  of  one,  whose 
position  gave  him  full  right  to  speak,  to  the  proposal  for  publishing  an 
expurgated  edition  of  the  Classics  for  the  use  of  schools.  Rather,  he 
says,  he  would  have  the  works  as  the  authors  wrote  them ;  and  en- 
countering with  his  pupils  any  of  those  passages  which,  in  such  an 
edition,  would  have  been  omitted,  he  would  make  them  the  occasion 
of  some  such  comment  as  the  following :  "  This  lesson  they  teach  you, 
that  refinement  of  intellect  will  not  purify  the  heart ;  that  gi-eat  mental 
endowments  may  co-exist  with  great  moral  insensibility ;  that  vigour 


CONCLUDING  LECTURE.  285 

Nor  will  this  be  all ;  there  will  mingle  in  these 
studies  thoughts  and  feelings  of  a  liveliest  thankful- 
ness to  God,  as  amid  the  great  shipwreck  of  the  Gen- 
tile*\vorld,  we  recognize  the  planks  by  which  one  and 
another  attained  as  we  trust  safely,  and  through  the 
mercy  of  a  Saviour  whom  as  yet  he  did  not  know,  to 
the  shore  of  everlasting  life — thankfulness  mingled,  it 
may  oftentimes  be,  with  something  of  an  wholesome 
shame  to  ourselves,  as  Ave  contemplate  the  faithful- 
ness and  fealty  to  the  good  and  true,  Avhich  even  in 
the  w^orld's  darkest  hour  have  been  shewn  by  them, 
whose  knowledge  was  so  little,  and  whose  advantages 
so  few,   as  compared  with  our  own.     And  perhaps  it 

of  understanding  and  delicacy  of  taste  will  not  reform  the  world.  You 
see  that  these  have  been  tried  and  found  wanting.  Something  more  is 
needed.  You  may  conclude  also  that  the  depravity  of  an  age  and 
country  was  great,  in  which  those  who  were  the  most  distinguished 
by  their  intellectual  endowments  and  literary  culture,  thought  them- 
selves not  only  licensed,  but  expected  thus  to  write.  It  follows  that  you 
have  in  these  passages  an  evidence  of  the  divine  power  and  purity 
of  that  influence  which  did  what  all  the  wisdom  of  the  world  could 
never  do.  It  is  Christianity,  and  it  alone,  which  has  really  expurgated 
the  literature,  not  only  of  Greece  and  Rome,  but  of  the  civilized 
world.  These  passages  are  the  trophies  of  the  triumphs  of  Christian- 
ity. They  shew  us,  as  in  a  triumphal  procession,  what  fearful  enemies 
it  has  conc^uered.  Without  them  you  might  have  asked  what  social 
good  has  the  Gospel  done  ?  What  moral  blessings  have  we  derived 
from  it  ?  These  passages  forbid,  they  answer,  those  questions.  They 
remind  you  from  what,  and  mto  what  you  have  been  delivered,  and 
by  Whom.  Therefore,  had  we  expunged  them,  we  should  have 
diminished  the  strength  and  glory  of  that  very  cause  which  we  desire 
to  serve.  Being  what  they  are,  I  fear  not  that  you  should  pervert 
them  to  an  improper  use.  God  foi-bid  that  you  should  dwell  on  them 
with  any  other  feelings  than  those  of  sorrow  mingled  with  thankful- 
ness. Horace,  had  he  Uved  when  you  do,  would  have  been  a  Christian, 
and  had  he  been  a  Christian,  he  would  not  have  written  thus ;  but  if 
you  who  are  Christians,  love  to  read,  what  he,  had  he  been  one,  would 
have  loathed  to  write,  you,  who  ought  to  Christianise  him,  heathenise 
yourselves." 


286  LECTURE  VIII.  [1846. 

shall  seem  to  us  then,  as  if  that  Star  in  the  natural 
heavens  which  guided  those  Eastern  Sages  from  their 
distant  home,  was  but  the  symbol  of  many  a  star 
which  twinkled  in  the  world's  mystical  night, — ^Dut 
which  yet,  being  faithfully  followed,  availed  to  lead 
humble  and  devout  hearts  from  far  off  regions  of 
superstition  and  error,  till  they  knelt  beside  the 
cradle  of  the  Babe  of  Bethlehem,  and  saw  all  their 
weary  wanderings  repaid  in  a  moment,  and  all  their 
desires  finding  a  perfect  fulfilment  in  Him. 


THE    END. 


By  the  same  Author. 


I. 

NOTES  ON   THE    PARABLES   OF  OUR   LORD.     Third 
Edition.     125. 

IL 

NOTES  ON  THE  MIRACLES    OF   OUR  LORD.    Second 
Edition.     12.<f. 

in. 

EXPOSITION    OF   THE   SERMON   ON   THE    MOUNT, 
drawn  from  the  Writings  of  St.  Augustine,  with  Observations.   3*.  Gd. 

IV. 

FIVE    SERMONS    preached    before    the    UNIVERSITY   of 
Cambridge  in  January  1843.     2s.  6d. 


STORY  OF  JUSTIN  MARTYR,  and  other  POEMS.     A  new 
Edition.     6s. 

VI. 
POEMS  from  Eastern  Sources.     6*. 

VII. 
GENOVEVA.     2s. 

VIII. 
ELEGIAC  POEMS.     2s.  6d, 


•H    00 

r-i  r-i 

CD  3 
;c  DC 


CO 
to 


I 

00 


09 

0) 

-:) 
ci 


r-l 


C 
•H 

'C 

I- 

c 

C- 

c 
: 

!- 

c 


a:  ::! 

<3  ^ 

-(-    U 
•  rl.H 

CO 


c 

< 

o 

a 

.t!     H 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "Ref.  Indes  FU»" 

Made  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU